The URL can be used to link to this page

Plans (11) BUP2016 00051 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 ABBREVIATIONS SCOPE OF WORK PROJECT DRAWING INDEXE DIRECTORY T O N N U AC ASPHALTIC CONCRETE ID INSIDE DIAMETER ARCHITECTURAL • ACC ACCESSIBLE INCL INCLUDE, INCLUDING TENANT IMPROVEMENT OF AN EXISTING LEASED SPACE ON THE GROUND FLOOR IN A SINGLE W c co p LO N ACOUS ACOUSTICAL INFO INFORMATION STORY ENCLOSED MALL BUILDING. SCOPE INCLUDES NON STRUCTURAL _PARTITIONS_, _CEILING_S_, A-001 COVER SHEET (� (D rn 00 Nt -� Ar P AM ICTIr AI ('FII W PAKIP Wel a inici n AT[' tn,ci n ATinKl -• •--- �� ,�, •-�� FINISHES, RELATED MECHANICAL, PLUMt31NiG, tLtl IKIIAL WORK AND MODiFi,AIIUNJ IU EXIJIIIVG > Q cu r� .— AD AREA DRAIN INT INTERIOR 0 FIRE SPRINKLER AND FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS. OWNER: A-002 RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX �� Q ADDM ADDENDUM BEN BRIDGE JEWELER _LU o od °O F ADJ ADJUSTABLE JAN JANITOR 2901 3rd AVENUE, #200 A-003 FIRE LIFE SAFETY PLAN �� _0 p AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR JT JOINT SEATTLE, WA 98121 m cY) N aD AHU AIR HANDLING UNIT PHONE: 206-448-8800x6841 A-004 BARRICADE PLAN W cfl cfl ALT ALTERNATE KIT KITCHEN FAX: 206-448-7456 AD-101 DEMOLITION PLAN w Z° : ALUM ALUMINUM CONTACT: SCOTT JOHNSON z W W '� CV N ANOD ANODIZED L LONG EMAIL: SJOHNSON@BENBRIDGE.COM AD-102 DEMOLITION CEILING PLAN m7 N r D F LL ARCH ARCHITECT, ARCHITECTURAL LAM LAMINATE, LAMINATED p AUTO AUTOMATIC LAV LAVATORY DEFERRED SUBMITTALS AD-201 DEMOLITION STOREFRONT ELEVATIONS AV AUDIO VISUAL LT LIGHT YOUR PERSONAL JEWELER SINCE 1912 LANDLORD: AWP ACOUSTICAL WALL PANEL(S) LTG LIGHTING MACERICH A-101 FLOOR PLAN WASHINGTON SQUARE MALL A-102 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN - LIGHTING BB BULLETIN BOARD MAS MASONRY TENANT COORDINATOR BD BOARD MATL MATERIAL DEFERRED SUBMITTALS ARE THOSE PORTIONS OF THE DESIGN WHICH HAVE NOT BEEN PERMITED 7525 166TH AVE NE, STE D210, UNDER THE BASE BUILDING PERMIT AND WHICH ARE REQUIRED TO BE SUBMITTED TO THE A-102A REFLECTED CEILING PLAN - SOFFITS ��' � BLDG BUILDING MAX MAXIMUM REDMOND, WA 98052 WASHINGTON SQUARE MALL BUILDING DEPARTMENT FOR APPROVAL. A-103 FINISH PLAN BLKG BLOCKING MECH MECHANICAL SCOPE OF WORK RELATED TO DEFERRED SUBMITTALS SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO PHONE: (425) 869-2640 BO BOTTOM OF MED MEDIUM APPROVAL BY THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT. DESIGN/BUILD SHOP DRAWINGS AND CALCULATIONS CONTACT: MATTHEW BRANT BOH BACK OF HOUSE MEMB MEMBRANE WILL BE SUBMITTED AND PERMITTED SEPARATELY BY OTHERS. A-104 CASEWORK & FIXTURE PLAN FEB 11 2016 BOT BOTTOM MEZZ MEZZANINE A-201 STOREFRONT ELEVATION BRG BEARING MGT MANAGEMENT 9585 S W WASHINGTON SQUARE RD -FIRE SPRINKLERS CITY OF TIGARD BRZ BRONZE MFR MANUFACTURE, MANUFACTURE -FIRE ALARM CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT: A-301 STOREFRONT SECTIONS BUILDING DIVISION BSMT BASEMENT MIN MINIMUM, MINUTE MISC MISCELLANEOUS SPACE H O 5 -STOREFRONT SIGNAGE THE KLINKAM COMPANY CAB CABINET MO MASONRY OPENING 2820 40TH AVENUE WEST A-501 STOREFRONT DETAILS PORTLAND O R 97223 SEATTLE, WA 98199 CEM CEMENT, CEMENTITIOUS MS MOP SINK , PHONE: 206-624-9735 A-502 SIGNAGE DETAILS E CER CERAMIC MTD MOUNTED CG CORNER GUARD MTL METAL FAX: 206-283-2446 A-601 DOOR & HARDWARE SCHEDULEGT CONTACT: CRAIG KLINKAM CH COAT HOOK MVBL MOVABLE EMAIL: CRAIG@KLINKAM.COM A-602 FINISH LEGEND CIP CAST IRON CAST-IN--PLACE N NORTH SHEET SYMBOLS GENERAL NOTES PROJECT INFORMATION . A-701 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS - FOH o � CL CENTERLINE NIC NOT IN CONTACT ARCHITECT: �r � � CLG CEILING NO NUMBER CALLISONRTKL OREGON ARCHITECTS, P.C. A-702 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS - FOH CLO CLOSET NOM NOMINAL _ _ 1420 5TH AVENUE 2400 --4 1. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWINGS. PROJECT ADDRESS: 9585 SW WASHINGTON SQUARE RD, SPACE H05, # H CLR CLEAR NTS NOT TO SCALE / 1 SEATTLE, WA 98101 A-705 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS - BOH E.., �+ CMU CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT / PORTLAND, OR 97223 %� 2. VERIFY FIELD CONDITION PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF EACH PORTION OF WORK. NOTIFY THE PHONE: 206.623.4646625 CO CLEAN OUT, CASED OPENING 0 OVER XX I XX FAX: 206.623.4625 A-801 PARTITION DETAILS / A-XXX ` ARCHITECT OF DISCREPANCY PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH WORK SQUARE FOOTAGE: GROSS LEASE AREA: 3,008 SQUARE FEET COL COLUMN OC ON CENTER ` A-XXX CONTACT: GRANT SEAMAN COMM COMMUNICATION OH OVERHEAD — — --� GROSS FLOOR AREA: 2,620 SQUARE FEET EMAIL: GRANT.SEAMAN@CALLISON.COM A-802 CEILING DETAILS CONC CONCRETE OD OUTSIDE DIAMETER 3. THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, WHICH INCLUDE THE AGREEMENT, THE GENERAL CONDITIONS, CONN CONNECTION, CONNECT OPNG OPENING ENLARGED PLAN/DETAIL INDICATOR SECTION DETAIL INDICATOR DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, ARE COMPLEMENTARY, AND WHAT IS REQUIRED BY ONE SHALL APPLICABLE CODES: A-803 INTERIOR DETAILS +�� BE AS BIDING AS IF REQUIRED BY ALL. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL PORTIONS OF MEP ENGINEER CONT CONTINUOUS, CONTINUE OPP OPPOSITE /LIGHTING DESIGNER: A-901 SPECIFICATION CORR CORRIDOR OTS OPEN TO STRUCTURE ABOVE XX THE WORK AS DESCRIBED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS., NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT FOR BUILDING CODE: 2014 OREGON STRUCTURAL SPECIALITY CODE HENDERSON ENGINEERS INC. CPT COMMON PATH OF TRAVEL RESOLUTION OF ALL DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION 8325 LENEXA DRIVE A-902 SPECIFICATION PBD PARTICLEBOARD XX FIRE CODE: 2014 OREGON FIRE CODE LENEXA, KS 66214 CSWK CASEWORK XX XX CTR CENTER PC PRECAST A-XXX 4. DIMENSIONS ARE TO THE STRUCTURAL GRID OR TO FINISH SURFACES, UNLESS OTHERWISE PHONE: 913-742-5451 A-903 SPECIFICATION PERP PERPENDICULAR XX INDICATED_ ENERGY CODE: 2014 OREGON ENERGY EFFICIENCY SPECIALTY CODE CU CUBIC FAX: 913-742-5001 PLAM PLASTIC LAMINATE A-XXX X A-904 SPECIFICATION V PLAS PLASTER 5. DOORS AND CASED OPENINGS INDICATED NEARBY WALL INTERSECTIONS SHALL BE LOCATED SO MECHANICAL CODE: 2014 OREGON MECHANICAL SPECIALTY CODE CONTACT: JOHN PASSANTINO D DEEP EMAIL: JOHN.PASSANTINO@HEI-ENG.COM A-905 SPECIFICATION a DBL DOUBLE PLYWD PLYWOOD SINGLE ELEVATION INDICATOR MULTIPLE ELEVATION INDICATOR THAT THE EDGE OF THE FINISH OPENING IS SIX INCHES FROM THE FACE OF THE NEARBY WALL PLUMBING CODE: 2014 OREGON PLUMBING SPECIALTY CODE DEMO DEMOLISH, DEMOLITION PNL PANEL UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. ALL OTHER DOORS AND CASED OPENINGS SHALL BE CENTERED MECHANICAL & PLUMBING D DET DETAIL PL PROPERTY LINE BETWEEN ADJACENT WALL INTERSECTIONS. ELECTRICAL CODE: 2014 OREGON ELECTRICAL SPECIALTY CODE JURISDICTION: W DF DRINKING FOUNTAIN PR PAIR CITY OF TIGARD M-101 MECHANICAL FLOOR PLAN E' DIA DIAMETER PROP PROPERTY XX 6. ITEMS INDICATED AS BIDDER DESIGNED SHALL BE DESIGNED AND ENGINEERED BY THE ACCESSIBILITY SAFETY CODE: 2009 ANSI A117.1 13125 SW HALL BLVD C7 DIAG DIAGONAL, DIAGRAM PT PAINT, POINT, PRESSURE TREATED A XXX CONTRACTOR AND/OR SUBCONTRACTOR IN COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE LEGAL REQUIREMENTS, TIGARD, OR 97223 M-102 FIRE SPRINKLER PLAN W DIM DIMENSION PTN PARTITION INCLUDING COMPREHENSIVE ENGINEERING ANALYSIS BY A QUALIFIED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER, PHONE: (503) 718-2439 0 a H DIV DIVIDE, DIVISION WALL SECTION INDICATOR ORIGIN POINT USING PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN CRITERIA INDICATED M-103 PLUMBING PLAN DN DOWN QT QUARRY TILE _y " DR DOOR, DRESSING ROOM ROOM NAME 7. BIDDING CONTRACTORS AND SUBCONTRACTORS ARE REQUIRED TO VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO OCCUPANCY GROUP: M (MERCHANTILE) M-201 HVAC SCHEDULES AND SYMBOLS DS DOWNSPOUT R RADIUS, RISER XX XX XX XXX SUBMITTING BIDS. _j M-501 HVAC SPECIFICATIONS DW DISHWASHER RCP REFLECTED CEILING PLAN CONSTRUCTION TYPE: TYPE II-B ,..1 Q 3 RD ROAD 8. ALL ITEMS AND INSTALLATION WHICH ARE SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND DETAILS, BUT WHICH M-502 FIRE SPRINKLER SPECIFICATIONS a a DWG DRAWING REF REFER TO, REFERENCE WALL/PARTITION TYPE INDICATOR ROOM NAME & NUMBER ARE NOT LISTED IN THE RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX (SHEET A-002 ARE TO BE FURNISHED AND VENDOR < _ DWR DRAWER ) SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY: D REFR REFRIGERATOR XXX F XXXXX INSTALLED BY THE CONTRACTOR UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. M-503 HVAC COMMISSIONING SPECIFICATIONS V < O E EAST REINF REINFORCED, REINFORCING O FIRE ALARM SYSTEM: YES DIRECTORY M-504 HVAC COMMISSIONING SPECIFICATIONS N EIFS EXT. INSULATION & FINISH SYSTEM READ REQUIRED 9. CONTRACTOR TO OBTAIN A COPY OF THE TENANT CRITERIA MANUAL FROM THE LANDLORD AND EJ EXPANSION JOINT REV REVISED, REVISION DOOR INDICATOR FINISH INDICATOR COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS. MODIFICATIONS TO EXISTING AS REQUIRED ELECTRICAL J EL ELEVATION RFG ROOFING J ELEC ELECTRIC, ELECTRICAL RM ROOM X.X X.X -- X.X X.X — — 10. COORDINATE DIMENSIONS OF CASEWORKS, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT SUPPLIED AND/OR SPRINKLER SYSTEM: FULLY SPRINKLERED Q E-001 ELECTRICAL LEGEND ELEV ELEVATOR RO ROUGH OPENING INSTALLED BY OWNER. MODIFICATIONS TO EXISTING AS REQUIRED CASEWORK VENDOR - LOGO WALLS, V ENCL ENCLOSE, ENCLOSURE RT RIGHT GLAZED DISPLAY FIXTURES: E-101 LIGHTING PLAN EP ELECTRIC PANEL NEW COLUMN GRID EXISTING COLUMN GRID 11. UPON COMPLETION OF PROJECT, OBTAIN FINAL INSPECTIONS AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL SILVERSTAR CABINETS EQ EQUAL S SOUTH INDICATOR AND GRID LINES INDICATOR AND GRID LINES JURISDICTIONS AND FURNISH OWNER WITH EVIDENCE OF SUCH INSPECTIONS AND CERTIFICATES 409 EVERGREEN ROAD E-201 POWER/PHONE/DATA PLAN EQUIP EQUIPMENT Sc SOLID CORE OF OCCUPANCY NORTH BONNEVILLE, WA 98639 E-202 CASEWORK POWER PLAN ESCAL ESCALATOR SCHED SCHEDULE PHONE: 509-427-8800 C EXH EXHAUST SECT SECTION = _ _ _ _ = EXISTING TO BE REMOVED NEW CONSTRUCTION 12• COORDINATE TELECOMMUNICATIONS, DATA AND SECURITY SYSTEMS INSTALLATIONS WITH THE CONTACT: LUKE BUMALA E-203 CCN AND SECURITY PLAN EXP EXPANSION, EXPOSED SGL SINGLE OWNER EMAIL: LUKE@SILVERSTARCABINETS.COM EXIST EXISTING SHT SHEET 1-HR FIRE RATED PARTITION EXISTING TO REMAIN E-301 ELECTRICAL DETAILS w Lu EXT EXTERIOR SHTHG SHEATHING 13. THROUGHOUT THIS SET OF DRAWINGS THE TERM "OWNER" REFERS TO THE CLIENT/TENANT, AND CASEWORK VENDOR - SHOWCASES: ELECTRICAL FA FIRE ALARM SIM SIMILAR GRID LINE - - LEASE LINE THE TERM "LANDLORD" REFERS TO THE PROPERTY OWNER. RODNEY'S CUSTOM WOODWORK E-401 SCHEDULES RISER DIAGRAM AND W z FCIO FURNISHED BY CONTRACTOR/ SPEC SPECIFICATION INSTALLED BY OWNER SPKLR SPRINKLER 220 NW 195TH STREET ..1 FOTO FURNISHED BY OWNER/ SPKR SPEAKER SEATTLE, WA 98177 N o� PHONE: 206-542-2517 E-402 LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE W INSTALLED BY OWNER SQ SQUARE ' ~ N o FD FLOOR DRAIN SS SERVICE SINK VICINITY MAP CONTACT: RUNE OL.COSOELTR �'' (�' ti EMAIL: R: RODNEYAOL.COM E-501 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS FDC FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION SST STAINLESS STEEL SITE MAP W cc z o Ln � o FDTN FOUNDATION STC SOUND TRANSMISSION CLASS E-502 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS HARVCO SALES E-503 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS = FE FIRE EXTINGUISHER STD STANDARD TRUE NORTH TRUE NORTH LIGHTING VENDOR: 7 = � o FEC FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET STL STEEL FHC FIRE HOSECD FH FIRE ANT STOR STORAGE CABINET STRUCT STRUCTURAL LLI 0 <w W O o FIG FIGURE SUSP SUSPENDED - � :,x. � 444 NE RAVENNA BOULEVARD, #406 SEATTLE, WA 98115 0 >Q FIN FINISH, FINISHED :A u;�::.: 'f=. JCPenney j ��. - CONTACT? DAVE 2GOODELL a > Q T TREAD m , FLEX FLEXIBLE L HARVCOINC@MSN COM FLR FLOOR T&G TONGUE AND GROOVE .,� I- CITY OFTIGARD ri$itx'gttih}u5'�?L5:=1- 14. U ` EMAI • FLUOR FLUORESCENT TEL TELEPHONE _ »,... FO FACE OF, FINISHED OPENING TEMP TEMPERATURE, TEMPORARY -, SECURITY VENDOR - ALARMS: FOR CODE COMPLIANCE Q.�. F- FOH FRONT OF HOUSE TER TERRAllO `> , :. TYCO SECURITY FDIC FURNISHED BY OWNER THK THICK, THICKNESS NOLO 00 ew I m�aspy:$,tats 6. b / tulr%.,= ,10w_" ?y ' E M PARKWAY '�^ INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR TMPD TEMPERED :`> • r L I 2 E IOQCd. O 118 4 NORTH CREEK RTAp � B FP FIRE PROTECTION TO TOP OF y - - :�tam -pr � PHONE: 206-406-3611 40613611 Apr � � s�rsm cd � DICK'S , 0 0f00ED FR FRAME, FIRE RATED TSTAT THERMOSTAT E'er, `'` �' SPORTING �l r,� .trcr�f+ nc a larr t �t- v NT rC 1f ��« ` �� d7 FRMG FRAMING TV TELEVISION G. GOODS CONTACT: BOB ZARKOS Z �,w.s�� t,�� ,. M A - ' ``• EMAIL: BZARKOS@TYCO CO � . � d e��sjjs. FRPF FIREPROOF, FIREPROOFING TYP TYPICAL s= .� .acx{? ' ,.:` »�,rr.: Sir'G z<<r.u..5i.�� SUI !T: f�`� SECURITY VENDOR - VAULT: FRT FIRE RETARDANT TREATED - FS FLOOR SINK UGND UNDERGROUND �. FT FOOT, FEET UNFIN UNFINISHED - 3 I __ --- By; Date; FTG FOOTING UON UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED t <_a �+ 4L _ CALL SCOTT JOHNSON �_�- PHONE: 206-239-6841 is'4lasiajag.esr S�iarn' •> �. 3"-:;-a i FUT FUTURE , yw� ince .G I FVC FIRE HOSE VALVE CABINET VERT VERTICAL SUED / REVISED DATE - r. i i SECURITY VENDOR i - Ae SISI IS j FWC FABRIC WALL COVERING VEST VESTIBULE L -� ,y ICE COPY ' �`� ` ''i"" VIDEO, CAMERA SYSTEM: �� PERMIT SET 02.08.16 VIF VERIFY IN FIELD r'Ai. . -_» s = _ FWP FABRIC WRAPPED PANEL(S) s � � V -t 1 xINTERFACE URITY VNR VENEER I � - _ 1089 JORDANCREEKPARKWAY, 116 GA GAGE VR VAPOR RETARDER # A 50266 A V GALVANIZED VWC VINYL WALLCOVERING <,c: sir.L� €a� o _ _ _ - - --- G L L ,.. :v�.��x:�: „t r. MACY'S �-- ` . -�I . --- - - PHONE:E972.996.28130W GEN GENERAL, GENERATOR CELL: 214.649.6179 GFRC GLASS-FIBER REINFORCED W WEST, WIDE CONCRETE W/ WITH 4, J - T""" NTERFACEYSY COM r_ .�. CONTACT: PRINZE COBB GFRG GLASS-FIBER REINFORCED GYPSUM W/O WITHOUT EMAIL. PRINZECOBB@I GFRP GLASS-FIBER REINFORCED PLASTIC WC WATER CLOSET, WALLCOVERING R GL GLASS WD WOOD ;, ; am:��s s NORDSTROM • GYP GYPSUM WH WALL HYDRANT T • TELEPHONE SYSTEM: a,.r f -, i GYP BD GYPSUM BOARD WP WEATHERPROOF, WATERPROOF, PHONE 206-239-6841 i .- �n I` CALL SCOTT H HIGH WATERPROOFING, WORK POINT A HB HOSE BIBB WR WATER RESISTANT v HC HOLLOW CORE WT WEIGHT WWF WELDED WIRE FABRIC c,Y ' HD HAND DRYER CITY OF TIGARD HDBD HARDBOARDt,aala,w�t=,��f �, ..�.. - HOW HARDWARE XMFR TRANSFORMER ""T'` n pp A roved by Planning HDWD HARDWOOD HM HOLLOW METAL YD YARD COVER SHEET _-._. .. _. Date: _z_ COVER % r� HO HOLD OPEN HORIZ HORIZONTAL SITE LOCATION SITE LOCATION HR HOUR LEVEL 1, SPACE H05 Initials: 04,6> HT HEIGHT A=001 HVAC HEATING, VENTILATING, & AIR CONDITIONING U:\Projects\BenBridge\Washington Square\Caddbbwsq\Sheets\bbws_a-001.dwg 2/5/16 1:24 PM COPYRIGHT O 2016 CALLISON,LLC 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX E � N U LANDLORD CONTRACTOR OWNER LANDLORD CONTRACTOR OWNER LANDLORD CONTRACTOR OWNER W � 0° o L DEscRIDTVIAI N/A EVICT C I C 1 C I DCU DVC r1CCr'DIDTV%AI N/A EVICT C 1 C I C 1 DCIIADVC nccl DID71/%AI N/A EVICT [ 1 [ 1 r I DruAovc 'O v� v..�� .�v� . i. , , , , . . v . i ♦Ji Llllnl\I\J IILJ\il\II IIVI, "/ LAIJI t 1 1 I I I 1\LIr1f11\f\J 1� < Lu r- _ DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS C. PAINTING • • C. EXHAUST FANS, DUCTS & VENTS • • _ -W o co 00 F A. PERMITS, FEES, AND INSURANCE • D. ACOUSTICAL INSULATION AND SEALANTS • • D. SUPPLY & RETURN REGISTERS • • J L_ o "t 't `t 'tB. INSURANCE • E. FLOORING SYSTEMS • • mW M N a) co co C. TEMPORARY UTILITIES • • 1. VCT & SHEET VINYL • • DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS w Z� o - cu N N D. PROFESSIONAL CLEANING • 2. VINYL BASE • • A LIGHT FIXTURES AND EMERGENCY LIGHTING (SEE LIGHTING • • O on N w c ~ LL. 3 E. CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY • 3. METAL BASE • • SCHEDULE) F. TRASH REMOVAL • 4. WOOD BASE • • PROVIDE FUSES. G. DUMPSTER • 5. SCREEDS • • C. POWER SYSTEM EXTEND AS REQUIRED 6. CONCRETE PREP AND SEALANT • • 1. LANDLORD'S MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL • • • DIVISION 2 - EXISTING CONDITIONS 7. CONCRETE TOPPING AND UNDERLYING BUILD-UP AT SALES • • 2. MAIN SERVICE CONDUIT - METER (SEE ELEC. DRAWINGS) • • • FLOOR EXISTING SERVICE TO BE EXTENDED TO NEW A CONSTRUCTION BARRICADE • • 8. CARPET & EMBEDDED PAD • • 3. MAIN SERVICE WIRING (SEE ELEC. DRAWINGS) • • • • • PANEL LOCATION PROVIDE ACCESS LOCATIONS, BARRICADE AT 4. TENANTS DISTRIBUTION PANEL • - 9. PORCELAIN TILE • - DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE TENANT'S EXPENSE G. WALL COVERING • • 5. TENANTS TRANSFORMER(S) (SEE ELEC. DRAWINGS) • • A. CONCRETE TOPPING / LEVELING • • 1. TOILET ROOM (FRP) • • 6. OUTLETS, SWITCHES, WIRING & CONDUITS • • B. CONCRETE SLAB REPLACEMENT • • 2. VINYL WALLCOVERINGS • • 7. FINAL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS FOR FIXTURES • • ��1 • E C. FLOOR CUTTING, CORE DRILLING, AND FASTENERS • • �� z A j • • DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES DIVISION 27 - COMMUNICATIONS '1� cloD DIVISION 5 - METALS A IDENTIFYING DEVICES LOGO ARTWORK/GRAPHICS PROVIDED BY A. TELEPHONE �" a CD, A STEEL FRAMING OWNER =^ w C) 1. 12-PAIR CABLE FROM PHONE ROOM TO LEASE SPACE • • AT PROJECT START 1. COLD FORMED METAL STUDS, TRACK, AND FASTENERS • • 1. STOREFRONT SIGNAGE • • GC TO SUPERVISE 2. CAT 5 CABLE TO PHONE/DATA JACKS • • 1 WEEK PRIOR TO CASEWORK INSTALL 2. STOREFRONT SUPPORT FRAMING • • 2. SERVICE DOOR IDENTIFICATION • • .�� "' 3. TELEPHONE CONDUIT, J-BOXES, AND CAT 5 (IF REQ.) • • ��- B. REVEALS • • 3. ADA ACCESSIBILITY SERVICE • • 4. TELEPHONE SYSTEM • • `�� C. GWB CEILING FRAMING • • 4. INTERIOR SIGNAGE • • • • • D. METAL PANELS AND CLADDING AT STOREFRONT • • B. FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AND CABINETS • • 5. TELEPHONE DEMARCATION BOARD CHECK CABLE/NOTIFY OWNER • • E. MISCELLANEOUS FINISHED METAL WORK • • C. COAT, BROOM & MOP HOOKS • - 6. TELEPHONE OUTLET TRIMS, JACKS, AND HOOK-UP • • D. TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES • • B. DATA DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTICS E. GRAB BARS 1. CONDUIT FOR DATA AND LOW VOLTAGE CAT 5 (IF REQ. • • BBJ TERMINATE BOX BY GC • • . A ROUGH CARPENTRY • • 2. DATA JACKS, TRIM, AND SYSTEM HOOK-UP • • V B. WOOD TREATMENT DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT 3. PLENUM RATED FOUR PAIR CAT 5 WIRE • • BBJ TERMINATE d D 1. FIRE RETARDANT LUMBER • • A UPS C. ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK B SAFE • • DIVISION 28 - ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY z 1. FINISH WOODWORK, TRIM • • • C. TELEPHONES • • A. SECURITY SYSTEM-EQUIPMENT, WIRE, DEVICES, AND HOOK-UP • • IF REQUIRED a W E B. CONDUIT AND J-BOXES • • BY TYCO ~ 2. FIXTURE, CASEWORK, SHOWCASES • • RODNEY CUSTOM MILLWORK D. ALARM SYSTEM • • y _ 3. MANAGER'S DESK • • RODNEY CUSTOM MILLWORK E. FAX MACHINE • • C. SELF CONTAINED SIREN WITH STROBE • • o V 4. STOREFRONT DISPLAY WINDOW CASES AND STORAGE • • SILVER STAR F. COUNTER MIRRORS • • J Q 3 5. ROLEX VENDOR: DISPLAY CASES, WALL FIXTURES, LIGHT FIXTURES • • ACTIVE GLOBAL G. GEMSCOPE • • Q < Z 3 & FLOORING 6. OTHER WATCH VENDOR: DISPLAY CASES, WALL FIXTURES, LIGHT TO BE DETERMINED PER STORE PRIOR TO H. REFRIGERATOR(S) O • • V < N FIXTURES & FLOORING • • • BID PER VENDOR I. MICROROWAVE • - J J. CLOSED CIRCUIT N MONITOR • • J K. VCR TAPE AND CABINET . . RESPONSIBILITY NOTES a DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION L V A. INSULATION (THERMAL) STEAMER • • M. ULTRASONIC - 1. DEMISING WALL, WALL, & CEILING, IF REQUIRED • • • N. BUFFER/POLISHING MACHINE • - 1. THE CONTENT OF THIS SHEET IS STANDARIZED AND PROVIDED B. ROOF PENETRATION, CURBING, FLASHING AND STRUCTURAL • • USE LANDLORD REQUIRED CONTRACTOR BY THE OWNER; WHICH MEANS IT HAS NOT BEEN UPDATED C SUPPORT, IF REQUIRED 0. SILKS FOR BEDS AND BUILD UPS • • TO BE PROJECT SPECIFIC. ALL ITEMS LISTED MAY NOT BE C. SEALANTS AND CAULKING • • P. CHAIRS • USED. VALIDATE PROJECT SPECIFIC RESPONSABILITIES WITH W • OWNER AND OWNER'S PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO D. SPRAY ON FIRE PROOFING OR GYP. BD. COLUMN ENCLOSURES, Q. LIGHT FIXTURES, INCLUDING LIGHT BOXES • • COMPLETION AND SUBMITTAL OF BID. W IF REQUIRED • • R. SHOWCASES • • J Q Q M o 2. GENERAL CONTRACTOR MUST USE LANDLORDS DESIGNATED SUB 04 Lo E. FIRE STOPPING • • S. REFURBISHED SHOWCASES • • CONTRACTORS WHEN APPLICABLE. SEE TENANT CRITERIA MANUAL W H cV F. FIRE RATED JOINTS • • T. 1/4" MDF PADS IN SHOW WINDOW • 3. UNLOAD, UNPACK, ASSEMBLE, AND INSTALL VENDOR FIXTURES d 0 Il- Na- Lo V. METAL FILE CABINETS • • W ccZ❑ p °' DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS 4. PATCH AND REPAIR, OR REPLACE EXISTING GYPSUM BOARD AT DEMISING .7 = � o A. INTERIOR WOOD DOORS AND FRAMES • • NOT USED W. COFFEE MACHINE AND POT AT WORKROOM • • PARTITIONS AT GC OPTION, PROVIDED THAT EXISTING FIRE J W Z O RESISTIVE, STRUCTURAL, AND FINISHING REQUIREMENTS ARE MAINTAINED. co B. HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES • • X. WATER COOLER • - 5. COORDINATE ROUGH-IN DIMENSIONS AND ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS WITH W © Q C)LJJ ❑ o C. SPECIALTY DOORS SIGN CONTRACTOR. FINAL ELECTRICAL CONNECTION TO STOREFRONT C' a Q V Z DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS SIGNAGE BY SIGN CONTRACTOR TO GC PROVIDED J-BOX. ❑ Q 1. RATED METAL DOORS AND FRAMES • • Q F" 2. REAR SERVICE DOOR • • A. BULLETIN BOARDS • • 6. REMOVE DRAWINGSAD PATCH GYP BD WHERE BLOCKING IS CALLED OUT ON Z 3:0 0 J w B. STOCK SHELVING • • m 3. OVERHEAD INSULATED COILING DOORS • • C. MIRRORS IN SALES • • SILVER STAR 7. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE AND HAVE FLOOR PROTECTION IN Lo 01-0 0 D. ACCESS DOORS • • PLACE AT ALL TIMES. ap 0 B D. COMPLETE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM (SEE ELECTRICAL SPECS) • • U) Lo °- E. HARDWARE AND SPECIALTIES 8. VERIFY EXACT QUANTITY OF CARPET NECESSARY TO ALLOW Z 1. ALL HARDWARE FOR DOORS (EXCEPT CORES) • • INSTALLATION OF PATTERN AS SHOWN. W Q m 2. SERVICE DOOR ALARM AND EXIT DEVICE SYSTEMS DIVISION 21 - FIRE SUPPRESSION 9. COORDINATE WITH OWNER'S SHOWCASE MANUFACTURER FOR DELIVERY OF m • • A FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM • • TEMPLATE TO JOB SITE PRIOR TO STORE LAYOUT. 3. ENTRY DOOR HARDWARE • • B. FIRE PROTECTION (RELOCATE RISER) • • 4. ENTRY DOOR PULLS • • 5. CORES, FOIC • • C. SMOKE DETECTORS • • ISSUED / REVISED DATE F. GLAZING D. COMPLETE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM (SEE ELECTRICAL SPECS) • • USE LANDLORD REQUIRED CONTRACTOR PERMIT SET 0 2.0 8.16 1. ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SYSTEMS • • G. MIRRORS DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING 1. BATHROOM MIRRORS - CLEAR SILICONE ALL EDGES • • EXISTING TO REMAIN A. PLUMBING 1. TOILET ROOM FIXTURES AND ASSOCIATED PLUMBING • • DIVISION 9 - FINISHES 2. PLUMBING FIXTURE ACCESSORIES • • EXISTING TO REMAIN A. GYPSUM WALLBOARD AND ACCESSORIES B. WATER TO LEASED SPACE • - 1. INTERIOR PARTITIONS - FRAMING & GYP. BD. • • C. EXHAUST FANS, DUCTS & VENTS • • A 2. DEMISING PARTITIONS • • IF OTHER THAN EXISTING DEMISING PARTITION D. WATER METER, VIF • • WATER SUB-METER PER LL SPEC IN TENANT SPACE a. LIGHT GAGE FRAMING • • SEE PLANS FOR LOCATIONS E. WATER COOLER • - b. 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. • 0 RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX 3. STOREFRONT-FRAMING & FINISHES • • DIVISION 23 - H.V.A.C. 4. COLUMN ENCLOSURES AT ANY SALES FLOOR COLUMNS • • A H.V.A.C. HEATING & COOLING UNITS • - B. SUSPENDED GWB CEILING AND FRAMING SYSTEM • • B. H.V.A.C. DUCTWORK • • A-0®2 U:\Projects\BenBddge\Washington Square\Caddbbwsq\Sheets\bbws-a-002.dwg 2/5/16 1:24 PM COPYRIGHT ©2016 CALLISON,LLC 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 CODE SUMMARY E O OCCUPIED TENANT a> N v AREA 2620 SF W c cO o u') m OCCUPANCY: M - MERCANTILE t_' a> rn co � 0) OCCUPANT LOAD FACTOR: age Q Q ~ L — o � co co F SALES AREA: 2139 SF/ 30 GROSS SF �J -L_ = 72 OCCUPANTS In W N a) -0 WORKROOM: 433 SF/ 100 GROSS SF w Z3: 0 -1.- 0 0 3 5 OCCUPANTS z W W 0) =3a) cV CV o m-1 04 U) U) '- 1L 3 UNISEX RESTROOM: 30 SF = 1 OCCUPANT TOTAL OCCUPANTS: 78 OCCUPANTS EXITS REQUIRED: TWO EXITS WHEN OCCUPANT LOAD IS MORE THAN 49 EXITS PROVIDED: THREE EXITS EGRESS WIDTH REQUIRED 32" MIN EGRESS WIDTH PROVIDED 530" E MAXIMUM TRAVEL ACTUALTRAVEL DIDISTANCE: 250 FEET STANCE86'-B" 86 8 _ G COD EXITS SEPARATION: 83'-5 1/2" _ TRAVEL DISTANCE TO EXIT 1 =80'-3EXIT 4: ACCESSIBLE OVERALL DIAGONAL ..� EXIT 3 =50'-2" CLEAR WIDTH = 32" DIMENSIONS: 86'-2 1/2" r4_06 QMAX CAPACITY = 160 SEPARATION REQUIRED: 43'-1" APPLIED CAPACITY =19 <�? TRAVEL DISTANCE TO WORKROOM ------ y EXIT 4 = 32'-0" M - MERCHANTILE CPET=31'-5" _ - j--� , ^-------------------- ------ ----------- ------------ , 433 SF I ..... 6 100 5 OCCUPANTS�� NOTE: ---- - - — _ M ---- A KEY, ALL EXIT DOORS SHALL BE OPERABLE FROM THE INSIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF Y n. __._. SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT - . 4 -0_ - - EXIST RESTROOM-- 48 V M - MERCHANTILE FE a { 48 SF N D QCCUPANT , Lu E 3-0 CLR 3-0 CLR _- - - ` ---------- =----------- , i r ---�- {_ Q ------------- ------------------------- i I Q I i' ryj100 I U1--C MIN I I 1 I ! _ I ; f 1' : Z SHEET SYMBOLS ; is ,! ! I I I I E 14� ----- ------------- r I I I Q �• - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - r - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - T — •� - - - - - - - -� - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ----- I 1 V e - OCCUPANCY INDICATOR SEpPRp�\ON -� I I AREA AREA TYPE g3'S�" REQS\RE I 32" CLR " " I j 1 j XXXX 4'-10 4-2 I 1 OCCUPANCY TYPE / 32" CLR 43' I I 1 I „ XXXX SF SF OF AREA F7 / I I -—--- -—-—-— , I 1 j � XX XX OCCUPANTS TOTAL OCCUPANCY SALES AREA MAXIMUM FLOOR AREA C r I M - MERCHANTILE I i I i / 32" CLE 1 j 1 j ALLOWANCE PER OCCUPANT JU i' 2,139 SF / 30172 OCCUPANTS �� I I W Z M / --- I ----- -- --- EXIT SIGN W �n — o W t/� _ FIRE EXTINGUISHERS � O m ; �� / I i 1 FEC Z (n W 0 (D LOCATE TOP OF CABINET W 0 J Q W o L----- - - —-—- ------ i I AT 4'-6"AFF (FE TO BE 0 Q Q U o AT 48" AFF MAX) �""C �= * ' ---------� / r I I / ♦ o "'� Q FE Z �C) U? J w I I (WALL-MOUNTED �� FIRE EXTINGUISHER ~ J _ WITHOUT CABINET. O w� t:;{ E TENF J m Lid Qi MOUNT WITH VALVE .� � AT 4'-0-AFF.) OO d B L0 TRAVEL DISTANCEui I - _ a -- - -- - r COMMON PATH OF {r EGRESS TRAVEL CPET EXIT 1- ACCESSIBLE - - CLEAR WIDTH = 317" MAX CAPACITY = 1585 TRAVEL DISTANCE TO EXIT 3: ACCESSIBLE ISSUED / REVISED DATE APPLIED CAPACITY =39 CLEAR WIDTH = 181" TRAVEL DISTANCE TO PERMIT SET 0 2.0 8.16 EXIT 3 =46'-4" EXIT 2 =86'-8" MAX CAPACITY = 905 EXIT 4 =43'-3" APPLIED CAPACITY =20 C0 .r FIRE LIFE SAFETY PLAN A A 1 1/4"=1'-0" FIRE LIFE SAFETY PLAN FA 0 2 4 8 SCALE: 1/4 " - 1'-0" TRUE NORTH A-003 U:\Projects\BenBridge\Washington Square\Caddbbwsq\Sheets\bbws—a-003.dwg 2/5/16 1:24 PM COPYRIGHT ©2016 CALLISON,LLC 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 SHEET NOTES E 1. CONSTRUCTION OF TEMPORARY a) N_ L) CONSTRUCTION BARRICADE TO CONFORM TO w � 00 0 cn a� MALL TENANT CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS AND WILL BE COORDINATED WITH TENANT C7 a) rn co ' -0 MOPNNATOP ON > Q CD r -- F � ooco W 0 � 2. CONSTRUCTION BARRICADE TO BE CONFIGURED AS TO NOT BLOCK VIEWS OF mJ oN a) COORDINATE ADJACENT TENANTS STOREFRONT DISPLAYS. _ COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION OF BARRICADE o W m co co WITH TENANT COORDINATOR. w Z3: o o Z LLJ Ul rn N N 3. TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION BARRICADE0 m7 N U) U H LL GRAPHICS TO BE SUBMITTED TO AND APPROVED BY LANDLORD PRIOR TO FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION. E 4, x a �\ E� I ' I # i ADJACENT 7EINANT 1 ( 1 : L �I .._.,_.-..._ ..... � ..... 1..w. Nrr 1 _. ._....'.............................. ..........S..:.... '1L .b..:,^..":....,vl.".:3.x3w"tmtC x.Y..R:�w"•.•i-•- f� D W Z z a I 3 ? a a 3 x= CLR i . ........................... __._._._._._._ _..._.. _ _--'- -- _ -'--' --..._.._....._-.. -'--- '--'-..__..._._..._..._.. _... .... ........ . ....... . _ _...... ......._ _. ... , . .....__._.-.......-._..-_'. _ - ._.... _.........._...,..._ ..__._... - £ _.-.-........_. - s_ - .._ ' .. _. ....._. ....... ..._ .......... . .... ... .._.._.. ....... V Z N .._._..-- _..... k .c a is i t J f ::_..._. .......... I PROVIDE DOORS WITH _ ...._......._..........__..._...... HINGES AND KEYED r 1 :.. 8 GtADBOLT, TYP. Lu ....---......._._...._.......... ._ ....... -----......__..... i F : _.. .__._ ..._ ......_ ... W F � I z I �. ,r I LLI0 , OF EXISTING — --s --- - - _._...__.. W O ENTRY OPENING "' '` _� _ � o0 z �W O L6,1 J � W o o 7� E— �� U _— _ - , : i _ er To x t;G,' Tc�iAN� Lo B I 1 1 � �,, � co O d .. .. t t; z 4 4 e v > : x x Ma•.ewc a cvtz-u, n ,wlv a mo rt vermv.re a aa�,x a r a � #�^. .. aaa,.,�• c ttamws. x. fz✓a:-. e: xis r. vnwrt a-: ccv_xrs c. o<¢ane-. x crpma. rn nauwv<F. o. a,szw. s � .z p:aa^ I: r ', } .—_----' '— { ----- ---- --- ' I --------- III � ISSUED / REVISED DATE 5' 0„ PERMIT SET 02.08.16 13'-0° TALL TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION BARRICADE, rh'C�US BRACING AND SUPPORT TO AVOID DAMAGING ALL EXISTING E OF EXISTING LANDLORD FINISHES, PAINT AS DIRECTED BY TENANT COORDINATOR PROVIDE DOORS WITH HINGES ENTRY OPENING OR SEMI-GLOSS WHITE IF NO REQUIREMENTS EXIST. AND KEYED DEADBOLT, TYP. BARRICADE PLAN A Al BARRICADE PLAN 0 2 4 8 4 �� I SCALE: 1/4 1'-0" TRUE NORTH A=004 U:\Projects\BenBridge\Washington Square\Caddbbwsq\Sheets\bbws_a-004.dwg 2/5/16 1:25 PM COPYRIGHT ©2016 CALLISON, LLC 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 SHEET NOTES E r 0 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT DEMOLISH ANY LOAD N 0 BEARING WALLS THAT WILL COMPROMISE THE = r o co ' STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY OF THE BUILDING. NOTIFY L 1 c co a)to a) AR1,riiTECT OF ANY STRUCTURAL ISSUES ARISING (' N W � -� FROM DEMOLITION. > Q o G ti •- F �l 2. DEMOLITION INCLUDES TRENCHING OF SLAB FOR JeW -0 0 � 't c ELECTRICAL. COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL 0 - DRAWINGS. COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD. mus co 't � (D N a) m c0 co 3. WHERE DEMOLITION/NEW WORK OCCURS ADJACENT w Z3: r "' 0 0 TO EXISTING TO REMAIN, PATCH AND REPAIR Z W W p) a) 3 N N ADJACENT CONDITIONS TO PROVIDE A UNIFORM �: m7 N U) U) LL APPEARANCE O 4. IMMEDIATELY AFTER DEMOLITION WORK IS COMPLETED, VERIFY THE EXISTING LOCATIONS OF STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS, EXISTING WALLS, AND MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL PANELS AND DEVICES THAT ARE TO REMAIN WITHIN THE REMODELED SPACE FOR CONFLICTS WITH THE NEW WORK. NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY OF CONFLICTS WHICH WILL PREVENT THE NEW CONSTRUCTION FROM OCCURRING AS INDICATED. 5. VERIFY FLOOR IS LEVEL THROUGHOUT. NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES 6. COMPLY WITH LANDLORD DEMOLITION RULES AND REQUIREMENTS E 7. REMOVE AND CAP ALL EXISTING UNUSED FLOOR �r . - w. �. - _ w - _ - - _ ._-.� __ - POWER AND COMMUNICATION OUTLETS AND 0 ASSOCIATED WIRING/CONDUITS TO POINT OF G x• t�-.. EXISTING ELECTRICAL EXISTING FINISHES, EXISTING 1-HOUR FIRE RATED ORIGIN THROUGHOUT PER ELECTRICAL CODE , c PANELS TO REMAIN CASEWORK TO REMAIN DEMISING WALL TO REMAIN, TYP REQUIREMENTS, COORDINATE WITH NEW WORK. 8. NO EQUIPMENT IS TO BE ABANDONED IN PLACE. -4 H 4k CURBS MAY NOT BE CAPPED: UNUSED CURBS Q MUST BE REMOVED, DECK OPENINGS INFILLED AS NECESSARY, AND ROOFING TO MATCH ADJACENT EXISTING RESTROOM %G �- AREAS MUST BE INSTALLED. COORDINATE REMOVAL �� AND FIXTURES TO OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT WITH NEW WORK AND c" REMOVE ENTIRE EXISTING _� REMAIN MECHANICAL DRAWINGS ! STOREFRONT FINISHES FROM FLOOR TO UNDERSIDE OF I, 9. REMOVE UNUSED EXISTING PLUMBING FIXTURES �'" EXISTING 1 HR DOOR AND PIPING TO POINT OF ORIGIN. COORDINATE STOREFRONT, TYP I ' 1 TO REMAIN WITH NEW WORK. EXISTING 1 HR FIRE RATED REMOVE EXISTING 10. MAINTAIN EXISTING ADJACENT FIRE RATING FOR DEMISING WALL TO REMAIN, TYP. ; „,` Y ' - DOOR AND FRAME ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH EXISTING FIRE RATED _.. �r ASSEMBLIES. REPAIR ANY FIREPROOFING DAMAGEv REMOVE PORTION OF WALL ' I C, 1 1 . - � -_ ;;- �.�_-_�- I # ,_ DURING DEMOLITION OR CONSTRUCTION AS 1 1 1 1 I `�_--' I REMOVE EXISTING REQUIRED BY CODE. Q• 1 1 , REMOVE EXISTING PARTITION FLOOR FINISHES D ��.' `•�� TO THIS LINE N a ., ., , , t 11. DO NOT DISTURB AND/OR DISRUPT EXISTING t 1 s i —__--- -. _ I - 1 BUILDING SERVICES THAT PASS THROUGH TENANT ........ SALVAGE AND RELOCATE SPACE UNLESS IS COORDINATED WITH LANDLORD z VW E - ----- EXISTING SAFE 12. PROTECT EXISTING MALL CONCOURSE FLOOR TILE ~ .1 �� ,L ---�� ,moi j , \` CO AT AND NEAR AREAS OF DEMOLITION. _ q($ ]? REPLACE/REPAIR DAMAGED MALL CONCOURSE 1 I ; ♦T'�� _,,7,� ; 1 1 1 1 ay} FLOOR TILE ACCORDING TO LANDLORD ...L o _d fI -1 REQUIREMENTS a - REMOVE EXISTING a WALL FEATURES THROUGHOUT TYP 13. COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD'S ON-SITE TENANT Q _- _ 3 I------J - --_ ' , 1 1 , t Z rr-- n ---- t ' REMOVE EXISTING 1 , COORDINATOR BEFORE COMMENCEMENT OF V a O I` --'i- �'---- L.j - -�}— — ��-� .^�\ R.�—�—JL—-JL--.0 CASEWORK THROUGHOUT �� ,� � i ► #'• - DEMOLITION. y - \ .It tt.--------------------- __ 14 U) u rr r--------n . y1----------- u n Ir===� ►. -- - __ _ i P ;< ' 1►---- �C 1 II/' 1 „ -- ---------------- r PREPARE EXISTING CONCRETE FOR INSTALLATION J ----- r , COORDINATE WITH OF NEW FINISH FLOOR MATERIALS. COORDINATE -� n n L-------- -r n n REMOVE EXISTING WALL T ------ ------- ♦ r--1 r--� r n I 11 „ e e o e i ------- r 1 OWNER ON SALVAGE FLOOR PREPARATION, INCLUDING GRINDING AND Q ��-________L ♦` ALL___________J, 1t--�1 (t--�1 u______________ ___� FINISHES AND FLOOR �. It r 1 LEVELING WITH MALL TENANT COORDINATOR FOR C3 / u n tt II -------'L---J L='�-'-"'-'----- i ' \\ i AND REUSE OF EXISTING y _ , It 11 I, ,, FINISH THROUGHOUT I r tt mot APPROVAL AND SCHEDULING PRIOR TO - ,, _ , cha, EQUIPMENT BUFFER, l_-1J �_=J � y'�♦ •- � , � COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. I STEAMER, ULTRASONIC, ETC.), TYP 15. COORDINATE REMOVAL OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT ^ NOTE: VERIFY EXISTING COLUMN LOCATIONS ' WITH NEW WORK AND MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. AND REPORT ANY DISCREPENCIES TO C ' -------„ -,♦ ARCHITECT PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION ,T-rl ,/ yn-T♦ a�___ -� I I r 1 16. INSTALL METAL BLOCKING OR BACKING IN EXISTING WALLS AND NEW PARTITIONS AS REQUIRED TO Q! W -��t \ � � , ♦ , \ , , , I lal 1 � ,. REMOVE EXISTING WALL ,�, t ,' \1,♦ I/ `♦ ,' \I,♦ t� `. i ii ' lel I 1 ' FINISHES AND FLOOR SUPPORT WALL HUNG OR WALL MOUNTED �� ` � ,� .` , � ♦a ; =��-=�i 1,� , , FINISH THROUGHOUT EQUIPMENT. NO WOOD BLOCKING IN ANY AREA Lu ce z ,�, I F�� , ��a It I, It I, F.�, r t 1 t u t I OPEN TO CEILING. -------- -_____ 1[ z , , -� O M Z 1 ' I 1 1 I ,' \ II L � L-� II ♦ I I t I 1 1 It lel I I � j: N � I 1 t I \ tL______________Jt ,� , , , , 1 1 �, 1et ' ' r 1 17. VERIFY EXISTING COLUMN LOCATIONS AND REPORT W 1 I I I I ,' ` II 11 �'-------� 1 I I I ' ��_=JJ 1!' I I ' 1 CV O II 11 �., / I I 1 1 14--= , I ANY DISCREPANCIES TO ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ' . �---------It Ir-------�li ' ` to SALVAGE AND RELOCATE rn 1 , t 1 I 1 t "t ' ' CONSTRUCTION. 0 �`- _i:_ O , I 1 1 I , , II tl , I 1 I 1 I '1 I 1e1 7 LL-----1T--T-----� I 1 1 I I '-n _-_ I 1 L� Lo ;� ' v ' t I t , ,' LL__ u , i�♦ , , , , a -, 1e► 1 EXISTING SAFE 18. PROTECT, REMOVE AND SALVAGE EXISTING CEILING W V) _ rn CD t I I 1 1 ' `--- I .' I I t t u I 1el '�' TILES AS NECESSARY TO PREVENT DAMAGE - t ! I-----i f-----1 1 '�. ,' I �� I 1 1 I t d FAX 1 ►fir ,� ' I ' , , 1 , 1 `Y Q , , , , , e , ��► �� DURING CONSTRUCTION. REPLACE EXISTING CEILING O TILES UPON COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION z U)LJJ 0 m 1 I I 1 I 1 I 1 I 1 I 1 Co 1 N I j 1 I I 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 J, 1 4#'J 1___._.._. ___.._ tREMOVE EXISTING FLOOR ' ' t I 1 tEXISTING COLUMN t I I t I 1 , -.-. - I 19. EXISTING FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM TO REMAIN. 0 W r1 0 Z ' S TO REMAIN, TYP ' ' ' ' ' ' �' 3 '' MODIFY FIRE SPRINKLER HEAD LOCATIONS TO v I FINISH AT MALL ENTRY, ! ! ! 1 i i z,�zS ----- 1 I I I 1 1 CCC -{ 1 ;I 2 Z \ , �__ ----------'--_, ' ACCOMMODATE NEW PLAN LAYOUT, BIDDER DESIGN Q x ► ' TYP. 1 I 1 1 I I F `� ------- 1 1 I I I 1 1 51 _—_-`---- , TT---------------� , , , e CASH , , I , , A , a o \ ,' , , , ' AND PERMIT SEPARATELY a - � 1 .- . . �� t 1 1 a e \ 31 �V _j U 1 I 1 . 1 I I I 1 I �. . . �� , �c ,I1 \ ' ; ; MANAGER ; 4'' 1 1 �� ♦` ------ �' i 1 1 �___��------------J I 1 r♦ `` '' i r 6Q4------------"' 1 I 1 Ij- I-----1 t-----i J vJc/J vJ I-- W ` ♦♦ I 1 / I 1 1 I ♦ I 1 / 1 I 1- 1 _ - -__ ._ co LCA LL O t ♦�—L-------1—�� I I. ♦�—L-------1—�� I fl t1 1 ��€ 11 11 1 i � O I s. s 1 C,.,.,..:J 1 r 1 1 I I 1 Ij ----- - - - LLIJ --------------------------------------------------- ._,._._._,......-_.. -------------------------------------- -.,. ....-.. t o I'' -- — R I ' ._._..—"---- _.___...__.__.__.._ ____ ._F t � € p � s p gg ' € f S d s b� --------------------- Al `----------------------- ISSUED REVISED DATE AD-20 PERMIT SET 02.08.16 LEASE LINE EXISTING STOREFRONT STRUCTURE TO REMAIN. REMOVE EXISTING FINISHES AND SUBSTRATE. A Al DEMOLITION PLAN 1/4'=V-0' DEMOLITION PLAN 0 2 4 8 SCALE: 1/4 - 1'-0" TRUE NORTH AD-101 U:\Projects\BenBridge\Washington Square\Caddbbwsq\Sheets\bbws—ad-101.dwg 2/5/16 1:25 PM COPYRIGHT Qo 2016 CALLISON,LLC 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 SHEET NOTES E O 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT DEMOLISH ANY LOAD a) cV v BEARING WALLS THAT WILL COMPROMISE THE : o co ' STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY_OF_TH_E BUILDING. NOTIFY LLI c °,r° o Lo a) AMUNl I tU I Ur ANT I KUC I UKAL 1J)WLb AKI5INGN `�� 00 � -0 FROM DEMOLITION. O� > Q 00 ti -- 2. DEMOLITION INCLUDES TRENCHING OF SLAB FOR M W -0 o t .c F ELECTRICAL. COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL J DRAWINGS. COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD. Ca co it N o W N a)a) co C.0 3. WHERE DEMOLITION/NEW WORK OCCURS ADJACENT w Z3: '_ i ' o o cu TO EXISTING TO REMAIN, PATCH AND REPAIR z W W rn � aa) N N ADJACENT CONDITIONS TO PROVIDE A UNIFORM �: m7 CV (A U) F- LL" APPEARANCE O 4. IMMEDIATELY AFTER DEMOLITION WORK IS COMPLETED, VERIFY THE EXISTING LOCATIONS OF STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS, EXISTING WALLS, AND MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL PANELS AND DEVICES THAT ARE TO REMAIN WITHIN THE REMODELED SPACE FOR CONFLICTS WITH THE NEW WORK. NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY OF CONFLICTS WHICH WILL PREVENT THE NEW CONSTRUCTION FROM OCCURRING AS INDICATED. 5. VERIFY FLOOR IS LEVEL THROUGHOUT. NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES 6. COMPLY WITH LANDLORD DEMOLITION RULES AND REQUIREMENTS E 7. REMOVE AND CAP ALL EXISTING UNUSED FLOOR ii ll l 40. POWER AND COMMUNICATION OUTLETS AND �1 z ASSOCIATED WIRING/CONDUITS TO POINT OF ORIGIN THROUGHOUT PER ELECTRICAL CODE Qo a EXISTING CEILING, SOFFIT AND REQUIREMENTS, COORDINATE WITH NEW WORK. FRAMING, MECHANICAL DIFFUSERS -� TO REMAIN. REMOVE EXISTING 8. NO EQUIPMENT IS TO BE ABANDONED IN PLACE. a H LIGHT FIXTURES CURBS MAY NOT BE CAPPED: UNUSED CURBS w 0 MUST BE REMOVED, DECK OPENINGS INFILLED AS NECESSARY, AND ROOFING TO MATCH ADJACENT ,� C -- --—--—-- AREAS MUST BE INSTALLED. COORDINATE REMOVAL .Jnl EQUIPMENT WITH NEW WORK AND MECHANICAL DRAW ,F �r 9. REMOVE UNUSED EXISTING PLUMBING FIXTURES AND PIPING TO POINT OF ORIGIN. COORDINATE WITH NEW WORK. 10. MAINTAIN EXISTING ADJACENT FIRE RATING FOR . ......... .... - .. I L_ ±�;ll __j__ I IP ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH EXISTING FIRE RATED _ — _ _ __. ,_..-._. ._.-_ - ._. _ ASSEMBLIES. REPAIR ANY FIREPROOFING DAMAGE DURING DEMOLITION OR CONSTRUCTION AS 1 REQUIRED BY CODE. a I D i 11. DO NOT DISTURB AND/OR DISRUPT EXISTING F- I 9 BUILDING SERVICES THAT PASS THROUGH TENANT V - SPACE UNLESS IS COORDINATED WITH LANDLORD z � �� -�,-� �� J i / \ � � � € I I 12. PROTECT EXISTING MALL CONCOURSE FLOOR TILE � �- -------------- I EXISTING EXIT SIGN 0 a F 1 ` 0 O O 0 TO BE SALVAGED AND ° ' J _ r 0 0 1 I REUSED. AT AND NEAR AREAS OF DEMOLITION. 0 _ ° i ; — =� ' — — — — — I— — — — — -� — REPLACE/REPAIR DAMAGED MALL CONCOURSE � v I I ----1I----- FLOOR TILE ACCORDING TO LANDLORD J o O _ 3- - - - -�_ _ O O I� 71 I I -----------, t---1-- 1I I I I - - - - - ------ i I - - REQUIREMENTS J Q 3 I ---� T O IL 2J O O II 13. COORDINATE RWIBTEHFOLANDLORD'S NCON M-ESITE OTENANT V <z a O O Wr - - - - - - DEMOLITION. o iµf;'lI ` - - - - - - - - - - - - - - J - — — — — — — __--__�-__-- — ---}� 14. 14 . PREPARE EXISTING CONCRETE FOR INS TALLATIONO O REMOVE EXISTING ACP __TJ MATERIALS.OF NEW FINISH FLOOR COORDINATE CEILING. COORDINATE FLOOR PREPARATION, INCLUDING GRINDINGAND QO O O O O O O O O THIS AREA WITH NEW LEVELING WITH MALL TENANT COORDINATOR FOR WORK. APPROVAL AND SCHEDULING PRIOR TO . O r' COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. JrJ -� I 15. COORDINATE REMOVAL OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT � SALVAGE EXISTING I L� ,�� WITH NEW WORK AND MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. 0 REMOVE EXISTING CEILING 0 �\/� O O O — O SPRINKLERS AND HVAC, 0 I I C I O SOFFIT AND FRAMING, LIGHT I /\ I I� �I ,' `. DUCTING TO BE REUSED I , — — 16. INSTALL METAL BLOCKING OR BACKING IN EXISTING I I O O WALLS AND NEW PARTITIONS AS REQUIRED TO �/ W -------- 1 I I I FIXTURES AND MECHANICAL IG _ �I /\ ,' ,' ,�'- �`• `� `� p I I SUPPORT WALL HUNG OR WALL MOUNTED EXISTING EXIT I DIFFUSERS TROUGHOUT _ ; ; ��' `. `� `� I -1;1- 1 _ _ — — — EQUIPMENT. NO WOOD BLOCKING IN ANY AREA W 0 z SIGN TO BE i ; ; 30 �•� `� `� — y' OPEN TO CEILING. M REMAIN, TYP UON. i O O O O ff! i i `� �� \/ I I I I J Q O o 0 O II 17. VERIFY EXISTING COLUMN LOCATIONS D REPORT N 'nO O 1 — — IES TO ARCHITECT PRIOR TO � � � ANY DISCREPANCIES N o 1 _ r----� I ► I `"" I 1 O , I ► y 1 1 i i i I CONSTRUCTION. � ti O I 1 1 11 0 O — _ 18. PROTECT, REMOVE AND SALVAGE EXISTING CEILING W z o �� O I M 1 1 I 1 _ O �' ry TILES AS NECESSARY TO PREVENT DAMAGE o DURING CONSTRUCTION. REPLACE EXISTING CEILING ' .j TILES UPON COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION Z n L11 O ( C.0 O O 1 ; % J w O i O ��`�` ` �`�` M _�� `,'� �' i' O ) 19. EXISTING FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM TO REMAIN. W 0 Q< V r l ' 1 f MODIFY FIRE SPRINKLER HEAD LOCATIONS TO Q o z ' O ' ` O / L-------------------- ACCOMMODATE NEW PLAN LAYOUT BIDDER DESIGN D Q f U O I `�� AND PERMIT SEPARATELY O O �/) 2 O O 1 1 1 F=:IJvr, 0 O I O I LL7 �-- --- O OO I I O O aoLo O a -----------------------------\------------------- ---== 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 SHEET NOTES E O 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT DEMOLISH ANY LOAD CID N BEARING WALLS THAT WILL COMPROMISE THE :3 o m STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY OF THE BUILDING. NOTIFY W c 00 0 m a) ARCHITECT OF ANY STRUCTURAL ISSUES ARISING (D rn 00 'I -� FROM DEMOLITION. o > Q 0 ti •- -� 2. DEMOLITION INCLUDES TRENCHING OF SLAB FOR W 0 � "t Q F ELECTRICAL. COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD. m W c� N a) 't C.0 co 3. WHERE DEMOLITION/NEW WORK OCCURS ADJACENT w Z3: .- o o TO EXISTING TO REMAIN, PATCH AND REPAIR Z W W rn •- a1i c� cel 3 ADJACENT CONDITIONS TO PROVIDE A UNIFORM � m7 N U) 07 H L6 APPEARANCE O 4. IMMEDIATELY AFTER DEMOLITION WORK IS COMPLETED, VERIFY THE EXISTING LOCATIONS OF STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS, EXISTING WALLS, AND MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL PANELS AND DEVICES THAT ARE TO REMAIN WITHIN THE REMODELED SPACE FOR CONFLICTS WITH THE NEW WORK. NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY OF CONFLICTS WHICH WILL PREVENT THE NEW CONSTRUCTION FROM OCCURRING AS INDICATED. 5. VERIFY FLOOR IS LEVEL THROUGHOUT. NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES 6. COMPLY WITH LANDLORD DEMOLITION RULES AND REQUIREMENTS �� • E 7. REMOVE AND CAP ALL EXISTING UNUSED FLOOR POWER AND COMMUNICATION OUTLETS AND z O ASSOCIATED WIRING/CONDUITS TO POINT OF x ORIGIN THROUGHOUT PER ELECTRICAL CODE Col.) Q �� REQUIREMENTS, COORDINATE WITH NEW WORK. ca w 8. NO EQUIPMENT IS TO BE ABANDONED IN PLACE. H REMOVE EXISTING CURVED SIGNAGE, TYP CURBS MAY NOT BE CAPPED: UNUSED CURBS MUST BE REMOVED, DECK OPENINGS INFILLED AS NECESSARY, AND ROOFING TO MATCH ADJACENT AREAS MUST BE INSTALLED. COORDINATE REMOVAL OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT WITH NEW WORK AND MECHANICAL DRAWINGS .. 1 TO BULKHEAD I 9. REMOVE UNUSED EXISTING PLUMBING FIXTURES AFF (VIF) / AND PIPING TO POINT OF ORIGIN. COORDINATE WITH NEW WORK. 10. MAINTAIN EXISTING ADJACENT FIRE RATING FOR ALL TO STOREFRONT 10' " AFF (VIF) - - / - - \ / - - DURINGNDE OLIOT ON NS TOROCONSTRUCTION UGH EXISTING EASE RATED ASSEMBLIES. REPAIR ANY FIREPROOFING DAMAGE -0t1 \ / EXISTING BLADE SIGN TO REMAIN. REQUIRED BY CODE. d // _ _- -_ _ -_ _- D \ / r 11. DO NOT DISTURB AND/OR DISRUPT EXISTING \\ OPEN _ _ \ // BUILDING SERVICES THAT PASS THROUGH TENANT V - - - - -- SPACE UNLESS IS COORDINATED WITH LANDLORD z Z e /� r REMOVE EXISTIIST05EF'RONT FINISHES ' / < W C 71 / AND SUBSTRATE, PAMING TO REMAIN _ _ _ _ _ _ 12. PROTECT EXISTING MALL CONCOURSE FLOOR TILE _ - ON SURFACE BEY OND,\TYP - - - - AT AND NEAR AREAS OF DEMOLITION. � _ / \ REPLACE/REPAIR DAMAGED MALL CONCOURSE — H V _ _ _ _ // \\ _ _ _ _ FLOOR TILE ACCORDING TO LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS J Q a _ _ 13. COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD'S ON-SITE TENANT Q ` Z / \ COORDINATOR BEFORE COMMENCEMENT OF V < O FINISH FLOOR / \ DEMOLITION. N Arl 0-O" I 14. PREPARE EXISTING CONCRETE FOR INSTALLATION J EXISTING WINDOW DISPLAY TO Of NEW FINISH FLOOR MATERIALS. COORDINATE -j REMAIN, TYP. FLOOR PREPARATION, INCLUDING GRINDING AND Q LEVELING WITH MALL TENANT COORDINATOR FOR V APPROVAL AND SCHEDULING PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. DEMOLITION ELEVATION EAST 15. COORDINATE REMOVAL OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT r WITH NEW WORK AND MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. C `' 1/4"=1'-0" 16. INSTALL METAL BLOCKING AND NEW PARTITIONS RTING AS REQUIRED BACKING IN WALLS SUPPORT WALL HUNG OR WALL MOUNTED EQUIPMENT. NO WOOD BLOCKING IN ANY AREA W W OPEN TO CEILING. .j Q O M N Lo o 17. VERIFY EXISTING COLUMN LOCATIONS AND REPORT W = �— N ANY DISCREPANCIES TO ARCHITECT PRIOR TO o CONSTRUCTION. 0 ►` o Lo REMOVE EXISTING CURVED SIGNAGE, TYP 18. PROTECT, REMOVE AND SALVAGE EXISTING CEILING W U) z O O C)TILES AS NECESSARY TO PREVENT DAMAGE DURING CONSTRUCTION. REPLACE EXISTING CEILING ' J = _ TILES UPON COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION W Z (n uj w 0 0 TO BULKHEAD J 19. EXISTING FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM TO REMAIN. �Q Q� U � o --„----- Y 13'-0 AFF (VIF) / MODIFY FIRE SPRINKLER HEAD LOCATIONS TO C' Q z ACCOMMODATE NEW PI AN I AY01IT, BIDDER DESIGN � � � _ / _ _ /- / _ _ _ _ _ _-_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - _ - - - _ AND PERMIT SEPARATELY Q F- - - - - - - - - - - - �- - - - - - - - - - - 3:0J U TO STOREFRONT ' Z w Cn 10-0 AFF (VIF) - - - - - - \ / - - - - - - - - - - - - - \ / - - - - - - - - - - m \\ // \\ / Lo 12f 0 / � 0 a B L0 0 LLA cr) - \\ OPEN // - - - - - - - - \\ OPEN x // \ / - - - - - - / \ - / \ - - - - - - - REMOVE EXaSTNG STOREFRONT \\ - - - -_� _-_ _ - _ EXISTING�WkOW DISPLAY TO \\ - -� --- ; 7- - - - ISSUED / REVISED DATE FINISI'lS'AND SUBSTRATE, FRAMING TO \\ \ - _ // // - // - REMAW, TYP. \\\ - - - - - // - - - - PERMIT SET 02.08.16 _ 5E#AIN ON SURFACE BEYOND, TYP 7- FINISH FLOOR SHEET SYMBOLS A DEMOLITION ELEVATION NORTH AREA OF EXISTING FINISHES AND A SUBSTRATE TO BE REMOVED WITH 1/4"=1'-0" FRAMING TO REMAIN 0 AREA OF FRAMING TO BE REMOVED DEMOLITION STOREFRONT ELEVATIONS AD-201 U:\Projects\BenBridge\Washington Square\Caddbbwsq\Sheets\bbws—ad-201.dwg 2/5/16 1:25 PM COPYRIGHT ©2016 CALLISON,LLC 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 SHEET NOTES E O 1. PREPARE EXISTING CONCRETE FLOOR FOR a) N C) INSTALLATION OF NEW FINISH ACCORDING TO c Ir- O (o ' FLOORING. NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY DEVIATION W c o0 0 Lo FROM SPECIFIED FLOOR TOLERANCE. a) rn co 1;T -a i Mn__ r` 2. MAINTAIN FIRE RESISTANT RATING FOR TENANT �� Q O co F L_DEMISING WALLS AND EXISTING FIRE RATED W 0 ASSEMBLIES. �,J 0 `* � c m M N (D "t d a) 3. INSTALL METAL OR FRT WOOD BLOCKING IN W co O EXISTING WALLS AND NEW PARTITIONS AS W Z3: T a) "-' O O 3 REQUIRED TO SUPPORT WALL HUNG OR WALL Z W W 0 .-0 N cel MOUNTED EQUIPMENT AND CASEWORK. NO 3: m7 N H WOOD BLOCKING IN ANY AREA OPEN TO CEILING. O COORDINATE WITH TENANT CRITERIA MANUAL AND LANDLORD NOTES. 4. WHERE DEMOLITION OCCURS ADJACENT TO EXISTING TO REMAIN, PATCH AND REPAIR ADJACENT CONDITIONS TO PROVIDE A UNIFORM APPEARANCE. 5. REPAIR FIREPROOFING DAMAGED DURING DEMOLITION OR CONSTRUCTION AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN ORIGINAL FIRE RATING. 6. ALL ANGLED WALLS OR PARTITIONS ARE @ 45', 90', OR 135' U.O.N 7. ALL ATTACHMENTS/PENETRATIONS TO DECK/FLOOR REQUIRE X-RAY AND APPROVAL OF STOREFRONT CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE • �® E LANDLORD PRIOR TO EXECUTION. ALL INDEPENDENT OF THE MALL FASCIA AND --� BULKHEAD STRUCTURES. STOREFRONTS MAY BE BRACED TO THE OVERHEAD STRUCTURE WITHIN ti c a EXISTING RESTROOM EXISTING WORKROOM TO THE TENANT SPACE. TO REMAIN REMAIN -4 H � 8. NO SAW CUTTING WITHOUT PRIOR APPROVAL OF � LANDLORD. w Q —_-—__ 9. ALL SIGNAGE AND DISPLAY WINDOWS SHALL BE ILLUMINATED DURING MALL OPEN HOURS AND I CONTROLLED BY A SEPARATE TENANT-FURNISHED (I TIME CLOCK. r • I I' 10. COORDINATE WITH NEW FIXTURES AND CASEWORK SIB PROVIDED BY OTHERS REFER TO A-104 104 " ! 1 11. INSTALL 1/2" FRT PLYWOOD MECHANICALLY FASTENED BETWEEN THE EXISTING DEMISING WALL STUDS AT ALL WALL HUNG FIXTURES ON C? THE DEMISING WALL. REPLACE ANY GYPSUM I RESTROOM FE BOARD REMOVED TO ACHIEVE THIS WITH 5/8" TYPE-X GYPSUM BOARD, TAPED AND MUDDED 103 103 AIRTIGHT TO ACHIEVE AND MAINTAIN THE y D 3'-0" ,>, 25'-5" I - EXISTING DEMISING WALL 1-HOUR FIRE RATING. F ��J - ~`` I F 12. CONFIRM EXISTING DEMISING WALL IS 5/8" z Z Uj E l ? `-- t A-705 i 1` TYPE-X GYPSUM BOARD TO WITHIN 1/2 OF 4 a PATCH AN REPAIR B 4 o E1 EXISTING NR A H DECK ABOVE, TAPED AND N U _ MUDDED G ALONG ALL DEMISING WALLS = C D E I I _ WALL AS NEEDED, PATCH AND REPAIR `' ? `; AND SERVICE CORRIDORS TO ACHIEVE THE TYP, , WALL AS NEEDED ,=_'. �~ I WORKROOM REQUIRES 1-HOUR FIRE RATING. ALL J o €= ! 102 104 I STRUCTURAL SHAPES, DUCTS, PIPING AND J a 3 O g i[ PENETRATIONS THROUGH THE DEMISING WALL 3 MUST BE SEALED IN AN AIRTIGHT MANNER, - Q ` Z E1 ALIGNMAINTAINING THE REQUIRED 1-HOUR FIRE V O 1' ` -0" MIN RATING, NOTIFY OWNER IF EXISTING CONDITIONS U) DO DO NOT COMPLY WITH THESE REQUIREMENTS EXISTINGPRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF REPAIR WORK. J STOREFRONT TO REMAIN, TYP B 4 0 13. GC TO COORDINATE SIGNAGE SHOP DRAWINGS Q WITH STOREFRONT CONSTRUCTION AND CONFIRM v `i 105 SHOP DRAWING DIMENSIONS WITH FIELD Q 1 CONDITIONS. NEW WALL Qj FINISHES, TYP € 4 C SEE ELEVATIONS F COORDINATE WITH NEW FIXTURES AND CASEWORK ` W Z ch I PROVIDED BY OTHERS REFER TO A-104 o J a0CV0 C14 CQNCQUR o W zp 0 °' 0 WATCHMAKER T 1 0) NEW DISPLAY WINDOW NEW DISPLAY WINDOW 105 z j U)W ' SALES CD SHEET SYMBOLS Lu� �a �< c) o CD CC Z Al 100 ¢ d"' © �G CC3Q N � U — � - - — — � B 4 0 I Z U)U) C/) F— w ELEC PANEL m _ 0 ! I BUTT NEW WALL A-701 :n`x NI N i AGAINST EXISTING Al C>D I � I BUTT NEW WALL �= CLEAR AREA � i a B I _ COLUMN 4" I COLUMN AGAINST EXISTING B o o E1 �, `� i z y Lo L o 100 -� l A-501 N -------------- Lu Q C� . CLEAR AREA STRIPING FE .... 1 -- _ - € I - — ---- --------- WALL-MOUNTED - --------- f - --_--_— — ------- --------------------------------- ---- --- �' -- --- I - ------ ---__--- - �_ _: — - — `' - -- _ --- - FIRE EXTINGUISHER WITHOUT CABINET. MOUNT WITH VALVE ISSUED / REVISED DATE 10'-7" 8'-9" FEC AT 4'-0" AFF.) PERMIT SET 02.08.16 EXTIAt _ NEW LIGHT BOX A-201 INIRE CABINETNGUISHER LOCATE SO THAT VALVE IS 4'-0" AFF) O FLOOR OUTLET - SEE ELECTRICAL .... DRAWINGS d DUPLEX OUTLET SEE ELECTRICAL FLOOR PLAN DRAWINGS A Al FLOOR PLAN 0 2 4 8 SCALE: 1/4 - 1'-0" TRUE NORTH A-1 01 U:\Projects\BenBridge\Washington Square\Caddbbwsq\Sheets\bbws—a-101.dwg 2/5/16 1:25 PM COPYRIGHT ©2016 CALLISON,LLC 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 SHEET NOTES E r p 1. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR FIXTURE N v TYPES 73 oo o C.0W c 00 0 tib N 2. GC TO COORDINATE SPRINKLER SHOP 0 �0� 'tUKAWIN65 WITH $IKULIUKAL ANU UIIitK LZ Q W 1_ .L CEILING ITEMSW o 00 co •� F 3. ANY FIXTURES, GRILLES, OR OTHER CEILING mW M N N MOUNTED ITEMS NOT DIMENSIONED ARE TO BE 0 0 CENTERED BETWEEN ADJACENT DIMENSIONED w � Z •-• "'' o o ca ITEMS Z W W rn =3aa) N N : Ocan NU) U) F' LL � 4. GC TO COORDINATE SIGNAGE SHOP DRAWINGS WITH STOREFRONT CONSTRUCTION AND CONFIRM SHOP DRAWING DIMENSIONS WITH FIELD CONDITIONS 5. ALL ANGLED SOFFITS ARE @ 45-, 90^, OR 135- U.O.N. 6. LIGHTING ABOVE CASEWORK OFFSET 4" FROM FRONT OF CASEWORK TO CENTERLINE OF LIGHT, U.O.N. REFER TO DETAIL E9+C9/A-802 7. INSTALL METAL OR FIRE RATED WOOD BLOCKING IN EXISTING WALLS AND NEW PARTITIONS AS REQUIRED TO SUPPORT WALL �CT0 HUNG OR WALL MOUNTED EQUIPMENT. NO ENOTE: WOOD BLOCKING IN ANY AREA OPEN TO REFER TO C1/A-802 FOR ACOUSTICAL CEILING DETAILS AND F .4 CEILING. c E1/A-802 FOR SUSPENDED GYPSUM BOARD CEILING DETAILS 8. ACCESS PANELS MUST BE PROVIDED FOR ALL N' Q w 0 LANDLORD SERVICEABLE EQUIPMENT WHICH IS a .a ABOVE ANY HARD CEILING AREAS. SUPPLY H �" VENTS AND RETURN VENTS ARE ALLOWED AS MEANS OF ACCESS. UNITS ABOVE HARD CEILINGS MUST HAVE A WORK PLATFORM -------- CONSTRUCTED ABOVE THE CEILING FOR UNIT ! SERVICING. IF A WORK PLATFORM IS NOT CONSTRUCTED, A LETTER MUST BE SUBMITTED i — -- ---- = UPON JOB CLOSEOUT STATING THAT THE ' CEILING IS RATED TO WITHSTAND ALL ASSOCIATED WEIGHT WHEN SERVICING THE EQUIPMENT ABOVE „_,,_ ..r NANT E � , ._E; _ t,,.af,I i i I 9. ALL FIRE SPRINKLER WORK MUST BE V - I PERFORMED BY LANDLORD'S RE � r QUI ED FE o '} CONTRACTOR AT TENANTS EXPENSER LL I ui EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ i 4 EQ SP @ 3'-0" OF FEATURE WALL 4 EQ SP @ 3'-0' - `1' _ 10. NOTHING IS PERMITTED TO BE ATTACHED T0, H D I 2 -11, SUSPENDED FROM, OR PENETRATE THE ROOF Y i OF SHOWCASE, n' i OF SHOWCASE, TYP I I DECK. TENANTS MAY ATTACH TO JOISTS AT z z — �— - - RELOCATED EXISTING EXIT SIGN W E — --- -- — — — — — -- — — — — - TYP O = I PANEL POINTS OR TO THE STRUCTURAL STEEL. a v _ ALL WALL CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE O o EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ `i' O I I [ I SUPPORTED IN THIS MANNER. NO WELDING OR _ °� I 14 4 I N OF AQUA PLEXI i - /C O _ _ °` SHOOTING INTO THE STRUCTURE IS PERMITTED. 1 OF ;DESK c, ...1 0 ( p _ o g i 11. LIGHT FIXTURE AIMING DONE BY OWNER PRIOR _......._ OF LOGO 1 -0" I I 1 _0" L"J _ ti TO MOVE IN Q < Z 3 _.. N 1 -6 I NEW LIGHT FIXTURE, TYP z .... W _- N I EQ E E' 12. PRE-WIRE ABOVE CEILING ELECTRICAL, DATA, V 0 OF CASEWORK------ --------- I - OF DESK = AND LOW VOLTAGE PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF _...... ......._ _. ........ BELOW i I CEILING FINISHES. COORDINATE I DEVICE T J to Q,Q O,O_ O,O O' ~ Lo LOCATIONS WITH ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS.4 -1 4'-3" �. 4'-3 4-1EQ I EQ Q Q . . . OF SOFFIT u 4'_ " " � I 9 9 3'-6" 4'-81/2" 3'-51/2" ------ ----------- ----------- -------------; SHEET SYMBOLS I �- -------- ------------ -------- OF CASEWORK I 2'x4 LED LIGHT OF SOFFIT OF CASEWORK I , I i O O �q p� i _ .... i a, WORKROOM & RESTROOM 1'-3 1/2" I I I Imlq O O O O 000 I C i i i O O . . O m O .._. i _. I ._ ; �� ..._ ( i I x NEW WORKROOM CEILING ACP@9'-O" P SEMI-RECESSED ADJUSTABLE ACCENT 2 W 4'-7" 2'-3" 2'-3" 4'-7" ; __ .._.. . I AFF, TY --------------------------- I ------------ ------------ ----- ----- ----------- -------------- O f O , DOWNLIGHT. BEN BRIDGE SALES FLOOR W i" coi i I i 0 -- ------ ------- O �� PERIMETER a z _ i ; _ OO DOWNLIGHT BEN BRIDGE SALES FLOOR O N o Iu p p I 000 000 00O 000 N I ILID N p I •� I I I O DOWNLIGHT ROLEX SALES FLOOR o r1:,':i!vv II I O .._... . ...... .. ...... .............-............................ I zo Lo p .; rn III _ _ I _ _ _ _ ' i - O SEMI-RECESSED ADJUSTABLE ACCENT W (� o OF STOREFRONT — III, �_ I I o o rn — O rn , I N (P DOWNLIGHT. ROLEX SALES FLOOR -7- I p I I re) n _1000 — O O O � i ;—_ _—_- 1—_—_—_ I �, 000 3G RECESSED LED FIXTURE. BEN Z (nW 0 I • i p p I ID ------- ------- ------- ------- - �I 1 -- BRIDGE SALES FLOOR. FIXTURES {L `J W o 0 O ., O O i LOCATED BY TEMPLATE SUPPLIED BY © 0 o ----------- > = ; l I u EQ o EQ OWNER F Qi I� mo ap I u _ CC �C UNDERCASE LIGHT �0 J U u i O m 0 O O I v I p O ----- U)w W --------------=—- ------------- - Z I OF DISPLAY _. ... i I 0 O I L------------------------------------ f-DISPLAY-------- I ------�_______� I ACCENT PENDANT LIGHT FIXTURE O im 3'-10" 3'-10" I i 76 3'-10" 3'-10" I 5-3 1 2 ;I; y: .P �:JT 'CN204 Lo _____1 OD 0 B I M ; I 'i ~ TRACK LIGHTING z n- 00 00 I I I ; 00 00 a cy o - ��; 10 1 © STRIP FLUORESCENT W I I I 4D EMERGENCY LIGHT FIXTURE m • . . . I � ______ ____________ __ . - . • - - - � . ____________ __ _ ._ � ___________ __ .� . I r----- - _- f- 13 0 0 3G RECESSED LED FIXTURE _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ ROLEX SALES FLOOR . . .. ..... .... ... .. .. .. ..... . OF STOREFRONT OF STOREFRONT ISSUED / REVISED DATE �, ACCESS PANEL TO BE INSTALLED FLUSH AND PERMIT SET 02.08.16 TRIMLESS HVAC EQUIPMENT. SEE MECHANICAL SHEETS HVAC EQUIPMENT. REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SEE MECHANICAL SHEETS — LIGHTING WALL-MOUNTED EXIT LIGHT A Al ------ 1/4"=1'_0" LED COVE LIGHT REFLECTED CEILING PLAN- LIGHTING \NI = 0 2 4 8 SCALE: 1/4 1'-O" TRUE NORTH A=102 U:\Projects\BenBridge\Washington Square\Caddbbwsq\Sheets\bbws-a-102.dwg 2/5/16 1:25 PM COPYRIGHT ©2016 CALLISON,LLC 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 SHEET NOTES c- O 1. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR FIXTURE (D N TYPES =3 T_ O CO W C 00 O Lo a) 2. UL: IU L:UUNUINAIL JNKINKLLK SHUT' DRAWINGS "' ] Q 00 _0 WITH STRUCTURAL AND OTHER CEILING ITEMS 0� Q F 3. ANY FIXTURES, GRILLES, OR OTHER CEILING �J o `* � c MOUNTED ITEMS NOT DIMENSIONED ARE TO BE m W CV a) CENTERED BETWEEN ADJACENT DIMENSIONED ITEMS Ix Z3: a) — o o C) — to N N 3 4. GC TO COORDINATE SIGNAGE SHOP DRAWINGS z W W m a) WITH STOREFRONT CONSTRUCTION AND CONFIRM � mn NU) U) H L6 SHOP DRAWING DIMENSIONS WITH FIELD CONDITIONS 5. ALL ANGLED SOFFITS ARE ® 45^, 90^, OR 135- U.O.N. 6. LIGHTING ABOVE CASEWORK OFFSET 4" FROM FRONT OF CASEWORK TO CENTERLINE OF LIGHT, U.O.N. REFER TO DETAIL E9+C9/A7-802 7. INSTALL METAL OR FIRE RATED WOOD BLOCKING IN EXISTING WALLS AND NEW PARTITIONS AS REQUIRED TO SUPPORT WALL HUNG OR WALL MOUNTED EQUIPMENT. NO WOOD BLOCKING IN NOTE: ANY AREA OPEN TO CEILING. E REFER TO C1/A-802 FOR ACOUSTICAL CEILING DETAILS AND8. ACCESS PANELS MUST BE PROVIDED FOR ALL El/A-802 FOR SUSPENDED GYPSUM BOARD CEILING DETAILS LANDLORD SERVICEABLE EQUIPMENT WHICH IS ILC ABOVE ANY HARD CEILING AREAS. SUPPLY VENTS x AND RETURN VENTS ARE ALLOWED AS MEANS OF Q EXISTING ACP CEILING TO REMAIN ACCESS. UNITS ABOVE HARD CEILINGS MUST w a HAVE A WORK PLATFORM CONSTRUCTED ABOVE a THE CEILING FOR UNIT SERVICING. IF A WORK a H w PLATFORM IS NOT CONSTRUCTED, A LETTER MUST et -' BE SUBMITTED UPON JOB CLOSEOUT STATING �! COD �i THAT THE CEILING IS RATED TO WITHSTAND ALL ASSOCIATED WEIGHT WHEN SERVICING THE EQUIPMENT ABOVE �,?} f 9. ALL FIRE SPRINKLER WORK MUST BE PERFORMED BY LANDLORD'S REQUIRED CONTRACTOR AT TENANTS EXPENSE -- i t ' ' 'I 10. NOTHING IS PERMITTED TO BE ATTACHED TO,7C? , — g - _ NEW ACP CEILING SUSPENDED FROM, OR PENETRATE THE ROOF ---------- FE 9'-0" AFF DECK. TENANTS MAY ATTACH TO JOIST(S) AT — PANEL POINTS OR TO THE STRUCTURAL STEEL. { O 0.---- O O O O ALL WALL CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE SUPPORTED IN N D THIS MANNER. NO WELDING OR SHOOTING INTO E' THE STRUCTURE IS PERMITTED. Z >_ W e M o _____._.___.__..______.__ ______.-__ _.___..�._�_ ., I ` r 11. LIGHT FIXTURE AIMING DONE BY OWNER PRIOR TO © o ~ No ;( O„ ' : I i i -, MOVE IN O O O 12. PRE-WIRE ABOVE CEILING ELECTRICAL, DATA, AND J o On 0 LOW VOLTAGE, PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF CEILING J Q 3 I0f4 I 3 FINISHES. COORDINATE DEVICE LOCATIONS WITH II I fl -- ---- ------------ ------- ------ -------- - -----_-- ----1---- -- ! -i ------------- - - -- ------------- --------------------- I ----------- ---------II;iI L--- ------------- - --------- ---- i. a z 'rELECTRICAL DRAWINGS.-------- : ; o Z i 000 Opo 000 000 000 i iE i1 H I ------ ---0.-- --0 -- --- 0- - ----0--- - -.0- - - i At I t oo . o0 00_ oo - oo, .00 __o o_ _ oo _ 00 00_ �____ , ' i _ ♦ �I Al , l�=��._- - - ---_= �=_s-- Ll C9 ---- A-802 J � i A-802 0 A-802 a 6'-5 1/2" „'-8" 3'-9" 23'-10" 2'-„" ,7'-„" o -- SHEET SYMBOLS Tr ILI _ _ C9 -- ----------- ------------------ ---- O ------ -------------- -, -----i GYP BD CEILING, D 2'x4' LED LIGHT O O 11'-0" AFF - -- _ - - -- ' D O O T__- WORKROOM & RESTROOM ♦ t'-0" TYP _ F P-1 C9 OOO OOO OOO --- _._._ ---- -- 0 0 0 ` 0 0 0 = A-802 ---- =- =__-__` _ _ NEW LIGHTS, TYP ' i _, -------------------------__ I ' ,i SEMI-RECESSED ADJUSTABLE ACCENT V W mo E �;�-_ --=" -------------------------- ------------------------------- -� O O ODOWNLIGHT. BEN BRIDGE SALES FLOOR ----- ---- I P O ' O i ._.__ .. PERIMETER W z O O O I O PE M DOWNLIGHT BEN BRIDGE SALES FLOOR J o - -- a i - -- � ' � N to I GYP BD CEILING i i O O i ..__ 1 __ ! __=____-i. O I - - _ -- I Q DOWNLIGHT ROLEX SALES FLOOR N o N I 12' 0" AFF o W -- — --------- 0 ----- 'N O O SEMI-RECESSED ADJUSTABLE ACCENT Z O F P 1 GYP BD CEILING, i i GYP BD CEILING, i i DOWNLIGHT. ROLEX SALES FLOOR W — O I g I 12 -0 AFF I I 12'-0" AFF O O I o GYP BD HEADER I� , , I O O �I O O I i ! O O O 3G RECESSED LED FIXTURE. BEN 10'-0" AFF II I p F P-1 i p I 4 O F P-1 O a I (nW m I I , I --T r, I I O _______ ____.__.________ ; O _ BRIDGE SALES FLOOR. FIXTURES uj Z.J W o NEW ACP CEILING LOCATED BY TEMPLATE SUPPLIED BY O Q Q U o r------------- r -. ..___. .._ _.. _ _.._._ _. I� mo I = + ----- ----- I I I 9'-0" AFFOWNERQ i ------------ I N `-; �_;-==f=_- i; I ----= O O O ------- O O O ----- O O O _----- -- -' ---- �� --- -- \ , O © �� Q ' _ 4 1:J I;' I I I __ - I UNDERCASE LIGHT ^^ Q _ ...... . _.._.__._ --- .......L. ----:--j IL L I I cn I mo pV�/JO � �- (n(n Ll.lL-------- ---------------i r--------- I I I O ------------------- -------- a I --____-� i ACCENT PENDANT LIGHT FIXTURE I -----. +D N II N L--------J ,^ O I ---------------------- I c 00 O I I of L = I --- ---- A9 =o a B I i 00 00 i i 00 00 A-802Lo © STRIP FLUORESCENT z o o M y/ I , => TYP. W Q O [ I I Q I Vp EMERGENCY LIGHT FIXTURE m --------- ----- --------- # . ,,. --------- ----- --------- ---------------------- - - TURE ___________________ - - 00 3G RECESSED LED FIX ROLEX SALES FLOOR ACCESS PANEL TO BE ISSUED / REVISED DATE NEW FUR OUT BULKHEAD TO MATCH ADJ EXISTING GYP BD HEADER, 10'-0" AFF GYP BD HEADER, 10'-0" AFF INSTALLED FLUSH AND PERMIT SET 02.08.16 F M-4 EXISTING BULKHEAD BUMP OUT BEYOND TO REMAIN F M-4 TRIMLESS HVAC EQUIPMENT. SEE MECHANICAL SHEETS HVAC EQUIPMENT. REFLECTED CEILING PLAN — SEE MECHANICAL SHEETS SOFFITS WALL-MOUNTED EXIT LIGHT A A ,/4"_1�_0• ------ LED COVE LIGHT REFLECTED CEILING PLAN- SOFFITS 0 2 4 8 SCALE- 1/4 - 1'-0" TRUE NORTH- A=102A U:\Projects\BenBridge\Washington Square\Caddbbwsq\Sheets\bbws_a-102a.dwg 2/5/16 1:25 PM COPYRIGHT ©2016 CALLISON,LLC 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 SHEET NOTES E r 0 1. REFER TO INTERIOR ELEVATIONS ON SHEET A-701 a3 N =3 `- O CO ' FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION AND FINISH W c °O O m DESIGNATIONS a) rn OD NT0 > ,. co r` -- 2. TILE TO BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO MILLWORK Q L F CASEWORK. m W co coC) 3. EXISTING FINISHES TO REMAIN AND BE PROTECTED ca Jch N N 0 � � DURING CONSTRUCTION, UNLESS OTHERWISE Lu .n NOTED o: � � � � w Z3 � � � 00 WW m a� NN 4. WHERE EXISTING MALL TILE DOES NOT EXTEND TO O mul N co U) 1- LL NEW FINISHES OR IF MALL CONCOURSE FLOOR TILE REQUIRES REPAIR/REPLACEMENT, PROCURE REPLACEMENT FLOOR TILE FROM LANDLORD AT TENANT'S EXPENSE 5. PATCH AND REPAIR EXISTING UNUSED OR ABANDONED FLOOR PENETRATIONS TO MATCH ADJACENT EXISTING AND TO PROVIDE A UNIFORM SURFACE. }"y EE ; �' Q EXISTING WORKSHOP FLOOR FINISHES TO REMAIN E-. O 10 _..-..................... t .. - __ . I , .. _ ,. _ IN rh, T F EXST '. i . - a v v - FE F VCT-1 D - F WD-1 F EXST F VCT-1 N I. 3 0 CLR WORKROOM ° z V ja I_ : Q !- - _ F ST-3 (((c I { : Ust .,...yr..._ .....<..r e...».. ,.._...,......�.....-...... ,s TYPICAL THROUGHOUT WORKROOM, — t1 C7 HANDLER AND WATCHMAKER J d' " ..1 20'-1 3/4" �, , , FLOOR F VCT-1 3 -- --- ---- - - ------- -- --- -- ---- ----= i` ---�` -- BASE F B-1 Q Z Z WALL - F P 2 y C5 , A-803 I J START a POINT � SALES C7 100 A-803 C3 A-803 TYP , TYPICAL , THROUGHOUT SALES FLOOR, U.O.N. C BASE FLOOR F C-1 i W ' W , � o uj N u7 CD F ST-1 W U) zQ Lo O WATCHMAKER ' 2 CD o 105 J 2 i r `, \ �'/ i , ! z CIS W O (o F T-1 . \\\ --- -- i i W 0J Q� W o SHEET SYMBOLS o a Q z SEE A-602 FOR © W Q ~ FINISH LEGEND Z (n J w i F— -� fl� O t00 F ST-1 'DjA^ 0 a BF ST-1 C7 z L d. ' A-803 TYP LIJ i Q Ito 5 .......... ISSUED / REVISED DATE E T-1 E T-1 PERMIT SET 02.08.16 h if'SE A FINISH PLAN Al1/4"=1'-0" FINISH PLAN 0 2 4 8 SCALE: 1/4 1'-0" TRUE NORTH A-103 U:\Projects\BenBridge\Washington Square\Caddbbwsq\Sheets\bbws_a-103.dwg 2/5/16 1:25 PM COPYRIGHT ©2016 CALLISON,LLC 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 SHEET NOTES 1. ALL SALES FLOOR SHOWCASES ARE FDIC; E DIMENSIONS SHOWN FOR REFERENCE a) N o ONLY. COORDINATE WITH OWNER =3 r O CO SUPPLIED CASEWORK TEMPLATE LN c cc) p Lo a) a) °' co tet- -� I- IXIURE & QL F EQUIPMENT CO N a; WCO co LEGEND W Z3: 0 cD (CD NI Z WW c/) N N O STANDING SHOWCASE Oii m 7 CV (q H Y. Al FEATURE SHOWCASE GSEATED SHOWCASE OVITRINE SHOWCASE Op ACCESSIBLE TRANSACTION COUNTER OCASH WRAP COUNTER OBEN BRIDGE LOGO, FOIC E O FEATURE WALL, FOIC GT • { EC OH BUILT IN CABINETS Oj FEATURE WALL ,� w OHERITAGE WALL -' H �:•� ------ OK MIRROR ' OSTOREFRONT DISPLAY FIXTUREd� S� _.._._ ..._ . ._ SHELVES 1 Tr ! _ G) CABINET .. ............. { ' WATCHMAKER FE € LIGHT BOX, FDIC � w D r------ Q IN STORE VITRINE F. _ F €i k Q W - ROLEX CASE AND' WALL FINISH BY OTHERS 0 ° '° i I a ° LU €€ :} I � I€ FIXTURE 8c - EQUIPMENT I?t I Ig mj ¢ Q 3 _ 1 —_— q a 3 11 — ROLEX ' ------------ ---- -------------- --- -- --- --------- J'; i Q IF O -----= `=------------------ ------------= sib iI = LEGEND f ' 3 ' € 24 25 26 "' o , i - , O QUA GLASS WITH BRONZED FRAME y g_6» 8-5 1/2 8'-5 1/2" ---- 4 2 R1 A € i O ECRIN MEDIUM SHOWCASE ( � NEW VERSION I WITH LIGHTS) Q » » R3 POS STATION -10 3'-1' 1'-10" 3'-0" 4'-6" 4'-4" 1 -10" 4 -10 O � , el'-10" 2'-7" 3'-0" 1'-10" i i , 2 ' ' O MIRROR _ = 04 C . � C A C � N, `; A 21 O20 1 i I R5 R-SC05 SHOWCASE 5'-9" 6'-9 1/2" 6'-9 1/2" 3'-0" 3'-0" M 1'-10" 4'-11" A A LO 04 O -�' i R6 CANTILEVERED DISPLAY ON TOP OF C3 0 14 19 Lo 2 1 O WALNUT CREDENZA W Z W `� =I o `" -- i R7 CLOCK A 0 N C) - - W N 021 �� \ ' O G)lol k . 9 0 1 N `, 043 ; R8 CUSTOM DESK (� � ti o .,!i --L— -------- — 6 ---- \ i i I Z� Lo a) OF STOREFRONT 0121 W �cli '� �� `� i 04 OB i R9 CREMA MARFIL PARTITION —� rn _ 4 2 I '� 2 0 i A ` A g ii E �n 15 ---, 18 �n 'Lo Z j Cn W 0 cp O O i i 1 i R10 TABLE TOP VITRINE DISPLAY -- LLI QW W 0 o Z a 3 5 \\ �' O16 O17 �., i R11 CROWN STUCCO CANVAS �..a Q U 0 OOA O - A 1'-10" 6 -1 1/2" 6'-1 1/2" 1'-10" OA 2 �, R12 AMERICAN WALNUT PANEL �� a U —=—) 1 4 2 DAL O `� � �— M 7 13 � _ _o z C/�� w I,1'-10"I. 6'-0" 1'-10" CN '� h.b f;_h_"� P 1 FIXTURE & m = 00 o I = B O I ° O EQUIPMENT BY z a Lo N I 1 `D - - ---- - --- --- 2 - --- - --- W �--- - . . . .� . _ . . . _ . - - - OTHERS - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - — ,.._ � it 01 STANDARD SHOWCASE ISSUED / REVISED DATE 02 FEATURE SHOWCASE PERMIT SET 02.08.16 03 SEATED SHOWCASE 04 CHAIR ----- - SHEET SYMBOLS FIXTURE TYPE, SEE Al CASEWORK AND FIXTURE PLAN FIXTURE SCHEDULE —_ �— FIXTURE COUNT CASEWORK AND FIXTURE PLAN Ti A 0 2 4 8 SCALE: 1/4 1'-0" TRUE NORTH A=104 U:\Projects\BenBridge\Washington Square\Caddbbwsq\Sheets\bbws-a-104.dwg 2/5/16 1:25 PM COPYRIGHT ©2016 CALLISON,LLC 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 SHEET NOTES E O 0) N U 1. REFER TO LL.001 AND TENANT CRITERIA FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. W c co p co (D 0 °' O' °° d- -0 2. MAINTAIN FIRE RESISTANT RATING FOR TENANT > Q 00 ti ._ DEMISING WALLS AND EXISTING FIRE RATED —� Q ASSEMBLIES. IZW _0 C) c F 3. WHERE DEMOLITION OCCURS ADJACENT TO m� cy) N (D °� EXISTING TO REMAIN, PATCH AND REPAIR W cD cD ADJACENT CONDITIONS TO PROVIDE A UNIFORM �-' APPEARANCE. Z W W rn a) N N Cc 4. REPAIR FIREPROOFING DAMAGED DURING p m7 N (A CA ~ LL FUR OUT BULKHEAD TO MATCH ADJ EXISTING BULKHEAD DEMOLITION OR CONSTRUCTION AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN ORIGINAL FIRE RATING. REMOVE AND ADD NEW NEW STOREFRONT TILE, SIGNAGE BY OTHERS. EXISTING BLADE SIGN 5. ATTACHMENT TO OR SUSPENSION FROM EXISTING STOREFRONT TILE, TYP TYP UNDER SEPARATE A5 Al TO REMAIN ROOF DECK IS NOT ALLOWED. FRAME, BRACE F ST-2 F ST-1 A-301 PERMIT, TYP A-301 A-502 AND/OR SUSPEND TO/FROM TOP CHORD OF Typ EXISTING ROOF DECK FRAMING MEMBERS AS REQUIRED. 6. SIGNAGE AND DISPLAY WINDOWS SHALL BE 13'-0" AFF _ — — — — — — — — — — — — ILLUMINATED DURING MALL OPEN HOURS AND TO STOREFRONT - — CONTROLLED BY A SEPARATE �. TENANT-FURNISHED TIME CLOCK. 7. STOREFRONT CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE 10'-0" _AFF POINT '"weis""� SELF-SUPPORTING FROM THE FLOOR AND : . INDEPENDENT OF THE ILDING FASCIA TO OPENING :> *-— — — — — — — — — — — — BULKHEAD STRUCTURES.USTOREFRONTS MAY D BE BRACED TO THE OVERHEAD STRUCTURE WITHIN rr ,�/l E \ - THE TENANT SPACE. ��z • rY� NEW STOREFRONT TILE,/ n ; NEW LIGHT BOX X ,, i E_ /OPEN / �- -- � , / \ FULL TILES Ak 0'-0" AFF _ / \ -4 PARTIAL TILES FINISH FLOOR i . i V 1 EXTERIOR ELEVATION - EAST H z > V z W E o © � N O G U ♦� h W V — J p a 3 Qa a Z V = O U) ."i a lz W W 19 Z J Q 0 M N � to FUR OUT BULKHEAD TO MATCH ADJ EXISTING BULKHEAD W ~ N Cy � W Z0U0 0 NEW STOREFRONT TILE, SIGNAGE BY OTHERS, p1 q1 NEW STOREFRONT TILE EXISTING BLADE SIGN Al _ O TYP UNDER SEPARATE A-301 A-502 F ST-1 TO REMAIN A-502 ' _ _ o F ST-2 PERMIT, TYP z A W Cn co W pJ Qof w o 0 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 13'-0" AFF j — — — — — — — - - - - - - / � �_ TSTOREFRONT :.. .; ► :: Q Z � F " 0- U a D p _ J AR W *ice X92 ie"e+a ice t9p ;a» POINT 1 AFF .I 0' 0" l — — — — — D. Lo TO OPENING � - - - - - - - - - - 'r �' _ - m = � 00 B / / / \ i /o/0 / / z cLo n• / � � \ NEW LIGHT BOX i ►� i W a O \ OPEN i - \ OPEN i m n x x = i \ I ]I ...::'.:.. i \ JL ISSUED I REVISED DATE �.. n NEW STOREFRONT TILES NEW STOREFRONT TILE / \ PERMIT SET 02.08.16 TYP // // // i TYP F ST-1 ��\ E. .. •."' FULL TILES _ _ / PARTIAL TILES 0'-0 AFF . , � i \ FINISH FLOOR I EXTERIOR ELEVATION - NORTH Al 1/4"=1'-0" A STOREFRONT T7 ELEVATION A-2 01 U:\Projects\BenBridge\Washington Square\Caddbbwsq\Sheets\bbws–a-201.dwg 215/16 1:25 PM COPYRIGHT ©2016 CALLISON,LLC 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 E O U N U D co O co - W c: 0L t' CID °0 It -� Q w ,- Ogg Q 3� CC) co � F �LL1 ;I- 't8" STUD ATTACHED TO m W c� N a> `* EXISTING BULKHEAco D � oN OZ3: _ ..... C13.. .............- ._........._........ ........ ......... _ Z WW 5/8" GYP BD 5/8" GYP BD m ...._............_.—-- ----- --------.........__-.,------ ................ -- - ----- O mn cel cn c/) F- Y. 3 E9 E9 E9 A-502 A-502 A-501 13'-0" AFF VIF _ 13'-0" AFF VIF _ _ _ 13'-0" AFF VIF _ STOREFRONT OPENING I STOREFRONT OPENING I STOREFRONT OPENING EXIST OVERHEAD I I EXIST OVERHEAD I COILING GRILLE, COILING GRILLE, FOIC EXISTING BRACING SIGNAGE BY OTHERS EXISTING BRACING SIGNAGE BY OTHERS El 8" METAL STUD _._._.._._..._ _ ...-_._.._. - ._...TO REMAIN_. ._ . _........ �..__ OVER GYP BD TO REMAIN OVER GYP BD FURRING ATTACHED TO EXISTING FRAMING r� • E GYP. BD. CEILING. GYP. BD. CEILING. SEE RCP SEE RCP z lv 8" METAL STUD -- FURRING ATTACHED TO _._....._....._ _ ............ ...... \1 11'-0" AFF _ _ . "� 11'-0" AFF _ _ r,— EXISTING FRAMING _ _....... . - ..... _ Q a _ _ _ _ 11 0" AFF _ _ FINISH CEILING { ; FINISH CEILING FINISH CEILING = Z I _ _ 10' ........ . I _10 -010'-0" AFF 0AFF AFF I � STOREFRONT OPENING ! I STOREFRONT OPENING I STOREFRONT OPENING I • I 8" VIF 8" VIF ( _ NEW CEILING TILE AT I NEW CEILING TILE AT STOREFRONT, TYP ; STOREFRONT, TYP F ST-1 I A9 A9 C9 1 A-502 A-502 A-501 V D W I H Z > V is W E p � U = N ' I m Q a Z 'I I 1 1/2" STONE ON V a O i THINSET OVER 1/2 _ TILE BACKER BOARD NEW WALL TILE AT NEW WALL TILE AT / STOREFRONT, TYP 1 STOREFRONT, TYP -� F ST-1 " J i i v 1 i i c i W i W Q z J co 0 N o W ' ~ N o CD ~ I W Z O Lo o Z� 2W = O p I : I o I W ©� Q� W p o z I C� J EXISTING COILING EXISTING COILING GRILLE ; z C/1 Cn W GRILLE AND TRACK AND TRACK -' I li m O Lo l A9 00 B � � I_ W I o m I i I ISSUED / REVISED DATE OFINIOSH AF OOR ( 0'-0" AFF— — — — 0'-0" AFF FINISH FLOOR FINISH FLOOR PERMIT SET 02.08.16 STOREFRONT SECTION STOREFRONT SECTION STOREFRONT SECTION A Al A5 A8 '00N\- STOREFRONT SECTIONS A-301 U:\Projects\BenBridge\Washington Square\Caddbbwsq\Sheets\bbws—a-301.dwg 2/5/16 1:25 PM COPYRIGHT ©2016 CALLISON,LLC 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 r E tr O 5/8-GYP BD a> N W c: °00m N m c* ;t .czc ALIGN 0gg co co -0 F B 4 0 Lo LU Lu EXISTING WINDOW m � fV a� W cL _ DISPLAY w Z� 0 0 3 C3 C14 N SHIM AS NEEDED 3: m 7 CV Cl) U) I- U. � A; 8" METAL STUD O FURRING ATTACHED TO — — — — — — — — — EXISTING FRAMING ! i I 3/8 STONE ON ` THINSET ON 1/2" TILE BACKER BOARDS F ST-1 3 GTE ,1 T � Q 4z w WINDOW DISPLAY EDGE BULKHEAD HEADER DETAIL �`= w � "' E1 _ Eg � o Ll WRAPPED WALLCOVERING OVER PANEL EDGE 5/8-GYP BD F WC-1 V METAL STUD BOX BEAM D H DISPLAY LIGHT, FOIC Zv z W E 8" METAL STUD 0 a FURRING DISPLAY BOX, FOIC ATTACHED TO EXISTING FRAMING y V o J Q 3 F WC-1 Q Z 3 V < 0 10 3/4" J TO VITRINE3/8" STONE ON J 3'-8" A.F.F. A501 THINSET ON 1/2" V TILE BACKER 6" METAL STUDS BOARDS F ST-1 WRAPPED WALLCOVERING EQ 2'-6" EQ OVER PANEL EDGE ALIGN C F WC-1 W WALL SECTION THROUGH a z co I NSOEvITRILo T R BULKHEAD SOFFIT DETAIL N NE W C 1 11/2"=1'-O" C9 X"=,'_Q" zp Lo CD W (a —IY o C) CD 7 2 = o DISPLAY BOX, FOIC I J / Z U)w Oto W Da Qcr- U - o p o DISPLAY BOX, FOIC 0 < Q z DISPLAY BOX, FDIC / / A3 " � J U / 501 5/8 GYP BD Z U) SIM 1 LAYER OF GYP BD m Lo SHEATHING, TYPc0 O B 501 `. Z y Lr) CL a 1 LAYER OF GYP BD W Q 0 SHEATHING, TYP D 2 - 8" METAL STUD m FURRING ATTACHED TO EXISTING FRAMING j ISSUED / REVISED DATE f i 'cci � PERMIT SET 02.08.16 r I i 3/8" STONE ON THINSET ON 1/2- TILE /2"TILE BACKER BOARDS It F ST-1 A 2'-10" 2 - - F B-2 2'-10" 11 IN STORE STOREFRONT IN STORE VITRINE — PLAN VITRINE — ELEVATION &IN STORE VITRINE — PLAN STOREFRONT BASE DETAIL DETAILS A3 A5 A9 @ I I (B� A-50 '1 U:\Projects\BenBridge\Washington Square\Caddbbwsq\Sheets\bbws—a-501.dwg 2/5/16 1:30 PM COPYRIGHT cQ 2016 CALLISON,LLC 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 NOTES: E r O EXTERIOR SIGNAGE REQUIRES N U SEPARATE APPROVAL AND A W c o (n ' SEPARATE PERMIT (� m oo It 0 Q Q GYP BD ON 0 L ALIGN METAL STUD FRAMINGW o 00 eo -0 -a d c F mJ L c\I � � �t a) M W co (o w Z3: — C) C) z WW (DNN om N (n Cf) l- Li. E9 A-502 EXISTING STOREFRONT BRACING BEHIND Al GYP BD ON METAL STUDS A-502 r� E METAL FASCIA PANEL, 1� SATIN FINISH, FOIO �� 10. x METAL PANEL @ SIGN TOP Q 1 E9 �0 s SIGNAGE, FOTO, COORDINATE MOUNTING REQUIREMENTS AND POWER REQUIREMENT WITH OWNER'S SIGN VENDOR GYP BD ON METAL STUDS V a D Uf Z > t1 = E a W BB SIGNAGE — DETAIL SECTION " � N Z < VO N J o' J of Q > ►z- w I V oz > z o Lnof METAL FASCIA PANEL, 1/4" u- z � 15 '-0" OVERALL OPENING, VIF, VARIES z L, p AT THE CONCLUSION OF DEMOLITION FIELD VERIFY AND NOTE FINAL OPENING DIMENSIONS IN THE SPACE PROVIDED AND FORWARD TO SIGN VENDORJL 3/8" STONE ON THINSET C o z ,_ SATIN FINISH, F010 ON 1/2" TILE BACKER BOARD � w w o w p o Q ON METAL STUD FRAMING W > Qz � F ST-1 W o IX z o W o EQ T-2 1/2" EQ J Q 0 N o METAL PANEL @ SIGN JAMB W m N Lo Q E9 (�(� CD o A-502 C J 1'-0"=1'-0" (D rn zwp W —� O rn C)LLJ '7 Z� =W = 0 0 = � v W J Q� W - o N ::) Qz >0 0- Q U C9 I Z um C/) D D A-5D2 m = Lo � 0 B GYP BD ON U) Lo Lo 0 n- METAL STUDS z Q a N OUR PERSONAL PERSO IAL �JEWEL� C R S fMC E 1912 0 � METAL FASCIA LY � PANEL, BIDDER m v "' DESIGN ISSUED / REVISED DATE PERMIT SET 02.08.16 SIGNAGE, FOTO, COORDINATE A-502 A-502 MOUNTING REQUIREMENTS METAL FASCIA PANEL, AND POWER REQUIREMENT SATIN FINISH, FOIO WITH OWNER'S SIGN VENDOR CASTLE BRONZE MP 20157 B9 SOFFIJ SEE RCP ALIGN 1 1/2" .11 METAL PANEL 1/8" A SOFFIT F I M-4 SIGNBOTTOM @ SIGNAGE DETAILS BB SIGNAGE — DETAIL ELEVATION SOFFIT Al 1"=1'-0" A-502 U:\Projects\Benl3ridge\Washington Square\Caddbbwsq\Sheets\bbws_a-502.dwg 2/5/16 1:25 PM COPYRIGHT ©2016 CALLISON,LLC 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 DOOR TYPES DOOR SCHEDULE N U DOOR TYPE A - DOUBLE GLASS DOOR TYPE B - SINGLE GLASS DOOR TYPE C - WOOD DOOR TYPE D - ROLLING GRILLE (EXISTING) DOOR TYPE E - SIDE SLIDING GRILLE W c 00 p Lo a) OPENING DOOR FRAME REMARKS AIL p w y V SIZE > Q FIRE O� Q DOOR NO ROOM NAME HDWR W H RTG TYPE MAT FIN TYPE MAT FIN W -0o -c F DOOR MATERIAL: SOLID CORE WOOD J p - d FRAME MATERIAL: HOLLOW METAL 10r)A :,^,LE , E;;IST E-;1;;1 D ALUM - m M N RATING: NOT RATED elf W o o SIZE: 3'-0" X T-O" 1008 SALES EXIST EXIST D ALUM w Z� ,� o o ' Z p ._ (a N N PUSH PLATE 1OCiC _;ALES E?:I;T E`:IST D ALUM WW rn � a) 3 can N U) U) F LL ALIGN 102 SALES 1 3'-0" 7'-0" N/A C WD P-3 C HM P-3 - - - - - - - - - - 103 TOILET UNISEX. ? E XI ST EXIST NSA C WD F-1 C HM P-1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ = 104 WORKP,OOM 4 EXIST EXIST 1 HR C WD P-? C HM F'-2 - - - - _ / \ / - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ = 105 WATCHMAKER 1 3'-0" T-0" N/A C WD P-2 C HM P-2 / O - - - - - - - - - - - _ - _ •- _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ = - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - �6 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - CN - - - - - - - - - - - - E 4 HARDWARE GROUPS w a w HARDWARE GROUP - 1 (SALES TO WORKROOM) (1-1/2) PAIR HINGES: BB 1 279x4.5x4.5-US26D-HAGER (1) CLOSER: 8501 BF-ALUMINUM-NORTON PARTITION TYPE 2" PARTITION-TYPE (2) KICK PLATE: 36" x 24"-ARMOR PLATE-US32D-ROCKWOOD it VARIES AS SCHEDULED1 DOOR STOP: TO SUIT CONDITION N HOLLOW METAL ( ) • \ i PARTITION-TYPE 1/2 DOOR FRAME (1) PUSH PLATE, 1001-3 32D-TRIMCO Lz COMPRESSION BEVEL AT LATCH (1) SALES FLOOR SIDE: TRIMCO K6000 4' X 16', CLEAR 0 Ll ll-, C-D ANCHOR EDGE (1) PULL PLATE, 1017-2B 32D-TRIMCO a i Z Z D ¢ I ¢ FLUSH MOUNTED CONTROLS AND OPERATING MECHANISMS SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH ONE HOLLOW FLUSH MOUNTED HAND AND SHALL NOT REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, PINCHING OR TWISTING `�' HOLLOW METAL HOLLOW METAL OF THE WRIST. THE FORCE REQUIRED TO ACTIVATE CONTROLS SHALL BE NO Z < W METAL DOOR FRAME E FRAME GREATER THAN 5 POUNDS (22.2 N) OF FORCE. 0 Vf o HOLLOW METAL DOOR SHALL BE OPERABLE FROM THE INSIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY, v - DOOR FRAME ; ;; SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT. _ a3 12 GAGE FORMED STEEL Q ` Z s CHANNEL WELDED IN PLACE, V < O FLUSH WITH TOP OF FRAME, HARDWARE GROUP - 2 (TOILET) N REQUIRED WHEN DOOR LEAF SALES DOOR BACK OF HOUSE SALES DOOR J IS WIDER THAN 4'-0" [12191 LEAF LEAF .j 14 GAGE HALF-SLEEVE (1-1/2) PAIR HINGES a REINFORCING WELDED IN PLACE, 7SCHEDULED (1) LOCKSET-PRIVACY WITH "OCCUPIED" INDICATOR L9496 V 10 GAGE PLATE 1'-8" [5081 LONG CENTERED AT REINFORCEMENT 3X HINGE BY SCHLAGE (MORTISE) DOOR CLOSER ATTACHMENTS PARHEIGHT WELDED IN PLACE SURFACE MOUNTED (1) DOOR STOP: TO SUIT CONDITION �O DOOR CLOSER AS HOLLOW AS CENTERED ON EACH HINGE SPECIFIED METAL DOOR HINGE PER CONTROLS AND OPERATING MECUANIS, �L BE OPERABLE WITH ONE SECTION AT HEAD SECTION AT JAMB SECTION AT HEAD SECTION AT JAMB C SPECIFICATIONS HAND AND SHALL NOT REQUI HTZPING, PINCHING OR TWISTING A B A B OF THE WRIST. THE FOR I ED TO ACTIVATE CONTROLS SH N LIJ O O O O LS ALL BE 0 � GREATER THAN 5 POUNDS 2 .2 N) OF FORCE. W Z J Q � c1r) Lo0 HOLLOW METAL DOOR FRAME SINGLE RABBIT HOLLOW METAL DOOR FRAME- SALES FLOOR W N C5 (D NT C 1 3"=1'-0" 3"=1'-0" ZO Lo m W -� CD rn 7 ZJ Z = o Cn w 0 6 HIGH MIN INDIVIDUAL VINYL LETTERS, NOTES: HARDWARE GROUP - 3 (BEN BRIDGE ENTRY DOOR) W J w - o A co EXIT DOOR SIGNAGE CENTERED ABOVE ENTRY DOOR; COLOR 1. FOR SINGLE DOORS, LOCATE ON THE LATCH SIDE OF Q Q I) o 1. SIGN TO READ "THIS DOOR TO REMAIN AND TEXT TO MATCH BUILDING THE DOOR ON NEAREST ADJACENT WALL a a Q U Z SHIM GUIDES AS UNLOCKED WHEN BUILDING IS OCCUPIED" STANDARD, CONFIRM LOCATION AND (2) SETS PUSH/PULLS: 2 D Q NECESSARY TO PUT SIZE WITH FIRE MARSHAL 6" TYP 2. FOR DOUBLE DOORS, LOCATE PREFERABLY ON RIGHT CRL BM-BMNW (SIZE TO BE DET MINE ON SITE) CIA �_ Q ~ BOTH ANGLES AT FACE 2. READILY VISIBLE AND DURABLE SIGN SIDE Of DOOR UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON PLAN (VERIFY HOLE SPACE WITH EXISTING KDWARE) Z U)� C/} J w OF FINISH MATERIAL SHALL BE PLACED ON OR ADJACENT TO ®c = 3. NEAREST SIGN EDGE TO BE 6" FROM DOOR FRAME CONTROLS AND OPERATING MECHA S S,� L BE OPERABLE WITH ONE ~ -' DOOR SUPPORT, AS THE DOOR 1__m � z \ NOTES: HAND AND SHALL NOT RE TIG GRASPING, PINCHING OR TWISTING OF m Lo � O NECESSARY, PER EXIT 4. CENTERLINE OF SIGN TO BE 56" AFF. CONFIRM 1. LOCATE ON THE LATCH SIDE OF THE DOOR THE WRIST. THE FOR Q D TO ACTIVATE CONTROLS SHALL BE NO $ 00 O a B DOOR MANUFACTURER 3. TEXT HEIGHT TO BE 1" HELVETICA a „ FONT WITH WHITE OR BLACK LETTERS TO / \ p[� //�� nn nA D BASELINE OF THE LOWEST LINE OF BRAILLE IS 48 MIN GREATER THAN 5 POU 2.2 N) OF FORCE. Z Ln a. CONTRAST WITH STOREFRONT COLOR // \\ RAMP V l r ;n AFF AND BASELINE HIGHEST LINE OF RAISED 6" 2. NEAREST SIGN EDGE TO BE 6" FROM DOOR W a DOWN CHARACTERS IS 60 MAX AFF. FRAME 1/2" MIN = m 5. BLUE BACKGROUND WITH WHITE LETTERS PROVIDING (EXIT DEVICE SIGNAGE / \ co 3. CENTERLINE OF SIGN TO BE 56" AFF. CONFIRM (BRAILLE) 70% CONTRAST. FINISH TO BE EGGSHELL BASELINE OF THE LOWEST LINE OF BRAILLE IS 48" (�)1. THE EXIT DEVICE SHALL BE CLEARLY I co 0106 MIN AFF AND BASELINE OF HIGHEST LINE OF HARDWARE GROUP - 4 (WORKROOM) IDENTITID BY SIGN ON BAR WITH THE Z ® + 6. 1/32- RAISED TEXT RESTROOMS SIGN CENTERLINE TO BE 40"-48" AFF o11 RAISED CHARACTERS IS 60" MAX AFF. ISSUED / REVISED DATE m \ / 7. TEXT HEIGHT TO BE 5/8" (UON) HELVETICA FONT 1_1 PERMIT SET 0 2.0 8.16 3. LETTERS SHALL BE LOCATED ON A = \ / A TYPICAL DIMENSIONS 4. BLUE BACKGROUND WITH WHITE LETTERS ( /2) PAIR HINGES: BB 1279x4.5x4.5-US26D-HAGER CONTRASTING BACKGROUND \ / WITH 1/4" SPACE BETWEEN ROWS PROVIDING 70% CONTRAST. FINISH TO BE EGGSHELL (1) CLOSER: 8501 BF-ALUMINUM-NORTON n \ / 4. COORDINATE AND INSTALL ANY EXIT To 8. CORRESPONDING CONTRACTED GRADE 2 BRAILLE 5. PICTOGRAM AND TEXT ARE RAISED 1/32" (2) KICK PLATE: 36" x 24"-ARMOR PLATE-US32D-ROCKWOOD o 1 o ExIT CENTERED BELOW TEXT 1 DOOR STOP: TO SUIT CONDITION F- SIGNAGE THAT ACCOMPANIED THE EXIT Q \ / ROUTE EXIT / ( ) (1) KEYPAD BEST STANLEY EZ LOC zr-ZJ,-- C) W WALL FINISH, SEE FINISH �BRauF� " m w m DEVICE BAR IF NONE WAS SUPPLIED, L (BRA LLE) IBRwLLEI 6. TEXT HEIGHT TO BE 5/8' UON HELVETICA ELEVATIONS ( 0 0 9. LOCATION ALLOWS A PERSON TO APPROACH WITHIN ( ) C) ;m \O ORDER AS SPECIFIED) INTERIOR VIEW FONT 45HZ-7-DV-15-KP-62 - `'` 3" WITHOUT ENCOUNTERING PROTRUDING OBJECTS OR ��WALL MOUNTED SIGNAGE `14 J I PAINT EXPOSED ENTRY VESTIBULE DOOR SIGNAGE EXIT Exlr IZISIDE STANDING WITHIN DOOR SWING A 7. CORRESPONDING GRADE 2 BRAILLE POSITIONED O �¢ STAIRS STAIR DIRECTLY BELOW TEXT PORTION DOOR GUIDES SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY C L 6" UP oowN 10. EXIT SIGNS SHALL BE LOCATED ON THE APPROACH FLAT BLACK 1. SYMBOL SHALL �'�� rewuuE� (BRAILLE) AS EXITING THE ROOM OR SPACE CONTROLS AND OPERATING MECHANISMS SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH ONE A ' OVERHEAD COILING BE WHITE ON A HAND AND SHALL NOT REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, PINCHING OR TWISTING BEN BRIDGE SIDE MALL SIDE DOOR CURTAIN BLUE BACKGROUND 11. WHEN REQUIRED TO BE MOUNTED ON GLASS OF THE WRIST. THE FORCE REQUIRED TO ACTIVATE CONTROLS SHALL BE NO 2. LOCATE AT ALL `D SURFACE, LOCATE ON INTERIOR SURFACE FACING GREATER THAN 5 POUNDS (22.2 N) OF FORCE. ACCESSIBLE ENTRIES EXTERIOR DOOR&HARDWARE OVERHEAD COILING DR JAMB STOREFRONT DOOR SIGNAGE STOREFRONT DOOR SIGNAGE DOOR SIGNAGE DOOR SHALL BE OPERABLE FROM THE INSIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY, SCHEDULE �j SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT. A1 SCALE: 3"=1'-O" C1020-41 A3 1/2"=1'-0" C1010SF-10 A5 1/2"=1'-0" C1010SF-10 A7 1/2"=1'-O" C1010SF-10 A-601 U:\Projects\BenBridge\Washington Square\Caddbbwsq\Sheets\bbws_a-601.dwg 2/5/16 1:25 PM COPYRIGHT Q 2016 CALLISON,LLC 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 FINISH NOTES FINISH LEGEND O N U 1. GC TO PROVIDE FINISH SUBMITTALS FOR STONE TILE, SEALER, AND GROUT FOR APPROVAL. CODE MANUFACTURER PRODUCT NAME DESCRIPTION/NOTES CONTACT INFORMATION NOTES W � co O L 2. ALL INTERIOR WALLS AND CEILINGS FINISHES SHALL HAVE A FLAME SPREAD INDEX NOT GREATER THAN CLASS C AS SPECIFIED IN 2012 IBC a) 0) o N Z TNIC CrWrr)l II C InrAITIFICc FIMICLJGC CnP CF\/GPAI DPn.IFrTC AMn WAY rONTAIN ITFAIC WNI('P no NnT APPY Tn TPIC PARTIr'I II AP PPO-IFrT — rn ti REFER TO THE DRAWINGS TO DETERMINE WHETHER THE SCHEDULED FINISH APPLIES TO THIS PROJECT. BASE 0� Q oo co F B-1 JOHNSONITE RUBBER BASE STYLE: VINYL .080", COLOR 167 FUDGE MIKE MATSEN 253-395-3639 --- j -a o B-2 WOOD BASE, STAIN: DALY'S STAIN COLOR CODE: 37315M SPECIES: RIBBON GRAIN AFRICAN MAHOGANY; 4" TALL BILL DAVIS 206-633-4717 VERIFY STAIN MATCHES, CONTROL SAMPLE In W ch N a cfl (D B-3 DALTILE SPARK COLORBODY PORCELAIN. COLOR: SMOKY GLIMMER SK63 COVE BASE, 6"X12" CHUCK HILL 206-767-2265 RESTROOM BASEw Z3: �-' 0 0 3 z LLILLJ '� (D N N CARPET O: m7 N co co H LL � C-1 SHAW CONTRACT GROUP STYLE NAME: EXAGGERATED WEAVE 59511 BROADLOOM 12' WIDE, 55 OZ, INTEGRATED PAD SUSIE MAXWELL 206-271-5250 SALES FLOOR, DIRECT GLUE INSTALLATION COLOR NAME: FOIL 11514 C-2 TISCA STYLE NAME: FORTE BROADLOOM SUZANNE ROHR (212) 832-8418 ROLEX FLOORING BEHIND CASEWORK INSTALL IN STONE/TILE FLOOR COLOR NAME: TV BROWN WITH STAINLESS STEEL SCHLUTER STRIP C-3 CARTIER ___ ___ ___ CARTIER FLOORING BEHIND CASEWORK INSTALL IN STONE/TILE FLOOR WITH STAINLESS STEEL SCHLUTER STRIP GLASS GL-1 CONTRACTOR TO SUPPLY 9/16" LAMINATED LOW IRON/ LOW-E/ --- STOREFRONT GL-2 EXISTING WITH FILM 3M PRESTIGE PR70X STOREFRONT GL-3 EXISTING WITH FILM 3M FASARA. COLOR: MILKY WHITE (MILANO) SIZE: 50" X 196.8' GROUT (� E GR-1 LATICRETE COLOR: #03 SILK --- --- STOREFRONT WALL ST-1 �t�I GCT 0 r GR-2 LATICRETE COLOR: #23 ANTIQUE WHITE --- --- STOREFRONT WALL ST-2 GR-3 LATICRETE COLOR: #85 ALMOND --- --- ENTRY FLOORING T-1 Q � , ca, w GR-4 --- --- ROLEX FLOORING ST-3 .a L LATICRETE COLOR: 39 MUSHROOM GR-5 LATICRETE COLOR: #60 DUSTY GRAY --- --- STOREFRONT BASE ST-4 �� r4 _ I r-74 METAL c°c M-1 STOREFRONT FINISH TO MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT STOREFRONT MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT STOREFRONT --- STOREFRONT M-2 METAL TRIM FINISH TO MATCH M-1 FLAT FINISH SILVERSTAR 509-427-8800 WOOD WALL METAL TRIM f �' M-3 METAL PANELS FINISH TO MATCH MATTEWS PAINT #MP42080 GOLDEN CLAY MP 42080 --- DARK SIGNAGE FASCIA PANEL M-4 METAL PANELS PAINTED TO MATCH P-1 ENTRY SOFFIT MIRROR MIR-1 BEVELED MIRROR WALL MIRROR GLASS 3/4" BEVELED MIRROR --- BRIDAL SUITE 0 PAINT D P-1 BENJAMIN MOORE COLOR: ALABASTER, #OC-129 FLAT BENJAMIN MOORE 877-626-5676 BEN BRIDGE CEILING, SOFFIT/CEILING OF SHOWCASE WINDOWS y F- P-2 BENJAMIN MOORE COLOR: NATURAL WICKER, #OC-1 EGGSHELL BENJAMIN MOORE 877-626-5676 WORKROOM & RESTROOM WALLSu W o P-3 BENJAMIN MOORE COLOR: ALABASTER, #OC-129 SEMI GLOSS BENJAMIN MOORE 877-626-5676 BEN BRIDGE WALLS, DOORS © a H P-4 BENJAMIN MOORE COLOR: BLACK, #2132-10 FLAT BENJAMIN MOORE 877-626-5676 REVEAL DETAILS P-5 BENJAMIN MOORE COLOR: REVERE PEWTER, #HC-172 FLAT BENJAMIN MOORE 877-626-5676 EXTERIOR SOFFIT J o J 3 P-6 BENJAMIN MOORE COLOR: CAPRI COAST OC-87 FLAT BENJAMIN MOORE 877-626-5676 STOREFRONT SOFFITs Z PLASTIC LAMINATE Q ` VZ O PL-1 WILSONART COLOR: #4143-60 NEUTRAL GLACE --- --- WORKROOM CABINETS/COUNTERTOPS y PL-2 WILSONART COLOR: #4846-60 MORRO ZEPHYR --- --- CASH/WRAP STATIONS, CASH STATIONS, COUNTERTOPS J J PL-3 CONTRACTOR TO SUPPLY FUSED MELAMINE COLOR: WHITE --- --- ADJUSTABLE SHELVING IN WORKROOM & RESTROOM AND COAT RACK Q V STONE ST-1 AMERICAN MARBLE: STONEWORKS SARRAZIN POLISHED FINISH, 12" x 24" X 3/8", 1/16" MICROBEVEL REG GREGORY 631-220-3175 WALL STONE AT STOREFRONT ENTRY & STOREFRONT PLATFORM ST-2 AMERICAN MARBLE: STONEWORKS LARKIN POLISHED FINISH, 12" x 24" X 3/8", 1/16" MICROBEVEL REG GREGORY 631-220-3175 WALL STONE AT STOREFRONT ST-3 EAST TO WEST ARCHITECTURAL CREMA MARFIL HONED HORIZONTAL FINISH 18" x 18" X 1/2" DEAN NICHOL 631-368-2269 ROLEX FLOORING C PRODUCTS re W ST-4 STONE SOURCE INCA GRAY HONED FINISH 12" X 12" X 3/4-, EASED EDGE ERIK BOYLL 310-895-2027 BASE AT STOREFRONT TILE STONE SEALER j Z JQ � S-1 BQSTIK/CERAMASEAL CERAMASEAL "MAGIC SEAL" --- 800-523-6530 SEALER FOR STONE AND TILE;REFER TO SPECS FOR FURTHER INFO W = O N U-) TILE T-1 AMERICAN MARBLE STONEWORKS CALIZA LIGHT NATURAL FINISH 12" X 24" X 3/8" REG GREGORY 631-220-3175 ENTRY FLOORING W Z o Lo o T-2 DALTILE SPARK COLORBODY PORCELAIN. COLOR: SMOKY GLIMMER SK63 SIRE: 11 5/8" X 23 1/2" CHUCK HILL 206-767-2265 RESTROOM FLOORING AND WALL UP TO 48" AFF '7 _0� _ o WAINSCOT Z Cr)L1J O co FRP-1 MARLITE COLOR: P-140, IVORY CLASS 1/A FIRE RATED MARLITE 330-343-6621 WORKROOM/RESTROOM uj © Q Q U Q o WALLCOVERING " 0 ~ Q Z STYLE NAME: YUTAKA VINYL WALLCOVERING, 54 W, HORIZONTAL 12- WC-1 WOLF GORDON YUT 7-4006, COLOR: IVORY REPEAT 1/2 KARA MASHEK 206-371-3216 SALES FLOOR Z U)� U) w WC-2 ELITIS STYLE NAME: GLASS VINYL WALLPAPER, 39" CLINT BUCHMAN 206-271-5841 BRIDAL SUITE L 0 COLOR: VP 64041 B WOOD z U) Lo 0 a t2 WD-1 WOOD VENEER WALNUT VENEER PLAIN SAWN CUT. SEQUENCE MATCHED SHEETS. SILVERSTAR 509-427-8800 NEUTRAL PIER W STAINED TO MATCH SAMPLE. SATIN LACQUER TO COAT m WD-2 WOOD M.L. CAMPBELL STAIN SPECIES: RIBBON GRAIN AFRICAN MAHOGANY RODNEY'S CUSTOM WOODWORK 206-542-2517 CASELINE VINYL FLOORING PATTERN: IMPERIAL TEXTURE ISSUED / REVISED DATE VCT-1 ARMSTRONG COLOR: # 1809 DESERT BEIGE 12" X 12" X 1/8" TILES --- WORKROOM FLOOR PERMIT SET 02.08.16 PATTERN #34353, REJUVENATIONS, SV-1 ARMSTRONG STONE RUN SHEET VINYL --- RESTROOM FLOOR AND BASE COLOR: SIDECAR DOWNTOWN A FINISH LEGEND A-602 U:\Projects\BenBridge\Washington Square\Caddbbwsq\Sheets\bbws—a-602.dwg 2/5/16 1:25 PM COPYRIGHT Cc 2016 CALLISON,LLC 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 E 0 a) N U =$ `— O CO W c 000Lo a) t9 a) 0') 0)IT -a > i M 1� 11 -0" AFF 0 F FINISH CEILING F WD-1 F WC-1 F WO-1 F WC-1 W .a N � � c SIGN, FOIC J L- o - ........... ....__ ...... ..._..... . ..__ ... . _. - _ M W o co EQ i 3'-6" MAX EQ _ Z W W m w Z �, moo N N --------, _ _ o mn N (n (n I u. 3 i L--------� N 00co i .......... ! ._..! ;... 1 M /110 ......... .._.... .....__ ........ ..._ _.._. _ EQ 5'-4" 2'-0" 5'-4' 2'-0' 5-4' EQ 0'-0 AFF FINISH FLOOR _ .... ._ ` LIGHTBOX. FDIC EQ F B-2 EQ ADD FINISH PER ROLEX PACKAGE, Folo OCT 0 �, r Ecloo BB SALES FLOOR - SOUTH z- F El 1/2'=1'-0' w � :a O 11 -0' AFF FINISH PER ROLEX, F010 MIRROR, FOTO V FINISH CEILING F WC-1 F ST-1 a DAFF ----- -—-—-—-—-— ---------------------------- r- ENTRY SOFFIT H Z ' t1 _.._. Z W s Q 0 0 � H o N BRIDAL FEATURE WALL TBD J a3 3 a Z _.. V < O U) .a a 0'-0" AFF FINISH FLOOR C BB SALES FLOOR - WEST W � cl z N Lo W 0 F— N (D ~ W V) z❑ Lo 0 0 Z _ = o 0 C/)w A CD W Da Q� V ❑ o 11'-0' AFF Q z FINISH CEILING F WC-1 F WC-1 F WC-1 F WC-1 Q Q 10'-0' AFF - - - ----- — Z U)U) t) _ w ENTRY SOFFIT � ~ B \ � � / \� / / Z U Lo W a / OPEN T0" BEYONDOPE-N--TO, / m x // /� // BEYOND / ISSUED / REVISED DATE / \ // // // / \ \ PERMIT SET 02.08.16 Ah 0'-0" AFF — / FINISH FLOOR \ E1 TYP F B-2 F B-2 EXISTING STOREFRONT F B-2 F B-2 A-803 i EQ EQ EQ EQ A Al BB SALES FLOOR - NORTH 1/2'=1'-0" INTERIOR ELEVATIONS- FOH A=701 U:\Projects\BenBridge\Washington Square\Caddbbwsq\Sheets\bbws—a-701.dwg 2/5/16 1:26 PM COPYRIGHT Qc 2016 CALLISON,LLC 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 E O a) N U O CO W c °C) o u7 a) a) °' co "It > Q co I` ._ F WC-1 F WC-1 < Z�: co CC) F 11'-0" AFF_ _- �W 'U O C - "t a) -—- m W a)cq a) CO CO n FINISH CEILING -- w Z� ,,,., � o o � qV ENTRY"SOFFIT Z W W rn a) CV N W7 CV (AU) F' I6 FEC, PAINT F P-3 I lul I 0'-0 AFF _ FINISH FLOOR F B-2 F B-2 E1 F B-2 fry A-803 `"1 • 1� E EQ EQ EXISTING WINDOW DISPLAY �� x oto A w � Q BB SALES FLOOR - EAST -� E 1 1/4"=1'-O" rscln o D H Z ' V Z W E < 0 0 � H O � V Q 3 3 Q ¢ 3 < z V < O J Q V C � W W Z J Q 0 M N C) W N C) � c W z o Lo o O � rn 7 J zZ = o U)w 0 ' W OQ QcrUo 0 0 �DQ Z u)u) Lo o m = 00 0 a B z y L W Q a) m ISSUED / REVISED DATE PERMIT SET 02.08.16 A INTERIOR ELEVATIONS- FOH A-702 U:\Projects\BenBridge\Washington Square\Caddbbwsq\Sheets\bbws–a-702.dwg 2/5/16 1:34 PM COPYRIGHT ©2016 CALLISON,LLC 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 E 0 N U T- O CO W r: oo O Ln V w w V .0 > Q O 1` .— Ogg Q 00 00 .Q F �J -00 :1, 'gl- c mNa) coC'7 W � coc� � W Z3 � 4?CS �'-' OO z LL1 W0) =3 (D N N O m7 N (n U) L6 FIN. CEILING 9'-0" A.F.F. F P-2 E \ G� / FINISH FLOOR A.F.F. ,/ •� V B-1 a E3 D A-803 Typ (� H z r Z IW a E po� r WORKROOM E1 N 3 3 Z V < o H J J a c � W W 0: z a o M N o W N `o FIN. CEILING O 9'-0" A.F.F. (D ~ W U) z o Un O C7 —0, O m F P-2 A-807 ' Z J m: m: 2 O O c� W o'J Q()f W - O Q Q U O CN) 3:cy Q z cf)L0 0 f— 12'-6 1/4" m = 00 o W a B A9 z y Lo 12 A-807 � W a � - - - - - - \\ C Lo Xo ISSUED / REVISED DATE / \ I PERMIT SET 02.08.16 FINISH FLOOR 0'-0" AF.F. ROLEXWATCHMAKER'S EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ DESK, FOTO ol 13'-1 1/2- 8 /2"8 EQ SP ® 13'-1 1/2- A /2"A WATCHMAKER AI 1/2"-11-Q" INTERIOR ELEVATIONS- BOH A-705 U:\Projects\BenBridge\Washington Square\Caddbbwsq\Sheets\bbws_a-705.dwg 2/5/16 1:26 PM COPYRIGHT ©2016 CALLISON,LLC 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 OPTION FOR OPTION FOR PARTIAL-HEIGHT FRAMING PARTIAL-HEIGHT FRAMING C1 C1 WITH BRACING C1 C1 WITH BRACING THE PARTITION-TYPE DESIGNATION ISA A-801 A-801 A5 A-801 A-801 A5 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD METAL STUDS (PER ES REPORT ESR-2054), THREE-UNIT CODE THAT INDICATES THE 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD J o I MAXIMUM HEIGHT 20'-0" cv CONFIGURATION, CONSTRUCTION AND METAL STUDS z I I p p CHANNEL AS I I FINISH MATERIALS VARY (MAXIMUM W c o u7 A l a INSULATION OF THE PARTITION AS FOLLOWS: SCHEDULED Q o rn 0) / _ \, z o v, I WEIGHT EQUAL TO 2 LAYERS ('� a) 00 -a Z5 ` = UTYJUM BOARD EACH NUL PLUJ late INSULATION (PER THIS DETAIL, BELOW) INSULATION IF NOTED z o W I I APPLIED FINISHES) 'W ¢ o 0D o0 F CONSTRUCTION OF PARTITION o ,,, 'a CD VERTICAL CONFIGURATION OF PARTITION r r M D Q I I FASTENERS: mJ M N - - - - - - - - a a I AT PLYWOOD FLOOR (MINIMUM 3/4" CDX): � W p p N J 5 m I I PROVIDE 2 NO 8 X 1" WOOD SCREWS AT w Z� C) "a o 0 3 PARTITION/WALL SYMBOLOGY �O AT GYP AT ACP �O zo a " ( ) Z W W p � ami CV CV 3 SHIM AS NECESSARY a z = I I 24 MAXIMUM OC STAGGERED FOR 1 LAYER rn - �' I I GYPSUM BOARD EACH SIDE, 16" MAXIMUM OC o m 7 N 07 07 ~ TWO SIDES: TWO SIDES: ONE SIDE: ONE SIDE: azo PROVIDE FRAMING, PROVIDE FRAMING, PROVIDE FRAMING, PROVIDE FRAMING, a o c) c� I I STAGGERED FOR 2 LAYERS GYPSUM BOARD INSULATION & FINISH 0 INSULATION & FINISH INSULATION & FINI INSULATION & FINISH 0 1 ( EACH SIDE — NO INSULATION Q n o MATERIALS TO UNDERSI[ MATERIALS TO CEILING- MATERIALS TO UNDE MATERIALS TO CEILING � Z OF DECK 6" ABOVE CEILING AT OF DECK % m o I I = - AT CIP CONCRETE AND POST-TENSIONED ACP 6Q a l I CONCRETE FLOOR: a BATT ACOUSTICAL ONE SIDE: ONE SIDE: CL I I PROVIDE HILTI X-U 0.157" DIAMETER INSULATIONNO FINISH NO FINISH Q g Q I I POWDER-ACTUATED FASTENERS, EMBED 3/4" E9 E9 E9 MATERIALS E9 MATERIALS � o W o A-801 A-801 A-801 Q Q N I I PER ESR-2269. 24" MAXIMUM OC STAGGERED A-801 II FOR 1 LAYER GYPSUM BOARD EACH SIDE, BATT THERMAL 16" MAXIMUM OC STAGGERED FOR 2 LAYERS INSULATION r 1-1/2" HAT CHANNEL 2 3-5/8" METAL STUDS 1 I GYPSUM BOARD EACH SIDE I I INSULATION DESIGNATION A D O l ID I � L� r� NOTES: -- -- i ' � i �+C 1 � E 1. STUD SPACING AND GAGE BY BIDDER DESIGN. NON—FIRE RATED NON—FIRE RATED N 0 N—FIRE RATED N 0 N—FIRE RATED CN o � z �O 2. WHERE FIRE AND/OR SOUND RATINGS ARE INDICATED, THE GYPSUM BOARD G REQUIRED SHALL BE CONTINUOUS BEHIND ABUTTING NONRATED PARTITIONS SO FULL-HEIGHT PARTITION PARTITION WITH PARTIAL-HEIGHT FINISH MATERIALS FULL-HEIGHT PARTITION PARTITION WITH PARTIAL-HEIGHT FINISH MATERIALS -- THAT FIRE AND/OR ACOUSTIC PERFORMANCE IS NOT COMPROMISED. PT —T — F R CONNECTION Q w PARTITION -TYPE LEGEND PARTITION WALL CONFIGURATIONS FURRING PARTITION FOR SEISMIC SITUATIONS El NO SCALE C1010FP-01 E NO SCALE C1 OIOFP-03 (MODIFIED) E NO SCALE E8 NO SCALE E 3"=1'-0" C1010FP-08 5/8" GYPSUM 1/2" TILE BACKER 5/8" GYPSUM FLUTED METAL DECK (20 GAGE MINIMUM) o BOARD EACH SIDE BOARD BOARD EACH SIDE WITH OR WITHOUT CONCRETE. METAL STUDS METAL STUDS TYPICAL THROUGHOUT THIS DETAIL �,vo V METAL STUDS1/2" GYPSUM BOARD d -: - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - INSULATION IF NOTED N z INSULATION SULA ON INSULATION c� } _ V ACOUSTICAL CASING BEAD WHERE EXPOSED TO ¢ IF NOTED 3/8" STONE ON THINSET IF NOTED Z a W o GENERAL NOTES: SEALANT VIEW, TYPICAL Q H AND BOND 20 GAGE MINIMUM DEEP LEG TRACK OR SLOTTED BREAKER 4" WIDE PLATE (20 GAGE _ TRACK TO ALLOW 3/4" DEFLECTION. MAINTAIN TAPE MINIMUM) AT 48" MAXIMUM OC, DEFLECTION CAPACITY AND FIRE-RATING AT ALL i WHERE NECESSARY FOR J < 0 ° STRUCTURAL MEMBERS GASSING PARTITION ATTACHMENT Q Z STUDS CUT 3/4" SHORT TO ALLOW 3/4" DEFLECTION FASTEN TRACK TO PLATE WITH (3) NO Z 8 SCREWS AT 48" MAXIMUM OC V < O SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY C, D, E, AND F: SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY 3 5/8" METAL STUDS y AT TOP OF FINISH MATERIALS (WHERE OCCURS) I FASTEN PLATE TO STEEL-ONLY DECK E1:11 2-1/2" METAL STUDS � J STEEL-ONLY DECK: C, D, E. AND F: PROVIDE 3/4" CLEAR SPACE TO ALLOW 3/4" WITH 2 NO 8 SCREWS EACH END OF NO 10 SCREWS AT 12" OC ( ) STEEL-ONLY DECK: J DEFLECTION. DO NOT SCREW FINISH MATERIALS INTO PLATE OR NO 10 SCREWS AT 12" OC Q TOP TRACK - FASTEN INTO STUDS ONLY ' STEEL AND CONCRETE DECK: OR OR 4 7 V TO STEEL AND CONCRETE DECK WITH 1-1/2" HAT CHANNEL HILTI X-U 0.157" DIAMETER STEEL AND CONCRETE DECK: 3-5/8" METAL STUDSL -- Ll APPLY OR PATCH FIREPROOFING (WHERE FIREPROOFING POWDER-ACTUATED FASTENERS AT (2) HILTI X-U 0.157" DIAMETER HILTI X-U 0.157" DIAMETER IS REQUIRED) AFTER INSTALLATION OF TRACK OR 18" OC, EMBED 3/4" PER ESR-2269 POWDER-ACTUATED FASTENERS, EMBED POWDER-ACTUATED FASTENERS AT Q STRAPS 3/4", MIN 4" SPACING PER ESR-2269 5 8 -- ACOUSTICAL NON-ACOUSTICAL T E:[18" OC, EMBED 3/4" PER ESR-2269 6" METAL STUDS 3-5 8" METAL STUDS C AT PARTITIONS WITH ACOUSTICAL INSULATION, INSTALL PARTITION, TYP PARTITION, TYP GYPSUM BOARD 2" SHORT TO ACCOMMODATE LARGER 11 ACOUSTICAL SEALANT JOINT NEEDED TO ACHIEVE � W 3/4" DEFLECTION OA PARTITION PERPENDICULAR TO FLUTES O PARTITION OFFSET AND PARALLEL TO FLUTES O PARTITION BETWEEN PARALLEL FLUTES O PARTITION AT DECK EDGE/OPENING EEW j Q z M o INTERSECTION OF NON - RATED PARTITIONS WITH FLUTED METAL DECK ABOVE r PARTITION PARTITION ( PARTITION W NLo `-' l 3"=1'-O" v NO SCAI!]<1010FP-22 v v NO SCALE1010FP-21 C J NO SCAL�tOtOFP-22 0 ~ `r W zDLn � o CD Z'J Co w O B A W Oa Q� Up o - AT SINGLE BRACE FASTEN ANGLE 0 � Q z I I TO BRACE WITH (4) NO 10 SCREWS Q X 3" X 3" ANGLE 1 1 1 > CL Q � (20 GAGE MINIMUM), I 1 AT DOUBLE BRACE - FASTEN DOUBLE >� J U co w - - - - — - - - - FASTENED TO TRACK >< 1 1 BRACE TO BOTH ANGLES WITH (6) NO Z U)cf) H AND BRACED PER 1 10 SCREWS THROUGH BRACE AND ocl p + + DETAIL AT RIGHT o BOTH ANGLES m T6 Lo DO O W B 20 GAGE MINIMUM °� ♦ + DEEP LEG TRACK OR J Z SLOTTED TRACK W a - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - m FOR WALLS TO 10'-0" - BRACE I I WITH 3625137-33 AT 8'-0" MAXIMUM OC AND AT EACH WALL I 1 METAL STUDS, CUT o END. ALTERNATE DIRECTION OF i I 3/4" SHORT FOR AT SINGLE BRACE - FASTEN BRACES ALONG LENGTH OF WALL 1 3/4" DEFLECTION ISSUED / REVISED DATE WHERE POSSIBLE. / >< x ANGLE TO TRACK WITH (8) NO 10 PERMIT SET 02.0 8.16 I FINISH MATERIALS VARY M SCREWS FOR WALLS TO 15'-0" - BRACE1 1 ANGLES TO TRACK WITH (8) NO(MAXIMUM WEIGHT EQUAL o TO 2 LAYERS GYPSU 0 WITH DOUBLED 362S137-33 AT 1 1 AT DOUBLE BRACE - FASTEN (2) M o 8'-0" MAXIMUM OC AND AT EACH I I BOARD EACH SIDE PLUS 10 SCREWS AT EACH ANGLE WALL END. ALTERNATE DIRECTION I APPLIED FINISHES) OF BRACES ALONG LENGTH OF WALL. FASTEN DOUBLED STUDS I I TOGETHER WITH NO 8 SCREWS AT 24" MAXIMUM OC. A O SECTION ACROSS PARTITION O SECTION ACROSS BRACING TOP OF PARTITION WHERE BRACED TO STRUCTURE ABOVE - PARTITION DETAILS IBC SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY C , D, E, AND F A53"=1'-0" C1010FP-48 A-801 U:\Projects\BenBridge\Washington Square\Caddbbwsq\Sheets\bbws—a-801.dwg 2/5/16 1:39 PM COPYRIGHT ©2016 CALLISON,LLC 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 3/4" CLEAR AT ONE END IN EACH DIRECTION. DO NOT FASTEN TO STRUCTURE PER CISCA 3-4 EXCEPT AS INDICATED IN DETAILS C AND F, COMPONENTS FASTEN THIS END TO THE CLOSURE ANGLE. AT OTHER END (FIGURES 2, 3, 4, AND 5) AS MODIFIED OF MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING AND FIRE FOUR 12 GAGE MINIMUM WIRES SPLAYED 90 FOUR 12 GAGE MINIMUM WIRES SPLAYED 90 E IN EACH DIRECTION, FASTEN TEES TO CLOSURE ANGLE. BY ASCE 7-10, SECTION 13.5.6.2.2 PROTECTION SHALL BE INDEPENDENTLY SUPPORTED ANDDEGREES (IN PLAN) FROM EACH OTHER AND DEGREES (IN PLAN) FROM EACH OTHER AND cV O BRACED FROM STRUCTURE " (D\\ SECURED TO MAIN RUNNER WITHIN 2" OF SECURED TO MAIN RUNNER WITHIN 2 OF INTERSECTION. EACH END OF EACH WIRE TO INTERSECTION. BOTH ENDS OF EACH WIRE TO W c m o LO °? BE LOOPED AND WRAPPED AROUND ITSELF 3 T BE LOOPED AND WRAPPED AROUND ITSELF 1�� l (� a> Oo 't 12 GAGE MINIMUM HANGER WIRES WHERE HANGER WIRES ARE TIMES MINIMUM WITHIN A 3" MAX LENGTH WITH 4 TIGHT TURNS IN 1 1/2" ole Q Q Co r` •L 12 GAGE HANGER WIRE AT AT 4'-0" OC EACH DIRECTION - I MORE THAN 1:6 o 00 00 F EACH PERIMETER MAIN TEE NO MORE THAN 1:6 OUT-OF-PLUMB, PROVIDE P.ti �J .0 C) _ � " AND PERIMETER CROSS TEE OUT-OF-PLUMB, TYPICAL COUNTER-SLOPING WIRE Rh �sm W co CV a) of co C.0 2" X 2" SHEET METAL ANGLE O 0 z W W o _ N N WIRE LOOPED AND WRAPPED c m AROUND ITSELF 3 TIMES MINIMUM TRAPEZE AS NECESSARY TO 0 m'7 N (f) (0 ~ LL 3 AT EACH END OF HANGER WIRE AVOID OBSTRUCTIONS WITHIN 3" MAXIMUM LENGTH GRID-TYPE SUSPENSION SYSTEM (1 1/2° MAXIMUM LENGTH IN MAINTAIN HANGER WIRE SPACING CALIFORNIA) AND CAPACITY BELOW OBSTRUCTION FOR SPANS UP TO 6'-0", USE A SINGLE 20 GAGE 2 1/2" 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD FOR SPANS UP TO 6'-0", USE A SINGLE METAL STUD OR STEEL SECTION THAT HAS AN L/R RATIO OF 20 GAGE 1 5/8" COMPRESSION STRUT — 200 MAX. FASTEN STRUT TO MAIN TEE WITH (2) NO 12 ol 8" MAX LOCATE BRACING AT 12'-0" OC FASTENED TO MAIN TEE WITH (2) NO 8 LOCATE BRACING AT 12'-0" OC SCREWS. GYPSUM BOARD CONSTRUCTION SHALL COMPLY WITH ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS OF IBC SECTION 2506 AND 2508. EACH DIRECTION AND WITHIN 6'-0" SCREWS AND TO STRUCTURE WITH (2) HILTI EACH DIRECTION AND WITHIN 6'-0" FASTEN TO WOOD STRUCTURE WITH (2) NO 12 X 2" SCREWS. OF PERIMETER WALLS, PARTITIONS, OF PERIMETER WALLS, PARTITIONS, FASTEN TO CONCRETE STRUCTURE, CONCRETE DECK OR STEEL METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEM SHALL CONFORM WITH ASTM E580, ASTM C635, ASTM C636, ASTM C754, AND ASCE 7-10, SECTION 13.5.6. OR EXPANSION JOINTS X-DNI .145 DIA X 3/4" OR EXPANSION JOINTS DECK WITH 3/16" DIAMETER ANCHORS. FOR SPANS UP TO 9'-0", USE DOUBLE FOR SPANS UP TO 9'-0", USE BACK-TO-BACK DOUBLE STUDS E COMPRESSION STRUT ATTACHED TOGETHER WITH NO 8 SCREWS. PERIMETER SUPPORT GENERAL SUPPORT E IOLXD1000SF LATERAL NCEILINGS EXCEEDING t000SFOO OTREQREDN SESMIC DESIGNCATEGORYOTREOUREDN SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY c a INSTALLATION OF SUSPENDED GYPSUM BOARD CEILING - 2012 IBC SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY C, D, E, AND F _� F El NO SCALE C3030GB-06 LIGHT FIXTURE AIMING BY OWNER 3/4" CLEAR AT ONE END IN EACH DIRECTION. DO NOT FASTEN TO STRUCTURE PER CISCA 3-4 EXCEPT AS INDICATED IN DETAILS C AND F, COMPONENTS LIGHT FIXTURES WEIGHING LESS THAN 10 POUNDS SHALL BE FOUR 12 GAGE MINIMUM WIRES SPLAYED 90 PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION COMPLETION FASTEN THIS END TO THE CLOSURE ANGLE. AT OTHER END (FIGURES 2, 3, 4, AND 5) OF MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING AND FIRE CONNECTED FROM FIXTURE HOUSING TO STRUCTURE ABOVE BY DEGREES (IN PLAN) FROM EACH OTHER AND IN EACH DIRECTION, FASTEN TEES TO CLOSURE ANGLE. PROTECTION SHALL BE INDEPENDENTLY SUPPORTED AND (2) 12 GAGE TAUT OR SLACK WIRES SECURED TO MAIN RUNNER WITHIN 2" OF ,r BRACED FROM STRUCTURE INTERSECTION. EACH END OF EACH WIRE TO BE LOOPED AND WRAPPED AROUND ITSELF 3 v LIGHT FIXTURES WEIGHING MORE THAN 10 TIMES MINIMUM WITHIN A 3" MAX LENGTH d. POUNDS AND LESS THAN 56 POUNDS, 12 GAGE MINIMUM HANGER WIRES WHERE HANGER WIRES D 12 GAGE HANGER WIRE AT AT 4'-0" OC EACH DIRECTION - ARE MORE THAN 1:6 AND AIR TERMINALS/ SERVICES WEIGHING MORE THAN 20 POUNDS AND LESS THAN EACH PERIMETER MAIN TEE NO MORE THAN 1:6 OUT-OF-PLUMB, PROVIDE 56 POUNDS SHALL BE CONNECTED FROM �� S• z W E AND PERIMETER CROSS TEE OUT-OF-PLUMB, TYPICAL COUNTER-SLOPING WIRES FIXTURE HOUSING TO STRUCTURE ABOVE STABILIZER BAR TO O O BY (3) 12 GAGE TAUT OR SLACK WIRES o ~ ATTACHED AT DIAGONAL CORNERS ¢ 0 2 MAINTAIN PERIMETER WIRE LOOPED AND WRAPPED METAL-FRAMED TRAPEZE LIGHT FIXTURE I W — TEE SPACING AROUND ITSELF 3 TIMES MINIMUM AS NECESSARY TO AVOID LIGHT FIXTURES AND AIR TERMINALS/SERVICES R INSIDE LIGHT COVE N MAIN TEE OR CROSS TEE AT EACH END OF HANGER WIRE OBSTRUCTIONS WEIGHING MORE THAN 56 POUNDS AND ALL �, O 3 (SUSPENSION SYSTEM) WITHIN 3" MAXIMUM LENGTH 1 1 2" MAXIMUM LENGTH IN MAINTAIN HANGER WIRE PENDANT LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL BE Q Z Z ; HEAVY DUTY ( / SUPPORTED DIRECTLY FROM STRUCTURE CUSTOMER SIDE EMPLOYEE SIDE CALIFORNIA) SPACING AND CAPACITY ABOVE USING APPROVED HANGERS V < O BELOW OBSTRUCTION V1 FACE OF LIGHT COVE A-XXXI Elo FOR SPANS UP TO 6'-0", USE A SINGLE ACOUSTICAL CEILING PANELS LIGHT FIXTURES, AIR TERMINALS, AND FACE OF a Q SERVICES SHALL BE POSITIVELY 20 GAGE 1 5/8" COMPRESSION STRUT CASEWORK BELOW 4" N V 8" .MAX 2 X 2 CLOSURE ANGLE, MINIMUM. SEE NOTE AT TOP ATTACHED TO THE CEILING SYSTEM FASTENED TO MAIN TEE WITH (2) NO 8 LOCATE BRACING AT 12'-0" OC SCREWS AND TO STRUCTURE WITH (2) HILTI \t COMPLY WITH ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS OF ASTM E580,ASTM C635, ASTM C636, AND ASCE 7-10, SECTION 13.5.6. EACH DIRECTION AND WITHIN 6'-0" X-DNI .145 DIA X 3/4" OF PERIMETER WALLS, PARTITIONS, FOR EXEMPTIONS, SEE ASCE 7-10, SECTION 13.5.6. OR EXPANSION JOINTS FOR SPANS UP TO 9'-0", USE DOUBLErn, i C COMPRESSION STRUT U.N.O. O PERIMETER SUPPORT © GENERAL SUPPORT O LIGHT FIXTURE AND MECHANICAL SERVICE SUPPORT O W � LATERAL BRACING FOR CEILINGS EXCEEDING 10DOSF uj LO zcle) CASEWORK LIGHTING AND j a o N o INSTALLATION OF SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEMS - 2012 IBC - SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY D, E, AND F LIGHT COVE ENLARGED PLAN W N C 1 NO SCALE C3030AC-02 `�9 3/4"=1'-O" cy O 0 � W y zQLno 0 0 Z Acnw O LIGHT FIXTURE AIMING BY OWNER W D a < of U w o Q o PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION COMPLETION F Q z METAL BRACING>ED x METAL BRACING, FASTEN D H TO TO UNISTRUT x n' J U SUBSTRUCTURE MTL. BRACE. FASTEN TOSUBSTRUCTURE FASTENED x Z �� wTO MALL STRUCTTO MALL STRUCTURE PER AUNISTRUT SUBSTRUCTURE TO x REFER TO RCP q9/q-801 m tf� O MALL STRUCTURE PER A7/A801 O g FASTEN CEILING FRAMING \ SUSPENDED GYP BD CEILING FASTEN CEILING FRAMINGa TO SOFFIT FRAMING TO SOFFIT FRAMING Z a' 3-5 8" METAL STUD GYP BD PAINTEDTo W Q c� FASTEN EXISTING CEILING SUSPENDED GYP BD CEILING o FRAMING, FASTEN TO TO MATCH CEILWG W SUSPENDED GYP. FRAMING, FASTEN TO _ m / 3-5/8" METAL STUD _ FRAMING TO SOFFIT WALL Z Q UNISTRUT SUBSTRUCTURE 10 1/2" W CEILING UNISTRUT SUBSTRUCTURE GYP BD PLANTED BOLTED TO MALL Lu U �,, 3" o' BOLTED TO MALL TO MATCH CEILING CUSTOMER SIDE N EMPLOYEE SIDE STRUCTURE PER MIN a STRUCTURE PER :- C) 0 i Al/A-801 i z MTL. FRAMING FASTEN TO Al/A-801 g" o ,,, v ISSUED / REVISED DATE x xi W UNISTRUT SUBSTRUCTURE TO MALL STRUCTURE PER A1/A801too HVAC RETURN SLOT, NO 3" W PERMIT SET 02.08.16 i --J ; GYP BD THIS AREA, MIN __j F, O x GYPSUM BOARD MAINTAIN CLEAR AIR FLOW i CN C) O THROUGH TO PLENUM RETURN, REFER TO --, > FACE OF ¢ x x x 1. \xx CASEWORK BELOW 4" � x x x REFER TO RCP x Z FASTEN GYP BD SUSPENSION GYP BD PAINTED TO FASTEN GYP BD SUSPENSION GYP BD PAINTED TO MATCH CEILING SYSTEM TO METAL FRAMING PER MATCH CEILING SYSTEM TO METAL FRAMING PER FASTEN GYP. BOARD SUSPENSION A MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS LED DRIVER SHOWN DASHED, SYSTEM TO METAL FRAMING PER LED DRIVER SHOWN DASHED, LED LIGHT FIXTURE PER MOUNT TO NOT INTERFERE WITH MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS LED LIGHT FIXTURE PER MOUNT TO NOT INTERFERE WITH ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS RETURN AIR SLOT OR TO CAST ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS SHADOW IN COVE RETURN AIR SLOT OR TO CAST CASEWORK LIGHTING SHADOW IN COVE CEILING DETAILS ENLARGED PLAN ROLEX LIGHT COVE DROP CEILING DETAIL NEW LIGHT COVE A 1 v 3/4"=1'-0" A3 1 1/2"=1'-0" C3030-05 A 1 1/2"=1'-0" A9 1 1/2"=1'-0" C3030-05 A-802 U:\Projects\BenBridge\Washington Square\Caddbbwsq\Sheets\bbws—a-802.dwg 2/5/16 1:26 PM COPYRIGHT ©2016 CALLISON,LLC 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 FRP WALLCOVERING CAP TRIM ' / / / , / r , / , r / r / NOTE: r O USE BACKER AND SEALANT IN a� T PLACE OF GROUT AT o (o O EXPANSION JOINT LOCATIONS W rn o >� o _ GTNJUM IJUAKU COVED RESILIENT ' ' v / ' r/ 0 > � I-- FLASH D FLOORING ' // '/ , /, r , /, •= �� Q C) QL F WOOD OR METAL BLOCKING AS NECESSARY / / GROUT / �, /, �J o FOR FASTENING OF BASE // ,"Ye � r .. mW M N N � � � ,' 1/8" SEALANT JOINT 1/8" SEALANT JOINT Z?� 0 o WW O N N N z WOOD BASE: SEE FINISH PLAN FOR STAIN OR PANT v cy LAJ O m'! N (n (n H LL 3 COVED RESILIENT BASE :a WATERPROOF NDER i 1 8" SAWCUT JOINT VINYL & ALL O INSIDE CORNER O INSIDE ANGLED CORNER O BEVELED MITER JOINT / EASE EDGES OF SAWCUT z FINISH FLOOR IL T T IP a /' FALSE BUTT JOINTS En TOP OF HARD FLOORING W ____________N -______________________________ ----------------------- SUBSTRATE— — — — — — — — — SUBSTRATE / 1/2' SUBSTRAT SUBSTRATE cr E 1/8- GROUT JOINT 1/8- GROUT JOINT GQpJ1 1/8" GROUT JOINT �CT • B OUTSIDE CORNER p OUTSIDE ANGLED CORNER F MITER JOINT H BUTT JOINTS �� O 0 O 0 cloo o � a � APPLIED WOOD BASE FLASH COVED RESILIENT A a AT SALES FLOOR COVED RESILIENT BASE FLOORING AT RESTROOM STONE TILE JOINTS z E1 6"=1'-0" E3 6"=1'-0" C302OWB-11 E5 6"=1'-0" EXISTING E FULL SCALE C3010TI-12 � 0 z z W Q m I w � O m a z o z o I m Om _ � O D COORDINATE W/OWNER'S �, COORDINATE W/OWNER'S _ z � N N � I �¢ 3 J ¢ 3 I O z o ~ VENDOR TEMPLATE VENDOR TEMPLATE ; I � W m o z W W m o z I w N N Z Z = V N N I CL I z O CD CL O C9 I � < W o Cr Z •J Z Of Z J Z �--- O m (!7 a N YI YI cz Y' Y V ZI p O r W = � V rL'j ZI O N Q m O m v z z U U O W O (n (n 0 (n (n 0 O O c W Z2 OQ � Op Z �QFQ- OO d W J � CD V o W 3 W 3 Z U N U W 3 (n U Li Z U Z O . a Y Y O I N = J N J I Z v » ` oo O O 0' O Q Z Z Z d w .� w a �+� o..' w r O O I N :z L LJ O � w O N w _ - op O c� O O F- V w O U w OI N V �- C.' o c� F- I Z I w J Z w J w -� I Z w J w -i Z I w Q O w >< J o d a C.7 W W Z d W W ZL'j Cl � L.� Z (n L. W Z>, O d 6 U a 4. � �� J I w W W N yJ Q Li J W N W Q L. I W J � V a T W W W C7 O r1 �' UQ JUO C, UQ JUO O m ¢ 3 z V < O I I I I N j - - 4 a .:..:..:..:... All I I 111111A I I T� SUBSTRATE SUBSTRATE �. C TAPER NOT TO EXCEED 1:48 TAPER NOT TO EXCEED 1:48 i, Q` W I W � CARPET TO CARPET TO CARPET TO a o co o CASEWORK TO CARPET CASEWORK TO TILE RESILIENT FLOORING r CARPET TO TILE FLOORING r STOREFRONT DR THRESHOLD W N o C1 FULL SCALE C3 FULL SCALE C5 FULL SCALE C3020FL-10 7 FULL SCALE C3020FL-10 9 3"=1'-0" B2010CM-76 z 0 Lo W U) - o C) 7 = _ � o Z A cn W O W Oa Q� U � o AT DOOR OPENING: 0 Q z FOR EXACT LOCATION TRANSITION UNDER DOOR 0 2 � Q AT DOOR OR CASED A-803 LEAF. LOCATE AS SHOWN > OPENING, SEE DETAIL DEPENDING UPON DOOR z >� (n J w LEAF LOCATION -� I m 00 O BLIJ Z w I O Z_ O Co O O � d l w w z � 0 w W Cn l N Z J J W Q 1--- tn (n I W W �_ W X J � Qr O I w I I ISSUED / REVISED DATE < I \ PERMIT SET 02.08.16 N I \ I AT CASED OPENING: TRANSITION AT END OF JAMB UBSTRATE AS LOCATED ON PLANS A TILE FLOORING FLOORING INTERIOR DETAILS ////A/1 TO RESILIENT FLOORING EDGE STRIP LOCATION A 1 FULL SCALE C3020FL-19 A3 6"=1'-0" C3020FL-24 A=803 U:\Projects\BenBridge\Washington Square\Caddbbwsq\Sheets\bbws_a-803.dwg 2/5/16 1:26 PM COPYRIGHT ©2016 CALLISON,LLC 016000 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS H. Where cut edges of the existing construction will be visible in the completed work, cut in uniform straight lines. Saw cut concrete, including trenches for new conduit and piping in floor slabs. DIVISION 0-CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS 013300 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Delivery, Storage, and Handling: , EN 1. Transport and handle products by methods to avoid product damage. I. Repair all demolition performed in excess of that required, at no additional cost to the Owner. Z ''•` C) L 007200 GENERAL CONDITIONS A. Submittal Procedure: 2. Manufactured products shall remain in manufacturer's containers or packaging, until ready for 1. Identify deviations from Contract Documents. Leave space for Contractor review stamp. installation. J. Removal of Bonded Floor Finishes: -- A. Use General Conditions agreed to b the Owner and the General Contractor. L- r�cvicw aiw ��y�� ca�ii auuiiiu�ai N�w� w auunuuai to uie vwnC�. vii��yiiCu suunnuaw ww uc 3. Unless specified otherwise, store manufactured products in accordance with manufacturer's 1. Scrape, grind and otherwise remove existing floor finish and bonding materials as necessary to Q� ,, L- 9 Y returned b the Construction Manager. Co CC 3. Unless specified otherwise, submitthenumber of submittals the Contractor requires, plus two that instructions. receive new floor finishes. til � 3 ' will be retained by the Owner. 2- Prepared surface shall present a uniform flat surface ready to receive the new floor finishes free of ;� L � � ,� � B. Product Options and Substitutions: telegraphing and other surface irregularities. 4. Include project name, Contractor name, subcontractor or supplier name, and drawing sheet, detail W - 1. Where Specifications indicate a single proprietary product, substitutions will not be considered. 3. New floor finishes shall not be installed over existing floor finish materials unless approved - LID Q0 number, or specification section number corresponding to the submittal as appropriate. r C 0 DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Furnish products specified, except where or approved' is used. otherwise. w - 5. Make submittals as required to cause no delay in the Work.Allow sufficient time for possible 2• Where multiple product manufacturers are indicated, provide one of the specified products or ` uJul M. revision and resubmittal of rejected submittals. Coordinate submittal of related items. submit a Substitution Request. $9i' fN0) 1.- 011000 SUMMARY 6. Revise and resubmit rejected submittals as required to obtain approval, identifying changes made 3. Substitutions will only be considered for the following reasons: C since previous submittal. a. A product becomes unavailable due to no fault of the Contractor. - A. This specification identifies requirements for several Projects, and may contain elements which do not b. Subsequent information or changes indicate that the specified product will not perform as DIVISION 3-CONCRETE apply to this particular project. Refer to the Drawings to determine whether the specified element B. Shop Drawings, Design-Build Drawings, Product Data and Samples: intended. applies to this Project. 1. Shop Drawings and Design-Build Drawings: 4. Document each substitution request with complete data substantiating compliance of proposed 035416 HYDRAULIC CEMENT UNDERLAYMENT AND OVERLAY TOPPINGS a. Number of Copies: substitution with contract documents. B. Definitions: 1) General Shop Drawings: Unless otherwise specified, submit to the Owner two blackline 5. A substitution request constitutes a representation that Contractor: 1. Landlord: Mall Developer or Building Owner. or electrostatic bond copies for review. A. Summary: P 9 a. Has investigated proposed product and has determined that it meets or exceeds, in all 1. Cementitious underla ments as necessary for leveling of new or existing concrete floor substrates, - 2. Owner: Ben Bridge,Tenant. 2) Design-Build Shop Drawings and Supporting Calculations: Submit Deferred Submittals to Y rY 9 9 9 respects, the specified product. the Owner as specified above, and to the authority having jurisdiction for approval, the as necessary to meet specified tolerances. b. Shall provide the same warranty for substitution as for specified product. 2. Cementitious toppings as necessary for leveling new or existing slabs at locations indicated to C. Use of Premises: number of copies required, along with calculations or other required supporting data. rY 9 9 c. Will coordinate installation and make other changes which may be required for work to be receive concrete sealer only. 1. Unless noted otherwise, Contractor shall have free and complete use of the site within project limit b. Unless specified otherwise, show quantities, materials, methods of assembly, adjacent complete in all respects. y lines indicated on the Drawings. construction, dimensions, and all other appropriate information to fully illustrate the work. d. Waives claims for additional costs which may subsequently become apparent. 3. Ramps and tapers as necessary to align levels between dissimilar finishes. 2. Coordinate construction schedule and operations with the Owner and Landlord. 2. Product Data: P e- Agrees to pay all costs of redesign related to the substitution. 3. Limit noise producing work to the hours required by the Landlord. Cooperate to minimize noise a. Submit product data in the form of electronic copies or 2 legible hard copies. Mark each copy 6. Substitutions will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on shop drawings or product B. Underlayment Systems:properties.ro ene products, mos, options another a; supplementdata submittals- imP J P P acts on adjacent to identify applicable othdata; manufactures 1. Self Leveling Underlayment System: Self- leveling, pourable, cement based material, minimum 28 G standard data to provide information unique to the work. day compressive strength 3,000 psi; minimum bond strength 200 psi; one of the following as �C� 7. Owner will determine acceptability of proposed substitution, and will notify Contractor of i D. Special Work Requirements: b. Submit the number of copies that Contractor requires, plus 2 copies that will be retained by the recommended by manufacturer for conditions. �r P q with, II design and construction requirements of the building Owner. acceptance or rejection within a reasonable time. a. Mapei Corporation "Ultraplan 1 Plus"or"Novoplan 2." �� lY� 1. Obtain a copy of, and comply t , a d g q 9 b. Ardex Inc. "K-15" Self-Leveling Underlayment Concrete � x Landlord. Notify Owner immediately in the event that Landlord's requirements conflict with 3. Samples: C. Installation: Perform work in accord with manufacturer's instructions. Do not omit any preparatory step 9 requirements of the Contract Documents. a. Submit samples as specified in the technical sections. c. Laticrete International, Inc. Laticrete 86 LatiLevel Thin Pour Underlayment- q or installation procedure unless specifically modified or exempted by Contract Documents. V^ 2. Limit use of premises to only those areas involved in the construction operations and as required b. Include identification on each sample giving full information. 2. Trowelable Underlayment System: As recommended by manufacturer for conditions: for access. c. Submit three samples, one of which will be retained by Owner, unless indicated otherwise in a. Mapei Corporation "Mapacem 100" or"Planitop 10". _ �,,a 3. Coordinate use of premises under direction of the Owner and the Landlord, and in accordance with the technical section. 017329 CUTTING AND PATCHING b. Ardex Inc. "SD-P" Fast-Setting Underlayment. w �+ the requirements of jurisdictional code authorities. C. Laticrete International, Inc. "Laticrete 220 Medium Bed Mortar mixed with "Laticrete 3701 A. Repair existing surfaces and construction as necessary to make Work complete, with all components Latex Mortar Admix." 4. Occupancy Requirements: Adjacent tenant spaces may be occupied. Cooperate with the Owner 014500 QUALITY CONTROL and the Landlord to minimize conflict, and to facilitate the operations of adjacent tenants. matching and consistent. �1 C. Cementitious Overlay Toppings: For repair of concrete surfaces at locations indicated to receive �{ A. Standards: Comply with industry standards except when more restrictive tolerances or specified •9 y 1. C E. Separate Work: B. Provide a smooth, even, and invisible transition to new construction. When finished surfaces are cut so concrete sealer or not otherwise covered by flooring material: P requirements indicate more rigid standards or more precise workmanship. 1. Items noted NIC or FO1O on the Drawings will be furnished and installed by others. Refer to the that an invisible transition with new work is not possible,terminate existing surface along the nearest 1. Self-Leveling Types: Drawings for scope of Work- break line,joint, or corner. a. Mapei Corporation"Ultratop". Self-Leveling Abrasion-Resistant Topping. __... . . _.... .B. Perform all work to meet or exceed the requirements of all applicable codes, ordinances, laws, b. Ardex Inc. "K-500" Self-Leveling Concrete Topping. 2. Perform work so as to allow the performance of work by other contractors- regulations, safe orders, and directives from authorities having jurisdiction over the work. 9 safety 91 2. Trowelable Types: C. Major patching procedures shall be reviewed with the Owner and the Building Owner, prior to YP F. Products Furnished by Owner for Installation by the Contractor(FOIC): proceeding. a. Mapei Corporation"Marecem 100" Fast-Setting Topping Mortar 1. Refer to the Drawings and Responsibility Matrix for items furnished by Owner for installation by the C. Perform work with persons qualified to produce workmanship of specified quality. b. Ardex Inc. "CD" Self-Drying Concrete Dressing. Contractor(FOIC). D. Existing Sprayed Fireproofing: Where present in existing construction, patch and repair existing IL D. Install products in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Where conflict between D. Accessories: Furnish rimers, patching compounds, and sand fillers as recommended b the 2. Coordinate work to facilitate installation of products furnished by the Owner for Installation by the sprayed fireproofing to match the fire rating of the existing construction. Hand patch in accordance with P P 9 P , Y manufacturer's recommendations and the specified requirements is discovered, notify the Owner manufacturer's instructions using UL-approved materials and procedures meeting the requirements of underlayment manufacturer for the conditions of the project. tt Contractor. 9 PP P 9 q immediately. ANSI/UL 263 and ASTM E119. 3. Owner's Responsibilities: �r r a. Arrange for and deliver shop drawings, product data, and samples, to Contractor. E. Application: _ E. Examination Prior to Installation: 1. Preparation: b. Arrange and pay for product delivery to site. E. Patching of Existing Concrete Slabs on Grade: P 1. Prior to starting work, carefully inspect installed work of other trades and verify that such work is a. Ins Inspect floor to verify that demolition is corn tete to the point where work may progress. ress. ` c. Upon delivery, inspect products jointly with Contractor. 1. Ensure that below grade construction is complete in the slab area to be patched. P Y P P Y P 9 complete to the point where work of this Section may properly commence. Notify the Owner in b. Surve floor as necessary to set screeds and reference points. Identif construction joints. t� d. Submit claims for transportation damage. 2. Replace existing subgrade materials to match existing. Replace and make continuous vapor Y rY P Y j ': writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Prepare for underlayment at all locations where floor does not meets specified tolerance e- Arrange for replacement of damaged, defective, or missing items. barriers and other similar construction disturbed or damaged during demolition or construction P Y P � ,� d f. Arrange for manufacturers'warranties, inspections, and service. 2. Do not begin installation until all unsatisfactory conditions are resolved- Beginning work constitutes operations. requirements. acceptance of site conditions and responsibility for defective installation caused by prior observable c. Ensure that subfloor is clean, d hard, sound, and free of oils, or other substance that would "� .6 4. Contractor's Responsibilities: 3. Recompact existing subgrade to 95 percent of maximum dry density as determined by rye conditions. affect proper bonding and curing. ^� a. Review shop drawings, product data, and samples. ASTM D1557. P P 9 9• '� b. Receive and unload products at site; inspect for completeness,for damage,jointly with Owner. 4. Patch slab with concrete having a minimum 28-day strength of 3000 psi.; maximum water/cement d. Verify that all areas to be leveled are at or below final design elevation. Grind down high spots V i c. Handle, store, install and finish products. F. Mock-ups ratio of 0.40. Use superplasticizer admixture as necessary for workability. as necessary to meet specified tolerance requirements. th 1. Provide mock-ups t specified in the individual specification sections. Provide additional mock- e. Set screeds, markers, and reference blocks. Set screeds at all construction and control joints th d. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's or supplier's instructions using skilled labor 5. Finish concrete to match adjacent surfaces. 1 -. able to demonstrate 2 years recent experience in work of similar or greater complexity as that ups, as required by the Architect, until approval is obtained. to establish weakened plane joints in underlayment. shown. 2. Do not proceed with subsequent work until approval of the mock-up is obtained. 2. Apply primer to all areas to receive underlayment and toppings; repeat application if necessary to proper 3. Approval of mock-up shall be the standard of workmanship and materials for the remainder of the 017700 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES achieve build. e. Repair or replace items damaged by Work of this Contract. work similar to the mock-up. 3. Install trowelable underlayment at locations where slopes are indicated and at other locations 4. Maintain mock-up in approved condition, until directed otherwise. A. Final Cleaning: where tapered fill is necessary to align the finished surfaces of the various floor finish materials. G. Coordination: 1. Coordinate work to assure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of construction elements, 5. Unless specified otherwise, remove mock-up at completion,when directed by Architect. 1. Thoroughly clean all surfaces prior to final acceptance. 4. Install self-leveling underlayment at existing concrete slab surfaces to correct slab flatness and with provisions for accommodating items installed later. 2. Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and construction facilities from the site. levelness. 2. Coordinate space requirements for mechanical and electrical systems. Make runs parallel with 015000 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 5. Provide cementitious toppings at locations to remain exposed in the finished work. B. Project Record Documents: 6. Install underla ents and toppings;finish to a smooth uniform surface. lines of building. Utilize spaces efficiently, and maximize accessibility for maintenance, repair, and Ym C other installations. A. Contact the Building Owner for additional requirements and conditions. 1. Maintain a complete set of record drawings which clearly and neatly indicate exact installed 7. Cure in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. 3. Execute cutting and patching to integrate elements of the Work. Remove ill-timed and defective locations of items which will be concealed in the work such as conduit, piping, ducts, reinforcing, 19 mechanical and electrical equipment, and similar items. Show all changes from the contract F. Tolerances: Very flat; level to within 1/8"in 10 feet from the required lane UJ Cs P 9 q B. Temporary Utilities: , with no more than 1/16" work and replace with new work conforming to the requirements of the Contract Documents. rY q P 4. Seal penetrations through floors,walls, and ceilings. 1. Existing water, power, lighting and HVAC may be used for the work. Provide added temporary documents, and all uncovered existing conditions which will be subsequently concealed. variation in 24„when measured from the high points in the surface. . utilities, services, and construction as required to perform the work. Coordinate all temporary 2. Record drawings shall be used for no other purpose and shall be stored separately from those J H. Existing Utilities: facilities and controls with the Owner. used for construction.3. Documents shall be in same format as the Construction Documents. = I 1. The Architect or the Owner assumes no responsibility for the completeness or accuracy of existing 2. Telephone: Provide temporary telephone service during construction. 0' Keep documents current; do not permanently conceal any work until required information has been ` ' ' 1`- utility line information. Utility information shall be verified by the Contractor. 3. Sanitation: Existing facilities may be used by construction personnel prior to project turnover, 4. recorded. DIVISION 4-MASONRY 2. Unless otherwise required, maintain all existing utilities undisturbed during progress of work. subject to thorough cleaning and repair as necessary to leave facilities in new condition. When UJ � y q p existing facilities are not operational or accessible, provide suitable portable sanitation units. 5. At Contract Closeout, submit documents with transmittal letter containing date, Project title, 3. Where temporaryutilit shutdown is required for the performance of the work, schedule and "� coordinate with the Owner/Building Manager. Should the Contractor in the performance of the Contractor's name and address, List of documents, and signature of Contractor. A. Not Used work, disturb, disconnect or damage any existing utilities required to remain in service, all expenses C. Controls '�W 0 ; C. Operation and Maintenance Data: mi arising from such disturbance, replacing or repair thereof shall be bome by the Contractor. 1. Dust Control: Provide temporary enclosures and filters as required to prevent penetration of dust � 'I� XU - 4. Maintain and operate utilities systems to assure continuous service, except as otherwise approved into ductwork and existing occupied areas separate from work areas,to prevent damage to 1. Submit complete data for each piece of equipment and component used in the work.2. Submit operation and maintenance data for mechanical and electrical systems. ° Q C by the Owner/Building Manager. Give minimum 7 days notice of proposed utility shutdowns. operating systems and components, and to create indoor environmental conditions as necessary � Z 5. Obtain approval from the Owner/Building Manager prior to cutting any utility lines. for the proper installation of materials and systems. 3. Arrange in a binder with a section for each system. DIVISION 5-METALS C <, 2. Noise Control: Provide necessary precautions and requirements as required by Landlord and the D. Warranties, Guarantees and Bonds: Submit all manufacturer warranties. --J EnforcingAgency. 054000 COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING Z of 012200 UNIT PRICES 3. Water Control: Comply with applicable jurisdictional requirements regarding water usage, E. Spare Parts and Maintenance Manuals: Furnish products, spare parts, and maintenance materials in conservation, detention, pollution, and permits. A. Summary: A. Unit Price Descriptions quantities specified in each Section, in addition to that used for construction of Work. Coordinate with [ 4. Safety Barriers: Provide and maintain, all lawful and necessary barricades, railings, lights,warning 1. Lightgage structural steel metal framing at walls supporting storefronts, soffit construction, display 1. No. 1 -Crack Isolation Membrane: signs, signals, and precautions as may be required to safeguard persons from injury. Owner; deliver to Project Site and obtain receipt prior to final payment. windows, stone the veneer, and signage elements. Z L0 CL 9 � 9 P Y q 9 P 1 rY• a. Item: State the price for providing crack isolation membrane as specified in Section 093000. 5. Smoking: Smoking shall be prohibited in all interior spaces. 2. Structural design of cold formed metal framing systems. b. Unit of Measure: Per square foot. 6. Fire Safety: Comply with applicable provisions of the IFC for fire safety during demolition and U C. Basis for Determination of Price: Base unit price on a quantity of 100-sf of membrane more construction operations. B. System Description: ca than basic bid quantity. Noise: Structural Design: 2. No. 2-Hydraulic Cement Underlayment: 7. DIVISION 2-EXISTING CONDITIONS 1. a. Item: State the price for providing cementitious underlayment as specified in Section 035416. a. Unless approved otherwise, limit excessive noise producing activities to non-business hours. a. Size and arrange members to support dead and live loads in accordance code requirements. b. Unit of Measure: Per square foot c average 1/8 inch thick. b. Use saws and hydraulic impactor equipment instead of pneumatic tools and compressors to b. Design system to resist dead and live loads from windows, display cases, awnings, and other reduce noise. 024119 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION items indicated to be supported by cold formed metal framing. c. Equipment shall be muffled for quiet operation not to exceed 50 decibels at a distance of 20 c. Design system to resist 100-percent of the design load with a maximum deflection of L/600. IS4 V ED }' REVI$ED DATE 013119 PROJECT MEETINGS feet from the source. A. Verify locations of existing utilities prior to demolition. d. Anchorages shall be designed to simultaneously resist all vertical and lateral loads, with a PrIIHMIT SET d. Portable stereo equipment shall be inaudible from occupied spaces during business hours safety factor of 2. A. Pre-construction Conference B. Demolish in an orderly and careful manner as required to accommodate the Work. 2. Design system to accommodate building deflection, dynamic building movement, and temperature 1. Prior to commencing construction, administer a preconstruction conference to discuss the methods D. Construction Cleaning: variations without damage to system components. proposed to perform the work. Schedule meeting a minimum of 10 days prior to construction 1. Control accumulation of waste materials and rubbish. Dispose of waste off-site in accordance with C. Except where noted or specified otherwise, take possession of materials being demolished, and 3. Configuration: unless otherwise approved or indicated. local disposal and recycling requirements to maintain a clean site. immediately remove from site in accordance with local disposal and recycling requirements. Do not a. Provide framing of depth indicated on the Drawings. 2. Address scheduling, utility shutdown times, demolition procedures, protective enclosures, 2. Maintain areas free of dust and other contaminants during finishing operations. overload existing construction with demolished materials. b. Where stud gage is indicated on the Drawings, provide studs of indicated or heavier gage. barricading, construction sequencing, work times, access,security, and all other construction 3. Maintain all occupied spaces free of dust and other contaminants prior to daily business operations. c. Where stud spacing is indicated on the Drawings, provide additional studs or closer spacing issues which would affect the operation, use, and appearance of the building. Cleaning shall include vacuuming, dusting, stain and dirt removal, and cleaning of glass furniture, D. Leave site in a condition acceptable to the Owner at all times. as necessary to meet design requirements. and other surfaces. d. In addition to cold formed metal framing, provide additional structural steel members as B. Progress Meetings: Attend progress meetings called by the Owner throughout the progress of the work. E. Remove materials and appliances indicated as being retained by Owner either for salvage or for reuse required to support the loads imposed. E. Temporary Construction: at this location. Salvaged items shall be removed carefully to avoid damage. Contractor shall A C. Convene a pre-installation meeting when it is specified for a certain portion of the Work. Require 1. Obtain approval from Owner for all modifications to existing systems or facilities not indicated. temporarily store salvage materials and transport them as directed by the Owner. attendance of entities directly affecting, or affected by,the work of the Section. 2. Remove temporary systems or facilities when use is no longer required. Clean and repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary systems or facilities. F. Document manufacturer, function, model and serial number of each piece of mechanical or electrical equipment removed from the premises. F. Protection: Protect existing and new construction from damage caused by construction operations; provide protective covering to protect surfaces as appropriate. G. Where demolition includes revisions to the building structure, including cutting of existing concrete slabs, SPECIFICATION coordinate all work with Landlord. A-901 4e ,1 s`� tsia �cai' .9Et� t',L''in a.r .a arr,�:c,r�t},Irlt�rfl a(ils nt n.t tla i i� R i st _ -t l ltsr h. 211&16 10:46 AM, COPY PJ GGT 416 CALLIS IN,L 81 9 10 064000 ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK r C. Submittals: B. Materials ,- C 1. Shop Drawings: A. Summary: 1. Prefinished Board: Low pressure melamine over particle board or hardboard core; colors as a. Indicate component details, framing openings, bearing, anchorage, loading, temporary 1. Section Includes: selected from manufacturer's standard. bracing, welds, type and location of mechanical fasteners and accessories or items required of a. Wood standing and running trim. 2. Plastic Laminate: DIVISION 7-THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION W co 0 a other work for complete installation. b. Wood veneer wall panels. a. Exposed: NEMA LD-3, general purpose and vertical grade as specified; Brands and colors as b. Indicate traming layouts. c. Installation of Owner Furnished wood standing and running trim. noted on the drawings. 078400 FIRESTOPPING alb 6, c. Include engineer's seal. d. Installation of Owner-fumished display windows, showcases,feature walls and furnishings. b. Backing Sheets: NEMA LD-3; backing grade; undecorated. - i Co LU . 2. Closeout Submittal: 2. Related Sections: 3. Particle Board: ANSI A208.1; grade M-2 (medium density); no added urea formaldehyde. _ A. Summary: Firestopping material for penetrations in fire-rated construction. � a) a. Submit designing engineer's certification that products and installation comply with design a. 057000-Decorative Metal: Reveals and trim for wall panels 4. Medium Density Fiberboard (MDF): ANSI A208.2 Class MD (medium density); no added urea » ,,�� CN cl requirements. b. 064100-Architectural Casework: formaldehyde. to Q0 B. System Description: �- r 3. Submittals: 5. Lumber: iii Z Q Q 1. Each firestopping system shall be selected to maintain fire rating of the assembly in which it used. _D. Quality Assurance: a. Shop Drawings. Indicate materials, components, profiles and configurations, dimensions, a. Maximum moisture content of 6%. 2. Firestopping systems shall be resilient as necessary to accommodate differential movement 1. Use only certified welders. fastening methods,jointing details, colors and finishes, and accessories. Details shall be at a b. Concealed Framing Lumber:AWI Grade II pine,fir, hemlock, or other species as approved. �` 1201) r ( 00 F 146 2. ._ 2. Calculate structural properties of framing members in accordance with the AISI "Specification for minimum scale of 1-1/2 inches per foot. c. Transparent Finish Wood Trim: As scheduled. between assemblies. 0 the Design of Cold Formed Steel Members". b. Samples: 6. Wood Veneer: AWI Grade A; species and cut as scheduled. 3. Where firestopping is used to seal penetrations through floors with waterproof membranes, system 3. Structural Design: Structural Design of the framing system shall be by a structural engineer 1) Wood standing and running trim, veneered and coated panels: 2 samples, minimum 4"x 7. Hardware and Accessories shall be selected for compatibility with membrane material. licensed to practice in the State where the Project is located. 6" or 6 inches long with finish applied, representative of appearance of proposed a. Wire Pulls: 4 inch wire pulls; brushed chrome finish. C. Quality Assurance: 4. Regulatory Requirements: materials. b. Knobs: Rockier(Medina MN; 800-279-4441) "43054 Marco/Sanibel Knob-Satin Nickel - a. Framing system shall meet the requirements of the jurisdictional code authorities. 4. Quality Assurance 1-1/4 inch diameter. 1. Prior to installation of fire stopping systems obtain approval from the jurisdictional code authorities b. Furnish all calculations, engineer's stamps, drawings, and other items required b the code a. Fabricator: A minimum of 5 ears experience in the fabrication of custom architectural c. Drawer Slides: Full extension ball bearing; clear zinc finish; rail mount;Accuride, ora roved; for the fire stopping systems and applications proposed. Notify the Owner if approval cannot be g p g q Y y P g' pp obtained. authorities to obtain approval of the installation. woodwork of the type specified. load rating as required for the application 2. Firestopping: Tested in accordance with ASTM E119, ASTM E814, or UL 1479 to meet the hourly b. Qualifications of Installers: Use only journeyman finish carpenters who are thoroughly trained 1) Light Duty Rating (drawers 12 inches wide or less): Accuride 2632; 65 Ib BIFMA load fire ratings of the construction being sealed. Provide F rated assemblies, except where T rated E. Components: and skilled in the work, and who are completely familiar with the materials and quality rating assemblies are required by the code authority. 1. Cold Formed Light-gage Steel Framing: ASTM A653;types as indicated on the structural standards specified. No allowance will be made for lack of skill on the part of workmen. 2) Medium Duty Rating (drawers 32 inches wide or less):Accuride 7432; 100 Ib BIFMA load 3. Firestopping systems shall be UL listed assemblies. drawings; G60 galvanized coating. rating. PP g Y 2. Screws: ASTM C954; self drilling, self tapping; pan head; galvanized or fluoropolymer coated B. Materials: 3) Heavy Duty Rating (drawers 42 inches wide or less):Accuride 3640;200 Ib BIFMA load steel. 1. Lumber: rating. D. Firestopping Systems: Systems meeting the requirements specified and suitable for the conditions 3. Zinc Rich Touch-up Paint: "Gals-weld", "ZRC Worldwide Cold Galvanizing Compound", or a. Opaque Finish Lumber: AWI Grade II Poplar, birch, or approved. d. Drawer Locks: Olympus Lock or approved; 5 pin tumbler cylinder locks; ANSI Grade 1; indicated. approved. b. Moisture Content: Optimum moisture content per AWI recommendations configuration to suit condition; keyed alike as directed, and masterkeyed. Furnish two keys for ��C 1 c. Concealed Framing Lumber:AWI Grade II pine, fir, hemlock, or other species as approved. keyed alike group, and four masterkeys; finish to match pulls. E. Installation: F. Installation: d. Miscellaneous Wood Trim for Transparent Finish: African mahogany; quarter sawn; hand e. Hinges: Stanley HT1 592-1 and-4, or approved; offset as appropriate to cabinet configuration; 1. Provide firestopping at mechanical, electrical, and plumbing penetrations through fire rated floors, �� lY0 1. Install lightgage structural framing in accordance with ASTM C1007, unless indicated or specified selected for ribbon grain effect. five knuckle pin hinges; hospital tips; dull chrome finish. walls, and ceilings, and other locations as indicated on the Drawings. otherwise. 2. Panel materials: f. Catch: Fabricator's standard magnetic catch. 2. Install firestopping in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and as necessary to COD pp g g ( y); y p p p g meet the specified fire rating requirements. a �^ 2. Erect metal framingas indicated on the roved shopdrawings. a. Particle Board: ANSI A208.1; rade M-2 medium density);formaldehyde in compliance with 8. Cabinet Shelf Standards and Brackets:Zinc plated; Knape and Vogt No. 255 and 256 c� 3. Screw or weld each joint. ASTM E1333 provide quality assurance stamp or manufacturers certifications as required b 9. Wiring Grommets: Doug Mockett and Company, Inc. Manhattan Beach CA.; 800-523-1269 TG 3. Where firestopping is used to seal around penetrations through waterproof membranes, install to -4 a Q t � P q Y P q Y 9 9 ( )" � maintain integrity owaterproof tf tf bz 4. Metal framing members shall be saw or shear cut. No torch cutting is permitted. local jurisdictional code authorities. Series"; size to match application; standard color as selected. 5. Construct corners with a minimum of 3 studs per comer. b. Medium Density Fiberboard (MDF): Sierra Pine Ltd. (Roseville CA; 800-676-3339)"Medite II"; clon 6. Frame both sides of expansion and seismic joints. Do not bridge joints with system components or ANSI A208.2 Class MD;formaldehyde in compliance with ASTM E1333; provide quality C. Casework Fabrication 078500 FIRE RATED JOINT ASSEMBLIES accessories. assurance stamp or manufacturer's certifications as required by local jurisdictional code 1. General Fabrication Requirements: 7. Provide framing as required to form solid backing for all edges of sheathing, and trim accessories. authorities. a. Provide openings in casework for the incorporation of all electrical and mechanical A. Summary: ,� S 8. Tolerances: c. Wood Veneer: Proprietary prefinished veneer panels, as scheduled; provide certifications as components. Openings for all plumbing equipment shall be cut from templates obtained from 1. Fire rated construction joint assemblies in fire-rated construction, including joints at the following a. Plumbness: Plumb within 1/8 inch in 10 feet. required by local jurisdictional code authorities. the plumbing equipment installer. locations: b. Location: Located within 1/4 inch of the required location. 3. Aluminum: ASTM B209; plate and extrusions as indicated; mill finish unless otherwise indicated. b. Provide concealed access to casework electrical fixtures and wiring. a. Where partition heads meet the underside of overhead floor or roof construction. c. Alignment: Stud and runner faces to receive finish materials shall not vary greater than 1/8 4. Steel: ASTM B36 c. Shop assemble casework to the greatest practical extent 2. Requirements for fire rated construction joint assembly components provided in other Sections. inch from the required plane, with no abrupt jogs or breaks in plane. 5. Fasteners: Zinc plated nails and trim head screws, as appropriate. d. Adjustable Shelves: All casework shelves shall be adjustable, unless otherwise noted. d. Level: Level within 1/8 inch in 10 feet. 6. Glazing Sealant: Dow Corning 795, or 995; black or clear. Provisions for shelf adjustment shall be by flush mounted metal standards. Provide 4 supports B. References: 9. Erect studs in one piece full length. Splicing and wire tying of framing components shall not be 7. Filler: Fabricator's standard non-staining sandable filler; color match to veneer for application at for each shelf. Holes for supports shall be in straight even lines. 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) used. transparent finished surfaces. e. Provide openings with wiring grommets at locations indicated. When not indicated, provide a. E119-Method for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials 10. Touch-up field welds and scratched or damaged galvanizing with zinc rich paint. 8. Paint: As specified in Section 099000. openings with wiring grommets along countertops with knee spaces underneath. Space at 36 2. Underwriters Laboratories(UL) 11. Attach cross studs or furring channels to studs for attachment of wall mounted items. inches maximum, with a minimum of one opening per knee space. a. Standard 2079-Tests for Fire Resistance of Building Joint Systems. 12. Install framing between studs for attachment of electrical boxes and other mechanical and electrical C. Fabrication 2. Plastic Laminate Casework Construction: 3. Oregon Structural Specialty Code (OSSC). items. 1. Standing and Running and Trim: Comply with AWI requirements for"custom"grade fabrication. a. Fabricate casework in accordance with AWI standard section 400; custom grade, except as } a. Shop cut and mill all lumber to the shapes indicated. otherwise indicated. C. System Description: ; i G. Field Quality Control: b. Shop fit and assemble to the greatest extent possible. b. Design: AWI Flush Overlay design, unless indicated otherwise. Joint between exposed 1. Each fire rated construction joint assembly shall be selected to maintain fire rating of the assembly }- 1. The cold formed metal framing design engineer or his authorized representative shall visit the site c. Mill and assemble built-up sections. All glue lines shall be free of squeeze-out where doors, drawer faces, and countertop edges shall be 1/8 inch plus or minus 1/32 inch. in which it used. RA u to inspect the work. Verify and certify that framing sizes and materials are as required,that transparent finishes are to be applied. c. Exposed Surfaces: Plastic laminate clad with self edging, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Each fire rated construction joint assembly shall be resilient as necessary to accommodate connections are properly executed, and that structural integrity of materials has been maintained. d. Tolerances for overall assembly dimensions shall be within 1/32 of an inch. d. Inside Exposed Surfaces of Shelving Units and Cabinets Without Doors: Plastic laminate differential movement between assemblies. e. Wood Window Frame Fabrication: finished board, with exposed edges banded with plastic laminate self edging to match face 1) Fabricate to receive glazing with proper clearances for expansion and contraction. color. D. Submittals: K �` 057000 DECORATIVE METAL f. Back or kerf cut all solid wood trim greater than 2 inch in width, except terminate before e. Semi-Exposed Surfaces: Prefinished board with matching PVC tape edging, unless indicated 1. Submit product data for proprietary fire rated materials and components. exposed ends. otherwise. A. General: 2. Submit drawings of each fire rated construction joint assembly proposed, showing all components 2. Wall Paneling: f. Provide vertical grade plastic laminate, except use general purpose grade at countertops. and installation details. Include test number. ani 1. Summary: Aluminum reveals and trim. a. Fabricate as detailed; comply with AWI requirements for"premium" grade construction as g. Backs of Doors and Drawers: Vertical grade plastic laminate. 2. Submittals: appropriate. Shop fabricate, assemble, and finish to the greatest reasonable extent. h. Particle board shall be minimum 3/4"thick unless indicated otherwise. Shelves shall be 1" a. Shop Drawings: Indicate profile and relationship to adjacent materials. b. Unless approved otherwise, use veneered particleboard or veneered MDF panels for principal thick, minimum. E. Quality Assurance: b. Samples: Sample of trim. panel components. 3. Transparent Finish Wood Casework Construction: 1. Fire Rated Construction Joint Assemblies: Successfully tested in accordance with ASTM E119, including hose stream test, to meet the hourly fire ratings of the construction being sealed. �} 3. Shop Finishes: a. Fabricate transparent finish wood casework in accordance with AWI standard section 400; 2. Fire rated construction joint assemblies at partition heads shall have been successfully tested in B. Materials: a. Transparent Finish System: "Premium"grade. accordance with the dynamic requirements of UL 2079, including hose stream test, to meet the 1. Aluminum: 1) Sand exposed and semi-exposed wood surfaces smooth, always sanding in the direction b. Fabricate wood casework as follows. hourly fire ratings of the construction being sealed. a. Extrusions: ASTM B221. of the wood grain. 1) Concealed carcase components: Prefinished Board. b. Sheet: ASTM B209. 2) Sand transparent finish wood surfaces to AWI "Premium"grade standards. 2) Doors, drawer fronts, and exposed panels: Wood veneer over plywood. Provide solid F. Fire Rated Construction Joint Assemblies: 3) Fill depressions and imperfections with color-matched putty, except imperfections shall wood edging at veneer panels. 1. Metal Stud Partition Head Construction Joint Assembly: C. Fabrication: not exceed AWI Premium grade standards. c. Veneers shall be as follows: a. System: Based on UL assemblies listed on the Drawings. 1. Accurately fabricate work to the configurations indicated;fit to field conditions. 4) Coating System: 1) Fabricate each panel from sequential flitches. 2. Fabricate with clean lines, and free of bends and twists. Curved surfaces shall have smooth and a) Mask prefinished materials and other surfaces not to receive transparent finish. 2) Slip match veneers. b. Fire Rated Runner: "SLP-TRIC' by CEMCO Steel (City of Industry, CA; 800-775-2362). U1 uniform radii. Flat surfaces shall form true planes,free from oil canning. b Spray apply in accordance with AWI conversion varnish finishing system, premium 3 End joints within discrete panels are prohibited. c. Gypsum Board: As specified in Section 092900. p y pp Y g Y P ) t P d. Mineral wool packing material and void fill material per UL rated assemblies for dynamic wall 3. Finishes: grade; satin sheen. 4) Provide grain direction vertical unless otherwise indicated. a. Accent trim at Wood Panel Walls: PVDF coatingto match storefront finish head conditions as detailed in the drawings. b. Opaque Paint Finish System: In accordance with applicable requirements of Section 099000 d. Where veneers are indicated to be single piece or slip matched leaves for each panel, b. Aluminum Base (minimum .093 inches thick): PVDF coating to match storefront finish. for semi-gloss opaque trim system. adjoining panels shall be end matched and/or slip matched as appropriate. c. Small Reveals: Paint black; low sheen. e. Shop Applied Transparent Finishes G. Installation: d. Large Channel Reveal at Neutral Pier when indicated): Aluminum; minimum .093 inches 1. Install construction joint assemblies in accordance with the fire rated assemblies listed, and as M CN 9 ( ) D. Installation: 1) Shop finish wood surfaces to receive transparent finishes. necessary to meet the specified fire rating requirements. ELI c3 thick. Paint color as indicated on the Drawings, and specified in Section 099000. 1. Jointing: Make all joints to conceal shrinkage; miter all exterior comers; cope all interior corners, 2) Sand all exposed and semi-exposed wood surfaces smooth, always sanding in the M 2Coordinate installation of integral components as necessary to ensure the fire rating of the " = miter or scarf all end-to-end joints; install all trim pieces as long as possible,jointing only where direction of the wood grain. assemblies. . D. Installation: solid support is obtained. Make no joints closer than 4 feet to corners. 3) Sand and finish all exposed transparent finish wood surfaces to AWI Premium grade O� t f 1. Unless indicated otherwise, install all items plumb and level. Install elements accurately in the 2. Glazed Window Frame Installation: standards. Sand all semi-exposed transparent or opaque finish wood surfaces to AWI [ LU positions indicated. a. Install in accordance with the applicable requirements specified for standing and running trim. "Custom"grade standards. 079200 JOINT SEALANTS e 01 0' ` 2. Support all work rigidly in position. Provide splicing devices and backing as detailed and as b. Glazing: Glaze vision frames and fix in position with wood stops as indicated. Set panels in 4) Transparent Finish Coating: AWI < Z otherwise necessary for secure attachment. place using glazing tape against stops; comply with applicable GANA standards for bite, a) Stain (as necessary to match Architect's sample). A. General: a- 3. Use concealed fastening methods whenever possible. When not possible, use flathead Phillips clearances, and setting block placement. b) Spray apply in accordance with AWI conversion varnish finishing system, premium 1. Summary: Sealant and backing materials. _J; screws finished to match adjacent surface; set screws flush with metal trim surface. 3. Lengths of Material: Use random lengths and show typical joint locations on shop drawings. The grade; satin sheen. 2. Submittals: ,U}co Ltd 4. Use pieces of longest practical length with hairline joints, unless indicated otherwise on the minimum length shall be 8 feet, except where short lengths are required by installation conditions. 4. Hardware: a. Product literature for each material used. Drawings. 4. Fastening: a. Install hardware straight and true and in proper alignment with adjacent casework and b. Samples: - C) a. Install all items straight,true, level, plumb, and firmly anchored in place; where blocking or hardware. 1) Submit cured samples of each sealant type and color proposed for the work, except that eO 58 backing is required, coordinate as necessary with other trades to ensure placement of all b. Carefully fit and securely attach cabinet hardware in accordance with manufacturers printed samples of acrylic sealants and white sealants are not required. GL. required backing and blocking in a timely manner. instructions. Do not mar or injure finish surfaces. 2) For each sealant type indicated for"color as selected,"or for which no color is indicated, , b. Unless approved otherwise, use concealed fastening methods. submit color card indicating available stock colors from manufacturer's complete line of DIVISION 6-WOOD AND PLASTIC c. Where exposed fasteners are approved,fasten trim with finish nails or screws of proper D. Installation pre-formulated colors for each type of sealant. ca dimension to hold the member firmly in place without splitting the wood. On exposed finish 1. Coordinate casework installation with the work of other trades for final electrical and mechanical 3. Quality Assurance: Verify that sealants are compatible with the substrates and accessory materials 061000 ROUGH CARPENTRY work, set all nails and screws and putty. Align exposed fasteners for uniform pattern; random connections. provided under other Sections. or"shotgun" patterns will not be accepted. 2. Install all casework accurately, plumb, square, and level, and permanently secured in accurate A. Summary: Blocking,shims and miscellaneous framing. position as indicated on the Drawings. Casework shall be scribed to adjacent surfaces. B. Materials - 3. Repair to acceptable like new condition, or replace all damaged components. 1. Sealants t S(JED 1 REV1 E DATE 064100 ARCHITECTURAL WOOD CASEWORK 4. Install wall shelves with standards firmly anchored to studs or other supports. Coordinate a. Type S-Neutral Cure Silicone Sealants: One of the following. PERMIT SET 02,06. 16 B. Materials: 1. Dimension Lumber: A. General: installation of studs or other supports to create symmetrical location of wall standards. 1) Dow Corning, 790 Silicone Building Sealant," or 795 Silicone Structural Glazing and a. Moisture Content: Kiln dried to 19% maximum moisture content except for material whose Weatherproofing Sealant. P 1. Summa least dimension is 4 inches thick or greater. a. Section Includes: Plastic laminate and transparent finish casework. 2) Pecora, "890 Architectural Silicone Sealant" b. Species: Hem-Fir, Spruce-Pine-Fir(SPF), or Douglas Fir Larch, or roved. 3) Tremco"Spectrem 1" or 3." P P ( ) 9 PP b. Related Work: See Section 064000-Architectural Woodwork for display window and b. Type PTNS: ASTM C920, Type M, rade NS, Class 25; Pecora "D Hatred,"Tremco c. Lumber Grades: "No 2-Structural Light Framing," or"Stud" grade. transparent finish wood cabinets. „YP g Y - 2. Panel Materials: APA CD grade exterior;fire retardant treated in accordance with AWPA U1 and 2. Submittals: THC901, Sika, "Sikaflex-2cNSTG," or approved; custom colors to match Architects samples. ASTM E84. C. Type A-Single Component Acrylic Sealant: ASTM C834; Bostik, "Siliconized Acrylic Latex", a. Shop Drawings: Indicate casework configurations, dimensions, construction details, materials, or approved paintable acrylic sealant. Pecora"AC-20" Inc"Tremflex 834", , 3. Fasteners: Bugle head drywall screws; hot dipped galvanized. finishes and colors, locations of cutouts for electrical and plumbing access, countertop Tremco, " „ grommet locations, and locations of hardware. d. Type SM - Mildew Resistant Silicone Sealant: Dow Chemical, "Dow Corning 786; Bostik C. Installation: Chem-Calk 1200", GE"SCS1700 Sanitary;" Pecora"898NST Sanitary Silicone;"Tremco Inc, a= b. Prefinished Board: Submit a minimum of three 8"x 11" minimum samples of each color and 1. Blocking: Install to receive mechanical fasteners for support of wall and ceiling mounted pattern specified. "Tremsil 200", or approved, clear. A components such as plumbing and electrical fixtures and equipment, cabinets, door stop plates, c. Casework Hardware: Submit sample or product literature for each type. 2. Accessory Materials: and wood base. 3. Quality Assurance: a. Primer: Non-staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. . Joint Cleaner: Non-corrosive and non-staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer; a. Perform all work in accordance with applicable AWI requirements for"Custom" grade, unless bcompatible with joint forming materials. otherwise indicated. c. Backer Rod: Closed or open cell foam as recommended by the sealant manufacturer for the application; round profile;thickness approximately 130 percent of joint width. SPECIFICATION d. Bond Breaker: Pressure sensitive tape recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. A-902 at1tporary Irtlemet ilsiS S!(til�Ilt. tt211[8G:41`.ri,i. .r<btl�its�8 :1$ w k._v�W�7 2�af11 1'tUAG Aht COPYRIGHT ��.x',016 Cr!L�.5S4`JN: 14C; . -yam ��5�. 1 _ h C. Preparation: C. Installation: 4. Brace partition framing system and make rigid. 1. Clean and prepare joints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Remove any loose 1. Provide access doors in the locations indicated, and as necessary for access to balancing and fire D. Installation: 5. Install double studs continuous from floor to ceiling track at the jamb of each door frame and cased ,r c materials and other foreign matter which might impair adhesion of sealant. dampers, trap primers, valves,fans, terminal units, and other equipment requiring periodic 1. Provide solid wood backing for fastening of mounting angles . opening. Studs shall be the same gage as the adjacent studs, but no less than 20 gage. Provide 2. Apply masking around joints to protect adjacent surfaces from excess sealant. inspection through finished walls or ceiling, whether indicated or not. 2. Paint substrate as detailed at gaps between mirrors. diagonal steel stud bracing to structure at each jamb at partitions which do not extent to structure. fl to 3. Prime as required for proper bond to substrate materials. 2. Coordinate access requirements with other trades. 3. Installation of Mounting Angles : 6. Coordinate erection of stud system with requirements of door and window frames,fire extinguisher UJ co 0 ut Ci 4. Backing Materials: 3. Provide concealed drywall access doors unless fire rated access doors are required because of fire a. Install mounting angles at bottom edge. Fasten with specified screws at 6 inches on center cabinets, recessed toilet accessories, access doors, and other construction within mounted -.#' w co a. Place backer rod to achieve proper sealant width/de th ratios and to prevent sealant sa rated construction. along the clip, with minimum 4 screws per mirror panel. Screws shall penetrate the solid wood partition construction. P P P P 9• 9 P, P P P �X b. Use bond breaker where there is insufficient depth to use joint filler. backing a minimum of 1-3/8 inches; screws into plywood backing shall penetrate through the 7. Coordinate the installation of framing with the gypsum board installer to ensure support at all board cc Co :1 c. Do not use backer rod and bond breaker at joints to receive Type PTNS sealant. full thickness of the plywood. Install angles between rosettes full length; install for tight fit. edges. Provide framing immediately either side of expansion joints. _ ' c 087100 DOOR HARDWARE .3 L 00 4. Use mirror adhesive to install shims, sized to locate glass as detailed. 8. Stud splicing not permissible. r_%1 D. Installation: 5. Insert setting blocks in bottom at mirror quarter points. 9. At non-load bearing full height partitions subject to compression caused by overhead structural Lo to I. Perform work in accordance with ASTM C1193, unless specified otherwise or recommended A. Required Submittals: 6. Adhesive Installation: deflection, cut studs 1/2 inch short from full height, except as otherwise indicated. Do not rigidly u Z rCD Q 1. Submit to the Architect for approval. p 03 w N otherwise by the sealant manufacturer. a. Prime substrate in accordance with adhesive manufacturer's requirements. connect stud to top runner. W 0 2. Joint Depth: 2. Three copies of a complete schedule of proposed finish hardware. Schedule shall be completely b. Apply adhesive in pats to thickness that will ensure full contact of mirror back with each pat, 10. Ceiling and Soffit Framing: ,# -� H U,,, ' a. Sealant beads shall have a sectional width to depth ratio of 2 to 1, unless specified otherwise detailed, showing all items, numbers and finishes for all hardware for each separate door opening. and in accordance with adhesive manufacturer's instructions. a. Coordinate locations of hangers and supports with the work of other Sections. C or recommended otherwise by the sealant manufacturer. B. Hardware: 7. Fasten top angle with #8 screws at 6 inches on center. Screws shall penetrate the solid wood b. Coordinate with Section 095300 for use of proprietary suspended ceiling framing at sales floor b. Install Type PTNS sealant full depth in tile expansion joints with no backer rod. backing a minimum of 1-3/8 inches. lighting feature. 3. Tooling: 1. Hardware Groups: As scheduled on the Drawings.2. Keys & Keying: 8. Installation Tolerances: c. Provide ceiling and soffit framing as indicated. Where not indicated provide, stud and runner a. Tool joints concave, unless indicated or specified otherwise. Finish free of air pockets,foreign a. Outside Corners: Install accurately to detail with intersection between mirrors accurately framing, suspended framing, or proprietary suspended framing. embedded matter, ridges, and sags. a. All cylinder items shall be keyed as directed by the Owner. aligned for the full height of the mirror, and with exposed mirror edge not more than 1/16 inch d. Lightgage Suspended Framing: b. Tool type PTNS sealant to match grout joint. b. Keys: Furnish 3 for each cylinder unit. behind and not projecting more than 1/16" beyond plane of face of adjacent mirror. 1) Install in accordance with ASTM C754, unless indicated or specified otherwise. b. Gaps Between Adjacent Mirrors: Plus or minus 25 percent of indicated dimension, except 2) Suspend ceiling from overhead structural elements only. Do not support from any E. Schedule: C. Installation: Section 087300. provide tolerance of plus 0, where maximum dimension is indicated on the Drawings. electrical, HVAC, plumbing, or sprinkler system components. 1. Type S: Provide at storefront perimeter joints and sealant joints within and against stone tile, 3) Space carrying channels 4 feet on center with splices lapped 12 inches and tied. unless indicated otherwise; Color as selected from manufacturer's complete line for each type of 087300 DOOR AND HARDWARE INSTALLATION 4) Support cold rolled carrying channels with hanger wires spaced at 3 feet on center for lath sealant. and plaster ceilings and 4 feet on center for gypsum board ceilings. Loop hanger wire 2. Type PTNS: Provide at expansion joints in floor tile; standard colors as selected from A. Quality Assurance: Installers of doors and finish hardware shall be skilled mechanics regularly around support element and tightly wrap around vertical wire 3 times; cut off neatly. manufacturer's complete line of pre-formulated colors. employed in the door hardware industry and experienced in the installation of doors and door hardware. DIVISION 9 FINISHES S ES 5) Space furring channels 16"o.c.with splices lapped 12", minimum and tied; clip or saddle 3. Type A: Provide at interior joints, unless specified otherwise. tie to runner channels with 16-gage tie wire. 4. Type SM: Provide at joints around plumbing fixtures and toilet accessories. B. Doors, Frames,And Hardware: Specified in other Sections. 092200 LIGHTGAGE METAL SUPPORT FRAMING 6) Where overhead obstructions prevent the regular spacing of hangers, provide secondary rt, +► carrying members for indirect support of the suspension system, or reinforce the nearest o, 1 A/0 C. Door and Hardware Installation A. Summary: Interior partition, ceiling, and soffit construction, not covered by Section 054000. adjacent hangers and related framing components as required to span the required �y ' �9 1. Fit and prepare doors for installation in accordance with the door manufacturer's printed distance. _� COO d instructions. e. Stabilize suspended ceiling, soffit, and fascia framing against lateral movement by means of o Q B. System Description: w DIVISION 8- DOORS AND WINDOWS diagonal bracing. At locations where partitions extend to ceiling, only, install supplementary 2. Install doors plumb and square. 1. Structural Design: G 6 f W bracing at maximum 8-0 o.c. along length of partition and above each door hinge and strike L-' 3. Provide clearances of 118 inch at jambs and heads, 1/8 inch at meeting stiles for pairs of doors, and a. Bidder Design in accordance with Section 016000. � N " C 081113 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 1/2 inch from bottom of door to top of decorative floor finish or covering, except where threshold is b. Select framing systems, gages, supports, bracing, and connections as necessary to meet the jamb. w P P structural requirements specified. f. Form openings in ceilings and frame openings for recessed light fixtures air diffusers access , shown or scheduled provide 1/4-inch clearance from bottom of door to to of threshold. 4. Install roses, kick plates, closers, and other surface mounted hardware only after door finishing is doors, hatches, etc. A. Summary: P Y 9 � c. Partition framing shall conform to the widths indicated, unless approved otherwise. Provide '� �' 1. Welded metal door frames. P completely thicker gages and decreased stud spacing as necessary to meet the design requirements. 9 Install supplementary hanger wires for support of ceiling mounted equipment. �l �Y complete and finishes are com letel cured. 2. Knock-down metal door frames 5. Fit hollow metal doors in accordance with SDI 100. d. In addition to lightgage metal framing, provide cold formed metal framing or structural steel 11. Backing: cf 6. Finish Hardware Installation members when necessary as required to support the loads imposed. a. Provide steel backing where indicated. At the Contractor's option steel backing plates may be ``7 B. Quality Assurance: a. Installer shall receive delivery and unpack, tag, index, and file all keys. Keep hardware in a 2. Design Loads: substituted for wood blocking. separate room under lock and key at the site until installation is made. b. Unless indicated otherwise, steel backing shall consist of minimum 4 inch wide 16 gage steel 1. Conform to requirements of ANSI A250.8. P Y a. Interior Ceiling Assemblies: 5 pounds per square foot uniform live load, plus dead loads. plate screwed rigidly to the studs.0 b. Verify all dimensions and be responsible for the correct installation and fit of hardware at the 2. Regulatory Requirements: Y P b. Interior Partitions: 5 pounds per square foot uniform live lateral load. 12. Installation Tolerances: a. Installed frame and door assembly shall conform to NFPA 80 for fire rated class indicated. locations indicated on the drawings and as specified. c. Seismic Loads: Conform to the requirements of the Oregon Structural Specialty Code, b. Where doors are noted with an hourly fire resistance rating, provide door and frame c. Install each hardware item in compliance with the manufacturer's instructions and Seismic Design Category D. a. Install members to provide surface plane with maximum variation of 1/8 inch in 10 feet in any assemblies labeled by Underwriter's Laboratory, or other testing laboratoryaPProved by the recommendations. 3. Deflection Requirements: Maximum of 1/240 the span, except maximum 1/360 at tile. direction. b. Locate assemblies within 1/4 inch of required locations. local code authorities,to meet the hourly fire rating noted. Assemblies shall meet code d. Wherever cutting and fitting are required to install hardware onto or into surfaces which are 4. Code Requirements: later to be painted or finished in another way, install each item completely and then remove 13. Field Quality Control: The lightgage metal framing design engineer or authorized representative requirements for positive pressure. P Y P Y a. Provide assemblies meeting the hourly fire ratings indicated and specified. Assemblies shall shall visit the site to inspect the work. Verity and certify that framing sizes and materials are as F. c. Include"S"label on fire rated door assemblies which are located at 1 hour rated exit corridors. and store in a secure place during the finish application. After completion of the finishes, been tested in accordance with ASTM E119, and shall be approved by the local jurisdictional (` reinstall each item. Do not install surface-mounted items until finishes have been completed required, that connections are properly executed, and that structural integrity of materials has been 3. Acceptable Manufacturers: Members of the Steel Door Institute and:of the National Association of P code authorities. Coordinate installation of other materials which are a part each assembly. maintained. Architectural Metal Manufacturers, subject to compliance with the specified requirements. on the substrate. b. Fire rating requirements take precedence over the construction requirements indicated. In the e. Hardware Mounting Heights: As indicated. Where not indicated, comply with event of conflict, notify the Owner, and do not begin construction in the area of conflict until the # ur C. Materials: Steel Sheet: Cold rolled ASTM A366, or hot rolled pickled and oiled sheet conforming to recommendations of the National Builders Hardware Association (NBHA). conflict has been resolved. 092900 GYPSUM BOARD 02 #� ,9 7. Adjustment and Cleaning: Adjust and check each operating item of hardware and each door to c. Provide all calculations, drawings, product data, and other verification as required b the + ASTM A569. P q Y ensure proper operation of function of every unit. Lubricate moving parts with graphite type jurisdictional code authority to obtain approval of the lightgage metal framing installation. A. General: lubricant unless otherwise recommended by the hardware manufacturer. Replace units which 5. Submittals: 1. Summa a D. Fabrication: Summary: cannot be adjusted and lubricated to operate freely and smoothly as intended for the application a. Shop Drawings when required b Jurisdictional Authority: a. Interior sum board. --� 1. Knock Down Metal Frames: P 9 q Y tY gyp I a. Manufacturer/Type: Curries, "C Series" (Mason City, IA; 641-423-1334), or Steelcraft by made. 1) Provide shop drawings and calculations for overhead soffit framing. b. Gypsum soffit board. K 3 2 Indicate component details framing, bearing, anchorage of framing system to existing 2. Related Section: 093000-Tiling: Backer board sheathing for tile substrates. : Allegion, "DW Series" (888-758-9823), drywall frames. NO SUBSTITUTIONS. ) P � 9� 9� 9 9 Y 9 9� 9 b. Design: Double equal rabbet, or Single rabbet as indicated on the Drawings. 088323 UNFRAMED GLASS MIRRORS structure, loading, type and location of mechanical fasteners, and accessories or items 3. Quality Control: Provide assemblies meeting the hourly fire ratings indicated. Assemblies shall be required of other work for complete installation. approved b the local jurisdictional code authorities c. Fabrication: q P pp y gage A. General: 3 Indicate framing layouts. 1 Frames: ASTM A366; cold rolled sheet steel; 16 a e minimum. ) 9 2) Use reinforcing plates to receive door hardware. 1. Summary: Custom wall-mounted mirrors. 4) Shop drawings shall bear the stamp of the designing structural engineer. B. Materials: 2. Finish: Manufacturer's standard rust inhibitive primer. 2. Submittals: b. Product Data: Submit complete published literature for framing systems and components. 1. Standard Board, Backing Board: ASTM C1396; 5/8 inch thickness unless otherwise indicated; type a. Shop Drawings: Indicate mirror layouts, relevant field dimensions,joint locations, support and Include span tables for proposed framing systems. X at fire rated construction. E. Installation of Frames: edge details, cutout sizes and locations, type, and thickness of glass mirrors. 6. Quality Assurance: 2. Accessories: 1. Knock-Down Frames: a. Unless indicated or specified otherwise, perform work in accordance with ASTM C754. a. Trim: Concealed flange screw-on type; metal; GA 216. b. Submit manufacturers product data and installation instructions for adhesives and b. Structural Design: Structural Design of the framing system shall be b a structural engineer b. Joint Compound, Tape, and Finishing Compound: ASTM C475 and GA 216. a. Install frames in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. accessories. g 9 9 Y Y 9 p p g p b. All joints shall be tightly fitted and accurately aligned. c. Samples: licensed to practice in the State where the Project is located. c. Screws: ASTM C1002. 2. Installation Tolerances; Maximum Diagonal Distortion: 1/16 inch measured with straight edge, 1) Submit a minimum of two 12 x 12 inch samples of each type of mirror. Show each comer to corner. combination of edge finish, corner finish, and backing proposed for each type of mirror. C. Materials: C. Installation: 2) Submit samples of each type of clip for securing mirrors. 1. Light Gage Metal Framing: ASTM C645; galvanized; provide"C"shaped studs, U shaped runners, 1. Installation Standard: Unless specified otherwise, perform work in accordance with Gypsum 1Z UJ F. Door and Hardware installation is specified in Section 087300. 3. Warranty: 5 years. Include coverage of glass and coating against discoloration, silver spoilage, hat and 'Z shaped furring channels, and other sizes and shapes as necessary. Minimum 25 gage, Association 216, "Recommended Specifications for the Application and Finishing of Gypsum and manufacturing defects, and against failure from mastic. except furnish thicker gages as required to meet deflection requirements. Wallboard." UJ 2. Cold Rolled Channels: Rust inhibitive paint coating;sizes in accordance with ASTM C754. 2. Screw fasten board to framing, unless approved otherwise. J 081400 WOOD DOORS 3. Screws: Self-tapping; low profile head. 3. Trim: CSI; B. Materials: UD s 1. Type: 4. Fire Rated Head Track Assembly: As specified in Section 078500. a. Use longest practical lengths, with no piece less than 2 feet long for continuous runs greater A. Submittals: Shop drawings and product data. Indicate door sizes and thickness, materials, stile and rail a. Mirrors: ASTM C1036 and C1503; Type 1, 1/4 inch thick, Quality q3, clear, low iron float 5. Partition Head Compensating Channel (Non-Rated): Design for minimum +_1/2 inch deflection. than 8 feet. Securely fasten and align trim ends at joints. 0reinforcement, internal blocking for hardware attachment. Profiles as indicated; one of the following. b. Place concealed flange corner beads at all external comers.At angles other than 90 degrees, =0 glass; edges as indicated on the Drawings. 9 9 9 UJ � a. 20 gage deep leg track; 2 inch legs. bend the flan a to conform to the an le. . b. Finish: Manufacturer's proprietary antique reproduction mirror coating; type as scheduled on " g g -fes c> B. Solid Core Flush Doors: the Drawings. b. Slip Track Systems Inc. (Anaheim, CA; 714-761-1921) SLP-TRK. c. Place concealed flange type L trim where gypsum board abuts dissimilar materials. 1. AWI Section 1300, PC-5 or PC-7 (5 or 7 ply construction); custom grade. 6. Expanded Security Mesh: McNichols Company(Tampa FL; 800-237-3820); type as indicated on d. Use J trim at exposed gypsum board edges (including light coves)or where sealant joint is Z 0, 2. Accessories: � �' 2. Core: Solid particle board. the Drawings. indicated. a. Mounting Mastic: Palmer Products Corporation (800-431-6151)"Mirro Mastic. <00 LU 3. Face Veneer: Medium density overlay or paint grade birch, at Contractors option. 7. Proprietary Ceiling Suspension System: 4. Fire Rated Construction: Q, C> b. Drywall Primer: Palmer Mirro-Mastic Bond. 4. Thickness: 1-3/4 inches. a. Manufacturer: a. At heads of fire rated metal stud and gypsum board partitions, install gypsum board in ( Z c. Mounting Retainers: 1) Bottom Support Channel: CR Laurence Company Inc. (www.crlaurence.com): "CRL 1) As specified: Chicago Metallic(Chicago, IL Los Angeles, CA; 800-323-7164). accordance with the fire rated assemblies specified in Section 078500. C. Door Fabrication: Provide solid lock blocks and special blocking as required for the hardware Aluminum 1/4" L-Bar Extrusion", extruded aluminum "L"section, minimum .307 inch 2) Acceptable Substitutions: b. Fill joints between gypsum board surfaces and adjacent construction with fire rated joint , C components specified elsewhere. Blocking for fire rated doors shall meet the door manufacturers a) USG Interiors, Inc. (Chicago, IL; 800-874-4968). compound in accordance with the requirements of the fire rated construction joint assembly --1 ' horizontal support leg x minimum .689 inch vertical attachment leg; predrilled and P q 1 Y � fid labelingrequirements. „ b Armstrong 800-207-2321 ce U3 q countersunk or dimpled for screw attachment at 6 o.c.;finish: satin aluminum. ) g ( )• manufacturer. � 2) Screws: Stainless steel flathead wood screws#8 x 2 inches, unless greater length b. Suspension System: Similar to System 640, or 660;ASTM C635 heavy duty classification. c. Provide continuous fire rated assemblies.Where adjacent construction interrupts fire rated C) D. Installation: 1) Furring Runners: Manufactured from 0.020 inch thick steel 1-3/8 inch wide with knurled assemblies, provide additional construction as necessary to maintain the continuity of fire :�: Of 1. Fit and prepare doors for installation in accordance with the'door manufacturer's printed required for specified penetration. face by 1-1/2 inches high;factory punched cross tee slots, hanger holes, and non- rated assemblies. 00 C6 3 3) Setting Felt: Provide continuous, 1/16 thick felt strip to protect mirror edges along instructions. directional bayonet end tab couplings. 5. Finishing: support angles. 9: 2. Provide clearances of 1/8 inch at jambs and heads and 3/8 inch from bottom of door to top of 4) Shims: Clear softwood, milled to thickness as required for installation of mirrors 2) Furring Tees: Manufactured from 0.020 inch thick I-3/8 inch wide with knurled face by a. Provide finishing in accordance with GA 214 LFGB 398. decorative floor finish or covering, except where threshold is shown or scheduled provide 1/4 inch according to detail. 1-1/2 inches high;factory punched cross tee slots and hanger holes. b. Where necessary to sand, do so without damaging the face of the gypsum board. clearance from bottom of door to top of threshold. 3) Furring Cross Channel: 0.020 inch thick steel; 1-3/8 Inch wide with knurled face by 7/8 c. Levels of Finish: c 3. Hardware installation as specified in Section 087300. inches high by 48 inches long with straight locking end tabs. 1) Level 4: Provide unless indicated or specified otherwise. C. Fabrication: 1. Flat Mirrors: Cut and radius to size in accordance with approved shop drawings; verify field 4) Cross Tees: 0.020 inch thick steel 15/16 inch wide by 1-1/2 inches high; with staked-on 2) Level 3: Surfaces to receive fabric wall covering. factory punched cross tee slots. 083100 ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS dimensions prior to fabrication. Finish edges as follows. dip end tab couplings, a. Edges to be Concealed by Retaining Channels: Swipe. 5) Moldings: Manufacturer's standard. . g Materials: Furnish in accordance with ASTM C754. t$4 UEG �:EvfI$1�D DATE 8Other Framing A. Submittals: Submit product data. Include sizes, types, finishes, scheduled locations, and details of b. Beveled Edged: Grind and polish to form uniform 3/4-inch wide bevel at all sides of mirror as PER MI'T silT n21os 16 adjoining construction. indicated. Where mirror is indicated for bevel on four sides around mirror perimeter, grind for accurate miter frame appearance at corners. D. Partition Framing: B. Access Doors: 2. Glass Fabrication Tolerances: 1. Runners: 1. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Out of Square: Maximum 1/16", diagonal measure. a. Secure runners with fasteners at maximum 24 inches oc. b. Width: As required to meet detailing and installation tolerance requirements. b. At concrete floors, use powder driven fasteners or drilled in concrete anchors. a. Milcor, Inc., Lima, OH. q g q c. Top Runner: Use proprietary compensating channel or deep leg track at Contractor's option, - - b. J.L. Industries, Bloomington, MN. as necessary to accommodate building deflection. c. Karp Associates, Inc., Maspeth, NY. d. At fire rated partition assemblies, use fire rated top tracks. Install in accordance with the fire d. MM Systems Corporation, Tucker, GA. " erated assembly requirements. . Nystrom, Minneapolis, MN , e. Align to tolerances specified. 2. Non Rated Metal Wall and Ceiling Access Door: 2. Unless indicated otherwise, install studs vertically at 24 inches oc, and not more than 2 inches from a. Flush type design abutting construction, at each side of openings, and at corners. Studs for support of stone tile shall Ai b. 16 gage steel frame; 14 gage steel door panel. be installed at 16 inches o.c. c. For installation in drywall: Integral attachment flange and drywall bead for flush installation. 3. Fit runners under and above openings; secure intermediate studs at spacing of wall studs. d. Fully concealed pin type hinges or continuous piano hinge, 175 degree opening. e. Hardware: Screw driver slot, quarter turn cam lock for interior locations; 2'-0" o.c., maximum. f. Minimum Sizes: Provide access doors in sizes indicated. When not indicated provide 12"x 12"size for hand access, and 24"x 24"size for man entry. SPECIFICATION A-903 Internet riles4Content.Ousic ',`2e libt a a-umevo..h_•6�4,9 215,16 10,AG A, -_Q1.F(P.AGH r 2aiG Auso,&4,Lac 093000 TILING r K. Interior Tile Backer Board: D. Preparation: r 095300 ACOUSTICAL CEILING SUSPENSION ASSEMBLIES A. Summary: 1. Install in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. Provide shims as necessary 1. Clean floors of dust, dirt, solvents, oil, grease, paint, plaster, and other substances which would be ;, . 1. Interior floor tile and stone wall tile. to align backer board with adjacent substrates. A. Summa detrimental to the proper performance of adhesive and carpet. m 2. Quantity Statements for Owner supplied materials. 2. Install units with edges firmly supported over framing at a maximum spacing of 16 inches oc. Summary: 2. Fill low spots and cracks over 1/8 inch in width with latex underlayment. C) Lo 1. Repair of acoustical panel suspension grid systems tea , . n 3. Interior tile backer board 3. Provide required space between panels. ,, 0__-;_4.__-.4-.-11 -„-, ^-^;�� ^„�a�M 3. Moisture Testing of Concrete Slabs: Test at all new concrete slabs indicated to receive glued down _ 4. Crack isolation membranes. 4. Screw attach units with backer board manufacturer recommended fasteners spaced 6 inches oc ' -H." "'' - "'�" '"ter"'""" �'""" carpeting, to determine the vapor emission rate in accordance with ASTM F1869. '- 5. Grout along framing. co Co B. . Products: La a 6. Screeds 5. Install fiberglass reinforcing tape with joint compound at joints between panels. E. Installation: =� 4r 'Tr 1. Suspension Systems: 7. Sealer. 1. Install carpets in strict accordance with the manufacturers recommendations. >�� V� 1 a. Acoustical Ceiling Exposed T System: To match existing. •- � �. -� L. Pre-installation Sealing of Natural Stone Tile: 2. Verify matching of carpet prior to cutting and ensure that there is no visible variation between dye , - La tD - B. Required Submittals: 1. Seal tile prior to installation in strict accordance with the fabricator's instructions. b. Gypsum Board: Suspension System: Similar to Armstrong "Drywall Grid System; 1-1/2 inch lots. w Z '- 211 face; ASTM C635 heavy duty classification. •- v tv =_ 1. Quantity Statement: Submit to the Owner as specified below. 2. Use sealer as approved by the fabricator for the stone tile selected. 3. Cut carpet, where required in a manner to allow proper seam and pattern match. Ensure cuts areti°° Vila ,� =1 0-1 �. 2. Product Data: Submit for each type of grout, mortar, additive, sealer, accessory, and membrane 3. Verify sealer is compatible with specified mortar, grout and expansion joint sealant. straight, true and unfrayed. ( N C specified. 4. Allow proper space and curing time for sealer prior to stone tC. Installation: he installation; use off-site facility if 4. Make seams straight and tuniform. 1. Install after major above-ceiling work is complete. :. 3. Mock-Up necessary. 5. Seaming shall be by hand sewing or with hot melt tape methods. - - Installation in accordance with manufacturers recommendations. a. Provide mock-up in accordance with Section014500, when required by Owner. 2. 6. Do not change run of pile in any one room. 3. Hang systems independent of walls, columns, ducts, pipes and conduit. Where ducts or other 1) Sales floor tile: 10x10. M. Installation of Tile: 7. Ensure monolithic color, pattern and texture match within each distinct area. equipment prevent the regular spacing of hangers, provide secondary carrying members for 2) Stone pier, full height, at storefront. 1. Interior Floor Application-Thinset Over Concrete Substrate. 8. Edge Transition: As indicated on the drawings and specified under Section 093000. b. Do not proceed with tile installation until Owner has reviewed mock-up installation. a. TCA System: Similar to F113 or F1 13A. indirect support of the suspensions system, or reinforce the nearest adjacent hangers and related carrying channels as required to span the required distance. c. Mock-up will be reviewed for conformance to tolerance requirements, and installer b. Installation Standard: ANSI A108.5. F. Remnants: Upon completion of the installation, contact the Owner for selection of carpet remaining after 4. Install edge molding at intersection of ceiling and vertical surfaces, using longest practical lengths. workmanship. c. Setting Materials: Thinset mortar; 3/32 inch minimum thickness. Miter corners. Provide edge moldings at junctions with other interruptions. Fabricate edge trimming. Carefully wrap and mark separately the selected remnants. Remove and dispose of d. Approved mock-ups shall be incorporated into the work; rejected mock-up(s)shall be 2. Interior Wall Tile Application-Thinset Over Interior Tile Backer Board. moldings to fit the surfaces encountered. remainder at a legal off-site location. removed. Repeat mock-up installation as required to obtain approval. a. TCA System: Similar to W245. 5. Adjust sags or twists in the ceiling system and replace parts which are damaged or defective. b. Installation Standard: ANSI A108.5. G. Cleanup: 6. Tolerances: C. Quantity Statements: c. Setting Materials: Thinset mortar. a. Variation form Flat and Level Surface: 1/8 inch in 10 feet. 1. The premises shall be kept free from unnecessary accumulation of tools, equipment and surplus 1. Tile, with pertinent installation and maintenance instructions will be furnished by Owner. 3. Joint Pattern: materials during the progress of the work. 2. Quantities of tile supplied will be based on the approved Quantity Statement furnished by the a. Lay out tile pattern prior to commencing the installation. b. Variation from Plumb of Grid Members Caused by Eccentric Loads: Two degrees maximum. 2. Remove threads with sharp scissors. Remove spots with manufacturer's recommended spot Contractor for the amount required for the installation including a separate amount noted for b. Accurately locate grout joints on lines indicated; where not indicated, adjust grout joints within remover. overage. specified tolerances to minimize use of cut tiles at field edges. 096500 RESILIENT FLOORING 3. Thoroughly power vacuum entire surface using equipment with motor driven brushes. 3. Contractor shall be responsible for accuracy of quantity statements. In the event that insufficient c. Where cut tiles are necessary, position tile such that cut tile at each edge of each rectilinear I `r�`�i �' • quantity is discovered after order has been placed, proceed as follows: field is not less than half of a full size unit, unless indicated otherwise. A. Summary: Resilient flooring including new and patched areas of Vinyl Composition Tile flooring. 097200 WALL COVERINGS 1' a. Immediately notify the Owner in writing of the additional quantities required, whereupon the 4. Tiles shall be blended as necessary to avoid pattern repeats and "patches"of adjoining tiles of �� Owner will, at his cost,furnish the additional quantities. distinctive color or character within each field area. B. Materials: q P 9 P 1. Resilient Sheet Flooring: As scheduled. A. Summa Vinyl wall coverings. b. Install additional quantities at no additional cost to the Owner. 5. Tiles that exhibit directional patterns shall be set with rain direction as indicated on the shop Summary: y c. Pay for unusual transportation costs incurred in obtaining additional materials. drawings, or, if not indicated, as directed by the Owner. 2. Vinyl Composition Tile: As scheduled. w O d. Tile furnished for overage may be installed, if necessary. Notify Owner of quantity of tile 6. Install tiles aligned with adjacent finishes where indicated. Provide mortar fill as necessary for B. Quality Control: ..i r,. 9 Y rY Y q tY 9 1 rY 3. Subfloor Filler: Portland cement based latex filler, mixed with water to produce a self leveling :.1 h installed so that he may obtain additional the for overage stock. proper alignment. 1. Wall Covering Installer: Minimum of 3 years experience in wall covering installations of similar size ./ r� �, Y 9 P g underlayment, or cementitious paste, as appropriate to project requirements. ,..� .� 7. Clean joints of mortar to minimum depth of 1/4 inch to allow subsequent rout installation. and scope. Able to show evidence of experience when requested by the Owner. J P q 9 4. Adhesives: Types recommended by resilient flooring manufacturers for specific application;tested D. Pre-Installation Conference: 8. Provide temporary setting buttons and shims as necessary to maintain wall tiles in position until in accordance with ASTM D5116. 1. In accordance with Section 013119, schedule and administer a meeting to review and discuss the setting mortar has set. 5. Transition Strips: Vinyl; color as selected by the Owner from manufacturer's standard. C. Environmental Conditions: tile installation a minimum of one week (7 calendar days) prior to start of setting tile. 9. Tolerances: 1. Temperature. As recommended by the wall covering manufacturer. t C`V. 2. Require in attendance, the Owner, General Contractor, the the installer, and all other parties a. Joint Width Variation: Plus or minus 25% of the proposed joint width. C. Installation: 2. Lighting: During installation, maintain minimum lighting level of 15 foot-candles on the surfaces to �' affected by work of this Section. b. Taper: Plus or minus 25%from one end to the other. 1. Install subfloor filler to fill low spots, cracks, construction joints, holes and other defects, and as receive wall covering. Use temporary lighting, if necessary,to attain specified level. 3. Agenda: Address installation scheduling and procedures, coordination, preparation including pre- c. No portion of a the surface shall vary more than 1/16 inch above or below an adjacent the required to adjust level to meet adjacent finishes. Feather to maximum slope of 1/8 inch in 3 feet; sealing of natural stone tiles, and protection requirements, grout and expansion joint locations, tile surface. float to smooth,flat, hard surface. Prohibit traffic over filler. D. Maintenance Materials: quantities required, material and installation tolerances, the and rout sealing after installation, d. Install tile fields level to within tolerances specified for finished substrate. 1. Furnish 10 percent extra for each type of wall covering for the Owner's use for maintenance. Wall q q 9 9 P 2. Terminate resilient flooring at centerline of door at door openings where adjacent floor finish is overage required for waste, overage for maintenance stock, sealant joint locations, and General e. Tile set on medium mortar beds shall be installed level within 1/8 inch in 10 feet when tested dissimilar, and where no threshold is indicated. covering materials shall be new uncut stock. Contractor's supervisory role during storefront stone tile installation. with a straightedge in any direction across the tile field. 3. Install edge strips at unprotected or exposed edges where flooring terminates. 2. Excess Yardage: 10. Special Requirements for Large Format Tiles an edge 15 inch size or larger): a. Notify Owner's representative at the site prior to removing excess yardage from the job. The CL P q 9 (any 94. Scribe flooring to walls, drains,fixtures, and other appurtenances to produce tight joints. representative will select the materials which are to be retained b E. Maintenance: a. Use Large and Heavy Tile (LHT) Mortar. 5. Clean substrate. Spread cement evenly in quantity recommended by manufacturer to ensure Owner's re p y the Owner, in D 1. Leave extra stock at site where directed, in clearly marked sealed cartons. b. Wash backs of each the to remove dust and soil that would compromise adhesion. adhesion over entire area of installation. Spread only enough adhesive to permit installation of addition to specified quantity for maintenance materials. 2. Tile which is used for extra stock shall be free of damaged tiles, seconds, or tile which is not in c. Dampen substrate as necessary to prevent excessive suction. flooring before initial set. b. Carefully wrap the excess yardage selected to be retained. Deliver to a location on site as Z conformance with these specifications. d. Ke the mortar into the substrate with the flat side of the trowel. directed by the Owner. Remove remainder from the site and dispose of legally. Y 6. Set flooring in place press with heavy roller to ensure full adhesion. + � e e. Comb mortar over the previously keyed substrate in one direction using the notch side of the 7. Vinyl Composition Tile: 0 * }- trowel. E. Materials: a F. Tile Types: As indicated on the Drawings. a. Unless indicated otherwise, install flooring with joints parallel to building lines. u 4 f. Firmly press each the into the mortar. Press down and move the tile back and forth b. Install with minimum the width 1/2 full size at room or area perimeter. 1. Wall Coverings: As scheduled on the Drawings. ,� • G. AccessoryMaterials: perpendicularly across the ridges approximately 1/8 to 1/4 inch to flatten the ridges and fill in c. Arrange to square rid pattern with all joints aligned,with pattern rain alternating with 2. Adhesives: As recommended by the wall covering manufacturer. 9 q 9 P 1 9 P 9 9 { 1. Setting Materials: the valleys of the combed mortar as necessary to achieve minimum mortar coverage of adjacent unit to produce basket weave pattern. ' 95 percent, with the corners and edges firm) supported. F. Preparation: a. Thinset Mortar: One of the following. P 9 Y PP 8. Sheet Vinyl with Flashed Coved Base: 1) Mapei Corp. "Kerabond"with "Universal Keralastic." g. Set tiles in accurate alignment. a. Provide cove fillet at intersection of floor and wall to ease transition. 1. Schedule work such that the subsequent work of other sections will not damage the work of this 11. Screed Installation: section. 2) Laticrete International, Inc. "211 Crete Filler Powder"with 4237 Latex Thin-set Mortar b. Miter cut,fit, and heat weld. Extend flooring to elevation above finished floor level as Additive." a. Install screeds at tile field edges at the locations indicated. indicated. 2. Remove electrical outlet and switch plates,mechanical diffusers, escutcheons, registers, surface 4 3) Bostik Hydroment"Tile-Mate Premium"with "447 Flex-a-lastic." b. Accurately cut to length for flush tightly butted joints. Provide miter cut angle joints. Remove c. Cut top exposed edge straight and level. hardware,fittings, and fastenings prior to starting work; store during and replace after work. b. Large and Heavy Tile Medium Bed Mortar: One of the followin burrs at field cuts. d. Ca to edge with ca trim; coordinate with installation of FRP wall coveringin accordance 3. Protection: Provide sufficient drop cloths, shields, and protective equipment to prevent wall g y ( ) g c. Install in longest practical lengths, except that no screed section shall be longer than 12 feet or P P g p covering materials from fouling adjacent surfaces, and in particular at storage and preparation 1) Mapei Corp. "Grani/Rapid" 9 P 9 P 9 with Section 097733. 2) Bostik Hydroment"Medium Bed Mortar," shorter than 4 feet in length for continuous runs greater than 16 feet. e. Flood Test(Required by Landlord): areas. 3) Laticrete International, Inc. "211 Crete Filler Powder"with "3701 Latex Mortar Admix." d. Install screeds free from waves and variations in height,flush with top of adjacent tile surfaces. 1) On completion of flooring installation notify Landlord a minimum of 24 hours in advance to 2. Grout: Sanded portland cement type; color match as scheduled; one of the following e. Set screeds directly in setting bed as the tile installation proceeds. Comply with screed observe flood testing when requested. G. Installation: a. Mapei Corp. "Ultra/Color" or"KER 200, manufacturer's instructions to achieve mortar tightly compacted between screed and tile edge. 2) Dam installation in preparation for flood testing. Plug drain and dam threshold as 1. Apply adhesives in strict accordance with the adhesive manufacturer's directions for the type of b. Laticrete International, Inc. "1500 Series Sanded Grout"with "1776 Grout Admix Plus" f. Grind screed joints as necessary to correct minor misalignment and to ease sharp outside necessary to prevent overflow. material being applied. c. Bostik Hydroment"Ceramic Tile Grout/Joint Filler"with "425 Flexible Grout Admixture , corners. 3) Test area for leaks: Flood with clean water to minimum depth of 1/4 inch at intersection 2. Install wall covering secure, smooth, clean, and without wrinkles, gaps or overlaps. sanded. with threshold. After 48 hours, check for leaks. 3. Extend wall covering continuously behind such items as mirrors, and other items which are close to N. Expansion Joints: but not touching walls. 3. Interior Tile Backer Board and Accessories (approved at interior wall locations only) P 4) If leaking is found, patch using heat welding and sealants as recommended by the g a. Georgia Pacific: "DensSheild". 1. Place expansion joints at maximum 16 foot intervals for interior installations. flooring materials manufacturer. 4. Provide double-cut seams on nonmatch patterns; butt seams on match patterns. b. USG: "FiberRock Aqua-Tough" 2. Place expansion joints at control joints in concrete slabs, and at intersections with walls and 5) Repair damage to building. 5. Install wall covering oriented vertically. Horizontal seams are not permitted. �J c. CertainTeed: "DiamondBack Glasroc". columns. 6) When system is proved to be watertight, drain water and remove dams. 6. Comer Seams: Make no seams within 6 inches of an inside or outside comer. Lap wall coverings J d. Thickness: Minimum 1/2 inch. 3. Joint Sizes: Set to match width of typical grouted joint. 9. Cleaning at inside comer seams to prevent substrate show through. 4. Leave expansion joints free of mortar. 7. Cleanup e. Provide tape and fasteners as recommended by the interior file backer board manufacturer. P 1 a. Remove excess adhesive from floor, base, and wall surfaces without damage. 4. Crack Isolation Membrane: One of the following. 5. Sealant materials and installation are specified in Section 079200. b. Clean base and floor in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. a. Remove all adhesives, and other contaminants in a manner which will not damage the surface 0i a. Mapei Corp. "PRP 19." from which it is removed. '= tn -M C11 b. Laticrete International, Inc. "Laticrete Blue 92" O. Grouting: b. Remove debris and leave areas neat and clean. LU c. Bostik Hydroment"Ultra-Set." 1. Comply with provisions of ANSI A108.10. 096513 RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES c. Replace all removed wall plates and other accessories. d. The Noble Company"Nobelseal CIS" 2. Grout all joints, except as otherwise indicated, in accordance with the manufacturer's d. Repair to like-new condition, or replace as directed by the Owner, all surfaces damaged by 011 .J 5. Metal Screed: Schluter Systems, Inc. (800-225-8902)SCHIENE; clear anodized aluminum the recommendations. Float joints to a slightly concave profile. A. Materials: work of this Section. � f edging trim; sizes as required for installation of top of screed flush with top of tile. 3. Remove excess grout from tile surfaces in accordance with the grout and tile manufacturer's 1. Resilient Base: ASTM F1861,Type TV, thermoplastic vinyl; color or color match as scheduled; UJ <0= LU 6. Siloxane Type Tile Sealer: recommendations. Do not use excess amounts of water. ;;;.,< cove style;4 inch height unless otherwise indicated.. 0: a. Miracle Sealants"511-H2O" by Miracle Sealants and Abrasives Company(800-350-1901). 4. Protect adjacent surfaces from damage caused by cleaning agents. Do not use cleaners which 2. Adhesives: 099000 PAINTING AND COATING �,, �'� a. Water based rubber-resin type, unless otherwise recommended b base manufacturers for C3 < Z b. For storefront natural stone tiles: Sealer Type only as recommended by the stone the would damage the or grout surfaces. YP Y � � ,�' fabricator for re-and post-installation sealing procedures. 5. Do not rout joints indicated to receive sealants including inside right angle corner joints between specific application. A. Summary: Site applied paint coatings. P P 9 P 9 1 9 • 9 9 j � � „_„� floors and walls of column bases. Grout joints perpendicular to expansion joints shall be finished b. Adhesives shall have been tested in accordance with ASTM D5116. ',�" LU H. Floor Preparation: Clean substrate surfaces free of grease, dirt, dust, organic impurities, and other flush with tile edges. B. Quality Assurance: _ 1. Applicator: Company specializing in commercial painting and finishing with a minimum of three materials which would impair bond. Where curing agents have been used and where previously 6. Cured grout joints shall be made free of efflorescence, prior to sealing. B. Installation PP P Y P 9 P 9 9 co � �' installed finishes have compromised the slab mechanical) abrade or shotblast substrate surface. 1. Adhesive install base materials. years documented experience. '.� J P Y 2. Install base to walls and to wood casework toe kicks in all areas where resilient base is scheduled, 2. Visual Standards: Each distinct area of the finished work shall be free of variations in color and P. Curing: Cure installation in accordance with the grout manufacturer's recommendations. Protect the and t I. Crack Isolation Membrane: grout during curing operations. and where no other base finish is specifically noted or detailed. sheen, runs, sags, blistering, checking, scratches, dirt, and other contaminants. 1. Provide under provisions of Section 012200 3. Install base in maximum practical lengths, with minimum number of joints in each run. Fit joints 2. Provide crack isolation membrane at following locations: Q. Protection: tight, vertical, and in accurate alignment. C. Site Conditions: a. At control and construction joints in concrete floors. 1. Protect tile installations from damage. 4. Score back of base material with grooving tool at all outside corners; maintain minimum leg length 1. Lighting: Maintain a lighting level of minimum 50 foot-candles on the surfaces to be painted or co 18 inches where wall length permits. Mount base so that scored groove is accurate) aligned with finished. b. At changes in substrate materials. 2. Replace all damaged tiles. g P g Y g adequate continuous ventilation. c. Shrinkage cracks 1/16 inch or larger in slabs on a unit price basis. comer and with base tightly adhered to wall at both sides of comer, no visible gaps at top of base. 2. Ventilation: Provide ade q Where cove base is formed around outside comers, stretch toe of cove for smooth transition 3. Extend a minimum of 12 inches each side of crack or joint. R. Cleaning: around comer with toe in uniform contact with the finish flooring. D. Maintenance: Furnish overage of paint materials equal to 10 percent minimum of quantity of each finish S_ k, - r 1. In accordance with Section 015000 and Section 017700. 9• t.�4�El:� r FeE.�t4�� DATE 5. Miter or cope inside corners for accurate fit. paint required for the work, but fumish not more than two full one gallon cans, nor less than two full one J. Slab Leveling: 2. Coordinate final cleaning with work of Section 079200. Do not begin cleaning operations until the PERMIT' SET 1. Prior to installation of thinset floor tile, where local irregularities in the substrate surface would expansion joints sealants are fully cured. 6. Scribe and fit to door frames, stairs, and other obstructions. quart cans, of each type. Overruns in excess of two gallons may be furnished to the Owner at the prevent level installation of the tile, the substrate shall be brought to plane surface with variations 3. Prior to substantial completion, wash and thoroughly rinse all tile. Leave all tile surfaces clean. 7. Install straight and level to maximum variation of plus or minus 1/8 inch over 10 feet. Contractor's option. Overage shall be taken from the batch mix furnished for the work. Overage shall not to exceed 1/8 inch in 4 feet(cumulative)and 1/4 inch in 10 feet(non-cumulative). Smooth all be furnished in completely filled, properly labeled, sealed cans. abrupt changes in plane. S. Tile Sealing: 096800 CARPETING E. Materials: 2. Use thinset mortar or other filler for slab leveling. Other fillers are subject to endorsement by the 1. Apply stain repellent sealer to all tile and joints, including those with previous treatments, in 1. Manufacturer: Benjamin Moore Paint Company setting mortar manufacturer. Submit manufacturer's letter of approval to the Owner's accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations to achieve maximum penetration into the A. Summary. Installation of Owner furnished carpet. 2. Interior Latex Paint System-Gypsum Board Substrate: One of the following. Representative. body and grouts. a. Primer: Pristine Eco-Spec Interior Latex Primer Sealer(231) 3. Screed or float to appropriate thickness and specified surface tolerance. Allow to set prior to 2. Apply sealer at earliest possible date allowed by grout and sealer manufacturer. B. Quality Assurance: Carpet Installer shall have minimum of 3 years experience in carpet installations of b. Finish: Color match as scheduled. proceeding with installation. Do not exceed the maximum thicknesses for thin bed mortar as 3. Wipe tile surfaces after application as necessary to remove all visible sealer residue. similar size and scope. 1) Flat: Pristine Eco-Spec Interior Latex Flat(219) recommended by the manufacturer. 2) Matte: Regal Matte Finish (221) C. Materials: 3. Interior Trim Systems-Opaque Finish Wood Substrate: One of the following. 1. Direct glue carpet: As scheduled on the drawings. a. Primer: Fresh Start All Purpose 100%Acrylic Primer(023) 2. Accessories: b. Finish: (Semi-Gloss) Impervex 309; color match as scheduled. a. Adhesives: Type as recommended by carpet manufacturer for intended use. 4. Acrylic Wall Size: "Moore's Wall-Grip 203." b. Latex Underlayment: White premix latex filler. SPECIFICATION A-904 G t�i i �}°t K Mry,::atal bcfi .l��r#tura;t ,"It t14,rt.e'tt$rr orate Internat �a-tirJeb4zc-Ldwg X506 10AG A C ?"MG117 eD�IfflG Cex1LISCD1311:1 +' 1 _ 4 E 9 t�� F. Surface Preparation: r E 1. Prepare surfaces by removing all dirt, dust, grease, oil, moisture, and other contaminants which will cv U impair the proper adhesion of the finish. DIVISION 22-PLUMBING w , 2. Wood-Opaque paint finish: 0 L a. Spot coat knots, pitch streaks, and sappy sections with sealer. A. See Drawings u. Fiii aii nail noies and cracks. Sand niier smooth and ievei with wood surface. 0 3. Gypsum Wall Board: Remove all light dust and dirt. 19 co Co Z a -'r V G G. Application: - mu; DIVISION 23 HEATING VENTILATING AND AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC) 0 U11 1. Unless specified or indicated otherwise,follow paint manufacturers label directions for general L — application procedures and coverage rates. UJ � '- 'y Q 0 N CQ 2. Do not apply finishes on surfaces that are not sufficiently dry. Make sure each coat of finish is dry A. See Drawings 7 P4t� C 0 and hard before a following coat is applied unless the manufacturer's directions state otherwise. ' co 0 3. Opaque Finishes: a. Apply number of coats scheduled for each application, except that additional finish coats shall - - be applied as necessary for complete hiding of substrate colors. DIVISION 26- ELECTRICAL b. Apply primer coats untinted. Where more than one coat of paint is required, tint each succeeding coat up to the final coat similar in tint, but slightly lighter in value (shade). c. Sand lightly between coats if necessary to achieve required finish. A. See Drawings 4. Rollers for application and backrolling of latex paints shall have a nap of 3/8 inch or less. 5. Where roller texture is scheduled for application to gypsum board surfaces,finish coats may be roller-applied, or spray applied and backrolled at Contractor's option. END H. Interior Systems: 1. Gypsum Board-Latex System: a. System: Three coats-first coat latex primer sealer(untinted), second and third coat latex paint. b. Sheen: As scheduled; roller texture. c. Application: .� • lYo 1) Use on all exposed gypsum board, surfaces, including the exposed portions of wall surfaces between adjacent fabric covered areas and where visible between adjacent y pieces of casework. o �Q 2) Provide prime coat only behind permanently mounted mechanically anchored mirrors, �! W fabric panels, and similar elements. a 2. Gypsum Board-Surfaces to Receive Wall covering: Apply one coat of acrylic wall size. 3. Wood- Opaque Finish Latex System: a. System: Three coats;first coat latex wood primer, and second and third coat latex enamel. b. Sheen: Semi-gloss, unless indicated otherwise. c. Application: Use on all wood surfaces, including wood doors, and standing and running trim. *� 4. Ferrous Metal-Acrylic System: ` : ��nr • a. System:Three coats;first coat acrylic DTM primer; second and third coats latex finish. The primer may be omitted at factory primed surfaces, except as necessary to recoat damaged or abraded preprimed surfaces. b. Sheen: Semi-gloss, unless indicated otherwise. c. Application: Interior ferrous metal surfaces including hollow steel metal doors and frames, overhead doors and frames, and access doors and panels. 099733 CONCRETE SEALER f A. Summary: Sealing of interior concrete floor surfaces indicated to remain exposed on the Drawings. tits B. Sealer: The Euclid Chemical Company(Cleveland OH; 800-321-7628) "Super Aqua-Cure VOX'; high Ul solids water-based acrylic sealer; maximum VOC content 250 g/L. C. Installation: Mom 1. Preparation: o a. Clean surfaces to receive sealer, using manufacturer's recommended cleaning methods or K compounds, and in accordance with the manufacturer's requirements. 61 1) At a minimum, scrub entire area with 3M-type nylon buff pad mounted on hand-held floor , polisher. Vacuum loose materials. b. Mask or otherwise protect adjacent surfaces. 2. Application: a. Apply 2 coats of concrete floor sealer to interior concrete floor surfaces as scheduled. b. Roller or spray apply sealer in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. DIVISION 10- SPECIALTIES 101402 REST ROOM SIGNAGE A. Sign: 1. Manufacturer: SS Graphics, Inc. (Riverview, Michigan; 800-513-1695), or approved. 2. Sign: "Unisex Handicapped Accessible Restroom Braille Sign'; high impact styrene;white on blue. 3. Double Stick Tape: Similar to 3M Scotch brand#665 double-stick, double-coated tape, or as recommended by the signage manufacturer. r B. Installation: Mount to wall as indicated using double stick foam tape. rte 104416 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AND CABINETS 0 CID A. Submittals: Product data. UJ 0 , LU - B. Extinguishers and Accessories: < Z 1. Multi-Purpose Dry Chemical Type (FE): Heavy Duty DOT Steel tank; UL rating 2A-10B:C, 5 lb a -3 capacity, with pressure gage; red enamel finish; metal valves and siphon tubes. 2. Fire Extinguisher Brackets: Manufacturer's standard J-type. Provide at fire extinguisher locations ZUJ where no cabinet is indicated. - co 10 Uf C. Installation: Install hooks through to framing or solid blocking; mount and tag extinguisher. _ a- IX3 CL UJ DIVISION 11 -EQUIPMENT c A. Not Used r$U,ED # REVI$E0 DATE PERMIT SET L12.08-16 DIVISION 12-FURNISHINGS A. Not Used DIVISION 13-SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION A. Not Used •� .�� .µ� A DIVISION 14-CONVEYING EQUIPMENT A. Not Used SPECIFICATION A1=9®5 �w.tse s4s}`+t cr' a2a� � �.iie�s ;tS t n s� arrs racy Inl�rn ila nt nc.Gui► l 4a w 1r r�_�-k zleia �� 3 1 G 10:.6 AM COPYRIGHT 1 u uu-ma:l, , 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 MECHANICAL GENERAL NOTES: 1. PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID, VISIT THE JOB SITE AND BECOME FULLY ACQUAINTED E WITH THE EXISTING CONDITIONS OF THE PROJECT. REVIEW THE GENERAL NOTES, O SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS WHICH MAY O N v NOT BE SPECIFICALLY CALLED OUT IN THIS PORTION OF THE CONSTRUCTION :3 T_ O CD DOCUMENTS. NOTIFY ARCHITECT, ENGINEER AND/OR OWNER OF CONFLICTS OR LU a 00 0 Ln W DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF BID. >Q co -a 2. EXISTING CONDITIONS WERE TAKEN FROM ORIGINAL DRAWINGS AND SITE VISITS AND �� Q O 00 -0 F MAY NOT REFLECT EXACT "AS-BUILT" CONDITIONS. FIELD VERIFY EXISTING ;W -p O d' d' C CONDITIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING FINAL BIDS. COORDINATE NEW WORK AND mJ L_ N � 'It' d O DEMOLITION WITH OTHER DISCIPLINES AND EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. W O A- O (o W Z3: O - N N 3. COORDINATE THE INSTALLATION OF THE MECHANICAL SYSTEMS WITH OTHER TRADES Z WW O O VAV 3 TO ENSURE A NEAT AND ORDERLY INSTALLATION. INSTALL DUCTWORK AND PIPING � m7 N co fA I- L6 2 2 -20 (TMP.2) AS TIGHT TO STRUCTURE AS POSSIBLE, COORDINATE WITH OTHER TRADES TO AVOID O CONFLICTS. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF DUCTWORK AND PIPING TO AVOID CONFLICTS WITH ELECTRICAL PANELS, LIGHTING FIXTURES, ETC. ANY MODIFICATIONS 12X10(E REQUIRED DUE TO LACK OF COORDINATION WILL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR AT NO EXTRA COST TO THE OWNER. v 8"� 4. AVOID DAMAGING EXISTING SURFACES AND EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN FOR NEW -- ----- 9 WH-1 4 INSTALLATION DURING WORK. REPAIR DAMAGE CAUSED DURING CONSTRUCTION AT _20 NO EXTRA COST TO THE OWNER. HENDERSON VAV CFM 5. ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SHOWN ON THE MECHANICAL PLANS SHALL BE ENGINEERS PROVIDED BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 1 8345 LENEXA DRIVE,SUITE 300 r`� I 6. NEW MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORK AND PIPING ARE SHOWN AT LENEXA,KS RIVES 4 APPROXIMATE LOCATIONS. FIELD MEASURE FINAL DUCTWORK AND PIPING tEL 913 742 5000 PAX 913 742 5001 LJ \� LOCATIONS PRIOR TO FABRICATION AND MAKE ADJUSTMENTS AS REQUIRED TO FIT www.hei-eeg.eom THE DUCTWORK AND PIPING WITHIN THE AVAILABLE SPACE. VERIFY THAT FINAL c� -201 1650000011 E EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS MEET MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS REGARDING L`J SERVICE CLEARANCE AND PROPER AIRFLOW CLEARANCE AROUND EQUIPMENT. i\ '9\ i\ 'i\ i\ i\ c 8 VAV-1 \yam, \� 1, 1, \y 1, \� \y F------�I SD-1 .,= i 7I \r�� ry T O 7. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR RELATED CONSTRUCTION DETAILS AS ♦ 250 2 --- - �® (Typ.) I�,I __-- __ APPLICABLE TO THE HVAC SYSTEM. VERIFY CHASES AND PENETRATIONS SHOWN ON -201 L`J VAV-2 T ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS THAT ARE INTENDED FOR DUCTWORK AND PIPING MEET O REQUIREMENTS. 8.,o �J LC e, 0 r�,�`�y� r�,�� r�`��,� `�' `�'� __ \�' SD-1 8. INSTALL DUCTWORK AND PIPING PARALLEL TO BUILDING COLUMN LINES UNLESS iL~i---J L__-J L�=-J LJ=-J L==- r�.� �- 1 f -�1 r F J� �--�1 r.-�� r 1 ( - I I-.--��j'- ;� ^ 8"0 W L`�`_�J L`'`_)J L`�_`'J L` �' L '��J L`�`_'J L`�`_)J L`'`_�J L`�`_'J L`� �♦ i 250 w OTHERWISE SHOWN OR NOTED. SD-1 „�� $»� i i ♦ i to 250 �- �; `.� X ___ __________ ___ 9. OVERHEAD HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORK AND PIPING SHALL E1; rd 8"o SD-1 �------y r--� o _ BE FASTENED TO BUILDING JOISTS OR BEAMS. DO NOT ATTACH HANGERS AND '�� `rcS SD-1 250 O6 i��i `v SUPPORTS TO THE ABOVE FLOOR SLAB OR ROOF. Q �GtME 250 r---------------------- - - -------------------------� I ,I I I I I I I(',I ' ' E f -�- ,------------------------------, - I ______ _____ ___ ______ ___ __ 10. COORDINATE LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS WITH LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT 1_ � _______ I - _ I i I i ACCESS PANELS/DOORS TO ENABLE SERVICE OF EQUIPMENT AND/OR FILTER --------- - r -� I QX1-4 122X14 E I I REPLACEMENT. t I I 10X10E I I 14X10 E L`�`-�J 14X12 E L`'`_'J 18X14(E) I ' ------I ( r----� i O I I R----1 ( ) ( ) I I `,`,y, �,y,�, y, y, `, i I I 1 1 n I I L�_`J L`-`J I �i � � ,'� I ' I ---rt----------r--- 11. SEAL PENETRATIONS THROUGH THE BUILDING COMPONENTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH l Q - - THE CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS. FIREPROOF PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE RATED "r � 1'3, I u I I I I �� •�� I r� r� I r-I < 1�-�' I I r1 d �/ I I Ir�I It�I I I IrJI I I 1'�J G r--------------------- - ----------- -t-r ----------------- I I i I COMPONENTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH U.L. REQUIREMENTS. -� I I I�JI it✓I 1 I It✓I I I I I I O 1 -------------------- -------------------- -��--_ol ------------------- I I I I I I I I I I I / II I L J I I I I I I 1 I I I I r'I I!�I F - I r~.I -- ;--------- --- 12. COORDINATE THE EXACT MOUNTING SIZE AND FRAME TYPE OF DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS . 12/31/201 12 31 201 I I i i I LJ L✓J, � , LJ I ' AND GRILLES WITH THE SUPPLIER TO MEET THE CEILING, WALL AND DUCT D ii i i r-� ;,-,-i� r�, ,- �1 �-1 I I I i I C I I c�I I I I I L``-�J L'-C J L` J L__`J I I I I ,�' %tI ; I I INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. ii I i i i c� i �- ---•�'� .. ---!----------L--- • II i I I 1 rJ I 1��I I I I i i`�i I c�i i i I i 8"0 � I I � i i 13. ADJUST LOCATION OF CEILING DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS AND GRILLES AS REQUIRED TO V II I I i L__j LJ I I I I I- J �-� I I I II �; ' I ACCOMMODATE FINAL CEILING GRID AND LIGHTING LOCATIONS. II I I I I I I I I I I I SD-1 II I O I I I I I I I I I I 255 r---II I I I `rt-______---fi-` 14. LOCATE AND SET THERMOSTATS AT LOCATIONS SHOWN ON PLANS. VERIFY EXACT II I I I I I I I f_1 ^1 I I I I IC,I Ir l 1 1 I(_-1 I I " III I I I I I I I I�)I I`�I I I I I I ,I I ,I I 1 LJ I I LOCATIONS WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. INSTALL DEVICES 48 AFF TO I II I 8"0 I I r� r� ' i I I I I I I I I I I I o I I c,I I I I ' MEET ADA REQUIREMENTS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON PLANS. INSTALL WIRING IN II I I ��I Illl I I I I I�)I I�)I I I I I Ic,l It�l I I I I } II SD-1 I I I I I I I I I I I )I i�,I i I I I I_J t__I I I ----------� --- CONDUIT PROVIDED BY DIVISION 26. Z z II I 255 I I LJJ LTJ I I I I LJ LJ I I I I I I I i a W c I ' i I I i i i 15. COORDINATE THE LOCATION AND ELEVATION OF WALL-MOUNTED DEVICES WITH F I I I I I I j 1----------�i i i I 1 r„L'y�� r;,L)�� r„ J 0 i i r II L J I I I I I I I L`___J L_--_J L= _.J i I C I i_ PRESENTATION BOARDS, DISPLAY CABINETS, SHELVES OR OTHER COMPONENTS N v `o II I I I I I I I $'� 8"4 I I I I - I I I r,I --i -----'--- - - SHOWN ON THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS THAT ARE TO BE INSTALLED UNDER „ r,,,�„� i i ; ; SD-1 SD-1 10 1 i I i L______-_---_________________________ ___ ______J i I c,i OTHER DIVISIONS. CONTRACTOR WILL NOT BE REIMBURSED FOR RELOCATION OF 1� 1 I� i I t LJ J u i I Ly=_J L`.`J I I I I 1��I 250 250 I o 1 I I i 1 1 I WALL-MOUNTED DEVICES CAUSED BY A LACK OF COORDINATION. v 3 II I I I I I i I�,I I c)I I I L-------------------------------------- -- ---------J 255 CFM I I <� a 3 i I - I I I LJ O O LJ I I r------ ---t- - a 3 I `----------------------------- I I 16. PROVIDE A MANUAL BALANCING DAMPER IN EACH BRANCH DUCT TAKEOFF FROM V z MAIN SUPPLY, RETURN, OUTDOOR AND EXHAUST AIR DUCTS AS SHOWN ON PLANS. a z i i rc;�,� rr��,1i I 17. PROVIDE A PREFABRICATED 45 DEGREE, HIGH EFFICIENCY, RECTANGULAR/ROUND L-�J L__J =ILI i m BRANCH DUCT TAKEOFF FITTING WITH MANUAL BALANCING DAMPER AND LOCKING 9 ______________________________________ ' ' _ i _ i _________ ------------------------- I QUADRANT FOR BRANCH DUCT CONNECTIONS AND TAKE-OFFS TO INDIVIDUAL DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS AND GRILLES. a C \\ _________ _____ _________ -__-_-___ _____ -____ 18. BRANCH DUCTWORK TO AIR OUTLETS SHALL BE SAME SIZE AS OUTLET NECK SIZE v ` ___________ UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 19. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY THAT THE EXISTING EQUIPMENT INCLUDING ACCESSORIES IS NOT DAMAGED AND IS IN GOOD WORKING ORDER. REPORT ANY W DEFICIENCIES TO THE OWNER OR ARCHITECT. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT TO THE 19 OWNER AND ARCHITECT A WRITTEN REPORT DESCRIBING TESTS PERFORMED TO W Z VERIFY OPERATION AND RESULTS OF THE TESTS. A a o N o 20. INDOOR AIR QUALITY MEASURES: PROTECT INSIDE OF (INSTALLED AND DELIVERED) WEf DUCTWORK AND HVAC UNITS FROM EXPOSURE TO DUST, DIRT, PAINT AND MOISTURE. o 75 3 cr 0p N CL REPLACE INSULATION THAT HAS GOTTEN WET AT ANY TIME DURING CONSTRUCTION, zQ DRYING THE INSULATION IS NOT ACCEPTABLE. SEAL ANY TEARS OR JOINTS OF INTERNAL FIBERGLASS INSULATION. REMOVE DEBRIS FROM CEILING/RETURN AIR LV -O CL a PLENUM INCLUDING DUST. AN INDEPENDENT, PROFESSIONAL 7 Z� _. = o - T M CD MECHANICAL FLOOR` PLAN 21. AN INDEPENDENT, PROFESSIONAL DUCT CLEANING COMPANY SHALL VACUUM CLEAN LY OJ <w W - tO ANY DUCTWORK CONNECTED TO HVAC UNITS AFTER NEW FILTERS ARE INSTALLED AND Q C a SCALE: /4»=1 -O" PRIOR TO TURNING SYSTEM OVER TO THE OWNER. THE INTERNAL SURFACES AND a ASSOCIATED COILS OF ANY HVAC UNITS SHALL ALSO BE CLEANED. ® �� ( Q Z F PLAN NOTES: MECHANICAL GENERAL DEMOLITION NOTES: Z O1 REMOVE EXISTING VAV UNIT AND PROVIDE NEW VAV-1. CONNECT NEW VAV-1 TO 1. PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID, VISIT THE JOB SITE AND BECOME FULLY ACQUAINTED �� F- w B EXISTING 20XTR SUPPLY DUCTWORK AND 14"Q SUPPLY INLET DUCT. HANG VAV WITH THE EXISTING CONDITIONS OF THE PROJECT. REVIEW GENERAL NOTES, m Lo O UNIT FROM STRUCTURE PER LANDLORDS REQUIREMENTS. REBALANCE UNIT TO SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS THAT MAY Z � AIRFLOW INDICATED ON SCHEDULE. FIELD VERIFY EXISTING LOCATION AND NOT BE SPECIFICALLY CALLED OUT IN THIS PORTION OF THE CONSTRUCTION 00 o d Q CONDITIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID. DOCUMENTS. NOTIFY ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER, AS DEFINED IN BID Z Lo O2 REMOVE EXISTING VAV UNIT AND PROVIDE NEW VAV-2. CONNECT NEW VAV-2 TO DOCUMENTS, OF CONFLICTS OR DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF BID. ui Q EXISTING 12X10 SUPPLY DUCTWORK AND 8"0 SUPPLY INLET DUCT. HANG VAV 2. EXISTING CONDITIONS WERE TAKEN FROM ORIGINAL DRAWINGS AND SITE VISITS AND UNIT FROM STRUCTURE PER LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENTS. REBALANCE UNIT TO " m AIRFLOW INDICATED ON SCHEDULE. FIELD VERIFY EXISTING LOCATION AND MAY NOT REFLECT EXACT AS-BUILT CONDITIONS. FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING FINAL BIDS. COORDINATE NEW WORK AND O CONDITIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID. DEMOLITION WITH OTHER DISCIPLINES AND EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO 188LJED /REVISED DATE CONSTRUCTION. 0 O3 PROVIDE NEW THERMOSTAT FOR VAV-1. COORDINATE MALL EMS REQUIREMENTS PERMIT SET 02.08.16 2 WITH LANDLORD PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID. 3. OWNER RETAINS RIGHTS OF SALVAGE FOR EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES TO BE ca 4 cr PROVIDE NEW THERMOSTAT FOR VAV-2. COORDINATE MALL EMS REQUIREMENTS REMOVED. COORDINATE WITH OWNER THE EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES TO BE cn O WITH LANDLORD PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID. SALVAGED AND THE LOCATION FOR STORAGE. AVOID DAMAGE TO SALVAGED a EQUIPMENT, FIXTURES AND DEVICES DURING DEMOLITION WORK AND DURING 50 REMOVE, CLEAN AND REINSTALL EXISTING DIFFUSER INTO NEW CEILING GRID. FIELD TRANSPORT TO OWNER'S DESIGNATED STORAGE LOCATION. VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID. 4. AVOID DAMAGING EXISTING SURFACES AND EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN FOR NEW INSTALLATION. REPAIR DAMAGE CAUSED DURING WORK AT NO EXTRA COST TO THE 3 6O REMOVE EXISTING DIFFUSER AND ASSOCIATED DUCTWORK. OWNER. it 7O REMOVE EXISTING DIFFUSER AND REPLACE WITH NEW DIFFUSER. ASSOCIATED 5. SEAL PENETRATIONS THROUGH FLOORS, WALLS, CEILINGS AND ROOFS WHERE DUCTWORK IS EXISTING TO REMAIN. MANUAL BALANCE DAMPER SHALL BE INSTALLED MECHANICAL COMPONENTS ARE REMOVED AND WHERE THE EXISTING PENETRATION m IN BRANCH DUCT AND SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE BY LIFTING OUT SUPPLY DIFFUSER. IS NOT USED FOR THE NEW INSTALLATION. REPAIR DAMAGED SURFACES TO MATCH A PROVIDE VOLUME DAMPER HANDLES WITH 12" IN LENGTH COLORED RIBBON FOR EASY ADJACENT AREAS OR AS INDICATED ON THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. CD IDENTIFICATION. FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID. O ® ALL PLUMBING FIXTURES IN RESTROOM ARE EXISTING TO REMAIN. THOROUGHLY 6. INSTALL PERMANENT CAPS WHERE DUCTWORK AND PIPING IS REMOVED AND THE INSPECT PLUMBING FIXTURES AND ACCESSORIES PRIOR TO BID. REPAIR OR REPLACE EXISTING TAPS ARE NOT USED FOR THE NEW INSTALLATION. WHERE DUCTWORK AND ANY DAMAGED OR NON FUNCTIONAL ITEMS. CLEAN FIXTURE TO LIKE NEW CONDITION PIPING ARE REMOVED AND . THE EXISTING TAPS WILL BE USED FOR THE NEW M w INSTALLATION, INSTALL TEMPORARY CAPS TO PROTECT THE INTERIOR SURFACES w : O9 REMOVE EXISTING WATER HEATER AND PROVIDE NEW WH-1. RECONNECT EXISTING UNTIL NEW DUCTWORK AND PIPING ARE INSTALLED. MECHANICAL HOT AND COLD WATER PIPE TO NEW WH-1. FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR 7. INSPECT EXISTING EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN TO VERIFY THAT EQUIPMENT IS FLOOR PLAN TO SUBMITTING BID. OPERATING PROPERLY. NOTIFY OWNER OF DAMAGED AND/OR MALFUNCTIONING 2 a COMPONENTS. CL M-101 J 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 E 0 N U Ir- O Co W c 0DOLo Emm MOM ' WORKROOM 0 a) 0") 00 19T 0) O1 9 -0 AFF OggQ Q Oo I~ ._ 00 co a F • • • • few � o ted- c m J �rLj N N d d N Wt- � m cD z WW O +r N N FIRE PROTECTION SYMBOLS o W6 I► VIII , M I III Ilii ; • NOTE: THIS IS A MASTER LEGEND AND NOT ALL SYMBOLS, ETC. ARE I I • I� I`��I • VIII I NECESSARILY USED ON THE DRAWINGS. / - �'�� Ir '01I UPRIGHT SPRINKLER • PENDENT SPRINKLER ' I' I,, ( ► ► '' HENDERSON / tt ,` �� ` � � � • `- r� c= ( I -`4�' CONCEALED SPRINKLER ENGINEERS f L L� I I it I y�i I `( i j I 9ESOROOAM F - - WORKROOM I �� 0" AFF I OII Ii'rI DRY PENDENT SPRINK11 LER 8345LENEXADRIVE,SUT E30I L DRY SIDEWALL SPRINKLER r� _ _ _ SIDEWALL SPRINKLER LENEXA,KS 66214 r FAx 913 742 5001 I • I r� c�c� I I ��r� I • I c- r-r� II I L----J L----J �-----J �----J �----J - , rEll (--�--� r---, r-- � � I www.hei-eng .corn 1650000011 ANNOTATION I I • • T i ___- -- Ol FIRE SPRINKLER PLAN CALLOUT - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - � �r�i ---- --- CONNECTION POINT OF NEW WORK TO EXISTING - - - III I I- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -� I ------------------------------------------------ - I L_J 1 DETAIL REFERENCE UPPER NUMBER INDICATES DETAIL NUMBER 2 ----------------------------- LOWER NUMBER INDICATES SHEET NUMBER II I I `J �J • I \J L! I I I r-----i r-----i r-----� I I 0_1 • i o r) cl ! I I I L____J L_____J L_____J I I • I i i I 1 SECTION CUT DESIGNATION r-i r-1 I I I I I I !{.I . • Ir.I I I I� I I it I I�;I I � - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - � I I�,I I,,I I I��I ABBREVIATIONS I �I • I I I I I , I .•1 , ( , I -------------------------------------------------------- I i------ i 1 I 'L c�! I c�t I I c�I �` 9 L_J L_J I I L_J { I AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR NIC NOT IN CONTRACT �� .I II I II I ) )/lIIi II III Ii I • AFG ABOVE FINISHED GRADE OC ON CENTER r-)l L ____ L ____ ____ rJ • cI ci SALES CD CANDELA PIV POST INDICA TOR VALVE c�I DI DUCTILE IRON PROVIDE FURNISH AND INSTALL REt3GONILr_JI L_J L_J L_J I I Ar_, 12'-0" AF ESFR EARLY SUPPRESSION FAST PRV PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE `ZQ RESPONSE RD RETURN DUCT (Ip . I I C I I r�I I �c�� WORKROOM ETR EXISTING TO REMAIN REV REVISION o: I�,I I I I I r�� r-� I I I !,. I SALES i ,. , ! I I � I I � FHC FIRE HOSE CABINET SD SUPPLY DUCT I II I , 9'-0' AFF IXPIRES: 12/31/2016 I �,i 1 l' I I I I I`�' 12'-0 AFF I`)I I I I i I t�I • • '�_�I I I FP FIRE PROTECTION SF SQUARE FEET II ! r�� I , L(JJ L�,J i t I L_J I I I i L J L J i I GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR TYP TYPICAL D 111 I I I 1 11 I I I • I I I I I I - - - I I I 1 ---- -- r--- I I r-1 GPM GALLONS PER MINUTE UL UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES, I AD 0 C) i LcIJ I i i I i I I i I ;(;; JB JUNCTION BOX INC. V i;)i I i cam; MAX MAXIMUM UNO UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE i L_J MIN MINIMUM co V VOLT(S) I I I • I I , I I i i I I j I`�t • • • I�)i I I L - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - � N/A NOT APPLICABLE WP WEATHERPROOF IL------------------------------J L_J L_J I I } I ( I I ZZ V O a I • i i c� i • I i ❑ ❑ • i c�c�I i c� i • 2 L___I I I i I t___J ,- a yo - 0 t --------------------------- \ 2 I I HEADERL U = o --------------------------- ..1 o C� \ O ----- --------- O O 10'-0" AFF ( c¢i 3 --------- a a 3 uQ z 0 FIRE SPRINKLER DEMOLITION NOTES: FIRE SPRINKLER GENERAL NOTES: � FIRE�-. IS/ PRINKLER PLAN o I 2' 4', 6' j 1. PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID, VISIT THE JOB SITE AND BECOME FULLY SCALE4"=1'-0" N SCALE: 1/4"=V-0" a ACQUAINTED WITH THE EXISTING CONDITIONS OF THE PROJECT. REVIEW THE 1. SPRINKLER SYSTEM DESIGN, INSTALLATION AND MATERIALS SHALL BE t1 C GENERAL NOTES, SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 13. SYSTEM SHALL ALSO MEET ALL REQUIREMENTS WHICH MAY NOT BE SPECIFICALLY CALLED OUT IN THIS APPLICABLE BUILDING CODES, FIRE CODES AND THE REQUIREMENTS SPRINKLER LEGEND PORTION OF THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. NOTIFY ARCHITECT, OF THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION AND INSURANCE CARRIER. ENGINEER AND/OR OWNER OF CONFLICTS OR DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO VERIFY REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO BID SUBMITTAL. mo LV SUBMISSION OF BID. 2. INFORMATION ON CONTRACT DOCUMENTS IS GENERAL INFORMATION MFG MODEL TYPE ORIFICE "K" TEMP. SYMBOL FINISH ESCUTCHEON LZ 2. EXISTING CONDITIONS WERE TAKEN FROM ORIGINAL DRAWINGS AND SITE AND FOR BID PURPOSES ONLY. LAYOUT SYSTEM, PERFORM REQUIRED FACTOR (DEG. F.) LQ 0:Ja VISITS AND MAY NOT REFLECT EXACT "AS-BUILT" CONDITIONS. FIELD VERIFY CALCULATIONS AND COORDINATE WITH OTHER TRADES. O N o EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING FINAL BIDS. COORDINATE NEW VIKING MIRAGE PENDENT 1/2" 5.6 165 • (NOTE 1) CONCEALED LU o Ef WORK AND DEMOLITION WITH OTHER DISCIPLINES AND EXISTING CONDITIONS 3. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL MATERIALS AND LABOR REQUIRED DUE TO LACK (NOTE 2) (NOTE 2) PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. OF COORDINATION AND TO MEET AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION 0 N AND INSURANCE CARRIER REQUIREMENTS AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO NOTES: zQLoti a 3. OWNER RETAINS RIGHTS OF SALVAGE FOR EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES TO BE THE OWNER. 1. CONCEALED SPRINKLER COVERPLATE SHALL BE FACTORY PAINTED TO MATCH CEILING COLOR. ? c =O 0 11f REMOVED. COORDINATE WITH THE OWNER THE EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES TO 2. OR EQUIVALENT. J = O o BE SALVAGED AND THE LOCATION FOR STORAGE. AVOID DAMAGE TO 4. MODIFY EXISTING SPRINKLER SYSTEM. RELOCATE AND/OR PROVIDE In EQUIPMENT, FIXTURES AND DEVICES DURING DEMOLITION WORK AND DURING ADDITIONAL SPRINKLERS, PIPING, HANGERS, ETC. COORDINATE WITH z� C/) co TRANSPORT TO OWNER'S DESIGNATED STORAGE LOCATION. WALLS, CEILINGS, LIGHTS, DIFFUSERS, STRUCTURE, OBSTRUCTIONS, W O QW W - o / ETC., IN AREAS AFFECTED BY SCOPE OF WORK. FIRE SPRINKLER PLAN NOTES: C'� Fa a 4. REMOVE ITEMS SHOWN HEAVY LINED AND OR CROSSHATCHED AND/OR NOTED it TO BE REMOVED. 5. COORDINATE SPRINKLER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS TO MINIMIZE Q Q z a SYSTEM IMPAIRMENT. PROVIDE FIRE WATCH AND INTERIM FIRE O1 DO NOT ROUTE SPRINKLER PIPING ABOVE ELECTRICAL PANELS. Q F- 5. PERFORM ALL WORK ACCORDING TO THE PHASING SCHEDULE FOR PROTECTION MEASURES WHERE REQUIRED BY THE AUTHORITY = U THIS PROJECT. PROVIDE ALL TEMPORARY DESIGN AND/OR HAVING JURISDICTION, INSURANCE CARRIER OR OWNER. O2 NONCOMBUSTIBLE, CONCEALED SPACE. SPRINKLER PROTECTION NOT �/ Z (n� J W o CONFIGURATIONS THAT MEET APPLICABLE CODE REQUIREMENTS AS REQUIRED PER NFPA 13. cl) B NECESSARY TO CONFORM TO THE REQUIRED CONSTRUCTION PHASING 6. COORDINATE PIPE ROUTING NEAR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT WITH NFPA m = LnO OF THE PROJECT. ZO co O 4. tn 6. ONLY THE PORTIONS OF THE BUILDING AFFECTED BY THE SCOPE OF 7. COORDINATE SPRINKLER TEMPERATURES NEAR HEAT-PRODUCING Z Q_ THE PROJECT HAVE BEEN SHOWN. INFORMATION SHOWN AS EXISTING THE WITH NFPA 13. W Q TO REMAIN IS NOT BEING MODIFIED AS A PART OF THIS PROJECT. s 8. DO NOT CONNECT MORE THAN ONE SPRINKLER TO AN EXISTING ONE- m s 7. ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED SO AS TO NOT INTERRUPT SERVICE. INCH OUTLET UNLESS HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS ARE INCLUDED TO W THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROPERLY NOTIFY THE BUILDING OWNER, VERIFY PERFORMANCE. LANDLORD, THE LEASER AND ADJACENT TENANTS AS APPLICABLE A ISSUED /REVISED DATE o MINIMUM OF 48 HOURS IN ADVANCE BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THIS 9. REMOVE ALL ABANDONED PIPING, FITTINGS, HANGERS, ETC. PERMIT SET 02.08.16 a WORK. 10. FORWARD COMPLETED CONTRACTOR MATERIAL TEST CERTIFICATES co 8. REMOVE ALL UNUSED AND DEMOLISHED EQUIPMENT AND ASSOCIATED TO THE OWNER. cr co MATERIALS FROM SITE. ABANDONING UNUSED PORTIONS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTABLE. 11. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. tm SPRINKLER LAYOUT SHOWN IS FOR REFERENCE L 9. AVOID DAMAGING EXISTING SURFACES AND EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN FOR NEW ONLY. COORDINATE ALL FINAL HEAD LOCATIONS WITH INSTALLATION. REPAIR ANY DAMAGE CAUSED DURING WORK AT NO EXTRA ARCHITECT AND ALL APPLICABLE CODES. COST TO THE OWNER. WATER SUPPLY INFORMATION: 10. SEAL ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH FLOORS, WALLS, CEILINGS AND ROOFS WHERE FIRE SPRINKLER COMPONENTS ARE REMOVED AND WHERE THE WATER SUPPLY INFORMATION IS NOT AVAILABLE AT THIS TIME. m EXISTING PENETRATION IS NOT USED FOR THE NEW INSTALLATION. REPAIR CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN CURRENT WATER SUPPLY INFORMATION NOTE: m A SURFACES TO MATCH ADJACENT AREAS. PRIOR TO BID SUBMITTAL DESTRUCTIVE ATTACHMENT OF HVAC SYSTEMS AND PIPING SYSTEMS a 11. FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS NOT ASSOCIATED WITH THE DEMOLITION TO FLOOR AND ROOF STRUCTURE ABOVE THE TENANT SPACE SHALL SYSTEM(S) NOT BE ALLOWED. WELDING, DRILLING, SCREWING, POWER DRIVEN SHALL BE LEFT IN SERVICE AS APPLICABLE. FASTENING, BOLTING OR ANY OTHER TYPE OF PENETRATING 12. VERIFY THAT EXISTING EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN IS OPERATING PROPERLY. FASTENERS SHALL NOT BE UTILIZED. THE ATTACHMENT TO THE m w NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER AND/OR OWNER OF ANY DAMAGED AND/OR LANDLORDS STRUCTURE SHALL BE DONE ONLY BY NON-DESTRUCTIVE METHODS SUCH AS A CLAMP SYSTEM. COORDINATE EXACT METHOD FIRE m MALFUNCTIONING COMPONENTS. OF ATTACHEMENT WITH LANDLORD PRIOR TO WORK BEINGcu m SPRINKLER g 13. ALL SYSTEMS TO BE LEFT IN SERVICE PRIOR TO THE END OF EACH PERFORMED. PLAN E WORKDAY. M=102 = m d ami J 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 E 0 MECHANICAL SYMBOLS GRILLE REGISTER AND DIFFUSER SCHEDULE In C 110 O to NOTE; THIS IS A MASTER LEGEND AND NOT ALL SYMBOLS, ETC. ARE MARK MANUFACTURER MODEL FACE MOUNTING FACE SIZE MAX. PRESS. NOTES tj a) co � -a NECESSARILY USED ON THE DRAWINGS. Ogg Q Q co N 'L TYPE LOCATION (IN) DROP (IN. W.C.) F HVAC EQUIPMENT & DUCTWORK ABBREVIATIONS SD-1 TITUS OMNI PLAQUE CEILING 24 x 24 0.1 A, B, C, D, E, F, G ;W o � � c J L ' NT � 4) NOTE: ALL DUCT DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS ARE INSIDE DIMENSIONS. AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR MC MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR mLU ch N .p SEE SECTION 15250 OF THE SPECIFICATION FOR DUCTWORK TO BAS BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM MIN MINIMUM NOTES: r CD o RECEIVE INSULATION OR LINER. BD BACKDRAFT DAMPER NC NOISE CRITERIA w i- N N CFM CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE OA OUTSIDE AIR A. NECK SIZE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. z W W EXISTING DUCTWORK OR EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN DDC DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL RA RETURN AIR � m� N cA co I— LL B. 4—WAY THROW PATTERN UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. O EXISTING DUCTWORK OR EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED DX DIRECT EXPANSION SA SUPPLY AIR C. BRANCH DUCT SIZE. SHALL BE SAME AS NECK SIZE UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. EA EXHAUST AIR SD SMOKE DUCT DETECTOR D. BAKED ENAMEL FINISH, WHITE TO MATCH CEILING COLOR. BRANCH DUCT WITH 45' RECTANGLE—ROUND BRANCH FFA FROM FLOOR ABOVE TFA TO FLOOR ABOVEFFB FROM FLOOR BELOW TFB TO FLOOR BELOW E. PROVIDE NECK FOR DUCT CONNECTION. FITTING AND MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER GPM GALLONS PER MINUTE Trp TYPICAL F. FRAME TYPE TO MATCH CEILING CONSTRUCTION, COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN. ELBOW WITH TURNING VANES IN WC INCHES OF WATER COLUMN UNo UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE G. PROVIDE TITUS 'TRM" RAPID MOUNT FRAME TO CREATE LAY—IN APPLICATION WHEN INSTALLED IN A HARD CEILING. MAX MAXIMUM w/ WITH HEHDERSON MBH 1000 BTU PER HOUR W/O WITHOUT N IM RETURN, EXHAUST, OR OUTSIDE AIR DUCT UP STANDARD MOUNTING HEIGHTS FAN—POWERED VARIABLE AIR VOLUME TERMINAL SCHEDULE (ELECTRIC HEAT) r7AJENGINEERS11 �l irg RETURN, EXHAUST, OR OUTSIDE AIR DUCT DOWN (AFF, AFG, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE) MARK ZONE MANUFACTURER MODEL PRIMARY MIN PRIM HEATING COIL FAN SOUND POWER NOTES 8345 LENEM DRIVE,SUITE 300 MECHANICAL LENEXA,KS 66214 SUPPLY AIR DUCT UP THERMOSTATS (USER ADJUSTABLE) 48" SERVED CFM CFM kW V/PH STAGES CFM HP V/PH RADIATED DISCHARGE TEL 913 742 5000 FAx 913 742 5001 CONTROLS (CENTERLINE) 48" VAV-1 SALES TRANE VCEF-1406 2515 230 14 208/3 2 2285 1/2 208/1 47 31 A — K www.hei-eng.com SUPPLY AIR DUCT DOWN VAV-2 BACK TRANE VCEF-0802 685 200 4.5 208/3 2 485 1/8 115/1 — — A — J 1650000011 E ANNOTATION EQUIPMENT WITH FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTION MODEL NUMBERS SHALL NOT BE CONSIDERED COMPLETE AND MATERIAL SHALL NOT BE ORDERED BY MANUFACTURER AND MODEL NUMBERS ONLY. REVIEW THE COMPLETE DESCRIPTION, O1 MECHANICAL PLAN CALLOUT NOTES AND SPECIFICATIONS TO DETERMINE THE EXACT MATERIAL AND ACCESSORIES-TO BE ORDERED. THE MANUFACTURERS LISTED ARE THE BASIS FOR THE DESIGN. 10" CSD-1 300 CFM NECK SIZE, TYPE, CFM OF SUPPLY DIFFUSER OR REGISTER CU MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION (CONTRACTOR FURNISHED 1 AND INSTALLED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE) NOTES: MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER CONNECTION POINT OF NEIN WORK TO EXISTING A. PROVIDE INTEGRAL DISCONNECT_SWITCH. B. PROVIDE FACTORY INSTALLED CONTROL POWER (CP) TRANSFORMER. COORDINATE PRIMARY POWER WITH ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. SQUARE TO ROUND TRANSITION 1� DETAIL REFERENCE UPPER NUMBER INDICATES DETAIL NUMBER C. BOX NOT TO EXCEED SCHEDULED DISCHARGE OR RADIATED SOUND NC LEVEL USING 0.5" PRESSURE DROP. LOWER NUMBER INDICATES SHEET NUMBER D. PROVIDE FACTORY—INSTALLED, PRESSURE INDEPENDENT DDC CONTROL PACKAGE, O-- DUCT MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR M1 E. PROVIDE TEMPERATURE SENSOR INLET AND CONTROLS FOR AUTOMATIC CHANGEOVER BETWEEN HEATING AND COOLING MODE. *fit tiC`1C"1N� �s�0 SD=SUPPLY RD=RETURN Q 2 RD ( / ) 1 F. PROVIDE BOX WITH EITHER RIGHT HAND OR LEFT HAND CONFIGURATION AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. � y M1 SECTION CUT DESIGNATION G. FURNISH WITH VAV BOX CONTROLLER AND HIGH SPEEDELECTRONIC ACTUATOR. 4 f FD FIRE DAMPERCO2 CARBON DIOXIDE SENSOR H. INLET SIZE SHOWN IS THE MINIMUM ALLOWABLE INLET SIZE. NO SMALLER SIZES SHALL BE ACCEPTED. I. PROVIDE FILTER FRAME WITH 1" THROWAWAY FILTERS. FSD FIRE SMOKE DAMPER HS HUMIDITY SENSOR J. MOUNT HEATING COIL ON SUPPLY AIR DISCHARGE DUCT. CON 4 K. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE SMOKE DETECTORS IN RETURN AIR DUCT IF NOT ALREADY PRESENT. WIRING BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. ��!}- SD SMOKE DAMPER PS PULL STATION VD VOLUME DAMPER FsPl STATIC PRESSURE SENSOR EXPIRES: 12/31/20 D Mp MOTORIZED DAMPER TS TEMPERATURE SENSOR gp BACKDRAFT DAMPER OH HUMIDISTAT ROOF v OT THERMOSTAT • ELECTRIC REHEAT COIL / u 1- GRIP LOCK WOVEN NYLON/ t (SEE BLOWER SECTION 6" t JOIST 6)' Zz V POLYESTER BLEND FLEXIBLE NOTE 1) / a W e CONNECTION MAXIMUM 6" ALLOW FOR REQUIRED 2 N SUPPLY NEC CLEARANCE. N o (SIMILAR TO METAL-FAB BY U G PROVIDE THERMOMETER PROVIDE AUTOMATIC DUCT FASTENER — Z H DURO DYNE) OVERLAP DUCT VAV BOX WITH INTERNAL METAL BAND OVER INSULATION (TYPICAL) J- IN TEE FITTING VACUUM RELIEF VALVE WRAP INSULATION AND SEAL r- - INSULATION, OTHERWISE OPTIONAL ROUTING IN BOLT AND rJ `° ABOVE TOP OF TANK INSULATE EXTERNALLY HIGH EFFICIENCY TAKEOFF EXTERNALLY INSULATED DUCT 0 3 HOT WATER TO FIXTURES CONCEALED AREAS NUT I I » INSULATED, WITH VOLUME DAMPER AND < a 3 SEE NOTE 4. (MAX. 36 4�) DAMPER LOCK WITH EXTENSION V a Z COLD WATER SUPPLY J ANGLE OR UNISTRUT FOIL TAPE AT SHUT-OFF VALVE (TYPICAL) �� TO WATER HEATER CONCENTRIC SHEET METAL - - T _ - - I - O PROVIDE PIPE UNIONS TYPICAL REDUCER, ONE SIZE CONTROL BOX SEE NOTE 5. INSULATION JOINT ............. ::;::;ass:;:-s;>:::.::::;. (TYPICAL) CHECK VALVE LARGER THAN BOX INLET I Z'n ABOVE TOP OF TANK (TO REQUIRED WITH FLEX ON I -� I SHEET METAL J FACILITATE REMOVAL OF WATER '---COLD WATER BRANCH HEATER) TO EXPANSION TANK HIGH PRESSURE SIDE _ _ _ J ROUND SUPPLY SCREW SEE NOTE 1. II A AIR DUCT .. MAX. 24 a PROVIDE DIELECTRIC PIPE — — INSTALL ASME MAXIMUM 6" FLEXIBLE r 1 PRE-INSULATED FLEXIBLE v C UNION AT TANK CONNECTION �TEMPERATURE AND CONNECTION SEE NOTE 3. DUCT AS REQUIRED, FOR CONNECTION OF PRESSURE RELIEF PROVIDE DUCT WRAP I PARALLEL TO STRUCTURE FASTENER TYPES INSTALL PERMANENTLY DISSIMILAR METALS (TYPICAL) VALVE FURNISHED WITH INSULATION AND SEAL---" I I SEALED AND SUPPORTED WATER HEATER TO PREVENT KINKING VOLUME DAMPER HANDLES SHALL BE W PROVIDE 12"WIDE x 12"DEEP MINIMUM STRAIGHT LENGTH I ROOF AND SHARP TURNS MARKED WITH 12" IN LENGTH COLORED HEAT TRAP AT INLET AND OF 3X DUCT DIAMETER RIBBON FOR EASY IDENTIFICATION WHERE W Q; CONNECT TO TOP OR I I APPICABLE. (TYPICAL) z M OUTLET (TYPICAL) SIDE OF TANK AS INSULATION BOTTOM OF METAL BAND (TYPICAL) J REQUIRED FOR MODEL AS REQUIRED l INSULATION AS SPECIFIED _ Q ELECTRIC WATER HEATER FURNISHED STRUCTURE LOADS MUST BE O N o _ _ _ -A —LOADS_ CEILING DIFFUSER WITH W I-- N C? PER SPECIFICATIONS AND HUNG WITHIN 6 VOLUME DAMPER FIRE = Imo. co Ag SCHEDULE -� PROVIDE HARD COPPER OF PANEL POINTS DAMPER OR COMBINATION �� cv CL RELIEF VALVE DISCHARGE SUPPLY DUCT _ INSTALL DRAIN VALVE FASTENER VOLUME/FIRE DAMPER zQ In FURNISHED WITH WATER PIPE FULL SIZE OF NOTES: TWIST STRAP W t/� VALVE OUTLET. AS SCHEDULED —O O to 16 GA. GALV. STEEL a HEATER TERMINATE OVER 1. SUPPORT AIR TERMINAL UNIT, BOTH ENDS WITH MINIMUM 2" WIDE GALVANIZED 22 GA. ' _ APPROVED RECEPTOR HANGER STRAPS. SUPPORT UNIT WITH SPRING VIBRATION ISOLATORS WITH 0.5 STATIC BAND (2 WIDE) CEILING Z� (nom SET WATER HEATER ON WITH AIR GAP PER DEFLECTION IF INTERNAL FAN SPRING ISOLATION IS NOT PROVIDED. LOCATE J CONCRETE EQUIPMENT PAD CODE. REFER TO FLOOR SUPPORTS AROUND UNIT TO MAINTAIN CLEARANCE FOR ACCESS TO UNIT COMPONENTS ROUND DUCT W O QW W a PER SPECIFICATIONS PLANS FOR LOCATION 2. INSTALL BOX NOT MORE THAN 3 FEET ABOVE THE CEILING TO ENABLE ACCESS FOR � MAINTENANCE. Q z � CL REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS, SCHEDULES, AND NOTES FOR MORE INFORMATION. 3. FLEXIBLE CONNECTION SHALL BE ATCO MODEL UPC# 017. OR DURO-DYNE INSULFLEX. PERPENDICULAR TO STRUCTURE NOTES: �� Q U ,> NOTES: 1. EXTEND RIGID METAL DUCT SO THAT MAXIMUM FLEXIBLE DUCT LENGTH DOES NOT J PIPING ARRANGEMENT SHOWN IS SCHEMATIC. ADJUST TO SUIT FIELD CONDITIONS. 4. PROVIDE 6 CLEARANCE FOR MAINTENANCE UNLESS MORE IS RECOMMENDED BY 3 1.FOR DUCTS LARGER THAN 36"0, USE TWO HANGER RODS, WIRES OR STRAPS EXCEED 5'-0 PROVIDE RIGID 90' ELBOW WHERE REQUIRED TO KEEP FLEXIBLE CnC'1 w VERIFY CONNECTION SIZES AND LOCATIONS WITH WATER HEATER FURNISHED. MANUFACTURER. DUCT WITHIN 5 -0 LENGTH LIMITATION. n REFER TO FLOOR PLANS FOR PIPE SIZES AND CONTINUATIONS. PROVIDE SEISMIC 5. PROVIDE MINUMUM 18" CLEARANCE FOR ACCESS TO CONTROL PANEL. TO SUPPORT DUCT FROM EACH SIDE. m _ Lo O a B AND DISSTRAP OR BRACING CONNECT SWITCH AREHEN QUIRED SPECIFED BY ELECTRICY LOCAL OALTIES. POWER WIRING PARALLEL FAN POWERED 00 ROUND DUCT SUPPORT DETAIL LAY-IN CEILING DIFFUSER DETAIL Z o �' ELECTRIC WATER HEATER 3 BOX WITH ELECTRIC REHEAT COIL NO SCALE NO SCALE W Q °' d NO SCALE s T NO SCALE m 0 0 0 ISSUED /REVISED DATE o PERMIT SET 02.08.16 PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE: ca cr FIXTURES IN THIS SCHEDULE OR THEIR APPROVED EQUIVALENT ARE PROVIDED BY co THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS ON EACH OF THESE ITEMS. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION AND INSTALLATION t REQUIREMENTS. VERIFY ROUGH-IN REQUIREMENTS WITH MANUFACTURER'S ca INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS AND INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. REFER TO THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR THE PLUMBING FIXTURE MOUNTING HEIGHTS. 3 WH-1 WATER HEATER: A.O. SMITH # DEL-10, 10 GALLON GLASS m LINED STORAGE TANK, ONE 3KW DIRECT-IMMERSION HEATING ELEMENT, SURFACE-MOUNTED THERMOSTATS, ANODE ROD, T & P m A VALVE, AND 15 GALLONS PER HOUR RECOVERY AT A 80 DEGREE S TEMPERATURE RISE. SET WATER HEATER OPERATING TEMPERATURE o TO 120 'F. to ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS: 208 VOLT THREE PHASE, 8.34 m FULL LOAD AMPS. mw J HVAC W SCHEDULES & g DETAILS 2 —J _ nn=201 X d � C N J_ 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 E r 0 N 23A: HEATING. VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING: O CD " W c 000 Lo N 23A GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS 23A ORDINANCES AND CODES SCHEDULE OWNER TRAINING WITH AT LEAST 7 DAYS' ADVANCE NOTICE. CLEAN AND REFURBISH EXISTING HVAC EQUIPMENT INTENDED FOR REUSE AS 23A FLEXIBLE DUCT 0 O 00 d• REQUIRED FOR PROPER OPERATION INCLUDING REPLACEMENT OF FILTERS, BELTS, > Q aD 1- CONFORMANCE ._ 23A GENERAL REQUIREMENTS WORK PERFORMED UNDER THIS CONTRACT SHALL, AT A MINIMUM, BE IN 23A SPARE PARTS MOTORS, REMOTE CONTROLS, AND SAFETY INTERLOCKS. LOW PRESSURE (DUCT PRESSURE CLASS UP TO AND INCLUDING 2" W.G.) AND MEDIUM �� Q L- F REQUIREMENTS UNDER DIVISION ONE AND THE GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY JURISDICTION. EQIUFIPMENTCFURNISHED ALE AND ASSOCIL, STATE ATDEDOINSTALLATION CAL CODES HWORK FURNISH TO OWNER, WITH RECEIPT, THE FOLLOWING SPARE PARTS FOR THE 23A DUCT INSULATION DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES FLUES AND FANS F EAVING X ASTER(TYPE 8B,DUCT ETH RMAFL XSSURE STYPE 1'GT M6M KE,)OR EQUAL (FFLEXIBLE I,RE RETARDANT �CT SHALL BEW O lit lit c CONDITIONS OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE A PART OF THIS SECTION. PERFORMED UNDER THIS CONTRACT SHALL BE IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH EQUIPMENT FURNISHED FOR THIS PROJECT: POLYETHYLENE) PROTECTIVE VAPOR BARRIER, U.L.181 CLASS 1, ACOUSTICAL cola j N 4) Nt 0 CONTRACTOR SHALL BECOME THOROUGHLY ACQUAINTED WITH ITS CONTENTS AS TO CURRENT APPLICABLE CODES ADOPTED BY THE LOCAL AHJ INCLUDING ANY 23A DUCT INSULATION INSULATED DUCT, R-6.0 FIBERGLASS INSULATION. PROVIDE CPE LINER WITH STEEL W �., cfl co REQUIREMENTS THAT AFFECT THIS DIVISION OR SECTION. THE WORK REQUIRED AMENDMENTS AND STANDARDS AS SET FORTH BY THE NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION A. ONE SET OF SPARE FILTERS OF EACH TYPE REQUIRED FOR EACH UNIT. IN ADDITIONWIRE HELIX MECHANICALLY LOCKED OR PERMANENTLY BONDED TO THE LINER. w Z3: T_ (D +' O O UNDER THIS SECTION INCLUDES MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT, APPLIANCES, ASSOCIATION (NFPA), UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL), OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY TO THE SPARE SET OF FILTERS, INSTALL NEW FILTERS PRIOR TO TESTING, PROVIDE DUCT LINER IN RECTANGULAR SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR DUCTWORK. LINER Z WO •- N N W TRANSPORTATION, SERVICES, AND LABOR REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE ENTIRE AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION (OSHA), AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING WORK AND BEFORE TURNING SYSTEM OVER TO OWNER. SHALL BE 1-1/2" THICK, 2 POUND DENSITY FIBERGLASS, MINIMUM R-6.0 CERTAINTEED FLEXIBLE DUCT RUNS SHALL NOT EXCEED 5 FEET IN LENGTH, AND SHALL BE SYSTEM AS REQUIRED BY THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. ENGINEERS (ASME), AMERICAN SOCIETY OF HEATING, REFRIGERATION, AND AIR CORP. "TOUGHGARD" OR EQUIVALENT OWENS-CORNING OR KNAUF LONG TEXTILE INSTALLED FULLY EXTENDED AND STRAIGHT AS POSSIBLE AVOIDING TIGHT TURNS. 0 m7 N U) CA ~ Y' '> CONDITIONING ENGINEERS (ASHRAE), AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE B. FURNISH ONE COMPLETE SET OF BELTS FOR EACH FAN. FIBER DUCT LINER. LINER SURFACE SHALL SERVE AS A BARRIER AGAINST INSTALL FLEXIBLE DUCT IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. THE SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS FOR THE PROJECT ARE COMPLEMENTARY, AND (ANSI), AMERICAN SOCIETY OF TESTING MATERIALS (ASTM) AND OTHER NATIONAL INFILTRATION OF DUST AND DIRT, SHALL MEET ASTM C 1338 FOR FUNGI RESISTANCE SUPPORT FLEXIBLE DUCT AT MAXIMUM 5 FEET ON CENTER AND WITHIN 6 INCHES OF PORTIONS OF THE WORK DESCRIBED IN ONE SHALL BE PROVIDED AS IF DESCRIBED IN STANDARDS AND CODES WHERE APPLICABLE. WHERE THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS C. FURNISH THREE OPERATING KEYS FOR EACH TYPE OF AIR OUTLET AND INLET THAT AND SHALL BE CLEANABLE USING DUCT CLEANING METHODS AND EQUIPMENT BENDS. BENDS SHALL NOT EXCEED A CENTERLINE RADIUS OF ONE DUCT DIAMETER. BOTH. IN THE EVENT OF DISCREPANCIES, NOTIFY THE ENGINEER AND REQUEST EXCEED THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE REFERENCED CODES, STANDARDS, ETC., THE REQUIRE THEM. OUTLINED BY NORTH AMERICAN INSULATION MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (NAIMA) DUCT SAG SHALL NOT EXCEED 1/2 INCH. SUPPORTING MATERIAL IN DIRECT CONTACT CLARIFICATION PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK INVOLVED. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE. 23A WARRANTIES DUCT CLEANING GUIDE. INSTALL WITH LINER ADHESIVE AND MECHANICAL WITH THE DUCT SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 1-1/2 INCHES IN WIDTH. FASTENERS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND 23A DEFINITIONS PROCURE AND PAY FOR PERMITS AND LICENSES REQUIRED FOR THE RECOMMENDATIONS. DUCTWORK SIZES SHOWN ON DRAWINGS ARE INSIDE CLEAR CONNECT FLEXIBLE DUCT TO RIGID METAL DUCT OR AIR DEVICES AS RECOMMENDED WARRANT EACH SYSTEM AND EACH ELEMENT THEREOF AGAINST ALL DEFECTS DUE ACCOMPLISHMENT OF THE WORK HEREIN DESCRIBED. WHERE REQUIRED, OBTAIN, DIMENSIONS. INCREASE SHEET METAL BY LINER THICKNESS IN BOTH DIRECTIONS BY THE MANUFACTURER. AT A MINIMUM, INSTALL TWO WRAPS OF DUCT TAPE TO FAULTY WORKMANSHIP, DESIGN OR MATERIAL FOR A PERIOD OF 12 MONTHS HENDERSON FURNISH: THE TERM FURNISH IS USED TO MEAN SUPPLY AND DELIVER TO THE PAY FOR AND FURNISH CERTIFICATES OF INSPECTION TO OWNER. CONTRACTOR WHERE LINER IS INSTALLED. AROUND THE INNER CORE CONNECTION AND A METALLIC OR NON-METALLIC CLAMP FROM DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, UNLESS SPECIFIC ITEMS ARE NOTED TO PROJECT SITE, READY FOR UNLOADING, UNPACKING, ASSEMBLY, INSTALLATION AND WILL BE HELD RESPONSIBLE FOR VIOLATIONS OF THE LAW. CARRY A LONGER WARRANTY IN THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS OR OVER THE TAPE AND TWO WRAPS OF DUCT TAPE OR A CLAMP OVER THE OUTER ENGINEERS SIMILAR OPERATIONS." COVER CONCEALED RIGID ROUND DUCTWORK WITH 2-1/4" THICK 3/4 POUND JACKET. DUCT CLAMPS SHALL BE LABELED IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL-181B AND MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD WARRANTY EXCEEDS 12 MONTHS. REMEDY ALL ' rxli 23A PROTECTION OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS DEFECTS, OCCURRING WITHIN THE WARRANTY PERIOD(S), AS STATED IN THE DENSITY, MINIMUM R-6.0 DUCT WRAP, CERTAINTEED OR EQUIVALENT OWENS- MARKED 181B-C. DUCT TAPE SHALL BE LABELED IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL 181B AND 8345LENEXADRNE,SU(iE300 INSTALL: THE TERM "INSTALL" IS USED TO DESCRIBE OPERATIONS AT THE PROJECT CORNING OR KNAUF WITH HEAVY-DUTY FOIL-SCRIM-KRAFT FACING AND WITH JOINTS MARKED 181 B-FX. SITE INCLUDING THE ACTUAL "UNLOADING, UNPACKING, ASSEMBLY, ERECTION, STORE AND PROTECT FROM DAMAGE EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS DELIVERED TO JOB GENERAL CONDITIONS AND DIVISION 1. TAPED WITH 3" WIDE FOIL TAPE. LENEXA,KS 66214 PLACING, ANCHORING, APPLYING, WORKING TO DIMENSION, FINISHING, CURING, SITE. COVER WITH WATERPROOF, TEAR-RESISTANT, HEAVY TARP OR POLYETHYLENE 23A AIR DEVICES TEL 913 742 5000 Fax 913 742 5001 WARRANTIES SHALL INCLUDE LABOR AND MATERIAL. MAKE REPAIRS OR www.hei-en eom PROTECTING, CLEANING, AND SIMILAR OPERATIONS. PLASTIC AS REQUIRED TO PROTECT FROM PLASTER, DIRT, PAINT, WATER, OR REPLACEMENTS WITHOUT ANY ADDITIONAL COSTS TO THE OWNER. g� PHYSICAL DAMAGE. EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN DAMAGED BY INSULATING MATERIALS, ADHESIVES, COATINGS, ETC., SHALL NOT EXCEED FLAME PROVIDE AIR DEVICES AS SCHEDULED ON DRAWINGS, MANUFACTURED BY CARNES, 1650000011 E PROVIDE: THE TERM "PROVIDE" MEANS "TO FURNISH AND INSTALL., COMPLETE AND CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES WILL BE REJECTED, AND CONTRACTOR IS OBLIGATED TO SPREAD RATING OF 25 AND SMOKE DEVELOPED RATING OF 50 PER ASTM E 84. E.H. PRICE, KRUEGER, NAILOR INDUSTRIES, TITUS, OR TUTTLE & BAILEY. SELECT AIR READY FOR THE INTENDED USE." FURNISH NEW EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL OF A LIKE KIND. PERFORM THE REMEDIAL WORK PROMPTLY, UPON WRITTEN NOTICE FROM THE CONTAINERS FOR MASTICS AND ADHESIVES SHALL HAVE U.L. LABEL DEVICES TO LIMIT ROOM NOISE LEVEL TO NO HIGHER THAN NC-30 UNLESS ENGINEER OR OWNER. OTHERWISE SHOWN. PROVIDE DEVICES WITH A SOFT PLASTIC GASKET TO MAKE AN FURNISHED BY OWNER OR FURNISHED BY OTHERS: THE ITEM WILL BE FURNISHED BY KEEP PREMISES BROOM CLEAN FROM FOREIGN MATERIAL CREATED DURING WORK 15A DUCTWORK AIRTIGHT SEAL AGAINST THE MOUNTING SURFACE. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION, AT THE TIME OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, DELIVER TO THE OWNER ALL THE OWNER OR OTHERS. IT IS TO BE INSTALLED AND CONNECTED UNDER THE PERFORMED UNDER THIS CONTRACT. PIPING, EQUIPMENT, ETC. SHALL HAVE A NEAT FRAME, AND MOUNTING TYPE OF AIR DEVICES WITH ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED REQUIREMENTS OF THIS DIVISION, COMPLETE AND READY FOR OPERATION, WARRANTIES, IN WRITING AND PROPERLY EXECUTED, INCLUDING TERM LIMITS FOR PROVIDE GALVANIZED STEEL DUCTWORK AND HOUSINGS AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. AND CLEAN APPEARANCE AT THE TERMINATION OF THE WORK. CEILING PLANS. INCLUDING ITEMS INCIDENTAL TO THE WORK, INCLUDING SERVICES NECESSARY FOR WARRANTIES EXTENDING BEYOND THE ONE YEAR PERIOD, EACH WARRANTY CONSTRUCT DUCTWORK INCLUDING FITTINGS AND TRANSITIONS IN CONFORMANCE PROPER INSTALLATION AND OPERATION. THE INSTALLATION SHALL BE INCLUDED PLUG OR CAP OPEN ENDS OF DUCTWORK AND PIPING SYSTEMS WHILE STORED AND INSTRUMENT BEING ADDRESSED TO THE OWNER AND STATING THE COMMENCEMENT WITH CURRENT SMACNA STANDARDS RELATIVE TO GAUGE, BRACING, JOINTS, ETC.DATE AND TERMSUBMIT COMPLETE SHOP DRAWINGS INCLUDING INFORMATION ON NOISE LEVEL, . MINIMUM THICKNESS OF DUCT SHALL BE 26-GAUGE SHEET METAL. REINFORCE UNDER THE GUARANTEE REQUIRED BY THIS DIVISION. INSTALLED DURING CONSTRUCTION WHEN NOT IN USE TO PREVENT THE ENTRANCE PRESSURE DROP, THROW, CFM FOR EACH AIR DEVICE, STYLES, BORDERS, ETC. OF DEBRIS INTO THE SYSTEMS. HOUSINGS AND DUCTWORK OVER 30" WITH 1-1/4" ANGLES NOT LESS THAN 5'-6" ON CLEARLY MARKED WITH SPECIFIED EQUIPMENT NUMBER. SUBMIT SAMPLES OF EACH CENTERS, AND CLOSER IF REQUIRED FOR SUFFICIENT RIGIDITY TO PREVENT ENGINEER: WHERE REFERENCED IN THIS DIVISION, "ENGINEER" IS THE ENGINEER OF 23A CUTTING AND PATCHING AIR DEVICE AS REQUESTED BY THE ENGINEER. RROF RECORD AND THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL FOR THE WORK UNDER THIS DIVISION, AND 23A SUBSTITUTIONS VIBRATION. SUPPORT HORIZONTAL RUNS OF DUCT FROM STRAP IRON HANGERS ON 011 Fs IS A CONSULTANT TO, AND AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF, THE ARCHITECT, AS PERFORM CUTTING OF WALLS, FLOORS, CEILINGS, ETC. AS REQUIRED TO INSTALL CENTERS NOT TO EXCEED 8'-0". DO NOT SUPPORT CEILING GRID, CONDUITS, PIPES, PROVIDE CEILING SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSERS AND RETURN AIR GRILLES OF LAY-IN OR �'NEE `s�U WORK UNDER THIS SECTION. OBTAIN PERMISSION FROM THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO EQUIPMENT, ETC. FROM DUCTWORK. COORDINATE ROUTING OF DUCTWORK WITH Q DEFINED IN THE GENERAL AND/OR SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS. WHEN USED IN THE BASE BID SHALL INCLUDE ONLY THE PRODUCTS FROM MANUFACTURERS SURFACE MOUNTED TYPE AS REQUIRED TO BE COMPATIBLE WITH CEILING tV CUTTING. DO NOT CUT OR DISTURB STRUCTURAL MEMBERS WITHOUT PRIOR OTHER CONTRACTORS SUCH THAT PIPING, ELECTRICAL CONDUIT, AND ASSOCIATED t" THIS DIVISION, IT MEANS INCREASED INVOLVEMENT BY, AND OBLIGATIONS T0, THE SPECIFICALLY NAMED IN THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. NO SUBSTITUTION CONSTRUCTION. PROVIDE CEILING DIFFUSERS AND GRILLES WITH WHITE ENAMEL ENGINEER, IN ADDITION TO INVOLVEMENT BY, AND OBLIGATIONS TO, THE WILL BE CONSIDERED PRIOR TO RECEIPT OF BIDS UNLESS WRITTEN REQUEST FOR APPROVAL FROM THE ARCHITECT. CUT HOLES AS SMALL AS POSSIBLE. GENERAL SUPPORTS ARE NOT ROUTED THROUGH THE DUCTWORK.CONTRACTOR SHALL PATCH WALLS, FLOORS, ETC. AS REQUIRED BY WORK UNDER FINISH UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. "ARCHITECT". APPROVAL TO BID HAS BEEN RECEIVED BY THE ENGINEER AT LEAST TEN CALENDAR THIS SECTION. PATCHING SHALL MATCH THE ORIGINAL MATERIAL AND DAYS PRIOR TO THE DATE FOR RECEIPT OF BIDS. EACH SUCH REQUEST SHALL CONSTRUCT SUPPLY DUCTS TO MEET SMACNA POSITIVE PRESSURE OF 2 W.G. 23A FAN POWERED BOXES. R G0 CONSTRUCTION. REPAIR AND REFINISH AREAS DISTURBED BY WORK TO THE CONSTRUCT RETURN, OUTDOOR AND EXHAUST DUCTWORK UPSTREAM OF FANS TO AHJ: THE LOCAL CODE AND/OR INSPECTION AGENCY (AUTHORITY) HAVING INCLUDE THE NAME OF THE MATERIAL OR EQUIPMENT FOR WHICH IT IS TO BE DUCTWORK T CONDITION OF ADJOINING SURFACES IN A MANNER SATISFACTORY TO THE MEET SMACNA.NEGATIVE PRESSURE OF 1" W.G. CONSTRUCT EXHAUST JURISDICTION OVER THE WORK. SUBSTITUTED AND A COMPLETE DESCRIPTION OF THE PROPOSED SUBSTITUTE . DOWNSTREAM OF FANS TO MELT SMACNA POSITIVE PRESSURE ST 1W.G. PROVIDE TRANE PRESSURE INDEPENDENT VARIABLE VOLUME FAN POWERED ARCHITECT ��p \L� INCLUDING DRAWINGS, CUTS, PERFORMANCE AND TEST DATA AND OTHER " TERMINAL BOXES AS NOTED AND SCHEDULED ON THE DRAWINGS. CONSTRUCT BOX G. M THE TERMS "APPROVED EQUAL", "EQUIVALENT", OR "EQUAL" ARE USED INFORMATION NECESSARY FOR AN EVALUATION. A STATEMENT SETTING FORTH CASING OF 22 GAUGE ZINC COATED STEEL, INTERNALLY LINED WITH MINIMUM R-3.5 SYNONYMOUSLY AND SHALL MEAN "ACCEPTED BY OR ACCEPTABLE TO THE CHANGES IN OTHER MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT OR OTHER WORK THAT INCORPORATION 23A ROUGH-IN SEAL DUCTWORK WITH HEAVY LIQUID SEALANT, HARDCAST IRONGRIP 601, DESIGN FIBERGLASS LINER HAVING MINIMUM R-3.5 VALUE AND COMPLYING WITH UL 181 AND EXPIRES: 12/31/201 ENGINEER AS EQUIVALENT TO THE ITEM OR MANUFACTURER SPECIFIED". THE TERM OF THE SUBSTITUTE WOULD REQUIRE SHALL BE INCLUDED. THE BURDEN OF PROOFCOORDINATE WITHOUT DELAY ROUGHING-IN WITH GENERAL CONSTRUCTION. ACCORDING TO SEALANT MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. FOR DUCTS WITH POLYMER DP 1010 , UNITED MCGILL DUCT SEALER OR APPROVED EQUAL, APPLIED NFPA-90A. FULLY COVER EDGES OF INSULATION WITH METAL COVER STRIPS. "APPROVED" SHALL MEAN LABELED, LISTED, OR BOTH, BY A NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED OF THE MERIT OF THE PROPOSED SUBSTITUTE IS UPON THE PROPOSER. THE PROVIDE REMOVABLE ACCESS PANELS WITH AIRTIGHT GASKETS AND QUARTER-TURN D TESTING LABORATORY (E.G. UL, ETL, CSA), AND ACCEPTABLE TO THE AHJ OVER THIS ENGINEER'S DECISION OF APPROVAL OR DISAPPROVAL TO BID OF A PROPOSED CONCEAL PIPING AND CONDUIT ROUGH-IN EXCEPT IN UNFINISHED AREAS AND WHERE PRESSURE CLASSIFICATION OF 2" W.G. AND GREATER SEAL LONGITUDINAL AND LATCHES FOR ACCESS TO INTERNAL BOX COMPONENTS REQUIRING SERVICE. PROJECT. SUBSTITUTION SHALL BE FINAL. OTHERWISE SHOWN. TRANSVERSE DUCTWORK JOINTS AIRTIGHT TO MEET SMACNA CLASS B. FOR DUCTS v WITH PRESSURE CLASSIFICATION LESS THAN 2" W.G. SEAL TRANSVERSE JOINTS CONSTRUCT THE PRIMARY AIR VALVE DAMPER OF METAL WITH PERIPHERAL GASKET • 23A PREBID SITE VISIT THE TERMS "APPROVED", "APPROVED EQUAL", AND "EQUAL" REFER TO APPROVAL BY 23A ACCESS DOORS AIRTIGHT TO MEET SMACNA CLASS C. TAPES AND MASTICS SHALL BE LISTED AND PIVOTING IN SELF-LUBRICATING BEARINGS. WHEN CLOSED, THE DAMPER LEAKAGE 4. THE ENGINEER AS AN ACCEPTABLE ALTERNATE BID. NO SUBSTITUTIONS WILL BE PROVIDE ACCESS DOORS IN CEILINGS, WALLS, ETC. WHERE INDICATED OR REQUIRED LABELED IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL 181A. SHALL NOT EXCEED 2 PERCENT OF THE RATED CFM AT 3" INLET STATIC PRESSURE. � PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID, VISIT THE SITE OF THE PROPOSED WORK AND BECOME CONSIDERED THAT ARE NOT BID AS AN ALTERNATE. NO MATERIAL SUBSTITUTIONS FOR ACCESS OR MAINTENANCE TO CONCEALED VALVES AND EQUIPMENT INSTALLEDSET MINIMUM POSITION OF DAMPER AT THE FACTORY AND ALLOW FIELD FULLY INFORMED AS TO THE CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THE WORK IS TO BE DONE. SHALL BE CONSIDERED FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO AWARD OF CONTRACT. PROVIDE RADIUS ELBOWS, TURNS, AND OFFSETS WITH A MINIMUM CENTERLINE ADJUSTMENT. F. FAILURE TO DO SO WILL NOT BE CONSIDERED SUFFICIENT JUSTIFICATION TO UNDER THIS SECTION. PROVIDE CONCEALED HINGES, SCREWDRIVER-TYPE LOCK, RADIUS OF 1-1/2 TIMES THE DUCT WIDTH. WHERE SPACE DOES NOT PERMIT FULL ,. ANCHOR STRAPS; MANUFACTURED BY MILCOR, ZURN, TITUS, OR EQUAL. OBTAIN RADIUS ELBOWS, PROVIDE SHORT RADIUS ELBOWS WITH A MINIMUM OF TWO Z z v REQUEST OR OBTAIN EXTRA COMPENSATION OVER AND ABOVE THE CONTRACT COORDINATE AND VERIFY WITH OTHER TRADES WHETHER OR NOT THE SUBSTITUTED CONSTRUCT FAN BLOWER OF STEEL WITH FC BLADES, DYNAMICALLY BALANCED a ARCHITECT'S APPROVAL OF TYPE, SIZE, LOCATION AND COLOR BEFORE ORDERING. CONTINUOUS SPLITTER VANES. VANES SHALL BE THE ENTIRE LENGTH OF THE BEND. a W o PRICE. EQUIPMENT CAN BE INSTALLED AS SHOWN ON THE CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS WHEELS AND DIRECT DRIVE MOTOR. PROVIDE PERMANENT SPLIT CAPACITOR TYPE O� F. WITHOUT MODIFICATION TO ASSOCIATED SYSTEMS OR ARCHITECTURAL OR 23A ELECTRICAL WIRING PROVIDE MITERED ELBOWS WHERE SPACE DOES NOT PERMIT RADIUS ELBOWS, MOTORS WITH LUBRICATED BEARINGS AND THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION. U)n - a 23A MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP ENGINEERING DESIGN. INCLUDE ADDITIONAL COSTS FOR ARCHITECTURAL AND WHERE SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, OR AT THE OPTION OF THE CONTRACTOR WITH DESIGN MOTOR FOR USE WITH ELECTRONIC FAN SPEED CONTROLLER. PROVIDE - = q ENGINEERING DESIGN FEES IN BID IF DRAWING MODIFICATIONS ARE REQUIRED THE ENGINEER'S APPROVAL. MITERED ELBOWS LESS THAN 45 DEGREES SHALL NOT ISOLATION BETWEEN MOTOR AND BLOWER ASSEMBLY. PROVIDE AN ELECTRONIC -�o v LINE VOLTAGE WIRING SHALL BE PROVIDED BY DIVISION 26. LINE VOLTAGE CONTROL REQUIRE TURNING VANES. MITERED ELBOWS 45-DEGREES AND GREATER SHALL a PROVIDE NEW MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT, AND APPARATUS UNDER THIS CONTRACT BECAUSE OF SUBSTITUTED EQUIPMENT. AND INTERLOCK WIRING FOR MECHANICAL SYSTEMS SHALL ALSO BE PROVIDED BY SPEED CONTROLLER WHICH ALLOWS CONTINUOUSLY ADJUSTABLE FAN SPEED FROM -�U 3 UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED HEREIN, OF BEST QUALITY NORMALLY USED FOR THE HAVE SINGLE THICKNESS TURNING VANES OF SAME GAUGE AS DUCTWORK, RIGIDLY MAXIMUM TO MINIMUM. of 3 PURPOSE IN GOOD COMMERCIAL PRACTICE, AND FREE FROM DEFECTS. MODEL 23A ELECTRONIC DRAWING FILES DIVISION 26 CONTRACTOR. LOW VOLTAGE CONTROL WIRING SHALL BE PROVIDED BY FASTENED WITH GUIDE STRIPS IN DUCTWORK. VANES FOR MITERED ELBOWS SHALL a a a NUMBERS LISTED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS OR SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS ARE NOT THE DIVISION 23 CONTRACTOR. FURNISH WIRING DIAGRAMS TO THE DIVISION 26 BE PROVIDED IN ALL SUPPLY AND EXHAUST DUCTWORK AND IN RETURN AND OUTSIDE PROVIDE BOX WITH A BACKDRAFT DAMPER, FILTER AND FILTER FRAME, AND DIRECT V a Z CONTRACTOR AS REQUIRED FOR PROPER EQUIPMENT HOOKUP. COORDINATE WITH AIR DUCTWORK THAT HAS AN AIR VELOCITY EXCEEDING 1000 FPM. DO NOT INSTALL 0 NECESSARILY INTENDED TO DESIGNATE THE REQUIRED TRIM, WRITTEN IN PREPARATION OF SHOP DRAWINGS OR RECORD DRAWINGS, CONTRACTOR MAY, AT DIGITAL CONTROLS. INCORPORATE A SINGLE POINT ELECTRICAL CONNECTION WITH THE DIVISION 26 CONTRACTOR THE ACTUAL WIRE SIZING AMPS FOR MECHANICAL VANES IN GREASE DUCTWORK. DESCRIPTIONS OF THE TRIM GOVERN MODEL NUMBERS. HIS OPTION, OBTAIN ELECTRONIC DRAWING FILES IN AUTOCAD OR DXF FORMAT ON ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS ENCLOSED IN A SINGLE CONTROL BOX WITH AN ACCESS y 3.5 INCH FLOPPY DISK, 100 MB ZIP DISK OR CD-ROM DISK, AS DESIRED, FROM THE EQUIPMENT (FROM THE EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATE) TO ENSURE PROPER INSTALLATION. PANEL SEALED FROM PRIMARY AIR FLOW. PIPE, PIPE FITTINGS, PIPE SPECIALTIES AND VALVES SHALL BE MANUFACTURED IN ENGINEER FOR A SHIPPING AND HANDLING FEE OF $200 FOR A DRAWING SET UP TO DUCTS SHALL BE CONNECTED TO FANS, FAN CASINGS AND FAN PLENUMS BY MEANS .1 PLANTS LOCATED IN THE UNITED STATES. 12 SHEETS AND $15 PER SHEET FOR EACH ADDITIONAL SHEET. CONTRACTOR SHALL 23A FINAL TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS OF FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS. FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS:SHALL BE NEOPRENE COATED 23A TEMPERATURE CONTROLS j CONTACT THE ARCHITECT FOR WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION AND ENGINEER FOR THE GLASS CLOTH CANVAS CONNECTIONS, DURO-DYNE, ELGEN, VENTFABRIC OR EQUAL. Q FINAL SYSTEM TESTING, BALANCING AND ADJUSTMENTS SHALL BE PERFORMED BY A FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS SHALL HAVE A FLAME SPREAD OF 25 OR LESS AND SMOKE WORK PERFORMED UNDER THIS CONTRACT SHALL PROVIDE A NEAT AND NECESSARY RELEASE AGREEMENT FORM AND TO SPECIFY SHIPPING METHOD AND PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW HONEYWELL VISIONPRO TB8220 THERMOSTAT. V C "WORKMANLIKE" APPEARANCE WHEN COMPLETED, TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE DRAWING FORMAT. IN ADDITION TO PAYMENT, ARCHITECT'S WRITTEN CONTRACTOR CERTIFIED BY THE NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL BALANCING BUREAU DEVELOPED RATING NOT HIGHER THAN 50. MAKE AIRTIGHT JOINTS AND INSTALL WITH ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER. WORKMANSHIP SHALL BE THE FINEST POSSIBLE BY AUTHORIZATION AND ENGINEER'S RELEASE AGREEMENT FORM MUST BE RECEIVED (NEBB), ASSOCIATED AIR BALANCE COUNCIL (AABC) OR OTHER APPROVED AGENCY. MINIMUM 1-1/2" SLACK. 23A SEQUENCE OF OPERATION EXPERIENCED MECHANICS. INSTALLATIONS SHALL COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE CODES BEFORE ELECTRONIC DRAWING FILES WILL BE SENT. PERFORM TEST READINGS ON FANS, UNITS, COILS, ETC. AND ADJUST EQUIPMENT TO AND LAWS. DELIVER SPECIFIED AMOUNTS OF AIR. PREPARE TESTING AND BALANCING REPORT PROVIDE BALANCING DAMPERS, MANUFACTURED BY RUSKIN, GREENHECK, NAILOR 23A PARALLEL FAN POWERED MIXING BOX TERMINAL UNIT CONTROL Q; W 23A OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS LOG SHOWING AIR SUPPLY QUANTITIES, AIR ENTERING AND LEAVING TEMPERATURES INDUSTRIES, CESCO, 'LOUVERS & DAMPERS, POTTORFF OR APPROVED EQUAL, WHERE AND PRESSURES, FAN AND UNIT TEST READINGS, MOTOR VOLTAGE AND AMP DRAWS, SHOWN ON DRAWINGS AND WHEREVER NECESSARY FOR COMPLETE CONTROL OF W O: z THE COMPLETE INSTALLATION SHALL FUNCTION AS DESIGNED AND INTENDED WITH DURING THE OCCUPIED HOURS THE FPB FAN SHALL BE OFF. WHEN SPACE ETC., AND SUBMIT SIX COPIES OF THE FINAL COMPILATION OF DATA TO THE AIR FLOW. SPLITTER DAMPERS SHALL BE CONTROLLED BY LOCKING QUADRANTS; M RESPECT TO EFFICIENCY, CAPACITY, NOISE LEVEL, ETC. ABNORMAL NOISE CAUSED DURING THE COURSE OF CONSTRUCTION, COLLECT AND COMPILE A COMPLETE TEMPERATURE SENSOR CALLS FOR COOLING, THE PRIMARY DAMPER SHALL ARCHITECT FOR EVALUATION AND APPROVAL BEFORE FINAL INSPECTION OF THE PROVIDE YOUNG REGULATOR OR VENTLOK END BEARINGS FOR THE DAMPER ROD. Q BY RATTLING EQUIPMENT, PIPING, DUCTS, AIR DEVICES, AND SQUEAKS IN ROTATING BROCHURE OF EQUIPMENT FURNISHED AND INSTALLED ON THIS PROJECT. INCLUDE MODULATE FROM MINIMUM COOLING AIRFLOW POSITION TO MAXIMUM COOLING O N o COMPONENTS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTABLE. IN GENERAL, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT OPERATIONAL AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS, MANUFACTURER'S CATALOG PROJECT. BALANCE AIR SYSTEMS TO WITHIN PLUS OR MINUS 10 PERCENT FOR RECTANGULAR VOLUME DAMPERS SHALL BE OPPOSED BLADE INTERLOCKING TYPE. AIRFLOW POSITION TO MAINTAIN OCCUPIED SPACE TEMPERATURE SET POINT W f- N o ff SHALL BE OF COMMERCIAL SPECIFICATION GRADE IN QUALITY. LIGHT DUTY AND SHEETS, WIRING DIAGRAMS, PARTS LISTS, APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS, AND TERMINAL DEVICES AND BRANCH LINES AND PLUS OR MINUS 5 PERCENT FOR MAIN ROUND VOLUME DAMPERS SHALL BE BUTTERFLY TYPE CONSISTING OF CIRCULAR (ADJUSTABLE). WHEN SPACE TEMPERATURE SENSOR CALLS FOR HEATING, THE o DUCTS AND AIR HANDLING EQUIPMENT OF THE AMOUNT OF AIR SHOWN ON THE BLADE MOUNTED TO A SHAFT. DAMPER LEAKAGE FOR OUTSIDE AIR DAMPERS SHALL C9� RESIDENTIAL TYPE EQUIPMENT WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED. DESCRIPTIVE LITERATURE AS FURNISHED BY THE EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER. PRIMARY DAMPER SHALL MODULATE FROM MAXIMUM COOLING AIRFLOW POSITION TO to C DRAWINGS. FURTHER ADJUSTMENTS SHALL BE MADE TO OBTAIN UNIFORM NOT EXCEED 4.0 CFM/SQUARE INCLUDE AN INSIDE COVER SHEET THAT LISTS THE PROJECT NAME, DATE, OWNER, / QUARE FOOT IN FULL CLOSED POSITION AT 1 WG PRESSURE MINIMUM COOLING AIRFLOW POSITION. ON A CONTINUED CALL FOR HEATING, z< Lo REMOVE FROM THE PREMISES WASTE MATERIAL PRESENT AS A RESULT OF WORK, ARCHITECT, CONSULTING ENGINEER, GENERAL CONTRACTOR, SUB-CONTRACTOR, TEMPERATURE IN SPACES. ADJUST EQUIPMENT TO OPERATE AS INTENDED BY THE DIFFERENTIAL ACROSS DAMPER. REFERENCE MANUFACTURER AND MODEL NUMBER DAMPER SHALL BE AT THE MINIMUM AIRFLOW POSITION AND THE FPB FAN SHALL W a INCLUDING CARTONS, CRATING, PAPER, STICKERS, AND/OR EXCAVATION MATERIAL AND AN INDEX OF CONTENTS. SPECIFICATION. ALIGN BEARINGS AND REPLACE BEARINGS THAT HAVE DIRT OR FOR OUTSIDE AIR DAMPERS IS RUSKIN MODEL CD-50. PROVIDE FLXMASTER MODEL ENERGIZE. UPON PROOF OF AIRFLOW, THE FPB REHEAT COIL SHALL BE ENABLED TO ' O O 0Lo N NOT USED IN BACKFILLING, ETC. CLEAN EQUIPMENT INSTALLED UNDER THIS FOREIGN MATERIAL IN THEM WITH NEW BEARINGS WITHOUT ADDITIONAL COST TO STO OR EQUAL 45 DEGREE RECTANGULAR/ROUND SIDE TAKEOFF FITTING WITH MAINTAIN OCCUPIED SPACE TEMPERATURE SET POINT (ADJUSTABLE). WHEN THE A M. = Q C) CONTRACT TO PRESENT A NEAT AND CLEAN INSTALLATION AT THE TERMINATION OF SUBMIT THREE COPIES OF LITERATURE BOUND IN APPROVED BINDERS WITH INDEX THE OWNER. BALANCE CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE IN THE REPORT ANY MODEL SLBO DOUBLE BEARING DAMPER WITH INSULATION BUILD OUT FOR ROUND SPACE OCCUPIED TEMPERATURE SET POINT IS SATISFIED, THE REHEAT COIL SHALL Z co THE WORK. AND TABS SEPARATING EQUIPMENT TYPES TO THE ARCHITECT AT THE TERMINATION IMPROPERLY INSTALLED OR MISSING BALANCING DEVICES THAT WOULD NEGATIVELY DUCTWORK BRANCH TAKEOFFS TO INDIVIDUAL AIR DEVICES. OMIT DAMPER AT BE DE-ENERGIZED AND THE FAN SHALL CYCLE OFF AFTER A TIME DELAY. ON W J W W o IMPACT THE SYSTEM OPERATION. TAKEOFF FITTING WHEN DAMPER IS LOCATED DOWNSTREAM OF TAKEOFF. o OF THE WORK. PAPER CLIPS, STAPLES, RUBBER BANDS, AND MAILING ENVELOPES DETECTION OF SMOKE, FPB FAN SHALL BE SHUT DOWN AS SHOWN ON THE REPAIR OR REPLACE PUBLIC AND PRIVATE PROPERTY DAMAGED AS A RESULT OF ARE NOT CONSIDERED APPROVED BINDERS. FINAL APPROVAL OF MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. Q Q Z WORK PERFORMED UNDER THIS CONTRACT TO THE SATISFACTION OF AUTHORITIES SYSTEMS INSTALLED UNDER THIS CONTRACT WILL BE WITHHELD UNTIL THIS ADJUST THERMOSTATS AND CONTROL DEVICES TO OPERATE AS INTENDED. ADJUST OPPOSED BLADE DAMPERS (OBD) ARE NOT PERMITTED AT THE FACE OF THE BURNERS, PUMPS, FANS ETC. FOR PROPER AND EFFICIENT OPERATION. CERTIFY TO DIFFUSER. REFER TO DRAWINGS AND DETAILS FOR VOLUME DAMPER ACCESS ABOVE C9 L- AND REGULATIONS HAVING JURISDICTION. EQUIPMENT BROCHURE IS RECEIVED AND DEEMED COMPLETE BY THE ARCHITECT DURING THE UNOCCUPIED HOURS THE FPB FAN SHALL BE OFF. WHEN SPACE Ck a. ARCHITECT THAT ADJUSTMENTS HAVE BEEN MADE AND THAT SYSTEM IS OPERATING HARD CEILINGS. AND ENGINEER. INSTRUCT WORKMEN TO SAVE REQUIRED LITERATURE SHIPPED TEMPERATURE SENSOR CALLS FOR COOLING THE PRIMARY DAMPER SHALL 23A COORDINATION WITH THE EQUIPMENT ITSELF, FOR INCLUSION IN THIS BROCHURE. SATISFACTORILY. FURTHER ADJUSTMENTS SHALL BE MADE TO OBTAIN UNIFORM MODULATE FROM FULL CLOSED POSITION TO FULL OPEN POSITION TO MAINTAIN Z wa U) J w TEMPERATURE IN SPACES. CALIBRATE, SET, AND ADJUST AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE ROUND OR OVAL DUCTWORK SHALL BE SEMCO, UNITED, WESCO OR EQUAL, UNOCCUPIED SETPOINT (ADJUSTABLE). WHEN SPACE TEMPERATURE SENSOR CALLS m Lo O 2 B COORDINATE WORK WITH THAT OF OTHER TRADES SO THAT THE VARIOUS PROVIDE "AS-BUILT" DRAWINGS SEE DIVISION 1 AND GENERAL CONDITIONS). CONTROLS. CHECK PROPER SEQUENCING OF INTERLOCK SYSTEMS, AND OPERATION SHEETMETAL, WITH SMOOTH INTERIOR SURFACE, WITH LOW PRESSURE (DUCT LNG, THE FAN SHALL BE ENERGIZED AND THE PRIMARY DAMPER SHALL BE OF SAFETY CONTROLS. PRESSURE CLASS UP TO AND INCLUDING 2" W.G. ROUND DUCTWORK GAUGES PER = w o COMPONENTS OF THE SYSTEMS WILL BE INSTALLED AT THE PROPER TIME WILL FIT ) AT FULL CLOSED POSITION. THE FPB FAN SHALL CYCLE ON AND OFF TO MAINTAIN co C) THE AVAILABLE SPACE, AND WILL ALLOW PROPER SERVICE ACCESS TO THOSE ITEMS 23A TRAINING THE FOLLOWING TABLE (REFERENCE SMACNA HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION UNOCCUPIED SPACE TEMPERATURE SETPOINT (ADJUSTABLE). ON A CONTINUED CALL to � � 0- 23A MISCELLANEOUS REMODELING WORK STANDARDS FOR GAUGES WHEN PRESSURES EXCEED 2" W.G. Z REQUIRING MAINTENANCE. COMPONENTS WHICH ARE INSTALLED WITHOUT REGARD ) FOR HEATING, THE PRIMARY DAMPER SHALL REMAIN AT FULL CLOSED POSITION AND TO THE ABOVE SHALL BE RELOCATED AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. AT A TIME MUTUALLY AGREED UPON BETWEEN THE OWNER AND CONTRACTOR, REMOVE ALL UNUSED EQUIPMENTTHE REHEAT COIL SHALL BE ENABLED TO MAINTAIN UNOCCUPIED SPACE , DUCTWORK, PIPING AND ASSOCIATED SUPPORTS. W Q PROVIDE THE SERVICES OF A FACTORY TRAINED AND AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE SIZE DUCT GAUGE FITTING GAUGE TEMPERATURE SETPOINT. WHEN THE SPACE UNOCCUPIED TEMPERATURE SET POINT CAP DUCTWORK AND PIPING AT MAINS AND SEAL AIR AND WATER TIGHT. 14" & UNDER 26 24 UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR WILL PROVIDE CHASES TO TRAIN OWNER'S DESIGNATED PERSONNEL ON THE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE IS SATISFIED, THE REHEAT COIL SHALL BE DE-ENERGIZED AND THE FAN SHALL CYCLE m AND OPENINGS IN BUILDING CONSTRUCTION REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF THE OF THE EQUIPMENT PROVIDED FOR THIS PROJECT. 15" THRU 26" 24 22 OFF AFTER A TIME DELAY. o SYSTEMS SPECIFIED HEREIN. CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH THE GENERAL PROVIDE ITEMS OF HVAC SYSTEMS MODIFICATION REQUIRED BECAUSE OF BUILDING REMODELING, AS NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS OR NECESSARY FOR PROPER ISSUED /REVISED DATE CONTRACTOR WITH INFORMATION WHERE CHASES AND OPENINGS ARE REQUIRED. PROVIDE TRAINING TO INCLUDE BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO AN OVERVIEW OF THE 23A EXISTING TENANT RESTROOM EXHAUST FAN CONTROL OPERATION. MATCH EXISTING MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION TECHNIQUES WHEN LINDAB SPIROSAFE, LEWIS & LAMBERT OR APPROVED EQUAL FACTORY- o KEEP INFORMED AS TO THE WORK OF OTHER TRADES ENGAGED IN THE SYSTEM AND/OR EQUIPMENT AS IT RELATES TO THE FACILITY AS A WHOLE; MODIFYING EXISTING SYSTEMS UNLESS SPECIFIED OTHERWISE. COORDINATE MANUFACTURED ROUND DUCTWORK AND FITTINGS MAY BE SUBSTITUTED FOR PERMIT SET 02.08.16 n CONSTRUCTION OF THE PROJECT, AND EXECUTE WORK IN A MANNER AS TO NOT OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES AND SCHEDULES RELATED TO ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND ARCHITECT. EXISTING EXHAUST FAN IS INTERLOCKED WITH RESPECTIVE RESTROOM OCCUPANCY INTERFERE WITH OR DELAY THE WORK OF OTHER TRADES, STARTUP AND SHUTDOWN, TROUBLESHOOTING, SERVICING, PREVENTIVE SPECIFIED ROUND BRANCH DUCTWORK, AT CONTRACTORS OPTION. HEAVY LIQUID SENSOR AND IS ENERGIZED WHEN RESTROOM IS OCCUPIED AND DE-ENERGIZED MAINTENANCE AND APPROPRIATE OPERATOR INTERVENTION; AND REVIEW OF DATA JOINT SEALANT MAY BE OMITTED ON FACTORY-MANUFACTURED ROUND DUCTWORK. WHEN RESTROOM IS UNOCCUPIED. `� FIGURED DIMENSIONS SHALL BE TAKEN IN PREFERENCE TO SCALE DIMENSIONS. INCLUDED IN THE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS. SEAL AIRTIGHT EXISTING DUCTWORK REQUIRED TO BE ABANDONED IN PLACE OR NOT CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE HIS OWN MEASUREMENTS AT THE BUILDING, AS IN USE AT THE TERMINATION OF THE WORK. LOW PRESSURE (DUCT PRESSURE CLASS UP TO AND INCLUDING 2" W.G.) FITTINGS 24" 23A BUFFER EXHAUST FAN CONTROL VARIATIONS MAY OCCUR. CONTRACTOR WILL BE HELD RESPONSIBLE FOR ERRORS SUBMIT A CERTIFICATION LETTER TO THE ARCHITECT STATING THAT THE OWNER'S IN DIAMETER AND LESS SHALL BE PREFABRICATED, SPOTWELDED AND INTERNALLY y CAP AND SEAL WEATHERTIGHT EXISTING ROOF CURBS AND ROOF OPENINGS TO BE SEA THAT COULD HAVE BEEN AVOIDED BY PROPER CHECKING AND INSPECTION. DESIGNATED REPRESENTATIVE HAS BEEN TRAINED AS SPECIFIED HEREIN. LETTER LED. CONTINUOUSLY WELD FITTINGS LARGER THAN 24" IN DIAMETER. FITTING EXISTING EXHAUST FAN IS INTERLOCKED WITH WALL SWITCH AND IS ENERGIZED � ABANDONED IN PLACE AS A RESULT OF EQUIPMENT REMOVAL. GAUGE SHALL BE 22 GAUGE FOR 36" FITTINGS AND UNDER, 20 GAUGE FOR LARGER SHALL INCLUDE DATE, TIME, ATTENDEES AND SUBJECT OF TRAINING. THE WHEN SWITCH IS 'ON' AND DE-ENERGIZED WHEN SWITCH IS 'OFF'. PROVIDE MATERIALS WITH TRIM THAT WILL PROPERLY FIT THE TYPES OF CEILING, CONTRACTOR AND THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE SHALL SIGN THE CERTIFICATION SIZES. 90 DEGREE TEE'S SHALL BE CONICAL TYPE. SEAL LONGITUDINAL AND WALL, OR FLOOR FINISHES ACTUALLY INSTALLED. MODEL NUMBERS LISTED IN THE LETTER INDICATING AGREEMENT THAT THE TRAINING HAS BEEN PROVIDED. CLEAN AND REBALANCE EXISTING DUCTWORK, DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES TRANSVERSE DUCTWORK JOINTS AIRTIGHT WITH HEAVY LIQUID SEALANT APPLIED SPECIFICATIONS OR SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS ARE NOT INTENDED TO DESIGNATE INTENDED FOR REUSE AS REQUIRED OR AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. PROVIDE GAUGE THICKNESS IN THE REQUIRED TRIM. MEDIUM PRESSURE (DUCT PRESSURE CLASS 3" TO 6" W.G.) DUCTWORK AS RECOMMENDED BY SMACNA. d m A S O G O O N O M UJ _j HVAC W _j SPECIFICATIONS 3 E C, M=501 a _J X = C d J_ 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 E r 0 SECTION 15C: AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM: � o " � m 15C GENERAL PROTECT RESTROOMS, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE WITH A WET TYPE 15C RECORD DRAWINGS ALL OPENINGS FOR PIPING SHALL BE ANTICIPATED AND INDICATED ON W C O 00 O It SPRINKLER SYSTEM DESIGNED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 13. THE APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS. ANY ADDITIONAL CUTTING OF j Q D 15C GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DESIGN SYSTEM FOR LIGHT HAZARD, 0.10 GPM/SF OVER THE DURING PROGRESS OF THE WORK OF THIS SECTION, THIS OPENINGS MUST HAVE THE WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE ARCHITECT. p� Q L HYDRAULICALLY REMOTE 1500 SF AREA. INCLUDE MINIMUM 100 GPM CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN AN ACCURATE RECORD OF ALL F ALL REQUIREMENTS UNDER THE GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY HOSE ALLOWANCE ADDED AT THE BASE OF RISER. CHANGES MADE IN THE INSTALLATION OF THE SYSTEM. UPON PIPING SHALL BE ROUTED PARALLEL TO MAJOR BUILDING LINES. IW -0 0 "t d c CONDITIONS OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE A PART OF THIS COMPLETION OF THE WORK, ACCURATELY TRANSFER ALL RECORD tow $_ N CU d' d N SECTION. EACH CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO PROTECT ENTIRE AREA OF WORK, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE WITH A INFORMATION TO THREE IDENTICAL SETS OF THE APPROVED SHOP DESIGN SHALL ALLOW FOR SUITABLE DRAINAGE OF SYSTEM, ALL TO W -0 THOROUGHLY BECOME FAMILIAR WITH ALL ITS CONTENTS AS TO WET TYPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM DESIGNED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA DRAWINGS. INSERT ONE SET INTO EACH COPY OF THE MANUAL MEET WITH THE APPROVAL OF THE AFOREMENTIONED AUTHORITIES. r CU � O CO CODES AND REQUIREMENTS THAT AFFECT THIS DIVISION OR SECTION. 13. DESIGN SYSTEM FOR ORDINARY HAZARD GROUP 2, 0.20 GPM/SF DESCRIBED BELOW. PROVIDE ACCESS PANELS AS REQUIRED. ALL DRAIN LOCATIONS w z3O CV (V THE WORK REQUIRED UNDER THIS SECTION INCLUDES ALL MATERIAL, OVER THE HYDRAULICALLY REMOTE 1500 SF AREA. INCLUDE MINIMUM REQUIRING ACCESS PANELS SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT Z W W C) :34) EQUIPMENT, APPLIANCES, TRANSPORTATION, SERVICES, AND LABOR 250 GPM HOSE ALLOWANCE ADDED AT THE BASE OF RISER. 15C SYSTEM MANUAL PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 3: CO-) N CA U) F U6 3 REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE ENTIRE SYSTEM AS REQUIRED BY THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. PROTECT MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND STORAGE AREAS/ROOMS UPON COMPLETION OF THE INSTALLATION, AND AS A CONDITION OF ITS SPRINKLERS IN SUSPENDED CEILINGS SHALL BE 1 FOOT FROM THE WITH A WET TYPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM DESIGNED IN ACCORDANCE ACCEPTANCE, CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPILE THREE 8-1/2" BY 11" GRID IN BOTH DIRECTIONS OR CENTERED IN CEILING TILES. SPRINKLER THE SPECIFICATIONS WRITTEN HEREIN AND THE ASSOCIATED WITH NEPA 13. DESIGN SYSTEM FOR ORDINARY HAZARD GROUP 1, 0.15 MANUALS, FIRMLY BOUND IN HEAVYWEIGHT PLASTIC OR PAPER COVER LOCATIONS IN FINISHED AREAS SHALL BE APPROVED BY ARCHITECT DRAWINGS ARE COMPLEMENTARY, AND ANY PORTION OF THE WORK GPM/SF OVER THE HYDRAULICALLY REMOTE 1500 SF AREA OR ENTIRE TO WITHSTAND HARD USE. LOOSE-LEAF BINDING IS NOT ACCEPTABLE. PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. DESCRIBED IN ONE, SHALL BE PROVIDED AS IF DESCRIBED IN BOTH. IN AREA, WHICHEVER IS SMALLER. INCLUDE MINIMUM 250 GPM HOSE MANUALS SHALL BE DELIVERED TO THE ARCHITECT, AND SHALL THE EVENT OF DISCREPANCIES ON THE DRAWINGS AND ALLOWANCE ADDED AT THE BASE OF RISER. CONTAIN THE FOLLOWING ITEMS: 15C COORDINATION SPECIFICATIONS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ADVISE THE ENGINEER OF SAME PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK INVOLVED, IN ORDER THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE FULLY RESPONSIBLE FOR THE HYDRAULIC 1) IDENTIFICATION CLEARLY VISIBLE ON OR THROUGH THE COVER, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THE CONNECTION OF THE FIRE HEHDERSON THAT CORRECT PROGRESS OF THE WORK MAY BE ENSURED. REFER CALCULATIONS, THE FINAL SYSTEM DESIGN, AND THE LAYOUT OF ALL NAME OF THE PROJECT AND "FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM MANUAL". SPRINKLER ALARM DEVICES TO THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM OR FIRE ENGINEERS_ TO SECTION 15B PLUMBING FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS THAT COMPONENTS OF THE SYSTEM AS REQUIRED FOR APPROVAL BY THE SPRINKLER MONITORING PANEL AS REQUIRED. 19 APPLY TO THIS INSTALLATION THAT ARE NOT WRITTEN HEREIN. OWNERS INSURER AND THE AHJ. 2) NEATLY TYPED INDEX AT FRONT WITH ALL EMERGENCY rili INFORMATION CLEARLY IDENTIFIED. COORDINATE ALL SCHEDULING AND WORK WITH OTHER TRADES SO AS 8345 LENEXA DRIVE,SURE 300 15C DEFINITIONS THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE FULLY RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING TO PREVENT CONFLICTS, AND TO ENSURE ORDERLY PROGRESS OF LENEXA,KS 66214 SYSTEM LAYOUT WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS. CHANGES TO SYSTEM 3) COMPLETE LIST OF ALL SYSTEM COMPONENTS WITH THE WORK, WITH A MINIMUM OF DELAYS. WHEN SPRINKLER PIPING IS 1" NIPPLE TEL 913 742 5000 FAX 913 742 5001 FURNISH: THE TERM "FURNISH" IS USED TO MEAN "SUPPLY AND DESIGN DUE TO LACK OF COORDINATION SHALL BE PAID FOR BY THIS MANUFACTURER'S NAMES, CATALOG NUMBERS, AND ALL DATA FOR INSTALLED WITHOUT COORDINATING WITH OTHER TRADES AND w CORRUGATED STAINLESS STEEL HOSE wwhol-eng.com DELIVER TO THE PROJECT SITE, READY FOR UNLOADING, UNPACKING, CONTRACTOR. ORDERING PARTS. CONFLICTS OCCUR, SPRINKLER PIPING SHALL BE RELOCATED AS WITH STAINLESS STEEL BRAID 1650000011 E ASSEMBLY, INSTALLATION AND SIMILAR OPERATIONS." REQUIRED AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER TO RESOLVE THE DESIGNS REQUIRING CUTTING OF STRUCTURAL MEMBERS FOR 4) ONE COPY OF THE RECORD DRAWINGS, AS DESCRIBED ABOVE. CONFLICTS. INSTALL: THE TERM "INSTALL" IS USED TO DESCRIBE OPERATIONS AT PASSAGE OF SPRINKLER PIPES OR HANGERS SHALL NOT BE THE PROJECT SITE INCLUDING THE ACTUAL "UNLOADING, UNPACKING, ACCEPTED. WHEN DESIGN APPEARANCE OR SIMILAR ASPECTS 5) ALL INFORMATION REQUIRED TO SECURE EMERGENCY REPAIRS OR 15C PENETRATIONS ASSEMBLY, ERECTION, PLACING, ANCHORING, APPLYING, WORKING TO REQUIRE CUTTING, DUE TO ECONOMY, IT SHALL BE HELD TO AN SERVICE. DIMENSION, FINISHING, CURING, PROTEC"ING, CLEANING, AND SIMILAR ABSOLUTE MINIMUM AND DONE ONLY WITH THE ARCHITECT AND SEAL ALL FIRE PROTECTION FLOOR, WALL AND ROOF PENETRATIONS OPERATIONS." STRUCTURAL ENGINEER'S WRITTEN APPROVAL. ANY EXCESSIVE 6) TEST REPORTS AND CERTIFICATES INCLUDE "CONTRACTOR'S WATERTIGHT AND WEATHERTIGHT. CAULK AROUND FIRE PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS OF THIS TYPE SHALL BE IDENTIFIED DURING THE BID MATERIAL AND TEST CERTIFICATE(S) FOR UNDERGROUND PIPING" AND PENETRATIONS WITH 3M CP-25, OR APPROVED EQUAL FIRE BARRIER PROVIDE: THE TERM "PROVIDE" MEANS "TO FURNISH AND INSTALL, PERIOD. "CONTRACTOR'S MATERIAL AND TEST CERTIFICATE(S) FOR CAULK (THICKNESS AS REQUIRED AND RECOMMENDED BY COMPLETE AND READY FOR THE INTENDED USE." ABOVEGROUND PIPING" AS DESCRIBED IN NFPA 13. MANUFACTURER) TO MAINTAIN FIRE RESISTANCE RATING OF FIRE- FLEXHEAD SPRINKLER DROP SPRINKLER SPACING SHALL CONFORM TO NFPA 13. RATED ASSEMBLIES. FURNISHED BY OWNER OR FURNISHED BY OTHERS: THE ITEM WILL BE 15C GUARANTEED FURNISHED BY THE OWNER OR OTHERS. IT IS TO BE INSTALLED AND THE HYDRAULIC AREA OF OPERATION SHALL NOT BE REDUCED AS 15C TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE 1 / CONNECTED UNDER THE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS DIVISION, COMPLETE ALLOWED BY NFPA 13 FOR AREAS UTILIZING QUICK RESPONSE THE ENTIRE INSTALLATION SHALL BE GUARANTEED FOR A PERIOD OF d �2 AND READY FOR OPERATION, INCLUDING ITEMS INCIDENTAL TO THE SPRINKLERS. ONE YEAR FROM THE DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. LABOR CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLETE THE AUTOMATIC FIRE SPRINKLER @ WORK, INCLUDING SERVICES NECESSARY FOR PROPER INSTALLATION (INCLUDING TRAVEL EXPENSES) TO TROUBLE-SHOOT, REPAIR, SYSTEM, AS SOON AS POSSIBLE, WHEN BUILDING CONSTRUCTION AND OPERATION. THE INSTALLATION SHALL BE INCLUDED UNDER THE 15C SHOP DRAWING S REPROGRAM, OR REPLACE COMPONENTS SHALL BE FURNISHED BY ALLOWS. FOLLOWING SYSTEM INSTALLATION, THE CONTRACTOR GUARANTEE REQUIRED BY THIS DIVISION. THIS CONTRACTOR AT NO CHARGE DURING THE WARRANTY PERIOD. SHALL PLACE THE SYSTEM IN SERVICE. AFTER THE SYSTEM HAS BEEN SIX (6) COPIES OF SHOP DRAWINGS AND HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS PLACED IN SERVICE FOR CONTINUOUS USE, WATER CHARGES, IF ANY CEILING i,. OR GO ENGINEER: WHERE REFERENCED IN THIS DIVISION, "ENGINEER" IS THE SHALL BE FURNISHED TO THE ARCHITECT AND/OR ENGINEER, FOR HIS 15C MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION WILL BE PAID BY OWNER. rrl"(�� i3 2a1 ENGINEER OF RECORD AND THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL FOR THE APPROVAL. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS AS EARLY AS REQUIRED TO ��A WORK UNDER THIS DIVISION, AND IS A CONSULTANT TO, AND AN SUPPORT THE PROJECT SCHEDULE. ALLOW FOR TWO WEEKS 15C PRODUCTS UPON COMPLETION OF THE SYSTEMS INSTALLATION, AND PRIOR TO AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF, THE ARCHITECT, AS DEFINED IN ENGINEER REVIEW TIME PLUS MAILING TIME PLUS A DUPLICATION OF ACCEPTANCE BY THE ENGINEER AND OWNER, THIS CONTRACTOR EXPIRES: 12/31/2016 THE GENERAL AND/OR SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS. WHEN USED IN THIS TIME FOR RESUBMITTAL IF REQUIRED. ALL FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM COMPONENTS SHALL BE SHALL MAKE GENERAL OPERATING TESTS TO DEMONSTRATE THAT ALL �L___i L� THIS DIVISION, IT MEANS INCREASED INVOLVEMENT BY, AND UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORIES LISTED FOR THEIR INTENDED USE. EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS ARE IN PROPER WORKING ORDER, AND ARE DEFLECTOR IN COVER PLATE D OBLIGATIONS TO, THE ENGINEER, IN ADDITION TO INVOLVEMENT BY, SUBMITTALS AND SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL NOT CONTAIN HEI'S FIRM FUNCTIONING IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE INTENT OF THE DRAWINGS DROPPED POSITION AND OBLIGATIONS TO, THE "ARCHITECT". NAME OR LOGO, NOR SHALL IT CONTAIN THE HEIS ENGINEERS SEAL 15C PIPING AND COMPONENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS. ARRANGEMENT SHOWN IS SCHEMATIC. MODIFY TO SUIT CONDITIONS v ' AND SIGNATURE. THEY SHALL NOT BE COPIES OF HEI'S WORK AHJ: THE CODE AND/OR INSPECTION AGENCY (AUTHORITY) HAVING PRODUCT. IF THE CONTRACTOR DESIRES TO USE ELEMENTS OF SUCH SPRINKLER PIPING 2-1/2" AND LARGER SHALL BE SCHEDULE 10 OR ABOVE GROUND PIPING SHALL BE TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA AND MEET APPLICABLE CODE REQUIREMENTS. JURISDICTION OVER THE WORK. PRODUCT, REFER TO PARAGRAPH "ELECTRONIC DRAWING FILES" FOR SCHEDULE 40 BLACK STEEL. SPRINKLER PIPING 2" AND SMALLER SHALL 13. ALL SPRINKLER PIPING SHALL BE HYDROSTATICALLY TESTED AT A PROCEDURES TO BE USED. BE SCHEDULE 40. PIPES SHALL HAVE WELDED, THREADED, OR MINIMUM PRESSURE OF 200-PSI FOR A MINIMUM 2-HOUR PERIOD OF THE TERMS APPROVED EQUAL", "EQUIVALENT", OR EQUAL ARE USED MECHANICALLY JOINED FITTINGS, BASED ON THE PIPE MATERIAL AND TIME. CORRECT ANY FAULTY OR LEAKING JOINTS AND PIPE. THE USE SYNONYMOUSLY AND SHALL MEAN "ACCEPTED BY OR ACCEPTABLE TO SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA 13 FOR SIZE PER NFPA 13 REQUIREMENTS. OF ANY SUBSTANCE OR MATERIAL ADDED TO THE WATER TO CORRECT THE ENGINEER AS EQUIVALENT TO THE ITEM OR MANUFACTURER WORKING LEVEL DRAWINGS AND SHALL INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: LEAKS SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED. CAULKING OF DEFECTIVE JOINTS, Z z z SPEC ACCE TERNATIVES TO SCHEDULE BOTHIFIBY'A NATONALLY 'RECOGNZDED SHALL STING LAB LABORATORY (E.G. UL, 1) 1) SUBMIT WORKING PLANS PER NFPA 13 INCLUDING LAYOUT SHALLTBELMANLUFACTURED TO STANDARDS IRECOGNIZEDSCHEDULE NFPA 13.E REPEATED AFTEERHOLES DE DEFECTS NOT HAVEE BEEN ELIMINATED.IMINA ED. ALL SHALL T STS SHALL CONCEALED SPRINKLER °11 0 o ETT, CSA), AND ACCEPTABLE TO THE AHJ OVER THIS PROJECT. DRAWINGS OF THE INDICATING RELATIONSHIPLETE OF SPRINKLER PIPING AND SPRINKLERS TO GREATER INKLER SYSTEM PIPE LLHAVE A CRIMP--TYP�RROSION COUPLINGSSSHALLCNOT BEGOF USED� 0 OR BE MADE IN THE PRESENCE AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE. WITH THE AHJ AND/OR THE OWNER'S WITH FLEXIBLE PIPING �� = y 15C INSPECTION OF SITE ALL OTHER OVERHEAD ITEMS INCLUDING CEILING GRID AND TILES, THREADABLE THINWALL PIPE WITH CORROSION RESISTANCE RATING 2 NO SCALE vca LIGHT FIXTURES, DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, GRILLES, DUCTWORK, LESS THAN 1.0 NOT PERMITTED. UPON COMPLETION OF EACH PHASE OF THE INSTALLATION, EACH 3 THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PERSONALLY INSPECT THE SITE OF THE STRUCTURE, SOFFITS, OBSTRUCTIONS, ETC. LOCATION OF RISERS, SYSTEM SHALL BE TESTED IN CONFORMANCE WITH LOCAL CODE a Q 3 PROPOSED WORK AND BECOME FULLY INFORMED AS TO THE PIPING, ETC., SHALL BE AS INCONSPICUOUS AS POSSIBLE AND SHALL ALL PIPING ON THE EXTERIOR OF THE BUILDING AND/OR EXPOSED TO REQUIREMENTS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH ALL LABOR AND V z z CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THE WORK IS TO BE DONE. FAILURE TO DO FULFILL ALL FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS. SYSTEM DESIGN THE ELEMENTS SHALL BE EXTERNALLY GALVANIZED. EQUIPMENT REQUIRED TO PROPERLY TEST ALL SPRINKLER EQUIPMENT C SO WILL NOT BE CONSIDERED SUFFICIENT JUSTIFICATION TO REQUEST CAPABILITIES AND DEMAND SHALL ALSO BE NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS. INSTALLED UNDER THIS CONTRACT, AND HE SHALL ASSUME ALL COSTS 0 OR OBTAIN EXTRA COMPENSATION OVER AND ABOVE THE CONTRACT 15C SPRINKLERS INVOLVED IN MAKING THE TESTS, AND REPAIRING AND/OR REPLACING PRICE. 2) SUBMIT COMPLETE DETAILS AND SECTIONS AS REQUIRED TO ALL DAMAGE RESULTING THEREFROM. J CLEARLY DEFINE AND CLARIFY THE DESIGN, INCLUDING A MATERIALS SPRINKLERS IN AREAS WITH FINISHED CEILINGS SHALL BE FULLY J 15C SCOPE LIST DESCRIBING ALL PROPOSED MATERIALS BY MANUFACTURER'S CONCEALED TYPE WITH WHITE COVERPLATES. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT AND THE AUTHORITY a NAME AND CATALOG NUMBER. HAVING JURISDICTION, THREE (3) WORKING DAYS PRIOR TO MAKING v c MODIFY EXISTING WET-PIPE, AUTOMATIC FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM FOR SPRINKLERS IN AREAS WITH EXPOSED PIPING MAY BE PENDENT OR SPRINKLER SYSTEM TESTS. CONCEALED WORK SHALL REMAIN THE AREA OF WORK SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. CONTRACTOR SHALL 3) HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS. UPRIGHT TYPES WITH ROUGH BRASS FINISH. UNCOVERED UNTIL THE REQUIRED TESTS HAVE BEEN COMPLETED, BUT BE APPROVED AND STATE LICENSED FOR DESIGN AND INSTALLATION IF NECESSARY DUE TO CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURE, TESTS ON OF FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS. THE WORK DONE UNDER THIS 4) PRODUCT DATA FOR ALL FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM COMPONENTS. PROVIDE QUICK RESPONSE SPRINKLERS IN ALL LIGHT HAZARD AREAS. PORTIONS OF THE WORK MAY BE MADE, AND IF SATISFACTORY, THE W SECTION SHALL BE PERFORMED ONLY BY A CONTRACTOR WHOSE CLEARLY INDICATE COMPONENTS TO BE USED WHERE MULTIPLE WORK MAY BE CONCEALED. WORKMEN ARE EXPERIENCED AND REGULARLY ENGAGED IN THE COMPONENTS APPEAR ON THE SAME CUT SHEET. 15C SERVICE ENTRANCE INSTALLATION OF FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS. CONTRACTOR SHALL 15C INSTRUCTIONS W 1. z M BE CAPABLE OF PREPARING HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS AND SYSTEM WHERE REQUIRED BY THE AHJ, CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR FIRE PROTECTION SERVICE ENTRANCE IS EXISTING TO REMAIN IN Q 0 N o LAYOUTS. OBTAINING A PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER OR NICET STAMP AND LANDLORD SPACE. AFTER COMPLETION OF ALL INSTALLATION, TESTS, ETC., AND PRIOR TO o E SIGNATURE ON THEIR SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTAL. HEI IS NOT THE FINAL ACCEPTANCE DATE, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTRUCT W M ALL FIRE SPRINKLER ALARM DEVICES INCLUDING WATERFLOW ALARM RESPONSIBLE AND WILL NOT PROVIDE THIS. SPRINKLER SYSTEM RISER IS EXISTING TO REMAIN IN LANDLORD THE BUILDING OWNER AND HIS SELECTED PERSONNEL IN THE 75 3: a AND VALVE TAMPER SWITCHES FOR ALL SYSTEM CONTROL VALVES SPACE. OPERATION OF THE SPRINKLER SYSTEM AND THE PROCEDURE TO zQ ti .caARE EXISTING TO REMAIN. SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL BE PRODUCED USING COMPUTER AIDED CONDUCT QUARTERLY MAIN DRAIN TESTS AS REQUIRED BY NFPA 25. {u y SYSTEM SHALL, AT A MINIMUM, BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST DESIGN. HAND DRAWN DOCUMENTS WILL NOT BE REVIEWED OR ALL CONTROL VALVE SUPERVISORY SWITCHES AND WATERFLOW SPECIAL CARE SHALL BE TAKEN TO MAKE SURE THE BUILDING —0 C Lo CL EDITION OF NFPA 13, , UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL), AND MUST APPROVED. ALARM SWITCHES REQUIRING INTERCONNECTION TO THE FIRE ALARM PERSONNEL WILL IMMEDIATELY RECOGNIZE WHETHER THE MAIN VALVE ' J =0� _ �- BE ACCEPTABLE TO THE OWNER'S INSURER, THE AHJ AND ALL SYSTEM SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THIS CONTRACTOR AS REQUIRED BY IS IN AN OPEN POSITION, WILL KNOW HOW TO DRAIN THE SYSTEM, AND Z (n 0 APPLICABLE LOCAL, STATE AND NATIONAL CODES AND STANDARDS. REFER TO DIVISION 1 FOR ACCEPTANCE OF ELECTRONIC SUBMITTALS THE LANDLORD. WILL KNOW HOW TO TEST THE SYSTEM. THE BUILDING PERSONNELW 'J QLl.I W o WHERE THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS EXCEED THE REQUIREMENTS OF FOR THIS PROJECT. FOR ELECTRONIC SUBMITTALS, CONTRACTOR 15C EXECUTION SHALL ALSO BE MADE FAMILIAR WITH THE EXISTENCE AND CONTENTS O a. N THE REFERENCED CODES, STANDARDS, ETC., THE CONTRACT SHALL SUBMIT THE DOCUMENTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE OF THE SYSTEM MANUAL DESCRIBED IN THIS SPECIFICATION. DOCUMENTS SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE. PROCEDURES SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY 15C PIPING AND FINISHES Q Q z a THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER THAT THE SHOP DRAWINGS HAVE BEEN END OF SECTION 15C WORK SHALL INCLUDE, BUT SHALL NOT NECESSARILY BE LIMITED TO POSTED. IF ELECTRONIC SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES ARE NOT DEFINED PIPING IN AREAS HAVING CEILINGS, OTHER THAN THE UNDERSIDE OF � THE FOLLOWING: IN DIVISION 1, CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE THE WEBSITE, USER NAME THE ROOF DECK, SHALL BE CONCEALED. PIPING IN AREAS WITHOUT HANGER ASSEMBLY Z c,)Cy U) J W o AND PASSWORD INFORMATION NEEDED TO ACCESS THE SUBMITTALS. CEILINGS MAY BE EXPOSED BUT KEPT AT A MINIMUM DISTANCE FROM �— 1) DESIGN AND INSTALLATION OF A COMPLETE WET-PIPE, AUTOMATIC FOR SUBMITTALS SENT BY E-MAIL, CONTRACTOR SHALL COPY THE THE DECK. ALL PIPING SHALL BE CLEAN AND FREE OF RUST. INSTALL 1" OUTLET In �� O E3 FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM FOR THE AREA OF WORK SHOWN ON THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER'S DESIGNATED REPRESENTATIVES. SYSTEM SUCH THAT ALL PIPING IS RIGIDLY SECURED AND SUPPORTED. Z rY C) DRAWINGS OR SPECIFIED HEREIN. CONTRACTOR SHALL ALLOW THE ENGINEER REVIEW TIME AS ALL DUCTWORK, LIGHTS, STRUCTURAL MEMBERS AND MAIN RUNS OF 0 a c;tSPECIFIED ABOVE IN THE CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE. CONTRACTOR PIPING SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER SPRINKLER PIPING. CUTTING Z LoCL 2) PORTIONS OF SYSTEMS SUBJECT TO FREEZING OR TEMPERATURES SHALL SUBMIT ONLY THE DOCUMENTS REQUIRED TO PURCHASE THE OF STRUCTURAL MEMBERS FOR PASSAGE OF SPRINKLER PIPES OR Q 0 r BELOW 40' F SHALL BE PROTECTED AGAINST FREEZING AS REQUIRED MATERIALS AND/OR EQUIPMENT IN THE ELECTRONIC SUBMITTAL AND HANGERS WILL NOT BE PERMITTED. ALL HORIZONTAL PIPING IN W BY NFPA 13. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR REPAIRS SHALL CLEARLY INDICATE THE MATERIALS, PERFORMANCE CRITERIA CEILING SPACE SHALL BE AT AN ELEVATION ABOVE THE TOP OF LIGHT 1" ARM OVER m CD AND FOR ALL COSTS INCURRED FROM DAMAGE CAUSED BY FREEZING AND ACCESSORIES BEING PROPOSED. GENERAL PRODUCT CATALOG FIXTURES AND AIR OUTLETS TO ALLOW FOR ACCESS TO LIGHT rr OF THE FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM. DATA NOT SPECIFICALLY NOTED TO BE PART OF THE SPECIFIED FIXTURES AND AIR OUTLETS WITHOUT REMOVING HORIZONTAL PIPING. ° PRODUCT WILL BE REJECTED AND RETURNED WITHOUT REVIEW. ROUTE ALL SPRINKLER PIPING AND PROVIDE ALL OFFSETS, BENDS, AND 15C SYSTEM DESIGN ELBOWS AROUND ALL MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, AND STRUCTURAL 1" DROP ISSUED /REVISED DATE a 15C ELECTRONIC DRAWINGS MEMBERS AS REQUIRED. PERMIT SET 02.08.16 ;, CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY DESIGN CRITERIA AND RATING HAZARDS ca WITH THE OWNER'S INSURER PRIOR TO DESIGNING THE SYSTEM. IN PREPARATION OF SHOP DRAWINGS OR RECORD DRAWINGS, WHERE EXPOSED PIPING PASSES THROUGH FINISH WORK, CHROME CEILING m WATERFLOW AND PRESSURE TEST DATA SHALL BE ACQUIRED BEFORE CONTRACTOR MAY, AT HIS OPTION, OBTAIN ELECTRONIC DRAWING PLATED (OR OTHER FINISH ACCEPTABLE TO THE ARCHITECT) SPLIT SYSTEM IS CALCULATED AND BE DATED NOT MORE THAN 12 MONTHS FILES IN AUTOCAD VERSION 14, 2006 OR DXF FORMAT, AS DESIRED, WALL PLATES OR ESCUTCHEONS SHALL BE INSTALLED TO FIT SNUGLY PRIOR TO THE SUBMITTAL OF SPRINKLER SHOP DRAWINGS. FROM THE ENGINEER FOR A FEE OF $200 FOR A DRAWING SET UP TO 12 AROUND THE PIPING. WHERE PIPING IS CONCEALED OR INSTALLED IN ARRANGEMENTS FOR AND COST OF FLOW TESTS SHALL BE THE SHEETS AND $15 PER SHEET FOR A SET OF MORE THAN 12 SHEETS. UNFINISHED AREAS, SUITABLE PLATES SHALL BE PROVIDED AT EACH to CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY. CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE ENGINEER TO OBTAIN THE PENETRATION TO ASSURE EFFECTIVENESS OF CONSTRUCTION AS A CONCEALED SPRINKLER It NECESSARY RELEASE AGREEMENT FORM AND TO SPECIFY SHIPPING FIRE STOP. WITH DEFLECTOR IN _---- -_-L 3 HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS SHALL BE SUBMITTED INCLUDING SUPPLY METHOD AND DRAWING FORMAT. PAYMENT MUST BE RECEIVED DROPPED POSITION AND DEMAND GRAPH; ALL HYDRAULIC REFERENCE POINTS AND AREA BEFORE ELECTRONIC DRAWING FILES WILL BE SENT. OF APPLICATION SHALL APPEAR ON THE PLAN. CONTRACTOR SHALL m VERIFY WITH AHJ ANY MINIMUM SAFETY FACTOR REQUIREMENTS. PROVIDE HANGER ASSEMBLY THAT PREVENTS UPWARD MOVEMENT OF THE PIPE m A DEMAND SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 10% BELOW THE SUPPLY AT THE WHEN ARMOVER LENGTH EXCEEDS 12-INCHES AND SYSTEM STATIC PRESSURE DEMAND POINT. AT THE SPRINKLER EXCEEDS 100 PSI. PROVIDE HANGER WHEN ARMOVER LENGTH EXCEEDS 24-INCHES AND SYSTEM STATIC PRESSURE AT THE CD SPRINKLER DOES NOT EXCEED 100 PSI. IS) ARRANGEMENT SHOWN IS SCHEMATIC. MODIFY TO SUIT CONDITIONS AND MEET 0' APPLICABLE CODE REQUIREMENTS. mW FIRE SPRINKLER W � SPECIFICATIONS CONCEALED SPRINKLER E NO SCALE 9,� M-502 a J X = C � d _J 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 23A: Commissioning HVACR Systems: 23A 6 GENERAL ATTEND WITH RESPONSIBLE SUB-CONTRACTORS SCHEDULED COMMISSIONING 23A 6-11 CONSTRUCTION PHASE COMMISSIONING PROCESS 23A 6-20 FUNCTIONAL TEST PLANS AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURES AN ELECTRONIC VERSION OF THE FINAL REPORT SHALL BE SUBMITTED BY THE CxA E MEETINGS AND COOPERATE WITH THE CxA FOR RESOLUTION OF ISSUES RELATING TO TO THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE WITH COPY TO THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. cy O 23A 6-1 RELATED DOCUMENTS COMMISSIONING. THE FOLLOWING SECTIONS SEQUENTIALLY DETAIL THE CONSTRUCTION PHASE FUNCTIONAL TESTING IS THE DYNAMIC TESTING OF SYSTEMS UNDER FULL N U COMMISSIONING PROCESS ACTIVITIES FOR THIS PROJECT. OPERATION. SYSTEMS ARE TESTED UNDER VARIOUS MODES, SUCH AS DURING LOW 23A 6-27 SCHEDULE OF COMMISSIONING TASKS W c O O Lo N DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND INTEGRATE AND COORDINATE THE COMMISSIONING PROCESS INTO THE OVERALL COOLING OR HEATING LOADS, HIGH HEATING OR COOLING LOADS, COMPONENT 0 O O 00 d SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND OTHER DIVISION 1 SPECIFICATION SECTIONS, CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE. AT A MINIMUM, THE ANTICIPATED DATES FOR MID- 23A 6-12 COMMISSIONING VISITS FAILURES, UNOCCUPIED CYCLES, VARYING OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURES, FIRE THE SCHEDULE OF COMMISSIONING TASKS INCLUDES MANY, BUT NOT ALL, OF THE > ap � -_ APPLY TO THIS SECTION. THESE REQUIREMENTS SHALL BE IN ADDITION TO OTHER CONSTRUCTION AND FINAL COMMISSIONING VISITS SHALL BE IDENTIFIED AT THE TIME ALARM, POWER FAILURE, ETC. THE SYSTEMS ARE RUN THROUGH ALL OF THE COMMISSIONING RELATED TASKS CRITICAL TO THE SUCCESS OF THIS PROJECT. �� Q Q L APPLICABLE DIVISION 23 AND 26 SECTIONS. THE CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE IS PREPARED. THE CxA WILL VISIT THE SITE TO OBSERVE EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEM INSTALLATION, CONTROL SYSTEM'S SEQUENCES OF OPERATION AND COMPONENTS ARE VERIFIED COMPLETION OF THE SCHEDULED TASKS SHALL BE DEMONSTRTED TO THE CxA O 00 oo -0 F COMPLETE PREFUNCTIONAL CHECKLISTS AND CONDUCT FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TO BE RESPONDING AS THE SEQUENCES STATE. THE COMMISSIONING AUTHORITY DURING THE COMMISSIONING VISIT(S). AS AN AID TO THE CONTRACTORS IN �LU a O t d• c SCHEDULE OF COMMISSIONING TASKS ON THE DRAWINGS ILLUSTRATES THE RIGOR NOTIFY THE CxA WHEN THE EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS HAVE BEEN INSTALLED TO THE TESTING. THE CxA SHALL BE AVAILABLE DURING THESE SITE VISITS TO INTERFACE DEVELOPS, COORDINATES AND EXECUTES THE FUNCTIONAL TEST PROCEDURES MANAGING THESE TAKS, A CHECK MARK CAN BE PLACED IN THE TASK COMPLETE mJ j N N 4T ICT O OF THE CHECKS REQUIRED BY THE CONTRACTOR FOR INSTALLATION QUALIFICATION. POINT THAT AMID-CONSTRUCTION SITE VISIT IS WARRANTED (IF APPLICABLE). A WITH THE INSTALLING SUB-CONTRACTORS, TEST AND BALANCE SUB-CONTRACTOR, WITH THE ASSISTANCE OF THE INSTALLING CONTRACTORS OR MANUFACTURER'S COLUMN UPON COMPLETION OF THE WORK. CERTAIN TASKS REQUIRE THE W ,�, co CO ' . THE COMMISSIONING AGENT'S ONSITE CHECKS SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED MINIMUM OF 7 TO 10 WORKING DAYS ADVANCE NOTICE SHALL BE PROVIDED TO THE AND ANY LANDLORD'S REPRESENTATIVES TO RESOLVE INSTALLATION OR AUTHORIZED TECHNICIANS. CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT PHOTO DOCUMENTATION PRIOR TO THE COMMISSIONING w Z3 C O O TO, THE CHECKS IN THE SCHEDULE OF COMMISSIONING TASKS. CxA. DURING THE MID-CONSTRUCTION VISIT THE CxA SHALL COMPLETE THE OPERATIONAL ISSUES RELATIVE TO COMMISSIONED EQUIPMENT. VISIT(S), WITHIN 5 BUSINESS DAYS OF DOCUMENTATION. ADEQUATE PHOTOS SHALL w W W •� N N � PREFUNCTIONAL CHECKLISTS AS MUCH AS POSSIBLE, AND SHALL BE AVAILABLE TO BEFORE TEST PROCEDURES ARE WRITTEN, THE CxA RECEIVES ALL REQUESTED BE SUBMITTED DEMONSTRATING CONFORMATION OF THE COMPLETED TASK. IN O m7 N W CO F IL 3 23A 6-2 SUMMARY INTERFACE WITH THE SUB-CONTRACTORS AND LANDLORD'S REPRESENTATIVE AS 23A 6-13 MISCELLANEOUS MANAGEMENT PROTOCOLS DOCUMENTATION. THE CxA DEVELOPS THE FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TEST PLAN ADDITION THE COMMENTS COLUMN CAN BE USED BY THE CONTRACTORS TO NOTE REQUIRED. WITH SPECIFIC TEST PROCEDURES TO VERIFY PROPER OPERATION OF EACH PIECE THAT A TASK PASSED OR NOT PASSED AND/OR PROVIDE ADDITIONAL COMMENTS. SECTION INCLUDES REQUIREMENTS FOR COMMISSIONING OF HVACR SYSTEMS, THE FOLLOWING MANAGEMENT PROTOCOLS WILL BE USED ON THIS PROJECT. OF EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEM. THE CxA OBTAINS CLARIFICATION, AS NEEDED, FROM THE TASKS FOR EACH SYSTEM NAME APPLY TO ALL SIMILAR LIKE EQUIPMENT INCLUDING THE ORGANIZATION AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE COMMISSIONING NOTIFY THE CxA WHEN EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS ARE READY FOR PERFORMANCE SUB-CONTRACTORS, EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURERS, AND THE ENGINEER REGARDING INSTALLED ON THIS PROJECT. TEAM, SCHEDULE, ALLOCATION OF RESOURCES, AND DOCUMENTATION DEMONSTRATION (THE FINAL COMMISSIONING VISIT), WHICH SHALL OCCUR NO ISSUE: FOR INFORMATION REGARDING SUBSTITUTIONS, CHANGE ORDERS, CONTROL SEQUENCES AND EQUIPMENT OPERATION TO DEVELOP THESE TESTS. REQUIREMENTS OF THE COMMISSIONING PROCESS. SOONER THAN AFTER THE SUB-CONTRACTORS COMPLETE ALL EQUIPMENT AND ANY ARCHITECTURAL SUPPLENTAL INSTRUCTIONS PRIOR TO EXECUTION, THE CxA PROVIDES A COPY OF THE FUNCTIONAL MANUFACTURERS START-UP ACTIVITIES, PRELIMINIARY TEST AND BALANCE HAS BEEN PROTOCOL: THE CxA OBTAINS INFORMATION RELEVANT TO COMMISSIONED PERFORMANCE TEST PLANS TO THE INSTALLING SUB-CONTRACTOR VIA THE GENERAL END OF SECTION 23A: COMMISSIONING HVACR SYSTEMS COMMISSIONING DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PHASE IS INTENDED TO ACHIEVE THE COMPLETED, AND SUB-CONTRACTORS HAVE COMPLETED THEIR OWN FUNCTIONAL EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS OR THE COMMISSIONING SCHEDULE FROM THE CONTRACTOR AND THE ENGINEER WHO REVIEW THE TESTS FOR FEASIBILITY, FOLLOWING SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES ACCORDING TO THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: TESTING. A MINIMUM OF 7 TO 10 WORKING DAYS ADVANCE NOTICE SHALL BE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SAFETY, WARRANTY AND EQUIPMENT PROTECTION. HENDERSON PROVIDED TO THE CxA. THE PURPOSE OF THE FINAL VISIT IS FOR THE CxA TO VERIFY APPLICABLE D SYSTEMS ARE INSTALLED ACCORDING 0 PERFORM CO PERFORMANCE ESTING AND APOPERATION DISSUE: FOR COMMISSIONING IREQUESTS O LATION RIFUNCTIONAL SIVERIFICATION FAILAY ACHIEVED EESATESTING SITHEMANUFACTURERSRECOMMENDATIONS AND TOINDSTRYACCEP EDMINIMUM PERFORMANCE OF THE HVACSYSTEMS. THE FINALVISTRQUIREESHEGENERAL PRTOCOL: ECxA GOES THROUGHTHEGENERAL BYMONTORINGPERFORMANCEAND ANAYI GHERSUULTUSING THE DING rili ENG INEERSV STANDARDS AND THAT THEY RECEIVE ADEQUATE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT BY THE CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE THIS VISIT DATE WITH THE TEST AND BALANCE AND CONTROL SYSTEM'S TREND LOG CAPABILITIES OR BY USING STAND-ALONE DATA INSTALLING CONTRACTORS. CONTROLS SUB-CONTRACTORS. THESE SUB-CONTRACTORS WILL ASSIST THE CxA ISSUE: FOR MINOR OR VERBAL INFORMATION AND CLARIFICATIONS LOGGERS. THE CxA FOLLOWS THE DIRECTIONS GIVEN ELSEWHERE IN THE CONTRACT 8345 LENEXA DRIVE,SUIT E300 DURING THIS VISIT. PROTOCOL: THE CxA GOES DIRECTLY TO THE INFORMED PARTY DOCUMENTS AND USES JUDGMENT WHERE NEEDED TO DETERMINE WHICH METHOD LENEXA,KS 66214 VERIFY AND DOCUMENT PROPER PERFORMANCE OF EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS. IS MOST APPROPRIATE OR THE CxA PROVIDES RECOMMENDATIONS ON THE MOST TEL 913 742 5000 FAx 913 742 5001 REVIEW AND COMMENT ON THE CxA'S COMMISSIONING REPORTS. ISSUE: FOR NOTIFYING THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR OF DEFICIENCIES OR APPROPRIATE TESTING METHOD. www.hei-eng.com THE FOLLOWING EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS SHALL BE COMMISSIONED ON THIS NON-COMPLIANT ITEMS 1650000011 E PROJECT. ALL GENERAL REFERENCES TO EQUIPMENT OR SYSTEMS IN THIS 23A 6-7 ENGINEER RESPONSIBILITIES PROTOCOL: THE CxA DOCUMENTS THE ISSUE THROUGH THE GENERAL 23A 6-21 EXECUTION OF FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TESTING SPECIFICATION REFER ONLY TO EQUIPMENT OR SYSTEMS THAT ARE TO BE CONTRACTOR WITH COPY TO THE OWNER'S REP COMMISSIONED. PROCESS CONSTRUCTION RELATED SUBMITTALS. THE RESPONSIBLE SUB-CONTRACTORS SCHEDULE FUNCTIONAL TESTING THROUGH ISSUE: FOR SCHEDULING COMMISSIONING VISITS THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. FOR ANY GIVEN SYSTEM, PRIOR TO PERFORMING VARIABLE AIR VOLUME TERMINAL UNITS ASSIST IN RESOLVING CONSTRUCTION RELATED ISSUES. PROTOCOL: THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR NOTIFIES THE CxA MINIMUM OF 10 FUNCTIONAL TESTING, THE SUB-CONTRACTORS WAIT UNTIL THE START-UP FORMS AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS BUSINESS DAYS AHEAD OF REQUESTED DATE, WITH SIMILAR NOTIFICATION HAVE BEEN REVIEWED BY THE CxA CONFIRMING THAT THE SYSTEMS ARE READY FOR STANDALONE TEMPERATURE CONTROLS REVIEW AND COMMENT ON TESTING PROCEDURES SUBMITTED BY THE CxA. GIVEN TO OWNER'S REP FUNCTIONAL TESTING. THE CxA SHALL COORDINATE, EXECUTE AND DOCUMENT THE RESULTS OF THE FUNCTIONAL TESTING OF EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS WITH THE 23A 6-3 DEFINITIONS REVIEW AND COMMENT ON THE CxA'S COMMISSIONING REPORTS. ISSUE: FOR MAKING REVISIONS TO SPECIFIED SEQUENCES OF OPERATION ASSISTANCE OF THE RESPONSIBLE SUB-CONTRACTORS OR MANUFACTURERS PROTOCOL: THE CxA OBTAINS APPROVAL OF THE MECHANICAL ENGINEER-OF- TECHNICIANS ACCORDING TO THE FUNCTIONAL TEST PLAN. PRELIMINARY AIR CONSTRUCTION PHASE COMMISSIONING PROCESS: A QUALITY-FOCUSED PROCESS 23A 6-8 COMMISSIONING AUTHORITY RESPONSIBILITIES RECORD BALANCING AND WATER BALANCING IS COMPLETED BEFORE FUNCTIONAL TESTING OF D PIIR�f FOR ENHANCING THE DELIVERY OF A PROJECT. THE PROCESS FOCUSES UPON AIR-RELATED OR WATER-RELATED EQUIPMENT OR SYSTEMS WITH A PRELIMINARY VERIFYING AND DOCUMENTING THAT THE COMMISSIONED EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS COORDINATE OVERALL COMMISSIONING PROCESS ACTIVITIES INCLUDING ISSUE: SUBCONTRACTORS DISAGREEING WITH REQUESTS OR COPY OF THE BALANCING REPORT SUBMITTED TO THE CxA PRIOR TO THE � QS IN `SAO ARE INSTALLED, TESTED, OPERATED AND MAINTAINED TO MEET THE OWNER'S DEVELOPMENT OF CUSTOM CHECKLISTS AND FUNCTIONAL TEST PLANS FOR ACTUAL INTREPRETATIONS BY THE CxA FUNCTIONAL TESTING VISIT. REQUIREMENTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE ENGINEER-OF-RECORD'S DESIGN AS HVACR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS FURNISHED AND INSTALLED AS PART OF THE PROTOCOL: THE SUB AND CxA WORK TOWARD A MUTUALLY AGREEABLE 42 r ILLUSTRATED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT. RESOLUTION, OTHERWISE WORK THROUGH GC OR OWNER'S REP TO RESOLVE THE RESPONSIBLE SUB-CONTRACTOR(S) SHALL NOTIFY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR THE ISSUE THAT THE EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS HAVE PASSED START-UP AND THE PRELIMINARY COMMISSIONING TEAM: THE INDIVIDUALS, WHO THROUGH COORDINATED ACTIONS, COORDINATE WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO INTEGRATE THE COMMISSIONING TEST AND BALANCE REPORT HAS BEEN SUBMITTED TO THE CxA. AT THE DIRECTION ! R GO ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR IMPLEMENTING THE COMMISSIONING PROCESS. PROCESS INTO THE OVERALL CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE. 23A 6-14 COMMISSIONING ISSUES LOG OF THE CxA THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND RESPONSIBLE SUB-CONTRACTORS) O INCLUDING TEST AND BALANCE SUB-CONTRACTOR, SHALL PARTICIPATE INA �f �)" 13, `L COMMISSIONING AUTHORITY (CxA): THE DESIGNATED PERSON, COMPANY, OR ENTITY DEVELOP PREFUNCTIONAL CHECKLISTS AND FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TEST THE CxA MAINTAINS THE COMMISSIONING ISSUES LOG AND TRACKS CONSTRUCTION TELECONFERENCE PRIOR TO ONSITE FUNCTIONAL TESTING. THE TELECONFERENCE ��'p G. THAT THAT PLANS, SCHEDULES, AND COORDINATES THE COMMISSIONING TEAM TO PLANS TO BE COMPLETED BY THE COMMISSIONING AGENT AS WORK PROGRESSES. RELATED ISSUES THAT COULD IMPACT COMMISSIONING UNTIL THE ISSUES ARE SHALL BE USED TO RESOLVE ANY ISSUES THAT COULD INTERFER WITH FUNCTIONAL IMPLEMENT THE COMMISSIONING PROCESS. RESOLVED. THE CxA WILL REVISE AND REISSUE COMMISSIONING RELATED TESTING OR FINAL TEST AND BALANCE. BASED ON THE OUTCOME OF THE EXPIRES: 12/31/20 COORDINATE AND EXECUTE ONSITE FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TESTING OF DOCUMENTS AS REQUIRED TO INCORPORATE APPROVED CHANGES. THE CxA KEEPS TELECONFERENCE A DATE TO CONDUCT THE ONSITE FUNCTIONAL TESTING WILL BE D 23A 6-4 COMMISSIONING TEAM COMMISSIONED EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS WITH THE ASSISTANCE OF THE THE COMMISSIONING TEAM INFORMED REGARDING THE STATUS OF LOG ENTRIES. DETERMINED. INSTALLING SUB-CONTRACTORS. THE COMMISSIONING TEAM SHALL CONSIST OF, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO, 23A 6-15 INITIAL SUBMITTALS AND DOCUMENTATION THE RESPONSIBLE SUB-CONTRACTORS SHALL HAVE TRAINED TECHNICIANS V REPRESENTATIVES OF THE FOLLOWING: VERIFY TESTING AND BALANCING WORK IS COMPLETED AS REQUIRED BY THE AVAILABLE TO ASSIST THE CxA IN THE PERFORMANCE OF FUNCTIONAL TESTING CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, ASSIST TEST AND BALANCE SUB-CONTRACTOR IN THE CxA REVIEWS HVAC EQUIPMENT SUBMITTALS RELATIVE TO COMMISSIONING AND/OR COORDINATE WITH EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURERS TO MAKE AVAILABLE 0. MEMBERS APPOINTED BY THE OWNER: TROUBLESHOOTING EQUIPMENT OR SYSTEM DEFICIENCIES AS A RESULT OF START- ISSUES EXPRESSED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ONLY. THE CxA REVIEW AUTHORIZED TECHNICIANS FOR THE SAME PURPOSE. THE TEST AND BALANCE SUB- OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE DURING CONSTRUCTION UP, TEST AND BLANCE, OR FUNCTIONAL TESTING ACTIVITIES. COMMENTS ARE PROVIDED TO THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR FOR DISTRIBUTION AND CONTACTOR SHALL HAVE TRAINED TECHNICIANS AVAILABLE TO PARTICIPATE IN A y� GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO THE ENGINEER. SAMPLE TEST AND BALANCE VERIFICATION WITH THE CXA DURING THE SCHEDULED ENGINEER-OF-RECORD DESIGN PROFESSIONAL SUBMIT A COMMISSIONING REPORT UPON COMPLETION OF EACH VISIT. FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE SITE VISIT. VERIFICATION SAMPLE SHALL BE } v COMMISSIONING AUTHORITY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE, GENERAL CONTRACTOR OR ENGINEER NOTIFY THE DETERMINED BY THE CxA. THE TEST AND BALANCE SUB-CONTRACTOR SHALL Z a W e ASSEMBLE FINAL COMMISSIONING DOCUMENTATION AND SUBMIT WITH THE FINAL CxA OF ANY NEW DESIGN INTENT OR OPERATING PARAMETER CHANGES, ADDED PROVIDE AND USE THE ORIGINAL TESTING EQUIPMENT (BY SERIAL NUMBER) FOR o.. 0 MEMBERS APPOINTED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR: COMMISSIONING REPORT AFTER ACCEPTANCE OF FUNCTIONAL TESTING. CONTROL STRATEGIES AND SEQUENCES OF OPERATION, OR OTHER APPROVED VERIFICATION THAT WAS USED DURING TEST AND BALANCE OF THE SYSTEM(S). N°n o INDIVIDUALS, EACH HAVING THE AUTHORITY TO ACT ON BEHALF OF THE ENTITY HE OR DESIGN CHANGES THAT MAY AFFECT COMMISSIONED EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS. SHE REPRESENTS, EXPLICITY ORGANIZED TO IMPLEMENT THE COMMISSIONING RECOMMEND ACCEPTANCE OF THE COMMISSIONED EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS TO WHERE THE WORK INTERFACES WITH A BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM THE PROCESS THROUGH COORDINATED ACTION. THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. CONTROLS CONTRACTOR PROVIDES THE CxA A FULL POINTS LIST. THE CxA MAY 23A 6-22 GENERAL TESTING REQUIREMENTS J o 3 REQUEST ADDITIONAL DESIGN NARRATIVE FROM THE ENGINEER AND ADDITIONAL a Q COMMISSIONING TEAM CONTACT INFORMATION 23A 6-9 SUB-CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES DETAILS FROM THE CONTROLS CONTRACTOR. TESTS WILL BE PERFORMED USING DESIGN CONDITIONS WHENEVER POSSIBLE. Z 3 a OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE: PROVIDE ALL INFORMATION REQUIRED FOR HzE INSTALLATION, OPERATION AND 23A 6-16 COMMISSIONING PROGESS REPORTING THE CxA MAY DIRECT THAT SET POINTS BE ALTERED WHEN DESIGN CONDITIONS DO C THE KLINKAM COMPANY MAINTENANCE OF THE FURNISHED PIECE OF EQUIPMENT TO THE CxA WITHIN 10 NOT EXIST. 0 CRAIG KLINKAM BUSINESS DAYS OF A SCHEDULED COMMISSIONING VISIT. INCLUDE SIMILAR THE CxA PREPARES AND SUBMITS TO THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR, WITH COPY TO PH: 206.624.9735 FAX: 206.283.2446 INFORMATION IN PROJECT CLOSE-OUT DOCUMENTATION. THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE, A COMMISSIONING PROGRESS REPORT AFTER EACH THE CxA DOCUMENTS THE RESULTS OF THE TESTS ON THE FUNCTIONAL J EMAIL: CRAIG@KLINKAM.COM COMMISSIONING VISIT. THE PROGRESS REPORT CONTAINS: A TABLE OF PERFORMANCE TEST FORMS. CORRECTIONS OF NON-COMPLIANT ITEMS IDENTIFIED J PROVIDE START-UP SERVICES AS REQUIRED BY THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND PARTICIPANTS AND THEIR ROLES, A DESCRIPTION OF COMMISSIONING PROGRESS; DURING TESTING MAY BE MADE AT THE DISCRETION OF THE CxA WHILE ONSITE. Q GENERAL CONTRACTOR: SUBMIT START-UP REPORTS TO THE CxA AS START-UP IS COMPLETED. INCLUDE OVERVIEW OF THE COMMISSIONING AND/OR TESTING SCOPE, RESULTS FROM THE OTHERWISE THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR v C SHRADER & MARTINEZ CONSTRUCTION, INC START-UP REPORTS IN THE PROJECT CLOSE-OUT DOCUMENTATION. COMMISSIONING PROCESS; AND A LIST OF OBSERVED DEFICIENCIES. RESCHEDULING TESTING ONCE THE NON-COMPLIANT ITEMS HAVE BEEN RESOLVED, MIKE COOK, PROJ MGR AND THEN DOCUMENTING THAT TESTING HAS BEEN COMPLETED SUCCESSFULLY. PH: 928.282.7554 FAX: 928.340.7178 PROVIDE THE INSTALLING CONTRACTOR'S AND OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES TO 23A 6-17 PRE-FUNCTfONAL CHECKOUT DECISIONS REGARDING NON-COMPLIANT ITEMS AND CORRECTIONS ARE RESOLVED EMAIL: MCOOK@SHRADERMARTINEZ.COM MAINTAIN THE WARRANTY IN PROJECT CLOSE-OUT DOCUMENTATION. BETWEEN THE CxA AND THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR WHENEVER POSSIBLE. FOR 19 W PRE-FUNCTIONAL CHECKOUT (PFC) IS IMPORTANT TO ENSURE THAT THE EQUIPMENT AREAS IN DISPUTE, FINAL AUTHORITY, BESIDES THE OWNER'S RESIDES WITH THE ENGINEER: PROVIDE TRAINING AS DETAILED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. AND SYSTEMS ARE HOOKED UP AND OPERATIONAL AND THAT FUNCTIONAL ENGINEER. THE CxA RECOMMENDS ACCEPTANCE OF EACH COMPLETED TEST TO THE W 19 z M HENDERSON ENGINEERS, INC PERFORMANCE TESTING CAN COMMENCE WITHOUT ANY UNNECESSARY DELAYS. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. JOHN PASSANTINO SUB-CONTRACTORS SHALL COORDINATE SCHEDULING OF ANY START-UP ACTIVITIES EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT LISTED UNDER SECTION 23A 6-2 OF THIS DOCUMENT J Q Q N o 8345 LENEXA DRIVE, SUITE 300 WITH EQUIPMENT SUPPLIERS AND THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. RECEIVES PRE-FUNCTIONAL CHECKOUT BY THE COMMISSIONING AUTHORITY. IN AFTER ACCEPTANCE OF THE FUNCTIONAL TESTING THE CxA AND THE GENERAL uj ' N O LENEXA, KS 66214 GENERAL, THE PRE-FUNCTIONAL CHECKOUT FOR A GIVEN PIECE OF EQUIPMENT OR CONTRACTOR SHALL CERTIFY THAT THE HVAC SYSTEMS HAVE BEEN INSTALLED AND PH: 913.742.5451 FAX: 913.742.5001 SUB-CONTRACTORS SHALL DEMONSTRATE PERFORMANCE OF THE SYSTEMS TO THE SYSTEM MUST BE SUCCESSFULLY COMPLETED PRIOR TO FORMAL FUNCTIONAL ARE OPERATING ACCORDING TO THE REQUIREMENTOF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. o0 CL EMAIL: JOHN.PASSANTINO@HEI-ENG.COM CxA, GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE AND ANY OTHERS AS PERFORMANCE TESTING. THE CxA SHALL ISSUE A "STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE" TO PROVIDE NOTICE THAT THE zQ ,,n O ti aDEEMED APPROPRIATE BY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. MECHANICAL SYSTEMS ARE READY TO TURN OVER TO THE OWNER. ' =O O COMMISSIONING AUTHORITY: PRE-FUNCTIONAL COMMISSIONING TASKS ARE PRIMARILY STATIC INSPECTIONS AND OUTCOME CONSTRUCTION SERVICES LLC THE TEST AND BALANCE SUB-CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLETE PRELIMINARY TEST PROCEDURES TO ENSURE THE EQUIPMENT OR SYSTEM IS READY FOR INITIAL 23A 6-23 COMMISSIONING FINAL REPORT ..� Z O In (A SUBSIDIARY OF HENDERSON ENGINEERS, INC) AND BALANCE ON ALL COMMISSIONED EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS, AND MAKE OPERATION. HOWEVER, SOME PRE-FUNCTIONAL CHECKOUT ITEMS ENTAIL SIMPLE Z Cn TIM ZANS AVAILABLE TO THE CxA A DRAFT REPORT OF RESULTS AND FINDINGS PRIOR TO THE TESTING OF THE FUNCTION OF A COMPONENT, A PIECE OF EQUIPMENT OR SYSTEM. A FINAL SUMMARY REPORT PREPARED BY THE CxA WILL BE PROVIDED TO THE WONJ <w W - O 8345 LENEXA DRIVE, SUITE 110 FINAL COMMISSIONING VISIT. THE TEST AND BALANCE SUB-CONTACTOR SHALL HAVE THE WORD PRE-FUNCTIONAL REFERS TO BEFORE FUNCTIONAL OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE AND GENERAL CONTRACTOR WITHIN A REASONABLE Q D N LENEXA, KS 66214 TRAINED TECHNICIAN AVAILABLE TO PARTICIPATE IN A SAMPLE TEST AND BALANCE TESTING. PRE-FUNCTIONAL CHECKLISTS AUGMENT AND ARE COMBINED WITH THE TIME FOLLOWING THE FINAL COMMISSIONING VISIT. THE REPORT SHALL INCLUDE AN N PH: 913.742.5497 FAX: 913.894.9051 VERIFICATION WITH THE CxA DURING THE SCHEDULED FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE MANUFACTURER'S START-UP CHECKLIST. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY, LIST OF PARTICIPANTS AND ROLES, BRIEF BUILDING Q Q z o EMAIL: TIM.ZANS@OUTCOME-CS.COM SITE VISIT. VERIFICATION SAMPLE SHALL BE DETERMINED BY THE CxA. THE TEST DESCRIPTION, OVERVIEW OF COMMISSIONING AND TESTING SCOPE AND A GENERAL �_ Q E- a AND BALANCE SUB-CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND USE THE ORIGINAL TESTING THE CxA OBTAINS CLARIFICATION, AS NEEDED, FROM THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR DESCRIPTION OF TESTING AND VERIFICATION METHODS. FOR EACH PIECE OF 23A 6-5 OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE RESPONSIBILITIES EQUIPMENT (BY SERIAL NUMBER) FOR VERIFICATION THAT WAS USED DURING TEST REGARDING APPROPRIATE CONTENT FOR THE PRE-FUNCTIONAL CHECKLISTS. COMMISSIONED EQUIPMENT, THE REPORT CONTAINS THE DISPOSITION OF THE Z ocy a AND BALANCE OF THE SYSTEM(S). COMMISSIONING AUTHORITY REGARDING THE ADEQUACY OF THE EQUIPMENT B FACILITATE AND SUPPORT THE COMMISSIONING PROCESS AND APPROVE OF THE 23A 6-18 START-UP AND INITIAL OPERATION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS IN THE FOLLOWING m = Lo olf O S COMMISSIONING WORK. AUTHORIZE ANY OWNER-FURNISHED EQUIPMENT SUB-CONTRACTORS SHALL CONTINUOUSLY MAINTAIN AN "AS-BUILT" SET OF AREAS: OD 0 a MANUFACTURERS TECHNICIANS TO PARTICIPATE IN COMMISSIONING PROCESS DRAWINGS AND SUBMIT AS REQUIRED BY THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. START-UP OF EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS IS COORDINATED AND EXECUTED BY THE Lo ACTIVITIES APPROPRIATE TO THEIR RESPONSIBILITIES. SUB-CONTRACTORS OR MANUFACTURER'S AUTHORIZED TECHNICIANS TO EQUIPMENT MEETING THE SPECIFICATIONS Z CL 23A 6-10 COMMISSIONING DOCUMENTATION DOCUMENT THE PROCESS OF START-UP, THE LEAD TECHNICIAN PERFORMING THE EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION W Q INTERFACE WITH LANDLORD REPRESENTATIVES AS REQUIRED IN SUPPORT OF THE STARTUP PROCEDURES SHALL SUBMIT A STARTUP REPORT TO THE GENERAL EQUIPMENT FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE m COMMISSIONING PROCESS. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION TO THE CONTRACTOR WITHIN 5 BUSINESS DAYS OF COMPLETION. THE START-UP REPORT CxA FOR INCLUSION IN THE FINAL COMMISSIONING REPORT. SHALL BE IN FULL COMPLIANCE WITH THE EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER'S ALL OUTSTANDING NON-COMPLIANCE ITEMS SHALL BE SPECIFICALLY LISTED. ANY o REVIEW, COMMENT AND ACCEPT THE CXA'S COMMISSIONING REPORTS. REQUIREMENTS, AND BE EITHER A LEGIBLE COPY OF A PRE-PRINTED RECOMMENDATIONS FOR IMPROVEMENT TO EQUIPMENT OR OPERATIONS, FUTURE A COPY OF THE MANUFACTURER REQUIRED OR CONTRACTOR INITIATED START-UP MANUFACTURERS STARTUP FORM OR TYPEDWRITTEN ON THE INSTALLING SUB- ACTIONS, COMMISSIONING PROCESS CHANGES, ETC. SHALL ALSO BE LISTED. ISSUED /REVISED DATE AND INITIAL CHECKOUT REPORTS. CONTRACTOR'S LETTERHEAD. PERMIT SET 02.08.16 a 23A 6-6 GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES APPENDICES SHALL CONTAIN THE FOLLOWING SUPPORTING DATA (WHERE A COPY OF ANY COMPLETED COMMISSIONING CORRECTIVE ACTION REPORTS. 23A 6-19 NON-CONFORMANCE APPLICABLE): ca FACILITATE AND SUPPORT THE COMMISSIONING PROCESS AND AUTHORIZE SUB- CONTRACTORS TO PARTICIPATE IN COMMISSIONING PROCESS ACTIVITIES SUBMIT TO THE CXA, FOR REVIEW ONLY, A COPY OF CONTRACTOR'S 'AS-BUILT' THE SUB-CONTRACTORS OR MANUFACTURER'S AUTHORIZED TECHNICIANS SHALL COMMISSIONING MEETING MINUTES APPROPRIATE TO THEIR RESPONSIBILITIES. DRAWINGS INDICATING CHANGES THAT OCCURRED DURING THE CONSTRUCTION CLEARLY LIST ANY OUTSTANDING STARTUP ITEMS NOT COMPLETED SUCCESSFULLY COMMISSIONING RELATED REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION PHASE AND A COPY OF THE OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTATION DIRECTLY ON THE START-UP FORMS. THE CXA REVIEWS THE DOCUMENTATION AND COMMISSIONING ISSUES LOG ca (O&MS), INCLUDING SPECIAL EQUIPMENT WARRANTIES. WORKS WITH THE SUB-CONTRACTORS, MANUFACTURER'S TECHNICIANS AND COPIES OF COMPLETED PREFUNCTIONAL CHECKLISTS GENERAL CONTRACTOR AS REQUIRED, TO CORRECT NON-COMPLIANT ITEMS. UPON PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION APPROVED COMPLETION, THE CxA RECOMMENDS ACCEPTANCE OF THE STARTUP OF COPIES OF COMPLETED FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TESTS EACH SYSTEM TO THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. ALL NON-COMPLIANT ITEMS MUST BE m RESOLVED PRIOR TO THE CxA PERFORMING FUNCTIONAL TESTING. ;o m` m A O O O d m C N Of a HVAC COMMISSIONING W - SPECIFICATIONS sC3 M 503 2 J is = c n' 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 E r 0 0 N U � LOCO W c cooLO0 0 O 00 It0 Q� Q 000r ._ W O 00 W .D FO d c mCV a) '� N SCHEDULE OF COMMISSIONING TASKS ZW r °) Z o o .� W _ Z WW O 0 N N N 0 m7 C14lA U) I- L6 3 ITEM SYSTEM NAME COMMISSIONING TASK DESCRIPTION PHOTO REQUIRED TASK COMPLETE ? COMMENTS 1 VAV Terminal Unit Permanent equipment identification (nameplate) affixed & matches contract documents 2 VAV Terminal Unit VAV Unit Manufacturer (Each Unit as Applies): 3 VAV Terminal Unit VAV Unit Model #: 4 VAV Terminal Unit VAV Unit Serial #: HEN�ERS�N 5 VAV Terminal Unit Submittals are required for major pieces of HVAC equipment not matching equipment schedules 6 VAV Terminal Unit CxA requires submittals 10 business days prior to a scheduled visit 71JENGINEERSK 7 VAV Terminal Unit Permanent equipment identification affixed as approved by Landlord 8345LENEXADRIVE,SWITE300 8 VAV Terminal Unit Any damage to unit(s) during installation has been repaired including replacement of all missing hardware LENEXA,KS 66214 9 VAV Terminal Unit Orientation and location of unit(s) per contract documents with manufacturer's required maintenance and operational clearances provided TEL 913 742 5000 FAx 913 742 5001 www.hei-eng.com 10 VAV Terminal Unit Unit(s) properly supported as required by contract documents X 1650000011 E 11 VAV Terminal Unit Vibration isolation devices per contract documents and installed per manufacturers requirements 12 VAV Terminal Unit Unit(s) mounting provides level installation within manufacturer's tolerance 13 VAV Terminal Unit Manufacturer's safety alert decals visible and legible 14 VAV Terminal Unit Verify access doors/panels can be opened/removed and close tightly during operation of unit(s) 15 VAV Terminal Unit All shipping bolts, restraints, blocking, and bracing have been removed 16 VAV Terminal Unit Nameplate voltage requirements match service available for unit(s) power and service properly balanced, service within manufacturer's tolerance of nameplate voltage 17 VAV Terminal Unit Electrical conduits for power and control wiring and service receptacle routed with penetrations into unit sealed F 18 VAV Terminal Unit Unit(s) power connection of proper material and terminated correctly X 19 VAV Terminal Unit Disconnecting means match requirements of contract documents p. 20 VAV Terminal Unit Disconnecting means located within sight of unit, if unit mounted does not interfere with access 21 VAV Terminal Unit Factory controls including accessories operating correctly, in particular economizer controls 22 VAV Terminal Unit Thermostat(s) installed at location(s) per contract documents, are as specified with required features and mounted plumb without damage 23 VAV Terminal Unit Temperature sensor(s) installed at location per contract documents, are as specified with required features and mounted<plumb without damage 24 VAV Terminal Unit Ductwork connections generally comply with contract documents X 4pp 25 VAV Terminal Unit Flex connection between ducts and unit tight and in good condition X 26 VAV Terminal Unit No apparent severe duct restrictions EXP�ES 12/31/2016 D 27 VAV Terminal Unit Turning vanes in square elbows 28 VAV Terminal Unit Supply air transition duct with maximum 15 degree expansion angle X • 29 Air Distribution Ductwork routed to avoid passing over electrical panel boards 30 Air Distribution Concealed ductwork installed to facilitate installation and removal of ceiling tiles (as applicable) 31 Air Distribution Duct exterior wrap as required by contract documents. Record insulation thickness, density, and R-value in comments column X 32 Air Distribution Ductwork supported as required by contract documents, supports attached to joists/beams not floor/roof } 1' 33 Air Distribution Ductwork penetrations of building components sealed as required by contract documents Z a v �a W ° 34 Air Distribution Temporary covers fastened to open ends of ductwork during installation X N o F 35 Air Distribution All debris removed and ductwork cleaned as required by contract documents U o 36 Air Distribution Ductwork branch requirements as required by contract documents X J o V 37 Air Distribution Balancing dampers installed in diffuser neck or branch duct take—off as required by- contract documents with colored ribbon installed for identification X J 3 38 Air Distribution Turning vanes installed in locations required by contract documents <a Q 3 39 Air Distribution Supply diffusers installed in locations shown on contract documents Q Z O 40 Air Distribution Flexible ductwork connections same diameter as neck and maximum length as specified y 41 Air Distribution Return grilles installed in locations shown on contract documents j 42 Test, Adjust & Balance jProvide TAB services as required by contract documents. Submit draft report to CxA prior to commissioning visit. Submit final report as part of project closeout. J a C W W OC z M J a O CN o cv �? E 3 � Oa � to CL zQ � a) ti ZA �� O co N W C) QW W � a 0 �- Q F- a: U U)C1 F_ M B m = Lin00� Z LO 0 n. co W a 0 m 3 0 ca ISSUED /REVISED DATE a PERMIT SET 02.08.16 m 0 c r N W m 3 m m rn v ,c m c m m A S ' 0 m m in HVAC COMMISSIONING SPECIFICATIONS a. m = M-504 m Zi 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS NOTE. THIS IS A MASTER LEGEND AND NOT ALL SYMBOLS, FIRE PROTECTION SYMBOLS0 ABBREVIATIONS, ETC. ARE NECESSARILY USED ON THE DRAWINGS. N CV U r ELECTRICAL ONE-LINE & RISER CIRCUITING & WIRING WIRING DEVICES & OUTLETS NOTE: THIS IS A MASTER LEGEND AND NOT ALL SYMBOLS, E�iC. ARE W c 00 o Lo PANELBOARD 00 It MULTI-SECTIONZ75 SWITCHED HOT CONDUCTORS (SHOWN TRAILING NEUTRAL) SINGLE POLE WALL SWITCH (NO LETTER DESIGNATION) NECESSARILY USED ON THE DRAWINGS. lv' > Q -a (SEE SCHEDULES) PANELBOARDNEUTRAL CONDUCTOR SWITCH LETTER DESIGNATIONS AS FOLLOWS: FIRE ALARM O� Q co co .Q F (SEE SCHEDULES) UNSWITCHED HOT CONDUCTORS (SHOWN LEADING NEUTRAL) 2 TWO POLE WALL SWITCH agW -p O � 't a HOMERUN TO PANELBOARD, ARROWS INDICATE NUMBER 3 THREE-WAY WALL SWITCH FAACCP FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL/UNIT mJ L N Qj d' d' N OF CIRCUITS, HASH MARKS INDICATE NUMBER OF 4 = FOUR-WAY WALL SWITCH Lu M ------11TX# TRANSFORMER i----iTX# SHIELDED OR P1 CONDUCTORS. INFORMATION AT ARROWS ARE CIRCUIT D = DIMMER TYPE SWITCH F� RECESSED FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL/UNIT W z3 O O ?� iu TYPE AND RATINGS ii TRANSFORMER P1-3,5,7 NUMBERS AND PANELBOARD. OS = OCCUPANCY SENSORca ^ � AS SHOWN L+_ 1 TYPE AND RATINGS P = SPST PILOT LIGHT SWITCH FAAP FIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATOR PANEL Z WW O '� N N ___J AS SHOWN �\ EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR IN CONDUIT K = KEYED LIGHT SWITCHa RECESSED FIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATOR PANEL m'7 N CO (0 F U. � (GREEN INSULATION OR BARE) M MOTOR RATED SWITCH FAAP O 800A SWITCH 225A CIRCUIT BREAKER WP = WEATHER PROOF 3P RATING AS SHOWN 3P RATINGS AS SHOWN WR = WEATHER-RESISTANT FACT FIRE ALARM TRANSPONDER /'"}-`\ ISOLATED GROUNDING CONDUCTOR IN CONDUIT (GREEN INSULATION WITH YELLOW TRACER) � AMP P AMPLIFIER PANEL CEILING MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR WITH POWER SUPPLY [� CONDUIT CONCEALED \\ /J AND LOAD RELAY AS REQUIRED OR SPECIFIED. RIES REMOTE POWER SUPPLY 200AS FUSED SWITCH _ RT REMOTE TEST STATION WITH INDICATING LIGHT _ 3P RATING,POLES AND PP OCCUPANCY SENSOR POWER PACK 200AF FUSE TYPE AS SHOWN _ CONDUIT IN/UNDER FLOOR/GROUND CONSTRUCTION RL REMOTE INDICATING LIGHT HENDERSOH FREXPOSED CONDUIT S SIMPLEX RECEPTACLE - NEMA 5-20R, LINO PS PRESSURE SWITCH LOW/HIGH ---- ® CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION - SEE CIRCUIT SCHEDULE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE - NEMA 5-20R, UNO FS WATERFLOW ALARM SWITCH FIJENGINEERS FLEXIBLE CONDUIT 0 CONTROL VALVE TAMPER SWITCH 8345 LENEXA DRIVE,SUITE 300 GFR GROUND FAULT RELAY DOUBLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE - NEMA 5-20R, UNO DH MAGNETIC DOOR HOLD OPEN DEVICE LENEXA,KS 66214 FS-TI SHUNT TRIP LOW VOLTAGE CABLE (NOT ROUTED IN CONDUIT) SPECIAL RECEPTACLE - NEMA TYPE AS NOTED K® KNOX BOX TEL 913 742 5000 FAx 913 742 5001 unuTY® CONDUIT TURNING DOWN TWIST-LOCK TYPE RECEPTACLE • PULL STATION www.hei-eng.com MER M UTILITY METER (AS REQUIRED BY UTILITY) }� GFCI F1650000011 E p CONDUIT TURNING UP &OR 6 GFCI TYPE RECEPTACLE* V FIREFIGHTERS PHONE JACK CURRENT TRANSFORMER RATING AS HEAT DETECTOR (E INDICATES ELEVATOR RECALL) SPECIFIED OR REQUIRED (b ISOLATED GROUND TYPE RECEPTACLE* CONNECTION POINT OR EQUIPMENT TERMINATION SMOKE DETECTOR (E INDICATES ELEVATOR RECALL) r—TVSS-1 TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSOR RECEPTACLE INSTALLED 6" ABOVE COUNTER OR BACKSPLASH* SINGLE STATION SMOKE DETECTOR --� EQUIPMENT TERMINATIONRECEPTACLE INSTALLED IN CEILING* •--�I� GROUND CONNECTION � ©1>?)�)) BEAM DETECTOR LIGHTING ® RECEPTACLE INSTALLED IN FLOOR* © DUCT MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR (SD=SUPPLY/RD=RETURN) GROUND ROD A RECEPTACLE INSTALLED VIA DROP CORD* RD AREA OF REFUGE 2-WAY COMMUNICATION SYSTEM CONTACT (OPEN OR CLOSED) FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE: (SEE LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE) *DUPLEX RECEPTACLE SHOWN, SIMILAR FOR OTHERS F WALL MOUNTED AUDIBLE NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE ��p PROF JVV/- HEATER Oa a = SWITCHED BY SWITCH "a" ll GFCI RECEPTACLE LETTER DESIGNATIONS AS FOLLOWS: 3Z WALL MOUNTED VISIBLE NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE c� GIN�F A = LIGHT FIXTURE TYPE "A" QD C = CLOCK HANGER TYPE ## ## INDICATES CANDELA i 9 /0/ MOTOR a S = SWITCHEDCY POWER EN WALL MOUNTED AUDIBLE/VISIBLE NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE, 1_51 BLOCK LOAD KW OR KVA 'c:=:E==r IG = ISOLATED GROUND ## ## INDICATES CANDELA TR = TAMPER RESISTANT wv t5.1994 ® F CEILING MOUNTED AUDIBLE NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE WITH NIGHT LIGHT WP = WEATHERPROOF SIGNALING WR = WEATHER-RESISTANT CEILING MOUNTED VISIBLE NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE, I� FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE WITH EMERGENCY LIGHTING . . . . MULTI-OUTLET SURFACE RACEWAY WITH NEMA 5-20R ## ## INDICATES CANDELA A' n b SIGNALING BELL Ea BATTERY PACK RECEPTACLES 12" ON CENTER, UNO. EXPIRES: 12/31/2016 ' "V @4 CEILING MOUNTED AUDIBLE/VISIBLE NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE, D SIGNALING BUZZER FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE WITH DUAL BALLASTS CIRCUITED m V TELEPHONE OUTLET - FLOOR OR WALL MOUNTED. INSTALL ## ## INDICATES CANDELA AT SAME ELEVATION AS ADJACENT RECEPTACLE, UNO. SEPARATELY. SHADING IMPLIES EMERGENCY BALLAST WITH a ABORT SWTICH • �T LV TRANSFORMER o ( � v BATTERY PACK) ® V DATA OUTLET - FLOOR OR WALL MOUNTED. INSTALL ATBELL ABBREVIATIONS SAME ELEVATION AS ADJACENT RECEPTACLE, UNO. p• A-Vyy LIGHTING TRACK WITH LIGHT FIXTURE TYPES AS INDICATED A AMPERES, AIR (COMPRESSED) MAX MAXIMUM ® v MULTI-SERVICE OUTLET - FLOOR OR WALL MOUNTED. INSTALL STANDARD MOUNTING HEIGHTS MCA MINIMUM CIRCUIT AMPACITY A LIGHT FIXTURE - CEILING WALL MOUNTED. AT SAME ELEVATION AS ADJACENT RECEPTACLE, UNO. A/C AIR CONDmONING / (AFF, AFG, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE) � AF AMPERE FUSE MCB MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER Q A = LIGHT FIXTURE TYPE "A" 0A MULTI-SERVICE POWER POLE WITH TELEPHONE, DATA AND POWER FIRE ALARM zz w AFC ABOVE FINISHED CEILING MCC MOTOR CONTROL CENTER OUTLETS A = TYPE, SEE SCHEDULE IN SPECIFICATIONS a W E MD MOTORIZED DAMPER A WALL WASHER LIGHT FIXTURE - ARROW INDICATES DIRECTION. AUDIBLE APPLIANCES (CENTERLINE) AFCI ARC FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER ®\ A 84' � H AFEA AREA FOR EVACUATION MDP MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL / A = LIGHT FIXTURE TYPE "A" Q MULTI-SERVICE FLOOR BOX WITH TELEPHONE, DATA AND POWER FIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATOR PANEL (DISPLAY) 60" N 0 � o` ASSISTANCE MFR MANUFACTURER OUTLETS A = TYPE, SEE SCHEDULE IN SPECIFICATIONS —a _ N MG MOTOR GENERATOR A WALL MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE. A FIRE ALARM BELL (EXTERIOR) 120" ..1 o v AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR 0 , , -i¢ o POKE THROUGHA = TYPESEE SCHEDULE IN SPECIFICATIONS ° AFG ABOVE FINISHED GRADE MH MANHOLE A = LIGHT FIXTURE TYPE "A" FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL/UNIT (DISPLAY) 60" 3 Al ANALOG INPUT MIN MINIMUM ('� ® THERMOSTAT PULL STATIONS (HANDLE) 48" Z Q 3 AIC AMPERE INTERRUPTING CURRENT MLO MAIN LUGS ONLY SITE LIGHTING FIXTURE (SEE LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE) VISIBLE APPLIANCES (CENTERLINE) 84" a Z AL ALUMINUM MOCP MAXIMUM OVERCURRENT v 0 JUNCTION BOX/OUTLET BOX O AO ANALOG OUTPUT PROTECTION A EXIT SIGN - CEILING / WALL MOUNTED, ARROWS AS INDICATED. W MSB MAIN SWITCHBOARD ® A = LIGHT FIXTURE TYPE "A" (SEE LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE) JUNCTION BOX/OUTLET BOX ABBREVIATIONS AP ACCESS PANEL ..1 ATS AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH MSWB MAIN SWITCHBOARD AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR NIC NOT IN CONTRACT J AWG AMERICAN WIRE GAUGE MS/TP MASTER SLAVE/TOKEN PASSING X04 EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK LIGHT FIXTURE - CEILING/WALL © BLANK FACE GFCI FEED THROUGH DEVICE AFG ABOVE FINISHED GRADE oc ON CENTER a BAS BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM - COMMUNICATION TRUNK MOUNTED. (SEE LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE) CD CANDELA PIV POST INDICATOR VALVE C v BFF BELOW FINISHED FLOOR MTD MOUNTED SR EMERGENCY SHUNT RELAY DI DUCTILE IRON PROVIDE FURNISH AND INSTALL CEILING SURFACE MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE BFG BELOW FINISHED GRADE N/A NOT APPLICABLE ESFR EARLY SUPPRESSION FAST PRV PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE BI BINARY INPUT N/C NORMALLY CLOSED RESPONSE RD RETURN DUCTSTANDARD MOUNTING HEIGHTS BKR BREAKER NIC NOT IN CONTRACT POWER EQUIPMENT & DEVICES ETR, (E) EXISTING TO REMAIN REV REVISION ce LLI BO BINARY OUTPUT NL NIGHT LIGHT (AFF, AFG, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE) FHC FIRE HOSE CABINET SD SUPPLY DUCT W I= C CONDUIT N/0 NORMALLY OPEN ELECTRICAL SERVICE PANELBOARD FP FIRE PROTECTION SF SQUARE FEET z M CD CANDELA OC ON CENTER ELECTRICAL (SURFACE OR FLUSH MOUNT) GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR TYP TYPICAL J 0 CV O CT CURRENT TRANSFORMER OS OCCUPANCY SENSOR ALARMS 48 op GPM GALLONS PER MINUTE UL UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES, W ' (V O CAN CABLE TELEVISION SYSTEM PDU POWER DISTRIBUTION UNIT " TERMINAL CABINET (SURFACE OR JB JUNCTION BOX INC. �p ANNUNCIATOR PANELS 48 OlO �❑ .5 CCN CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION pH, 0 PHASE FLUSH MOUNT), TYPE AS NOTED MAX MAXIMUM UNO UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE N 0. CKT CIRCUIT CLOCK OUTLETS (CENTERLINE) 84" MIN MINIMUM V VOLTS) zQ Lo ~ PIV POST INDICATOR VALVE W r- fl CPT CONTROL POWER TRANSFORMER CONTROLS CENTERLINE 48" o PLYWOOD TERMINAL BOARD FOR TELEPHONE N A NOT APPLICABLE WP WEATHERPROOF —0 O PNL PANEL (CENTERLINE) / -17. of 07 SYSTEM,. UNO. SIZE AS NOTED. ' = r a CU COPPER, CONDENSING UNIT PNLBD PANELBOARD EXIT SIGNS (WALL MOUNTED, BOTTOM) 80" WR WEATHER-RESISTANT . = 0 cn CVD CUMULATIVE VOLTAGE DROP Z co 0 PROVIDE FURNISH AND INSTALL ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARD INTERCOM (AFEA ONLY) 36 ® J _ DDC DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL PT POTENTIAL TRANSFORMER W o Q W W O DI DIGITAL INPUT, DUCTILE IRONINTERCOMS 48" 11 PTZ PAN, TILT, ZOOM SWITCHBOARD OR MOTOR CONTROL Q (� DN DOWN QTY QUANTITY PANELS/PANELBOARDS (TOP) 72" 0 ` C Q Q z � ® CENTER ON HOUSEKEEPING PAD `� a DPDT DOUBLE-POLE, DOUBLE-THROW RCPT RECEPTACLE PHOTOCELLS 144" V QL- �-a° DPST DOUBLE-POLE, SINGLE-THROW RLA RUNNING LOAD AMPS TRANSFORMER U of EM EMERGENCY (ncy RECEPTACLES (CENTERLINE) 18" Z (n J 3 RTU ROOFTOP UNIT W EPO EMERGENCY POWER OFF SD SMOKE DETECTOR, SUPPLY DUCT RECEPTACLES (EXTERIOR) 24" '� MOTOR __> w B ETR EXISTING TO REMAIN SF SQUARE FEET, SUPPLY FAN RECEPTACLES GARAGES 26" m �� W O FACP FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL (GARAGES) " 200/3/150 DISCONNECT SWITCH - 200/3/150 DENOTES = 0-1 00 C3 SPDT SINGLE-POLE, DOUBLE-THROW RECEPTACLES IN EQUIPMENT ROOMS 48 M AMPERES/POLE/FUSE NF= NON-FUSED CB= CIRCUIT 0 0- C) FBO FURNISHED BY OTHERS/OWNER SPST SINGLE-POLE, SINGLE-THROWREFER TO ARCHITECTURAL SHEET LL-001 FOR Z N Lf) FCA FAULT CURRENT AMPS SS STAINLESS STEEL, SANITARY REMOTE INDICATING LIGHT (EQUIPMENT ROOMS) 48" BREAKER (200/3/CB) Q,• ADDITIONAL NOTES AND INFORMATION W Q m FF FINISHED FLOOR SEWER, SOIL STACK REMOTE INDICATING LIGHT (FINISHED AREAS) CEILING COMBINATION DISCONNECT (SAFETY) SWITCH AND w FLA FULL LOAD AMPS ST SHUNT TRIP, STEAM TRAPSAFETY SWITCHES 48" 30/3/15/1 MOTOR STARTER "30/3/15/1" DENOTES o FLR FLOOR SWBD SWITCHBOARD " � AMPERES/POLE/FUSE/NEMA STARTER SIZE NF= p FVNR FULL-VOLTAGE, NON-REVERSING TL TWISTLOCK STARTERS 48 NON-FUSED CB= CIRCUIT BREAKER (30/3/CB/1) GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR TR TAMPER RESISTANT SWITCHES (CENTERLINE) 48" ISSUED /REVISED DATE o GFCI GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT TX TRANSFORMER ++ MAGNETIC MOTOR STARTER NEMA a TELEPHONES (PUBLIC) 1 ® 48 , 1 ® 36 ®2 SIZE AS NOTED. 3-POLE, LUNO. PERMIT SET 02.08.16 INTERRUPTER TYP TYPICAL cu GFR GROUND FAULT RELAY U/F UNDERFLOOR TELEPHONE, DATA OUTLETS (CENTERLINE) 18" m G GROUND TELEPHONE TERMINAL BOARD BOTTOM 6" u/c UNDERGROUND (BOTTOM) S MANUAL STARTER rn GND GROUND UH UNIT HEATER TELEVISION OUTLETS 18" V D VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE y GRS GALVANIZED RIGID STEEL U/S UNDERSLAB HOA HAND-OFF-AUTOMATIC RELAY OR CONTACTOR (IN SCHEMATICS) UL UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES, ® IG ISOLATED GROUND INC MAGNETIC CONTACTOR, SIZE, COIL VOLTAGE AND 3 ISL SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT UNO UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ANNOTATION © NUMBER OF POLES AS INDICATED (L= LIGHTING JB JUNCTION BOX L UPS UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY CONTACTOR, P= POWER CONTACTOR) J-BOX JUNCTION BOX V VOLT(S) Fil ELECTRICAL PLAN NOTE CALLOUT m` kcmil 1000 CIRCULAR MILS TS TIME SWITCH m KK KIRK KEY VAC VOLTS ALTERNATING CURRENT O TECHNOLOGY PLAN CALLOUT A VD VOLTAGE DROP EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION (OWNER FURNISHED, kV KILOVOLT PC PHOTOCELL. $ VDC VOLTS DIRECT CURRENT C) kVA KILOVOLT-AMPS 1 CONTRACTOR INSTALLED) INDICATING LIGHT kVAR KILOVOLT-AMPS REACTIVE VFD VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE kW KILOWATT W WIRE CONNECTION POINT OF NEW .WORK. TO EXISTING CD kWH KILOWATT-HOUR WP WEATHERPROOF 1 DETAIL REFERENCE UPPER NUMBER INDICATES DETAIL NUMBER PUSH BUTTON m XP EXPLOSION-PROOF LF LINEAR FEET LOWER NUMBER INDICATES SHEET NUMBER • • 3: M 1 STOP-START PUSH BUTTON CONTROL STATION ELECTRICAL W Z MAN MASTER ANTENNA TELEVISION g g SYSTEM 1 ••• HAND-OFF-AUTO PUSH BUTTON CONTROL STATION LEGEND E M1 SECTION CUT DESIGNATION Fa a�Q07 Q'D MUSHROOM—TYPE PUSH BUTTON �-®O X � U c a+ J_ 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 E GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES: o N 04 U 1. PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID, VISIT THE JOB SITE AND BECOME FULLY : O co ACQUAINTED WITH THE EXISTING CONDITIONS OF THE FACILITY. W c O O L REVIEW THE GENERAL NOTES AND ALL OTHER TRADE DRAWINGS FOR O O -0 A(ETR) B(ETR) 5 �� ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS THAT MAY NOT BE CALLED OUT IN THIS �� > Q O 1` '- PX jbp P PX PORTION OF THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. NOTIFY OWNER 3: O co F B ° (((pi )}) ° REPRESENTATIVE OF ANY CONFLICTS OR DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO IIgW -p O `rt' "t 19 SUBMITTING BID. IM M cV N d' It N 10 2. EXISTING CONDITIONS WERE TAKEN FROM ORIGINAL DRAWINGS AND LY N 'r O O F SITE VISITS AND MAY NOT REFLECT EXACT "AS-BUILT" CONDITIONS. w =� _ O O 3 b FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND CAREFULLY COORDINATE Z WW O = CV N 3 NEW WORK WITH ALL OTHER DISCIPLINES AND EXISTING CONDITIONS. 0 con C,4 (A U) F IL 1 I F9 22 F10 F10 F10 F10 F10 F10 F10 III (III 1 Y3. AVOID DAMAGING EXISTING SURFACES AND EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN DURING NEW WORK. REPAIR DAMAGE CAUSED DURING WORK AT NO 11 I - -� III III PX I P EXTRA COST TO THE OWNER. REPAIR DAMAGED SURFACES TO MATCH it 1 Ii 202 p - ADJACENT AREAS, INCLUDING FIRE RATINGS. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - - I 11 I F 1 II © os 4. READ THE SPECIFICATIONS AND REVIEW DRAWINGS OF ALL DIVISIONS w ( f— I 1 0 ((0))) OF WORK. COORDINATE THIS WORK WITH ALL OTHER DIVISIONS OF // '�`�� I F2 0 I IF9 i F101 I I 7 i P P = WORK AND ALL SUBCONTRACTORS. PROVIDE ALL SUBCONTRACTORS HENDERSOH // F10 F10 F10 � F2 I I III _ `V �LVb WITH A COMPLETE SEf OF BID DOCUMENTS. ENGINEERS r D D D D D D D D D I O F F10 I 5. DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC ONLY AND REPRESENT THE GENERAL 1 I ( p I 1 1 i ( I - _ SCOPE OF THE WORK. REVIEW THE GENERAL NOTES, SPECIFICATIONS 8345 LENEXA DRIVE,SUITE 300 - J L - I ( IF9 1 I X AND PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS THAT MAY NOT BE LENEXA,KS 66214 1 F = _ _ _ - _� -� = - -- - - = _ �- _ = =_ - I 1 1 b SPECIFICALLY CALLED OUT IN THIS PORTION OF THE CONSTRUCTION TEL 913 742 5000 FAx 913 742 5001 1 - - - - - �[000l I I - IF9 I - IF9 I F9 I I I BDOCUMENTS. NOTIFY OWNER REPRESENTATIVE OF ANY CONFLICTS OR www.hei-eng.com O O O O O O O OO O O I F2 F2 F2 F2 F2 I ( 18 DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF BID. B3 B3 B3 B B3 QO 00 QO O_O 00 00 00 00 _ 00 00 1650000011 E ( G (TYP OF 6) 18 20 F2 1 6. SEAL ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH FLOORS, WALLS, CEILINGS, AND I 18 B(PART) ROOF WHERE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS ARE REMOVED AND WHERE i B(PART) d B - - THE EXISTING PENETRATION IS NOT USED FOR THE NEW INSTALLATION. 1 E1 17 1 - REPAIR DAMAGED SURFACES TO MATCH ADJACENT AREAS, INCLUDING g - L 17 - - - - - - �� - - - - -t8- - - - - - - � os FIRE RATINGS. I - - - — _ _ __ _ _ __ _ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - B2( A T) - - - J 4 I 80 P 7. REMOVE ALL EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, SYSTEMS, CONDUIT, 1 F - - - - - - - - - 80 �� O O VD B2 O O 1 I 63 I I ° BOXES, WIRE, ETC. NOT BEING REUSED. DO NOT ABANDON ANY 1 I 1 1 B2 E1 20 I I O O 1 0 0 0 000 1 1 ELECTRICAL ITEMS. 1 ( I I I O O O 1 1 18 I 1 1 1 b 8. ENSURE CIRCUIT CONTINUITY OF ALL EXISTING TO REMAIN CIRCUITING. I I I I - - - - - - - - - - - -� - - - - - - - - - - - - I I B O O B3 1 O B EXTEND/REWORK EXISTING CIRCUITING AS NECESSARY. FIELD VERIFY �E PR 1 II I 113opp 1 1 I I i t ,- - - � - 1 it I - - - - _ - - - - _ - - _ - - _ - _ - - - - - - I 1 0 6 3 i 0 1 1 b ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS. NE�� 10 1 1 I I 63 B3 B3 B 1 1 I I B 1 11 I I 1 9. VERIFY ROUGH-IN REQUIREMENTS, LOCATIONS, MOUNTING HEIGHTS, $ 1 11 10 I 1 1830 0 B3 11 1 1 000 000 00 O O I ( I 1 1 1 VOLTAGE, PHASE, AMPS, HP, KW, ETC. FOR OWNER OR VENDOR J 1 11 O i O I I I 1 ZD O - - - - - - - 1 0 $ 1 I I I I I PROVIDED EQUIPMENT, WITH OWNER OR VENDOR, BEFORE ORE{i011 E1 11 O 0 1 I 0 1 1 1 1 1 PX PROVIDING ROUGH-IN. MAKE ALL FINAL CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED NMtSr1994 II 1 I 18 b FOR A FULLY COMPLETE AND OPERABLE SYSTEM. VERIFY THE TYPE OF 11 18 1 1 1 1 I ( i I 1 1 I I Q B FINAL CONNECTION AND PROVIDE APPROPRIATE WIRING METHOD. + �� 1 1 11 1 4 11 I I 1 1 I B3 B I I B 0 i 0 B31 I b VERIFY ALL DEVICE LOCATIONS. 11 1 1 1 1 O 15 in02 B3 I D 1 1 0 1 p 1 I EXPIRES: 12/31/2016 II 62 B2 p 10. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, ALL CIRCUITRY SHALL BE #12 AWG IN 1/2" 1 II 1 1 1 O 0 1 1 E1 1 1 0 I E1 1 O O 1 I CONDUIT. D III I B p I I 1 1 1 I I ' - - - - 11181 I - - - - ( I b 18 1 1 i I I - - - - 1 6(PAFT) I I I 11. LIGHT FIXTURES SHOWN ON THESE DRAWINGS REPRESENT GENERAL 1 11 I O I I 1 1 17 O O O O O 000 B3 ARRANGEMENTS ONLY. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR v B3 B3 B3 I I 2 MORE EXACT LOCATIONS, MOUNTING INFORMATION AND ADDITIONAL it B( RIT) I 00 00 B3 I 1 I Bap ' - - O B31 1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- 1 Q a NOTES. O O 1 8 1 17 i I B3 I I I I 0 i O 1 � - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 12. PROVIDE GREEN EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SIZED PER NEC I - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -A I 1 FOR ALL LIGHTING CIRCUITS. I'- 1 80(�J 1- - - _ _ _ I 1 LAMP HEAD AIMING } t� 1 '=' - - - - - - - - B I 1 (PART)2 RT)I I 62 Bg VECTOR(TYP) 13. PROVIDE ALL FIXTURE EMERGENCY BATTERY BACKUP BALLASTS WITH a W o 1 O O O O 17 i t ( ) 17 1 1 O O O O B UNSWITCHED HOT CONDUCTOR. o H 1 0 12 a B2 1 o B2 I �9 G (TYP OF 6) ♦ 10 a 12 a 0G (TYP F 6) 4 N� = N IJ �- - - 14. REFER TO DETAIL 2 ON SHEET E-301 FOR LIGHTING CONTROL DIAGRAM - t - - - 28- - - - - - - - -1-8• - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - g Jo t� AND CIRCUITS CONTROLLED. \ 8 B G (TYP OF 6 ) $ G (TYP OF 6) "j 0 � 3 \ 9 8 _ 15. REFER TO SHEET E-402 FOR LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE. a a 3 V a z \ J J 16. ITEMS SHOWN IN LIGHT LINE-WEIGHT ARE EXISTING TO REMAIN. C ❑2 8 a Fil1 ITEMS SHOWN IN BOLD LINE-WEIGHT ARE NEW. 0 J Q c 1 LIGHTING PLAN SCALE: 1/4"=V 0-0" ELECTRICAL PLAN NOTES: ❑1 NORMAL AND EMERGENCY EGRESS LIGHTING OUTSIDE OF LEASE AREA 12 W PROVIDED BY LANDLORD. W 1' z M ❑2 EXISTING JUNCTION BOX AND DISCONNECT SWITCH FOR STOREFRONT J a O N o SIGNAGE. RELOCATE DEVICES TO ACCESSIBLE LOCATION ABOVE FINISHED CEILING AND EXTEND EXISTING CIRCUITING AS NECESSARY. Ur (� co REUSE HOMERUN AS INDICATED. O N 75 cl WU) z< Lo n ca F3 FIELD VERIFY CIRCUIT SERVING EXISTING BLADE SIGN. ENSURE THAT -0 O Lo IL CIRCUIT IS ROUTED THROUGH CONTACTOR Cl. 7 _ Z� OCCUPANCY SENSOR SWITCH SCHEDULE ® INSTALL LED DRIVER IN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION ABOVE FINISHEDw CEILING. PROVIDE LOW VOLTAGE CONNECTION(S) TO LED STRIPS IN W ® QW W o ARCHITECTURAL COVE. ♦♦nn �Q �� (� [� a N SYMBOL MANUFACTURER SENSOR DESCRIPTION COVERAGE VOLTAGE ON MODE TIME DELAY NOTES V Q Q 5 REUSE EXISTING TIMECLOCK, LIGHTING CONTACTORS AND Z TYPE MODEL SERIES W X D ) � a ( a � o WALL SWITCH OCCUPANCY SENSORS ASSOCIATED WIRING IN THIS APPROXIMATE LOCATION. PROVIDE NEW _ Q F- (L ' ' CONTACTORS AS NEEDED. MOUNT NEW VERTICALLY IN EXISTING ENSLOSURE U 3 SINGLE RELAY DUAL-TECHNOLOGY PIR MAJOR 30 x 35AS NEEDED. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION IN FIELD. REFER TO DETAIL z u)C1 U W WATTSTOPPER DETECTION WALL SWITCH WITH PIR MINOR 15' x 20' �. OS 2 ON SHEET E-301 FOR MORE INFORMATION. DW-100-W MANUAL OVERRIDE SWITCH ULT MAJOR 20' x 20' 120/277V MANUAL 15 MIN 1 m �U) O w B ULT MINOR 15' x 15' © EXISTING EXHAUST FAN TO REMAIN. _ 0 ao O a CEILING MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSORS �7 LIGHTING SWITCHBANK. REFER TO DETAIL 2 ON SHEET E-301 FOR Z Lo CEILING MOUNT DUAL TECHNOLOGY PIR MAJOR 44' 0 MORE INFORMATION. W Q O WATTSTOPPER OCCUPANCY SENSOR. 360' COVERAGE PIR MINOR 25' H 120/277V AUTO 20 MIN W ((� ® INTERCEPT EXISTING CIRCUIT HOMERUN AND ROUTE THROUGH EXISTING 1 )� DT-355 LINE VOLTAGE. ULT MAJOR 40' X 40' m ,� LIGHTING CONTACTOR. REFER TO DETAIL 2 ON SHEET E-301 FOR MORE ULT MINOR 30' X 30' INFORMATION. 0 9 CONNECT NEW TRACK HEADS TO EXISTING LINE VOLTAGE TRACK a POWER PACK . ISSUED /REVISED DATE a POWER PACK FOR LOW VOLTAGE REFER TO LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE FOR SPECIFICATION. PERMIT SET 02.08.16 WATTSTOPPER SENSORS WITH 20A LOAD RELAY - 120/277V O BZ-150 AND INTEGRAL TRANSFORMER - 10 EXISTING EXIT SIGN TO REMAIN. CONNECT TO NEW CIRCUIT INDICATED. m MANUAL- AND AUTO-ON MODES, HOLD-ON o AND HOLD-OFF INPUTS 11 RELOCATED EXIT SIGN. CONNECT TO NEW CIRCUIT INDICATED. m GENERAL NOTES: 12 VITRINE LIGHTING BY CASEWORK VENDOR. PROVIDE POWER CONNECTION. A SENSOR LAYOUT BASED ON WATT-STOPPER COVERAGE PATTERNS. ADJUST QUANTITIES AND LOCATIONS FOR ALTERNATE MANUFACTURERS LISTED BELOW REFER TO SHEET E202 FOR REQUIREMENTS. PER MANUFACTURER SPECIFIC SPACING CRITERIA B COOPER-GREENGATE, HUBBELL BUILDING AUTOMATION, AND LEVI TON ARE CONSIDERED EQUIVALENT MANUFACTURES FOR SUBMISSION AS AN APPROVED MANUFACTURER. Q, DURING SHOP DRAWINGS, PROVIDE LIGHTING PLANS SHOWING LOCATION, MOUNTING HEIGHT, ORIENTATION AND COVERAGE AREAS FOR EACH OCCUPANCY SENSOR FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL BY ENGINEER. ALSO INCLUDE ON PLANS OTHER CEILING MOUNTED SYSTEMS, SHOWING COORDINATION WITH CEILING DEVICES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO HVAC SUPPLY AND RETURN GRILLES, SPRINKLERS, AND LIGHT FIXTURES. m A C PROVIDE ALL SENSORS BY THE SAME MANUFACTURER $ F ALL WALL SWITCH AND CEILING SENSORS SHALL HAVE AN ADJUSTABLE 11ME DELAY RANGE OF 0-30 MIN, UNO. 0 0 0 VERSM: 1.1 a rn a m a LIGHTING W g PLAN s fA L X 0� E '1 01 C U d J 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 DSL LINE GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES: A E 31 B 12 1. PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID, VISIT THE JOB SITE AND BECOME FULLY N O 14 ACQUAINTED WITH THE EXISTING CONDITIONS OF THE FACILITY. O U A 8 REVIEW THE GENERAL NOTES AND ALL OTHER TRADE DRAWINGS FOR : O (D LU ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS THAT MAY NOT BE CALLED OUT IN THIS a co O u') a) O O mt PORTION OF THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. NOTIFY OWNER N co REPRESENTATIVE OF ANY CONFLICTS OR DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO Q O 'L e � 2A A SUBMITTING BID. O 0 0�W Q F q A VAV q 1 (NP) q 13 A15 21 B 2. EXISTING CONDITIONS WERE TAKEN FROM ORIGINAL DRAWINGS AND �J N a) d d• a) 9 11 A 23 A 2J3 SITE VISITS AND MAY NOT REFLECT EXACT "AS-BUILT" CONDITIONS. mW ch — L25 FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND CAREFULLY COORDINATE Z3 -c- -44- O O 5 NEW WORK WITH ALL OTHER DISCIPLINES AND EXISTING CONDITIONS. w O •- N N N ZWW0 tea) 3. AVOID DAMAGING EXISTING SURFACES AND EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN m7 N (7 U) �" IL 30/3 DURING NEW WORK. REPAIR DAMAGE CAUSED DURING WORK AT NO 0 VAV EXTRA COST TO THE OWNER. REPAIR DAMAGED SURFACES TO MATCH 15 _ A A III ISI WH-1 S E ADJACENT AREAS, INCLUDING FIRE RATINGS. it I III I I 4. READ THE SPECIFICATIONS AND REVIEW DRAWINGS OF ALL DIVISIONS T L - - I ITh - ISI OF WORK. COORDINATE THIS WORK WITH ALL OTHER DIVISIONS OF ISI WORK AND ALL SUBCONTRACTORS. PROVIDE ALL SUBCONTRACTORS WITH A COMPLETE SET OF BID DOCUMENTS. HENDERSON 16 Al2 5. DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC ONLY AND REPRESENT THE GENERAL v SCOPE OF THE WORK. REVIEW THE GENERAL NOTES, SPECIFICATIONS ENGINEERS=_ r I II 14 7 AND PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS THAT MAY NOT BE I I I I I xj SPECIFICALLY CALLED OUT IN THIS PORTION OF THE CONSTRUCTION 8345 LENEXA DRIVE,SUITE 300 J DOCUMENTS. NOTIFY OWNER REPRESENTATIVE OF ANY CONFLICTS OR LENEXA,KS 66214 (rjlF rl-= — — — _ = -F— -I=— = - = _ = = = = �_ --I-= = = = == � ( _ 12 13 DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF BID. TEL 913 742 5000 Flax 913 742 5001 - - - - - - - - - II I I I I I I I I www.hei-eng.com 14 7 6. SEAL ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH FLOORS, WALLS, CEILINGS, AND II I I I ( I I 3 I� ROOF WHERE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS ARE REMOVED AND WHERE 1650000011 E L� ® � mm sm — -� ® a' - mm ® mm ` � � � - - ® � - J THE EXISTING PENETRATION IS NOT USED FOR THE NEW INSTALLATION. 4 _QIP 29 A REPAIR DAMAGED SURFACES TO MATCH ADJACENT AREAS, INCLUDING i FIRE RATINGS. 1 8 S 8 S 8 S 8 S 2A 7. REMOVE ALL EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, SYSTEMS, CONDUIT, 10 BOXES, WIRE, ETC. NOT BEING REUSED. DO NOT ABANDON ANY K i ELECTRICAL ITEMS. 8. ENSURE CIRCUIT CONTINUITY OF ALL EXISTING TO REMAIN CIRCUITING. EXTEND/REWORK EXISTING CIRCUITING AS NECESSARY. FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS. E p� i 9. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS OF ALL 1NF��S HVAC, PLUMBING, OWNER AND VENDOR PROVIDED EQUIPMENT, 7647PE A PRIOR TO ORDERING RELATED ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. A - - - - - - i 27 10. VERIFY ROUGH-IN REQUIREMENTS, LOCATIONS, MOUNTING HEIGHTS, J 42 i VOLTAGE, PHASE, AMPS, HP, KW, ETC. FOR ALL HVAC, PLUMBING, I=IS.1994 5 OWNER OR VENDOR PROVIDED EQUIPMENT, WITH OWNER OR VENDOR, BEFORE PROVIDING ROUGH-IN. MAKE ALL FINAL 9 i CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED FOR A FULLY COMPLETE AND OPERABLE El SYSTEM. VERIFY THE TYPE OF FINAL CONNECTION AND PROVIDE EXPIRES. 12/31/2016 APPROPRIATE WIRING METHOD. VERIFY ALL DEVICE LOCATIONS. D i i 11. ALL GFCI PROTECTED CIRCUITS SHALL HAVE INDIVIDUAL AND 8 S 8 S DEDICATED NEUTRALS. ALl 12. ALL DATA AND PHONE WIRING IS BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. 4. 40 PROVIDE PHONE AND DATA CONDUITS, WITH PULL WIRES. REFER TO 15 i DETAIL 1 ON SHEET E301 FOR MORE INFORMATION. 38 13. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, ALL CIRCUITRY SHALL BE #12 AWG IN 1/2" 1- 9 9 15 CONDUIT. Z V �!!I_l r 0< W J 1 6 A ❑ 11 A "' 14. COORDINATE DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN ,DOCUMENTS AND FIELD o 1.. c 20 18 r i CONDITIONS WITH THE TENANT OR HIS AUTHORIZED AGENT. N 00 COORDINATECOORDINATE THE EXTENSION, MODIFICATION, FINAL CONNECTION J o z AND TESTING OF ALL INTERFACED SYSTEMS WITH THE LANDLORD'S P FIELD REPRESENTATIVE AND THE LOCAL UTILITY PROVIDER WHERE THE J 3 10 10 TENANT IS A DIRECT CUSTOMER OF THE LOCAL UTILITY. a a 3 15. PROVIDE FIRE ALARM DEVICES INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PULL a Z K K STATIONS, STROBES, HORN/STROBES, DUCT DETECTORS, REMOTE TEST 0 STATIONS, FIRE ALARM PANEL AND ALL CONNECTIONS BETWEEN c! DEVICES AND TO EXISTING LANDLORD SYSTEM. COORDINATE ALL J REQUIREMENTS WITH OWNER REPRESENTATIVE, LOCAL FIRE J MARSHALL AND LANDLORD. Q C 16. ALL OUTLETS SHALL BE MOUNTED VERTICALLY. 1 POWER PLAN 17. ITEMS SHOWN IN LIGHT LINE-WEIGHT ARE EXISTING TO REMAIN. SCALE: �4"-) —O" N ITEMS SHOWN IN BOLD LINE-WEIGHT ARE NEW. rg W W 0: z co ELECTRICAL PLAN NOTES: J Q 0 N o 12 PROVIDE RECEPTACLE AND FLUSH JUNCTION BOX WITH BLANK �1 EXISTING SPDT MOMENTARY CONTACT, CENTER-OFF, NORMALLY OPEN W FACEPLATE AT 96"AFF FOR SECURITY LCD MONITOR. PROVIDE TOGGLE SWITCH FOR OPERATION OF MOTORIZED DOOR GRILL TO REMAIN. �� t` N MINIMUM 1" CONDUIT WITH PULLSTRING FROM JUNCTION BOX BACK TO CCTV EQUIPMENT IN WORKROOM. VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS ANDa NOT USED. W zQ Lo REQUIREMENTS WITH OWNER REPRESENTATIVE AND SYSTEM VENDOR. —p O Lo F3 PROVIDE 4-GANG RECESSED JUNCTION BOX BEHIND CCN EQUIPMENT 7 = a 13 DEVICES FOR FAX MACHINE. VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS AND IN CABINET AT 48"AFF. ROUTE (2)2" CONDUITS FROM JUNCTION BOX ZJ _ REQUIREMENTS WITH OWNER REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. AND STUB UP ABOVE FINISHED CEILING. PROVIDE INSULATED W Jco BUSHINGS AT OPEN ENDS OF CONDUITS. VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS O <w W tO 14 EXISTING WALL RECEPTACLE TO REMAIN - RELOCATE WITH AND REQUIREMENTS WITH OWNER REPRESENTATIVE. N RENOVATION WORK AS REQUIRED. VERY EXACT LCOATIONS WITH ccQ a Q z OWNER REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. �G a_ Q F- a ® POWER/DATA FOR VENDOR INSTALLED CASEWORK. VERIFY EXACT U 15 CONNECT NEW WIRE P A LE TO ED O,EXISTING CIRCUIT. PROVIDE NEW LOCAPRIOIOO OITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND CASEWORK VENDOR PRIOR Z �C) U) J w m Lo O w B Of ❑5 MOUNT PLUG MOLD 6" ABOVE COUNTER. _; co C) 0 © VERIFY EXISTING CIRCUIT IS ROUTED VIA LIGHTING CONTACTOR. REFER z U) U7 n' LOW VOLTAGE SYSTEM CONTACTS To DETAIL 2 ON SHEET E-301 FOR MORE INFORMATION. LV Q VENDORNAME PHONE N0. F7 PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX FOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR WITH 3/4" ALARM SYSTEM ADT SECURITY BOB ZARKOS 425-448-5271 CONDUIT WITH PULL WIRE UP TO CEILING SPACE. VERIFY EXACT m w VIDEO SYSTEM WESTEC SECURITY WENDY BRUINO 877-947-7770 LOCATION WITH MECHANICAL DRAWINGS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. SAFE ALLIED FIRE & SECURITY JIM SCHULER 425-988-6500 R ® PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX FOR RELOCATED AUDIO DEVICE. ISSUED /REVISED DATE 0VERIFY ALL REQUIREMENTS AND LOCATIONS WITH OWNER. PERMIT SET 02.08.16 F9 EXISTING MOTORIZED ROLLING DOOR GRILL. VERIFY DOOR OPERATION. CD GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A COMPLETE AND FULLY FUNCTIONING FIRE UPS UNIT FOR GRILL IS LOCATED ABOVE CEILNG. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY WIRING, CONDUIT, BOXES, ETC. FOR A COMPLETE ALARM SYSTEM, AS REQUIRED PER LANDLORD, LOCAL CODES AND AMENDMENTS. OPERATING SYSTEM. N VERIFY WITH LANDLORD IF SPECIFIC FIRE ALARM VENDOR IS REQUIRED. FIRE ALARM co DESIGN PROVIDED UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT. 10 EXISTING NORMALLY OPEN KEYED SWITCH FOR MOTORIZED DOOR GRILL. INSTALL IN NEW WALL AND EXTEND EXISTING CIRCUITING IF 3 NECESSARY. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION IN FIELD. COORDINATE EXACT COORDINATE ALL FIRE ALARM DEVICE LOCATIONS WITH OWNER REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR REQUIREMENTS WITH OWNER REPRESENTATIVE. TO ROUGH—IN. 11 PROVIDE NEW SPDT MOMENTARY CONTACT, CENTER-OFF, NORMALLY OPEN m TOGGLE SWITCH FOR OPERATION OF MOTORIZED DOOR GRILL TO iu m A REMAIN. INSTALL IN NEW WALL AND EXTEND EXISTING CIRCUITING o IF NECESSARY. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION IN FIELD. COORDINATE EXACT 1c.? REQUIREMENTS WITH OWNER REPRESENTATIVE. Lo co a POWER/PHONE/DATA W g PLAN E 201 X 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 r O GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES: 04 1. SEE SHEET E201 FOR ADDITIONAL GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES. W 00 O 't N _ � N O 00 d' .0) 2. ALL CONDUIT IN CASEWORK SHALL BE ROUTED THROUGH BASEBOARDS Q� Q Q OF CASEWORK. CONCEAL ALL CONDIUT FROM VIEW. �.. 00 oo Fc: 3. VERIFY LOCATIONS OF ALL DEVICES MOUNTED IN CASEWORK WITH mJ N Qj It d N OWNER REPRESENTATIVE AND CASEWORK VENDOR PRIOR TO ROUGH- W c� -� IN. z3 0 00 O w 4. OBTAIN LANDLORD APPROVAL FOR ALL SAWCUTTING AND CORE z WW 0) W N N DRILLING OF SLAB. WHERE TENANT SPACE IS ABOVE ANOTHER SPACE, m7 N (A to I" 11. 3 ONLY CORE DRILLING IS ALLOWED. COORDINATE ALL FLUSH FLOOR JUNCTION BOXES AND BELOW SLAB CONDUIT RUNS WITH ARCHITECT AND CASEWORK VENDOR PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN TO MINIMIZE A B CONSTRUCTION COSTS AND ALTERATIONS TO SLAB. REPAIR SLAB TO (ETR) (ETR) TELECOM BOARD/ MATCH SURROUNDING SURFACES AFTER INSTALLATION OF RACEWAY SECURITY EQUIPMENT - IS COMPLETE. B 16 =.ItELECTRICAL PLAN NOTES: HENDERSON 1 F1 ROUTE CIRCUIT VIA LIGHTING CONTACTOR. REFER TO DETAIL 2 ON ENGINEERS SHEET E301 FOR MORE INFORMATION. 1 8345 LENEXA DRNE,SUITE 300 LP(PART) ( 2 (TVP) 1111 2❑ ROUTE TELECOM CABLING TO NEAREST BASEBOARD JUNCTION BOX OR IENEMA,KS 66214 B 31 ( III {I11 A S E WALL CONDUIT STUB DEDICATED FOR TELECOM CABLE ROUTING. TEL 913 742 5000 FAX 913 742 5001 14 1 1 12 12 1{) 1 36 www.hei-eng.com (PART) 1 26 A � - IIi (PART) F3 PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX IN CASEWORK BASEBOARD AREA AS SHOWN g' �{ II = (( FOR POWER. ROUTE CONDUIT BENEATH SLAB FROM JUNCTION BOX TO 1650000011 E __ _ _ f .1. I NEAREST FULL-HEIGHT WALL SPACE OR COLUMN. ROUTE ALL _ _ _ _ _ - - f IF _-j1 1 moi'- CONDUITS BACK TO PANELBOARD IN WORKROOM. VERIFY ALL �1 11 { ( ( LOCATIONS WITH OWNER REPRESENTATIVE AND CASEWORK VENDOR TO TELECOM I1 1I ( II PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. 10 10 10 BOARD 1 12 12 5 IIL —J1 { : 11 { r { 12 ® PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX IN CASEWORK BASEBOARD AREA AS SHOWN 1"C-4 4 PART 1 I) 11 { 1 1 I FOR TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLE ROUTING. ROUTE MINIMUM 1" 7 6 - 9(PART) - - - 6 3 (PART) A 1L _ JI 1 , f 1 1 I CONDUIT WITH PULLSTRING BENEATH SLAB FROM JUNCTION BOX TO f - - - - - -� - - - - - - - Ill - - - - � I 1 1 - I i f NEAREST FULL-HEIGHT WALL SPACE OR COLUMN. ROUTE ALL - - - - - - 3 A I I - { { { - ( TO TELECOM 1 CONDUITS BACK TO PLYWOOD BACKBOARD IN WORKROOM. VERIFY 5 , 34 1 t I 7 BOARD 1 VALL ENDOR LOCATIONS PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.ERREPRESENTATIVE AND CASEWORK �p pR®fi g 3 (PART �- = _ _ = - �-36 = - --1 11� 1 C 4 =`APART) 1. PROVIDE HARDWIRE CONNECTIONS TO INTEGRAL CASEWORK. TO { PROVIDE FINAL CONNECTIONS TO ALL NECESSARY COMPONENTS. 71�E \ 1,> TELECOM Q a+1�5 (PA VERIFY EXACT REQUIREMENTS AND LOCATIONS WITH OWNER BOARD REPRESENTATIVE AND VENDOR. 3 5 3 5 p ❑ ❑ 6 3 6 PROVIDE RECEPTACLE IN CASEWORK. RECEPTACLE AND FACEPLATE N01�15,t994 7 6 1 MUST HAVE A DARK BROWN FINISH TO MATCH CASEWORK FINISH IL ❑ - 1f- - WHERE EXPOSED TO VIEW. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATIONS, ' - - REQUIREMENTS, AND FINISH COLOR WITH CASEWORK VENDOR AND OWNER REPRESENTATIVE. EXPIRES: 12/31/2016 5 � ' D i i 6 g 7❑ PROVIDE TELECOM OUTLET IN CASEWORK. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND MOUNTING WITH CASEWORK VENDOR AND OWNER 5 6 7 30A ) REPRESENTATIVE. ROUTE TELECOM CABLING TO OFR SERIES RACEWAY v 6 1 JUNCTION BOX FOR TELECOM CABLE ROUTING. 7 10 A T) ® PROVIDE HARDWIRE CONNECTIONS TO INTEGRAL CASEWORK AND 34 A 9 3 (PART) 3 DISPLAY WALL LIGHTING. PROVIDE FINAL CONNECTIONS TO ALL NECESSARY COMPONENTS. VERIFY EXACT REQUIREMENTS AND F' g B i 6 4 i LOCATIONS WITH OWNER REPRESENTATIVE AND VENDOR. Z Z V 3 (PART) 6 A 7 TO a W o 4 1 24� }22 3 32' q 1 �.0 TELECOM ❑9 PROVIDE DATA OUTLET FOR SIGNATURE PAD AT CASHWRAP. 0 1� q N TO 7 BOARD 6 10 PROVIDE RECEPTACLE CONNECTION FOR LIGHT BOX. VERIFY EXACT TELECOM i Z _ _ _ REQUIREMENTS AND MOUNTING HEIGHT WITH OWNER REPRESENTATIVE i 1 i C BOARD 3 i .. B AND VENDOR PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. -� 3 9 9 4 11 PROVIDE FLUSH FLOOR RECEPTACLE WITH (1) 20A 120V DUPLEX c Q 3 TO RECEPTACLE. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION, COVER, AND REQUIREMENTS V a z TYP) 1 C TELECOM WITH OWNER REPRESENTATIVE AND CASEWORK VENDOR PRIOR TO C i BOARD 14 B ROUGH-IN. FLOOR RECEPTACLE SHALL BE UL LISTED FOR SCRUB d3 (2)DSL LINES (PART) WATER EXCLUSIVE. _ 5 5 1 12 PROVIDE RECEPTACLE FOR VENDOR INSTALLED DISPLAY CASE. VERIFY J 12 �, EXACT REQUIREMENTS AND MOUNTING HEIGHT WITH OWNER J 12 REPRESENTATIVE AND CASEWORK VENDOR PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. a � � v I / � W W OC z M J Q O CV o W = �— N o 3 o" 1` N CL z<C u') W -Ooh EL CASEWORK POWER PLAN Z� �w = o co c SCALE: 1/4"=V-0" N W J W o �a Q� V p a s 0 t9 C4 z �� Q 3 Z co U� JJ N B m = � O N C) Z lfy O a- W Lo a 3 W p 0 0 ISSUED /REVISED DATE 0 PERMIT SET 02.08.16 a m co cr c 0 m c r `m m ani 0 m v_ c d m A 0 CD CD tm ca a CASEWORK W z POWER y PLAN E rn m LE=202 __ 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 E r 0 N N U GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES: W °0 0 � 2 2 J 1. REFER TO SHEET E-201 FOR ADDITIONAL GENERAL NOTES. O gg > Q 00 4 -p 2. THIS CCN PLAN IS SCHEMATIC IN NATURE AND IS SUBMITTED FOR EXISTING EXISTING TELECOM 1 APPROVAL BY LANDLORD AND BUILDING DEPARTMENT REVIEW. WW ¢ O coO O 'c F EQUIPMENT � � O � � c SECURITY/ADT EXACT LOCATIONS AND REQUIREMENTS OF ALL DEVICES ARE SUBJECT mj M N N d d N CABINET N 111411TO CHANGE BASED ON OWNER AND VENDOR DIRECTIVES. VERIFY ALL LOco r.0 CATIONS AND REQUIREMENTS WITH OWNER AND VENDOR. w z3 0 4? O O 3 co 3. ALL ADT GLASS BREAKS AND HORN STROBES ARE TO BE INSTALLED IN Z W W O = � N N LOCATIONS TO PROVIDE MINIMUM VISIBILITY. VERIFY ALL LOCATIONS � m7 N (A (A �- LL. S WITH OWNER AND ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ROUGH—IN. (THIS NOTE IS FOR I I III III S E REFERENCE ONLY) IJill L�IIII 4. ALL ADT MOTION DETECTORS MUST BE CEILING MOUNTED ONLY. (THIS i — L — — NOTE IS FOR REFERENCE ONLY) IL _ 11 w — — — — —— — �� ® ®� I IF –1I I I I ELECTRICAL PLAN NOTES: � II II ( I i ❑1 PROVIDE FLUSH JUNCTION BOX AT 42"AFF AND 3/4" CONDUIT WITH HENDERSON 3 3 I Ir = �� I I I I PULLSTRING UP TO CEILING SPACE FOR ALARM KEY PAD. COORDINATE ENGINEERS II III I I I I EXACT LOCATION WITH OWNER AND VENDOR. IL _ �I I I I ( a2 PROVIDE FLUSH RECESSED JUNCTION BOX WITH COVER PLATE AND 8345LENEXADRIVE,SUfTE300 I ( CONDUITS AS REQUIRED FOR LOW VOLTAGE WIRING FROM CAMERA LENEXA,KS 66214 — TEL 913 742 5000 FAx 913 742 5001 ( I TO CCN EQUIPMENT IN WORKROOM. VERIFY CONDUIT SIZES, M,N,M,,hei-eng.eom II I I I I I I I I REQUIREMENTS, LOCATIONS AND MOUNTING HEIGHTS WITH SYSTEM VENDOR PRIOR TO ROUGH—IN. 1650000011 �3 PROVIDE CCN CAMERA JUNCTION BOX MINIMUM 6" AWAY FROM WALLS. PROVIDE CONDUITS AS REQUIRED FOR LOW VOLTAGE WIRING FROM CAMERA TO CCTV EQUIPMENT IN WORKROOM. VERIFY 2 CONDUIT SIZES, REQUIREMENTS AND LOCATIONS WITH SYSTEM VENDOR PRIOR TO ROUGH—IN. _ 2 3 RE PROFF El IN � NOK 15r 1994 ElIL El3 EXPIRES: 12/31/2016 D V n 3 I- 2 za V N O a W E 2 2 .3I�I—�� m N v = p J cai � 3 �¢ z 0 v, J a c 1 CCTV PLAN SCALE: W z c� � Q O c•, o W N o er o� N n W W z Q `� � =0 O Lo ZJ M J o W QW W o n- N z � a Q Q Q I- 3 Z �� U w m = Lo o N B 00 0 N Il z L a C3 a 0 o W W m 0 0 0 0 ISSUED /REVISED DATE a PERMIT SET 02.08.16 ca cr 0 rn .. c m 3 m m a m c cc m m A 0 0 0 m m a CCTV AND SECURITY m z PLAN g g N E W0 E-203 m J 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 CIRCUIT B.-ah3 INCLUDED IN E SWITCH BANK O HOT (SEE SWITCHBANK NEUTRAL O N U O CO DETAIL & NOTES) � N W o LO r - - 1 LOCAL SWITCH(TYP) CONTACTOR ENCLOSURE N 0) O d 0)(SEE NOTES) STORE DISPLAY CASEWORK > Q 00 1- - — — _ FRONT LTG WORK Ogg Q �r——_. LTG LTG o W W .O I F I C 1 CM W -O O ddc 1 kf' I I o ( 2-WIRE INTERFACE—� i I ON ON ON mW M N N -0 w Z3 0 co O o I I SQUARE D OR APPROVED I , � OFF OFF OFF z WW O O N N DIGITAL TIMESWITCH I EQUAL MECHANICALLY ( 0 I O m'2 N (0 fn I- LL WITH RESERVE POWER, I HELD LIGHTING CONTACTOR I I TORK MODEL DWZ10061 I II C ( I I I B-6 a�1-1�--0� F-o--�► SIGNAGE 1 SALES SALES I ' I SALES LTG LTG I I B-8aI-I---o� (--c--I---+• SIGNAGE 2 LTG OVERRIDE OVERRIDE 1 I B-10 a.�- SIGNAGE 2 PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX AS NEEDEDI I 1I p-,II-p I I SPARE ON ON ON HENDERSON AND COMBINE WIRING INTO 2" CONDUIT BACK TO TELECOM BOARD i I -L---JJ BH N ENGINEERS19 I I Fx7j MAIN ISLAND 1 i OFF OFF OFF 8345LENEXA DRIVE 66214E 300 LE ,CASHWRAP COUNTER I I SWITCHBANK DETAILS TEL 913 742 5000 FAx 913 742 5001 DIGITAL TIMESWITCH 1 www.hei-eng.com FAX WORK WATCH MANAGER WITH RESERVE I i 1650000011 E ROOM MAKER DESK DZS400BP RK MODEL 1 I J J Tse 1 —rC2 CM NOTES: b 2-WIRE INTERFACE--� I 1 1. THESE DETAILS ARE SCHEMATIC IN NATURE. PROVIDE ALL NOTES: I ( I ( ( I CONTACTOR ENCLOSURE NECESSARY WIRING, CONDUIT, DEVICES, BOXES, ETC. FOR A 1—' 1 ( I _ J I (SEE NOTES) COMPLETE OPERATING LIGHTING SYSTEM. REFER TO PANEL 1. THIS DETAIL IS SCHEMATIC IN NATURE. REFER TO SHEETS E-201 1 1 I ( SQUARE D OR APPROVED , I SCHEDULE ON SHEET E401 FOR MORE INFORMATION. �� PRQF AND E-202 FOR DEVICES REQUIRED PER PROJECT. VERIFY ALL 1 I EQUAL MECHANICALLY 2. PROVIDE TIMESWITCH AS SHOWN. PROVIDE ENGRAVED NAMEPLATE 51 EF REQUIREMENTS WITH OWNER PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. I HELD LIGHTING CONTACTOR 1 I 0 I I THAT READS "LIGHTING CONTROL TIMESWITCH" FOR EACH F, 1 SPE �Q 2. PROVIDE MINIMUM 1" CONDUITS WITH PULLSTRINGS FOR ROUTING I '� I ( I I C ( I TIMESWITCH. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATIONS IN FIELD. VERIFY TIME OF CABLING, AND OUTLET BOXES AS SHOWN ON SHEETS E-201 1 — — J 1 SCHEDULE WITH STORE MANAGER AND LANDLORD. I B-1 •�—a-I �-o�;-�- EAST/CENTER DISPLAYS 3. PROVIDE 2-WIRE INTERFACES AND CONTACTORS AS SHOWN. ALL AND E-202. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ALL LOW I 1 B-3 • I I o� r o� WEST DISPLAYS CONTACTORS SHALL BE RATED AT 30A, 600V WITH 120V COIL VOLTAGE TELEPHONE AND DATA CABLING TO ALL LOCATIONS AS ( 1 I I I ( VOLTAGE. PROVIDE NUMBER OF NORMALLY OPEN POLES AS NOK 15.1994 NEEDED. FOUR PAIR CAT 5 PLENUM RATED CABLES SHALL BE B-15 PENDANT SHOWN IN DETAIL. `%PROVIDED. (3)CABLES SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR CASHWRAP, AND I 1 I i 4. PROVIDE SWITCHBANKS FOR LIGHTING AT LOCATION SHOWN ON p, (2)CABLES TO OTHER CASHWRAPS, DESKS OR WORKSTATIONS. I 1 B-17 •-�-0 l-o--t-r• COVE LIGHTING SHEET E101. PROVIDE SWITCHES IN MULTI-GANG OUTLET BOXES VERIFY EXACT REQUIREMENTS WITH OWNER. I I B-22 -I----o--) f-o-- --�--► ROLEX LIGHTING AS SHOWN, AND PROVIDE EACH BOX WITH A SINGLE COVERPLATE. D(PIO: 12/31/2016 3. BEN BRIDGE PHONE AND DATA CONTRACTOR SHALL TERMINATE 1 PROVIDE LABEL WITH DESCRIPTION OF LIGHTING FIXTURES 4 0 CABLES AND INSTALL APPROPRIATE JACKS. I I B-2 •�-�--0 F*—-H- SHOW WINDOW 1 CONTROLLED. REFER TO SWITCHBANK DETAIL ON THIS SHEET FOR B-4 •I I o.� �o-�-,,• MORE INFORMATION. . SHOW WINDOW 2 ( 5. PROVIDE TIMESWITCH OVERRIDE SWITCHES AS SHOWN. PROGRAM v L o� I SPARE FOR 2 6. PROVIDE HNEMAOUR D1 DURATION. FOR CONTACTORS AND d. TY P I CAL COM M U N I CATI O N S RISER DIAGRAM 1 I I I INTERFACES, SIZED AS NEEDED TO ACCOMMODATE ALL DEVICES. 1 NOT TO SCALE I J PROVIDE WITH ENGRAVED LABELS THAT READ "LIGHTING y CONTACTOR CABINET". COORDINATE EXACT LOCATIONS IN FIELD. Z z N r 1 I ( Qa W o F' U = O I rC3--- I _ N CM J o V 2-WIRE INTERFACE—}-) I I r< 3 SQUARE D OR APPROVED I , 1 v¢ Z EQUAL MECHANICALLY I I I 1 HELD LIGHTING CONTACTOR I i 11 II � B-5 �o--�y-+• CASEWORK WEST J B-7 + —o-� 'I-o—,-{--�• CASEWORK CENTER G B-9 ►ii—o--) f-o-- -► CASEWORK EAST B-11 ITo-� ro CASEWORK ROLEX B-14 -I--O-I I-o-- -► WALL CASEWORK a: LlI B-16 .-�—o--I FO—I-r-► ROLEX WALL CASEWORK LLI z M ( I �I h ( I SPARE J Q O N o 1 L J i SPARE W w CEJ a SW TCHINCLUDEBANK D IN1 I zQ t` z Lo _ (SEE SWITCHBANK I I - W —O O a to DETAIL & NOTES) i i ' ZJ =� _ O N 1 r Go LOCAL SWITCH(TYP) i W 0a QW W 0 d N ♦�RR a d CM O Q a 1 I 2-WIRE INTERFACE f I 1 I --- J I - wU) I- -� w B I SQUARE D OR APPROVED , I m = Lo O 1 EQUAL MECHANICALLY I I 00 � HELD LIGHTING CONTACTOR I i I I Z V) LO 0' i 44 � TIMED OVERRIDE B-20 •--r-I--o-I F-o---� I GENERAL SALES 1/2 LTG W SWITCH, TOR K I W MODEL SS20 B-18 -'o--I-r—° eb--• GENERAL SALES 1/2 LTG m s II II TO BATTERY BACKUP I I BALLASTS/NIGHT LIGHTING ISSUED /REVISED DATE a PERMIT SET 02.08.16 (-o I I SPARE W i o-j F-o i J SPARE cr 7 L J a CD L N m 3 m Q EXISTING TENANT SPACE LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM INCLUDING PANELS, CONTACTORS, TIMECLOCKS, AND RELAYS TO BE REUSED AND MODIFIED AS NECESSARY TO MEET THE NEEDS OF THE RENOVATED m SPACE. THIS DIAGRAM IS SCHEMATIC IN NATORL2CAND INTENDED TO SHOW DESIGN INTENT. REFER TO m A SHEETS E101, E201, AND E202 FOR LOADSBTgBBE CONTROLLED BY THE LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM. 0 0 0 d m m Q L�GHTING CONTROL DETAILS ELECTRICAL W g NSCALE DETAILS W E 2 E-301 c U 5 _J 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 E O Short-Circuit and Voltage Drop Calculations v1.05 N N v Distances are for calculation purposes only and shall not be used for contractor takeoffs nor bidding - Contractor shall notify Engineer of any field condition that results in a change of 10X or greater circuit dlstance : O co W c oo O LO lqt The following calculations are based on the "Point-by-Po1M" method when: > Q O0) 00 fl- ISC (2) R ISC(1) x M(1) M= 1/(1+f) Feedef:(30) = 1.732 x L x Iso XFMR: f (30) aIE(wa)x Yo x 1.73 x XZ = Vo x M x IPL L IS(soa) „� VOLTAGE DROP (30): �W � O � � � � 10 F ISC (1) = short circuit current at fault point 1 C x E 100.000 x KVA Vs XVD= ((R x oos(ar000s(pf)) + X x sin (araaos(pf))) x L/# x I x 1.73) / E m,J L N d• 'cT"t N ISC (2) = short circuit current at fault point 2 FoWod (10r 2 x L x Ito XFMR: f (10)--�(��Ya x VOLTAGE DROP (10): W M -_ -� C x E 100.000 x KVA XVD- ((R x oos(a pf)) + X x sin(amoos(pf))) x 2 x I/# x 1) / E W Z� T_ (1) - O O Z LYW O •� NNN L = Length of circuit E = Line to line volts IP = Primary short circuit current %VD CUM= Cumulative Voltage Drop from Fault Point 1 to Fault Point # O C = "C" Factor from Bussman table where "C" = 1 / impedance per linear foot Vp = Primary voltage R= resistance in ohms per LF 0O m7 N w CAI Li. Feeder 7i pes = IS= Secondary short circuit current X= reactances in ohms per LF NM - Non Magnetic Conduit, M - Magnetic Conduit, FB - Feeder Busway, PB - Plug-in Busway, TX - Transformer Vs= Secondary voltage Fault Source Source Feeder L-L Circuit Load Circuit Conductor Transformer FAULT VOLTAGE TOTAL Fault Point Bus/Feeder Phase (Fault Isc Conduit Material Conductor Busway Volts Length Power Load Resistance Reactance Arccos (pf) Degree CURRENT DROP V.D. Point F ) Description Point ams T e TX CU or AL Wire/Bus Size 'C' value C value E L Factor f A R X Radians T e Rise kVA Z Vs f M Isc %VD %VD CUM F 1 Utility Service Point 66091 at the secondary of the utility transformer 208Y 120V - 3 phase Source Isc + 6X Motor Contribution = 66091 1 Motor Contribution The connected full load motor ams includes com ressors on the system HENDERSON 2 11TENANT METERBOARD 3 1 66091 NM CU 8 Sets of 500 kcmil 26706 1 208 25 0.9 1 2400 1 0.000027 0.000039 1 0.451027 1 1 1 1 1 0.064 10.94 1 62092 1 0.267. 0.26% 2 ENGINEERS=_ 3 A 3 2 62092 M CU 1 Sets of 3/0 AWG 12844 208 110 0.9 195 0.000079 0.000052 0.451027 4.428 0.18 11439 1.67% 1.93% 3 4 IB 3 3 1 11439 M CU 1 Sets of 4 AWG 3806 1 1 208 1 2 1 0.95 1 58 1 0.000310 0.000060 1 0.317560 1 1 1 1 1 0.050 10.95 1 10894 1 0.03% 1.96% 4 8345 IENEXA DRIVE,SURE 300 LENEXA,KS 66214 TEL 913 742 5000 FAx 913 742 5001 www.hoi-eng.com 1650000011 E NOTE: THE AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT INFORMATION WAS NOT AVAILABLE AT THE TIME OF ISSUE. THE SYSTEM WAS DESIGNED BASED ON AN ESTIMATED 3-PHASE SYMMETRICAL AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT VALUE GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES: AT THE UTILITY TRANSFORMER SECONDARY OF 66,091A BASED ON 7 TRANSFORMER WITH IMPEDANCE. FIELD VERIFY PANELBOARD: A (EXISTING) FAULT CURRENT: REFER TO ONE-UNE DIAGRAM EQUIPMENT GROUND BUS 1. THE ENTIRE INSTALLATION SHALL MEET ALL REQUIREMENTS OF THE AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT ANDND NOTIFY ENGINEER IF ACTUAL VALUES LATEST APPLICABLE EDITION OF THE NEC, LOCAL CODES AND DIFFER FROM THESE DESIGN VALUES BY MORE THAN 10%. BUS AMPS: 225A AIC RATING: CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ISOLATED GROUND BUS LANDLORD'S TENANT CRITERIA. ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE LISTED AND MAIN SIZE/TYPE: 200A MCB SERVES: BEAR THE LABEL OF AN APPROVED NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED TESTING VOLTS/PHASE: 208Y/12oV, 3PH, 4W MOUNTING: SURFACE LABORATORY. SECTION: i LOCATION: STOCKROOM 2. PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID, VISIT THE JOB SITE AND BECOME FULLY CKT DESCRIPTION VOLTAMPS PHASE WIRE BKR P P BKR WIRE VOLTAMPS PHASE DESCRIPTION CKT PR ACQUAINTED WITH THE EXISTING CONDITIONS OF THE FACILITY. REVIEW NO. A B C NO. AMP AMP NO. A B C NO. �t, INF�� THE GENERAL NOTES AND ALL OTHER TRADE DRAWINGS FOR 1 4,666 1'5002 y, ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS THAT MAY NOT BE CALLED OUT IN THIS 3 VAV-1 4,666 6 60 3 3 20 12 1,500 VAV-2 4 a� PORTION OF THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. NOTIFY ARCHITECT, TENANT ELECTRICAL SERVICE LOAD SUMMARY S 4,666 1,500 6 ENGINEER OR OWNER, AS SPECIFIED, OF ANY CONFLICTS OR TENANT OCCUPANCY TYPE: M SERVICE DESCRIPTION: 7 SPARE 20 1 1 20 SPARE 8 DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID. TENANT SQUARE FOOTAGE: 21700 208Y/277V, 3PH X 9 HANDLER BUFFER 528 EX 20 1 1 20 EX 740 MOTORIZED GRILLE BATTERY 10 X 115,1994 LOAD DESCRIPTION Connected Demand Demand X i 1 HANDLER VACUUM 696 EX 20 1 1 20 12 600 RCPT - FAX MACHINE 12 IG 3• EXISTING CONDITIONS WERE TAKEN FROM ORIGINAL DRAWINGS AND X 13 MICROWAVE 1,000 EX 20 1 1 20 EX 360 RCPT - GENERAL BOH 14 X SITE VISITS VISITS AND MAY NOT REFLECT EXACT "AS-BUILT" CONDITIONS. KVA FACTOR KVA X 18 COFFEE MAKER 1,500 EX 20 1 1 20 EX 1,080 RCPT - GENERAL SALES 16 FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND CAREFULLY COORDINATE HVAC - SUMMER 0.00 100% 0.00 X 17 RCPT - GENERAL BOH COUNTER 540 EX 20 1 1 20 EX 1,440 RCPT - WINDOW DISPLAY NW 18 X EXPIRES: 12/31/2016 NEW WORK AND DEMOLITION WITH ALL OTHER DISCIPLINES AND HVAC - WINTER 18.50 100% 18.50 X 19 REFRIGERATOR 600 EX 20 1 1 20 EX 1,440 RCPT - WINDOW DISPLAY NE 20 X EXISTING CONDITIONS. LIGHTING PER NEC-220 8.10 125% 10.13 X 21 WATER FOUNTAIN 500 EX 20 1 1 20 12 360 RCPT - CASH WRAP 1 22 IG D RECEPTACLES 12.64 100%;50% 11.32 23 RCPT - JEWELERS 20 1 1 30 12 360 RCPT - CASH WRAP 2 24 IG 4• LANDLORD WILL VERIFY EXISTING SERVICE HAS CAPACITY FOR ALL NEW MOTOR LOADS 0.79 100% 0.79 25 RCPT - WATCHMAKER 1 1,440 10 20 1 1 20 12 360 RCPT - CASH WRAP ROLEX 26 IG v LOADS INDICATED. LARGEST MOTOR LOAD 2.81 125% 3.51 27 RCPT - WATCHMAKER 2 1,260 10 20 1 1 20 EX 400 RCPT - DATA RACK 1 28 XJG ' SUPPLEMENTAL ELECTRIC HEAT 0.00 100% 0.00 IG 29 RCPT - AV/CCN 600 12 20 1 1 20 12 900 RCPT - CASEWORK WEST 30 d 5• SHOWN IN DASHED LINE-WEIGHT ARE TO BE DEMOLISHED. ITEMS SHOWN IN LIGHT LINE-WEIGHT ARE EXISTING TO REMAIN. ITEMS MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT 16.26 100% 16.26 IG,LO 31 RCPT - DATA RACK 2 400 12 20 1 1 20 12 360 RCPT - CASEWORK CENTER 32 SHOWN IN BOLD LINE-WEIGHT ARE NEW. DISPLAY CASE SIGNAGE 3.60 125% 4.50 X 33 RCPT - ULTRA SONIC 1,800 EX 20 1 1 1 20 1 12 540 RCPT - CASEWORK EAST 34 SHOW WINDOW / TRACK LIGHTING 2.56 PER NEC 2.75 X 33 RCPT - STEAMER 500 EX 20 1 1 20 12 360 RCPT - CASEWORK ROLEX 36 F' TOTAL LOAD 65.26 KVA 67.76 37 PNLBD B 6,459 1 20 EX 1,200 MOTORIZED GRILLE 1 38 X Z z V 6. THE ELECTRICAL DESIGN IS FROM THE METER TO (AND WITHIN) THE X 39 5,684 EX 70 3 1 20 EX 1,200 MOTORIZED GRILLE 2 40 X a W e SPACE. THE LANDLORD IS OBLIGATED TO VERIFY THE DISTRIBUTION TOTAL AMPACITY 181.15 AMPS 188.08 02 F BOARD SUPPLYING TENANT PANELBOARD HAS ADEQUATE CAPACITY TO 41 5,694. 1 20 EX 1,200 MOTORIZED GRILLE 3 42 X SERVICE AMPACITY 200 AMPS 200.00 0 ACCOMMODATE ELECTRICAL LOAD. THE PEAK LOADS FOR THE OTHER SPARE CAPACITY AMPS 12 SUBTOTAL 14,565 15,938 12,696 5,220 5,820 6,360 SUBTOTAL N = H TENANTS SERVED BY THE SWITCHBOARD ARE NOT AVAILABLE TO TOTAL PHASE A - VA 19,785 LOAD CONN. VA DF LOAD CONN. VA DF J o (� HENDERSON ENGINEERS, INC. COORDINATE ALL METERING AMPS 165 COOLING 0 REFRIGERATION 1.00 -I o 3 REQUIREMENTS WITH LANDLORD AND LOCAL SERVING UTILITY. TO UTILITY TRANSFORMER TOTAL PHASE B VA 21,758 HEATING 18,498 1.00 SIGN/DISPLAY 3,600 1.25 a a PROVIDE NEW METER AS REQUIRED. AMPS 181 LIGHTING 5,237 1.25 KITCHEN 1.00 TOTAL PHASE C - VA 19,056 RECEPTACLES 12,640 1.0/.5 EXISTING 1.00 U a Z 7. ALL CONDUCTOR LENGTHS PROVIDED IN THESE DESIGN DOCUMENTS AMPS 159 MOTORS 3,600 1.00 LARGE MOTOR 1.25 TOTAL DEMAND C TOTAL PNLBD VA 60,599 SUPP HEAT 1.00 SHOW WINDOW 760 1.25 63,478 VA U) DESIGN PROFESSIONAL UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE IN AMPS 168 MISC EQUIP 16,264 1.00 LTG TRACK 1,800 1.00 176 A 1 THESE DOCUMENTS. THEY SHALL NOT BE USED BY CONTRACTORS IN PANELBOARD NOTES .J BIDDING OF CONSTRUCTING THE PROJECT. THE CONTRACTOR IS -ALL CIRCUIT BREAKERS ARE EXISTING TO REMAIN UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE Q SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR THE MATERIALS QUANTITIES REQUIRED TO X - EXISTING BRANCH CIRCUIT TO REMAIN LO - HANDLE-ON CLAMP v BID AND CONSTRUCT THE COMPLETE PROJECT, C MSB IG - ISOLATED GROUND CIRCUIT LTG TRACK - TRACK LENGTH 8. PANELBOARD PHASE LOADS MUST BE BALANCED TO WITHIN 10% OF SIGN DISPLAY - SIGNAGE & DISPLAY CASE EACH OTHER. F2 3000 AMPS 208Y/120V 30 4W 19 W 9. FAULT POINT IDENTIFICATION (TYPICAL) - REFER TO SHORT-CIRCUIT CALCULATIONS TABLE ON THIS SHEET FOR AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT 3000A UTILITY UTILITY UTILITY UTILITY UTILITY PANELBOARD: B (EXISTING) FAULT CURRENT: REFER TO ONE-LINE DIAGRAM EQUIPMENT GROUND BUS W19 19 z CY) UNDER Isc AND VOLT DROP UNDER "CUMULATIVE VOLT DROP". 3P ��UTIUTY METER M METER M METER M METER M METER M METER C BUS AMPS: 100A AIC RATING: CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY 0 N O 200AS MAIN SIZE/TYPE: MLO SERVES: O 10. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL PANEL AIC RATINGS INDICATED, ETR ETR ETR ETR 3P ETR W ' I- N VOLTS/PHASE: 208Y/120V, 3PH, 4W MOUNTING: SURFACE REPORTING RESULTS TO THE ENGINEER FOR EVALUATION. ALL NEW 200AF SECTION: i LOCATION: STOCK ROOM m ro AND/OR EXISTING CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL EITHER MATCH THE CJ � O N CL EXISTING PANEL AIC RATING OR SHALL EXCEED THE CALCULATED FAULT NEUTRAL CKT DESCRIPTION VOLTAMPS PHASE WIRE BKR P P BKR WIRE VOLTAMPS PHASE DESCRIPTION CKT W zQ CURRENT BY A MINIMUM OF 10%, WHICHEVER IS THE LARGER VALUE. ETR GROUND BUS NO. A B C NO. AMP AMP NO. A B C NO. -O O �/ g LO C2 1 LTG - EAST/CENTER 1,31410 20 1 1 20 12 320 LTG - SHOW WINDOW 1 2 C2,X ' J -17. n C2 3 LTG - WEST 571 12 20 1 1 20 12 440 LTG - SHOW WINDOW 2 4 C2,X Z U) O eo �t C3 S LTG - CASEWORK WEST 600 12 20 1 1 20 12 1,200 SIGNAGE 1 6 C1 WW O m TO TENANT TO TENANT TO TENANT TO TENANT TO TENANT C3 7 LTG - CASEWORK CENTER 600 12 20 1 1 20 12 1,200 SIGNAGE 2 8 C1 ♦� 0� QW V Q a C3 9 LTG - CASEWORK EAST 600 12 20 1 1 20 12 1,200 SIGNAGE 3 10 C1 V �� "' F3 C3 11 LTG - CASEWORK ROLEX600 12 20 1 1 20 12 1,440 1 RCPT - PHONE BOARD 12 ILO Q Q z a X 13 TIMER/CONTACTOR 400 12 20 1 1 20 12 600 LTG - WALL CASEWORK 14 C3 ® Q U -ay° C2 15 LTG - PENDANT 68 12 20 1 1 20 12 400 LTG - ROLEX WALL CASEWORK 16 C3 C2 17 LTG - COVE 480 12 20 1 1 20 12 374 LTG - GENERAL 1 18 C4 �/ Zi U) C/) W TO BUILDING FOOTING (LIFER) 19 LTG - BOH 617 12 20 1 1 20 12 408 LTG - GENERAL 2/EM 20 LO,EM,C4 TO WATER SERVICE O � ,� 21 1,000 1 20 12 1,405 LTG - ROLEX 22 C2 � = Ln � � B w NB 23 WH-1 11000 12 20 3 1 SPACE ONLY 24 00 O 0 0 25 1,000 1 SPACE ONLY 26 8 m 27 SPACE ONLY 1 1 SPACE ONLY LO 28 z 0- � z 29 SPACE ONLY 1 1 SPACE ONLY 30 W Q O W CIRCUIT SCHEDULE: a- F4 SUBTOTAL 3,931 1 2,239 1 2,680 1 1 2,528 1 3,445 1 3,014 1 SUBTOTAL m C1 TOTAL PHASE A - VA 6,459 LOAD _ CONN. VA DF LOAD CONN. VA DF AMPS 54 COOLING _ 1.00 REFRIGERATION 1.00 o E204 (EXISTING) 200A, (4)#3/0, (1)#6G, 2" C TOTAL PHASE B - VA 5,684 HEATING 0 SIGN/DISPLAY 3,600 1.25 ISSUED /REVISED DATE a AMPS 47 LIGHTING 5,237 1.25 KITCHEN 1.00 a E73 (EXISTING) 70A, (3)#4, (1)#8G, 1-1/2" C _ TOTAL PHASE C VA 5,694 RECEPTACLES 1,440 .0/.5 EXISTING 1.00 PERMIT SET 02.08.16 B ETR EXISTING CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS m AMPS47 MOTORS 1.00 LARGE MOTOR 1.25 TOTAL DEMAND M TOTAL PNLBD - VA 17,837 SUPP HEAT 1.00 SHOW WINDOW 760 1.25 22,036 VA cn -j AMPS 50 MISC EQUIP 6,800 1.00 LTG TRACK 1 1,800 1 1.00 61 A a PANELWARD NOTES r LO - HANDLE-ON CLAMP EM - EMERG LTG HANDLE-ON CLAMP C# - VIA LTG CONTACTOR # X - EXISTING BRANCH CIRCUIT TO REMAIN NB - PROVIDE NEW BREAKER IN EXISTING PANEL LTG TRACK - TRACK LENGTH SIGN DISPLAY - SIGNAGE & DISPLAY CASE 3 m m rn v m m A ONE-LINE DIAGRAM CD NOT TO SCALE NOTE: ---- m EXISTING CONDITIONS WERE TAKEN FROM ORIGINAL DRAWINGS & SITE VISITS ELECTRICAL RISE R m i AND MAY NOT REFLECT EXACT "AS-BUILT" CONDITIONS. FIELD VERIFY ALL DIAGRAM A N D di Z EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING FINAL BIDS. CAREFULLY y g COORDINATE NEiN WORK AND DEMOLITION WITH ALL OTHER DISCIPLINES SCHEDULES 2 0�' AND EXISTING CONDITIONS. Im E=401 � U d J_ 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 E 0 N U Coco ' W c °° o cn a) 00 lqt CD BEN BRIDGE LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE > Q 00 t ° TYPE MANUFACTURER MODEL # LAMPS INPUT INPUT DESCRIPTION NOTES OO' Q pp pp NO. TYPE VOLT WATTS VA ;LV -p O d• d• c F B2 INDY (JUNO) 2 16W LED 120 32 34 9"W x 16-1/2'L RECESSED COVE FIXTURE WITH (2) mil N 'I d' N DCS30-2-SS-10-30-1-BL2 1000 LUMENS ADJUSTABLE LED HEAD. BLACK TRIM FLANGE. W 3000K INTEGRAL DRIVERS. COORDINATE AIMING WITH OWNERZ3 r- +-• O O ?3 SPOT REPRESENTATIVE. W �' 14,000CD Z W A 0 '� N N N B3 INDY (JUNO) 3 16W LED 120 48 51 9"W x 24-3/8"L RECESSED COVE FIXTURE WITH (3) 0 m 7 N CO CD 9. DCS30-3-SSS-1 0-30-1-BL2 1000 LUMENS ADJUSTABLE LED HEAD. BLACK TRIM FLANGE. 3000K INTEGRAL DRIVERS. COORDINATE AIMING WITH OWNER SPOT REPRESENTATIVE. 14,000CD D INDY (JUNO) 1 37W LED 120 37 41 6"D RECESSED LED WALL WASHER. CLEAR SPECULAR L6-23-30-1-G2 (ROUGH-IN) 2300 LUMENS REFLECTOR WITH BLACK FLANGE. GRID CEILING BAR HB-TL (AR HANGERS) (INCLUDED) (INCLUDED) HANGERS. INTEGRAL DRIVER. HENDERSON E1 CONCEALITE 2 35 WATT 120 70 80 NOMINAL 8" X 8" SQUARE X 3-1/2" DEEP RECESSED FXIJEN(;INEERSK F5-35-90-SD-RT-NC MR16 2-HEAD MR16 ADJUSTABLE EMERGENCY EGRESS 8345 LENEXA DRIVE,SUITE 300 BY LIGHT WITH 90 MINUTE OPERATION AND NICAD LENEXA,KS 66214 MANUFACTURER BATTERY. TEL 913 742 5000 Fax 913 742 5001 F JUNO 3,000K 120 12 13 1" DEEP X 4-1/2" WIDE X 29" LONG SURFACE MOUNTED www.hei-eng.tom UPLED30-WH/ ULH-DVM LED WARM WHITE UNDERCABINEf LIGHT WITH INTEGRAL 1650000011 E BY DRIVER AND HARD-WIRE CONNECTION AND BEGINNING MANUFACTURER OF RUN AND THROUGH WIRING FOR 5 AMPS. F2 JUNO 2 32W 120 64 68 8.25" X 8.25' WITH TWO 22 DEGREE ADJUSTABLE DCS30-NN-20301-812 2-2000 LUMEN NARROW FLOOD DISTRIBUTION DOWNLIGHT, LED ELECTRONIC BALLAST F9 JUNO 1 32W 120 32 34 8.25" X 8.25" WITH ONE 22 DEGREE ADJUSTABLE DCS30-N-20301-BL2 1-2000 LUMEN NARROW FLOOD DISTRIBUTION DOWNLIGHT, LED ELECTRONIC BALLAST. F10 JUNO 1 33W 120 33 35 4" DIAMETER RECESSED LED 15 DEGREE �QrirD PR LA4-23301/LA40OS-CS 1-2000 LUMEN ADJUSTABLE SPOT DISTRIBUTION DOWNLIGHT, LED SEMI DIFFUSED CLEAR REFLECTOR, C' ELECTRONIC BALLAST. G JUNO 1 18W LED 120 18 20 LINE VOLTAGE TRACK WITH LED HEADS. LIVE END 1 REUSE EXISTING TRACK 3000K CONNECTORS AND CONDUIT FEED AS REQUIRED. T252L-3K-N-WH (TRACK HEAD) NARROW FLOOD LED HEAD WITH INTEGRAL DRIVER. ALL COMPONENTS Na Is.19% 4,600CD AND HEADS WITH WHITE FINISH. NARROW FLOOD REFLECTOR. R. H COOPER LIGHTING 2 T5-28W 120 64 66 RECTANGLE SHADE-IN-A-SHADE DECORATIVE E(PIRE$: 12/31/2016 101-48-P2S-T5/2/28 - 2900 LUMENS PENDANT FIXTURE. COORDINATE MOUNTED HEIGHT D 120v-BM-24/101-48-APX-SIS-EDT 3000K WITH OWNER REPRESENTATIVE. V 0. L TOKISTAR LIGHTING LED 120 2W/FT 2W/FT FLEXIBLE LED STRIP. ADHESIVE BACKING.FIELD 1 MCWD-30-250OK/ LD8R-80 2500K 8VDC CUTTABLE. WHITE FINISH. REMOTE DRIVER WITH u BY SECOND RATING AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. MOUNT LED I- MANUFACTURER IN ARCHITECTURE COVE. Z z V Oa W o P LSI LED 120 45 50 2'x4' RECESSED LED TROFFER. FLAT WHITE m 1- GA24-LED-SS-WW-UE 3500K STEEL DOOR FRAME. #12 PATTERN ACRYLIC LENS. N v , `o BY SUPER SAVER DRIVE CURRENT. MANUFACTURER J U 3 PX LSI LED 120 45 50 SAME AS TYPE P EXCEPT PROVIDE WITH EMERGENCY a Q 3 GA24-LED-SS-WW-UE-EM 3500K BATTERY BACKUP DRIVER. DRIVER MUST DELIVER V zz Z BY A MINIMUM OF 1000 INITIAL LUMENS FOR 90 MINUTES MANUFACTURER IN EMERGENCY MODE. C GENERAL NOTES: A. ALL FIXTURES ARE FURNISHED BY OWNER, INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. B. VERIFY CEILING CONDITIONS AND COORDINATE LIGHT FIXTURE MOUNTING HARDWARE AND TRIMS NEEDED TO SUIT CEILING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO ORDERING. C. VERIFY QUANTITIES, MODEL NUMBERS AND DESCRIPTIONS WITH MANUFACTURER PRIOR TO PLACING ORDER. VERIFY FINISH AND COLOR WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR C TO PLACING ORDER. D. CATALOG NUMBERS SHALL NOT BE CONSIDERED COMPLETE AND MATERIAL SHALL NOT BE ORDERED BY MANUFACTURER AND CATALOG NUMBERS ONLY. FIRST READ THE COMPLETE DESCRIPTION, NOTES AND SPECIFICATIONS IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE CATALOG NUMBER TO DETERMINE THE EXACT MATERIAL AND ACCESSORIES TO BE ORDERED. THE MANUFACTURES LISTED ARE THE BASIS FOR THE DESIGN. W E. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR ACCEPTABLE LAMP AND BALLAST MANUFACTURERS AND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. F. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS AND DETAILS FOR EXACT LOCATIONS, MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND ADDITIONAL MOUNTING INFORMATION. CONTACT ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY IF THERE ARE DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN THE ARCHITECTURAL AND ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLANS. W Z Cy) G. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUPPLY A COMPLETE AND OPERATIONAL SYSTEM TO COMPLY WITH DESIGN INTENT. ..I ox O N p H. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR CLEANING ALL FIXTURES OF DEBRIS, INCLUDING THE INTERIOR OF REFLECTORS TO REMOVE FINGERPRINTS. I. SEASON (BURN IN) CERAMIC METAL HALIDE AND PULSE-START METAL HALIDE LAMPS FOR 100 HOURS PRIOR TO TURNOVER OF PROJECT TO OWNER. W N p J. REFER TO LIGHTING CONTROL DIAGRAM ON SHEET E-301 AND PANELBOARD SCHEDULES ON SHEET E-401 FOR CONTROL INFORMATION. (�0 r` N •a K. THE QUANTITY AND MAXIMUM RATED WATTAGE OF THE LIGHT FIXTURES SPECIFIED ARE DESIGNED TO COMPLY WITH LOCAL ENERGY CODE AND SHALL NOT BE ZQ Lo � a INCREASED WITHOUT APPROVAL OF ENGINEER. PROVIDE FACTORY-INSTALLED MAXIMUM WATTAGE LABEL ON ALL MEDIUM SCREW BASE, INCANDESCENT AND HALOGEN LIGHT FIXTURES THAT CORRESPOND TO THE MAXIMUM WATTAGE INDICATED IN THIS LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE. LU _0 O Lo J _ Z U) , CO r- NOTES: W ..� L11 L1j p 1. CONFIRM FINAL FIXTURE LENGTHS WITH FIELD-CONFIRMED CONDITIONS PRIOR TO ORDERING. ® a a0 Z F— w W B m = �� O tV Z y LLo O- CL LD W a W m � 0 C) 0 ISSUED /REVISED DATE ro o PERMIT SET 02.08.16 a 5D is c Q 0 rn c r N ro - N N 3 m m m m c m m A 0 0 Cl 0 co m LIGHT FIXTURE mZ SCHEDULE sg N W 20 (L -4 E-402 ag c U d 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 SECTION 26A GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS — REV 041013: 26A GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS 26A MANUFACTURERS SUBMITTALS AND SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL NOT CONTAIN HEI'S FIRM NAME OR LOGO, PROVIDE ALL DEMOLITION OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS AND NEW SEISMIC BRACING OF FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN STRICT E NOR SHALL IT CONTAIN THE HEI'S ENGINEERS' SEAL AND SIGNATURE. THEY SHALL ELECTRICAL SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS REQUIRED BECAUSE OF BUILDING ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF NFPA 13 (2010 OR LATER EDITION). N O 26A GENERAL REQUIREMENTS IN OTHER ARTICLES WHERE LISTS OF MANUFACTURERS ARE INTRODUCED, SUBJECT NOT BE COPIES OF HEI'S WORK PRODUCT. REMODELING, AS NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS, OR NECESSARY FOR PROPER N 04 V TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE PRODUCTS BY ONE OF THE OPERATION AND NEW CONSTRUCTION. REMOVE ALL ABANDONED CABLES AND THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DETERMINE THE TYPE AND LOCATION OF SEISMIC � O O co N ALL REQUIREMENTS UNDER DIVISION 1 AND THE GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY MANUFACTURERS SPECIFIED. TRANSMIT SUBMITTALS AS EARLY AS REQUIRED TO SUPPORT THE PROJECT WIRING ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILINGS AND VENTILATION SHAFTS. BRACING REQUIRED FOR THE MECHANICAL ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING ELEMENTS W O O O O CONDITIONS OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS APPLY TO THIS SECTION AND DIVISION. SCHEDULE. ALLOW FOR TWO WEEKS ENGINEER REVIEW TIME, PLUS MAILING TIME, SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS BASED ON THE ESTABLISHED SEISMIC CRITERIA, THE 00 `t 'v WHERE THE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS SECTION AND DIVISION EXCEED THOSE OF WHERE A LIST IS PROVIDED, MANUFACTURERS ARE LISTED ALPHABETICALLY AND PLUS A DUPLICATION OF THIS TIME FOR RESUBMITTALS, IF REQUIRED. TRANSMIT 26A ELECTRICAL WORK SIZE AND WEIGHT OF THE SUPPORTED ELEMENT AND THE DISTANCE FROM pQ g > DIVISION 1, THIS SECTION AND DIVISION TAKE PRECEDENCE. BECOME THOROUGHLY NOT IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY RANKING OR PREFERENCE. SUBMITTALS AS SOON AS POSSIBLE AFTER NOTICE TO PROCEED AND BEFORE STRUCTURE OF THE SUPPORTED ELEMENT. 3� 00 W D F FAMILIAR WITH ALL THEIR CONTENTS AS TO REQUIREMENTS THAT AFFECT THIS CONSTRUCTION STARTS. THE ENGINEER'S SUBMITTAL REVIEWS WILL NOT RELIEVE 26A BUILDING OPERATION gW 'a O 't "t C DIVISION, SECTION OR BOTH. WORK REQUIRED UNDER THIS DIVISION INCLUDES ALL WHERE MANUFACTURERS ARE NOT LISTED, PROVIDE PRODUCTS SUBJECT TO THE CONTRACTOR FROM RESPONSIBILITY FOR ERRORS IN DIMENSIONS, DETAILS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT THE FOLLOWING SHOP DRAWING INFORMATION j L d' d N MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT, APPLIANCES, AND LABOR REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS FROM MANUFACTURERS THAT HAVE BEEN SIZE OF MEMBERS, OR QUANTITIES; OR FOR OMITTING COMPONENTS OR FITTINGS; COMPLY WITH THE SCHEDULE OF OPERATIONS AS OUTLINED IN THE TO THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION AND THE ENGINEER OF RECORD FOR mW `r) N N— Cfl Cfl 'O ENTIRE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM AS REQUIRED BY THE DRAWINGS AND ACTIVELY INVOLVED IN MANUFACTURING THE SPECIFIED PRODUCT FOR NO LESS OR FOR NOT COORDINATING ITEMS WITH ACTUAL BUILDING CONDITIONS. ARCHITECTURAL PORTIONS OF THIS SPECIFICATION. BUILDING SHALL BE IN REVIEW AND APPROVAL: (1) SEISMIC ANALYSIS LISTING ALL APPLICABLE SEISMIC r- O 4 SPECIFICATIONS, OR REASONABLY INFERRED TO BE NECESSARY TO FACILITATE THAN 5 YEARS. CONTINUOUS OPERATION. ACCOMPLISH WORK THAT REQUIRES INTERRUPTION OF DESIGN CRITERIA (2) DESCRIPTIVE CATALOG DATA OF SEISMIC BRACING MATERIALS, w Z3 O - O N N EACH SYSTEM'S FUNCTIONING AS IMPLIED BY THE DESIGN AND THE EQUIPMENT REFER TO DIVISION 1 FOR ACCEPTANCE OF ELECTRONIC SUBMITTALS FOR THIS BUILDING OPERATION AT A TIME WHEN THE BUILDING IS NOT IN OPERATION, AND (3) SHOP DRAWINGS SHOWING BRACING TYPE AND LOCATION, (4) INSTALLATION Z W W Q, =3W 3 SPECIFIED. 26A COORDINATION PROJECT. FOR ELECTRONIC SUBMITTALS, CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT THE ONLY WITH WRITTEN APPROVAL OF BUILDING OWNER AND/OR TENANT. DETAILS OF ALL BRACING USED AND (5) CALCULATIONS SHOWING THAT THE SEISMIC m7 N (A co I- u. DOCUMENTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROCEDURES SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 1. COORDINATE INTERRUPTION OF BUILDING OPERATION WITH THE OWNER AND/OR RESTRAINTS MEET THE SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS. SHOP DRAWINGS AND THE SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS FOR THE PROJECT ARE COMPLEMENTARY, COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH OTHER DIVISIONS AND TRADES SO THAT VARIOUS CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER THAT THE SHOP TENANT A MINIMUM OF 7 DAYS IN ADVANCE OF WORK. CALCULATIONS SHALL BE SIGNED AND SEALED BY A REGISTERED PROFESSIONAL AND PORTIONS OF THE WORK DESCRIBED IN ONE, SHALL BE PROVIDED AS IF COMPONENTS OF THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ARE INSTALLED AT THE PROPER TIME, DRAWINGS HAVE BEEN POSTED. IF ELECTRONIC SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES ARE NOT ENGINEER, LICENSED IN THE STATE OF THE PROJECT AND EMPLOYED BY THE DESCRIBED IN BOTH. IN THE EVENT OF DISCREPANCIES, NOTIFY THE ENGINEER AND FIT THE AVAILABLE SPACE, AND ALLOW PROPER SERVICE ACCESS TO ALL DEFINED IN DIVISION 1, CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE THE WEBSITE, USER NAME 26A COINCIDENTAL DAMAGE MANUFACTURER OF THE SEISMIC BRACING PRODUCTS. CALCULATIONS SHALL REQUEST CLARIFICATION PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK INVOLVED. EQUIPMENT. REFER TO ALL DRAWINGS, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, CIVIL, AND PASSWORD INFORMATION NEEDED TO ACCESS THE SUBMITTALS. FOR INCLUDE DEAD LOADS, STATIC SEISMIC LOADS AND CAPACITY OF MATERIALS ARCHITECTURAL, STRUCTURAL, MECHANICAL, AND PLUMBING, AND TO RELEVANT SUBMITTALS SENT BY E-MAIL, CONTRACTOR SHALL COPY THE ARCHITECT AND REPAIR ALL STREETS, SIDEWALKS, DRIVES, PAVING, WALLS, FINISHES, AND OTHER UTILIZED FOR CONNECTIONS. DRAWINGS ARE GRAPHIC REPRESENTATIONS OF THE WORK UPON WHICH THE EQUIPMENT SUBMITTALS AND SHOP DRAWINGS TO DETERMINE THE EXTENT OF ENGINEER'S DESIGNATED REPRESENTATIVES. CONTRACTOR SHALL ALLOW THE FACILITIES DAMAGED IN THE COURSE OF THIS WORK. REPAIR MATERIALS SHALL CONTRACT IS BASED. THEY SHOW THE MATERIALS AND THEIR RELATIONSHIP TO CLEAR SPACES. MAKE ALL OFFSETS REQUIRED TO CLEAR EQUIPMENT, BEAMS AND ENGINEER REVIEW TIME AS SPECIFIED ABOVE IN THE CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE. MATCH EXISTING CONSTRUCTION. ALL BACKFILLING AND REPAIRING SHALL MEET SEISMIC BRACING, RESTRAINTS, ISOLATORS, AND ISOLATION MATERIALS SHALL BE ONE ANOTHER, INCLUDING SIZES, SHAPES, LOCATIONS, AND CONNECTIONS. THEY OTHER STRUCTURAL MEMBERS, AND TO FACILITATE CONCEALING RACEWAYS IN CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT ONLY THE DOCUMENTS REQUIRED TO PURCHASE THE ALL REQUIREMENTS OF THE OWNER, CITY AND OTHERS HAVING JURISDICTION. OF THE SAME MANUFACTURER AND SHALL BE CERTIFIED BY THE MANUFACTURER. ALSO CONVEY THE SCOPE OF WORK, INDICATING THE INTENDED GENERAL THE MANNER ANTICIPATED IN THE DESIGN. PROVIDE MATERIALS WITH TRIM THAT MATERIALS AND/OR EQUIPMENT IN THE ELECTRONIC SUBMITTAL AND SHALL REPAIR WORK SHALL BE THOROUGHLY FIRST CLASS. CONFORM TO ALL APPROVED MANUFACTURERS ARE: AMBER/BOOTH COMPANY, INC., KINETICS NOISE HENDERSON ARRANGEMENT OF THE EQUIPMENT, FIXTURES, OUTLETS AND CIRCUITS WITHOUT WILL FIT PROPERLY THE TYPES OF CEILING, WALL, OR FLOOR FINISHES ACTUALLY CLEARLY INDICATE THE MATERIALS, PERFORMANCE CRITERIA AND ACCESSORIES REQUIREMENTS OF DIVISION 2 OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS. CONTROL, INC., LOOS & COMPANY, INC., MASON INDUSTRIES, INC., UNI-STRUT, ENGINEERSM SHOWING ALL OF THE EXACT DETAILS AS TO ELEVATIONS, OFFSETS, CONTROL INSTALLED. BEING PROPOSED. GENERAL PRODUCT CATALOG DATA NOT SPECIFICALLY NOTED VIBRO-ACOUSTICS, OR B-LINE/TOLCO. EACH DEVICE SHALL HAVE A PRE-APPROVAL r7j LINES, AND OTHER INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. USE THE DRAWINGS AS A GUIDE TO BE PART OF THE SPECIFIED PRODUCT WILL BE REJECTED AND RETURNED 26A CUTTING AND PATCHING NUMBER FROM CALIFORNIA OSHPD OR OTHER RECOGNIZED GOVERNMENT AGENCY 8345 LENEXA DRIVE,SURE 300 WHEN LAYING OUT THE WORK AND TO VERIFY THAT MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 26A ORDINANCES. CODES, AND STANDARDS WITHOUT REVIEW. SHOWING MAXIMUM RESTRAINT RATINGS. LENEXA,KS 66214 WILL FIT INTO THE DESIGNATED SPACES, AND WHICH, WHEN INSTALLED PER FOLLOWING THE REQUIREMENTS IN DIVISION 1, CUT WALLS, FLOORS, CEILINGS, AND TEL 913 742 5000 FAX 913 742 5001 MANUFACTURERS' REQUIREMENTS, WILL ENSURE A COMPLETE, COORDINATED, COMPLY, AT A MINIMUM, WITH NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA) 26A ELECTRONIC DRAWING FILES OTHER PORTIONS OF THE FACILITY AS REQUIRED TO PERFORM WORK UNDER THIS SEISMIC BRACING MEASURES TO BE APPLIED TO www.hei-eng.com SATISFACTORY AND PROPERLY OPERATING SYSTEM. STANDARDS, STATE AND LOCAL BUILDING CODES, AND ALL OTHER APPLICABLE DIVISION. OBTAIN PERMISSION OF THE ENGINEER, OWNER, OR BOTH, BEFORE MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL/PLUMBING EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS SHALL BE 1650000011 CODES AND ORDINANCES FOR PERFORMANCE, WORKMANSHIP, EQUIPMENT, AND IN PREPARATION OF SHOP DRAWINGS OR RECORD DRAWINGS, CONTRACTOR MAY, DOING ANY CUTTING. CUT ALL HOLES AS SMALL AS POSSIBLE. PATCH WALLS, INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE LOCAL, STATE, AND/OR E DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC IN NATURE, SHOW THE VARIOUS COMPONENTS OF THE MATERIALS. ADDITIONALLY, COMPLY WITH RULES AND REGULATIONS OF PUBLIC AS AN OPTION, OBTAIN ELECTRONIC DRAWING FILES IN AUTOCAD OR DXF FORMAT FLOORS, AND OTHER PORTIONS OF THE FACILITY AS REQUIRED BY WORK UNDER FEDERAL CODES AS WELL AS MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS. THE MOST SYSTEMS APPROXIMATELY TO SCALE AND ATTEMPT TO INDICATE HOW THEY SHALL UTILITIES AND MUNICIPAL DEPARTMENTS AFFECTED BY CONNECTION OF SERVICES. FROM THE ENGINEER FOR A SHIPPING AND HANDLING FEE OF $200 FOR A DRAWING THIS DIVISION. ALL PATCHING SHALL BE THOROUGHLY FIRST CLASS AND SHALL STRINGENT CRITERIA SHALL APPLY. ALL ANCHOR CONNECTIONS TO STRUCTURE BE INTEGRATED WITH OTHER PARTS OF THE WORK. FIGURED DIMENSIONS TAKE SET UP TO 12 SHEETS AND $23 PER SHEET FOR EACH ADDITIONAL SHEET. CONTACT MATCH THE ORIGINAL MATERIAL AND CONSTRUCTION, INCLUDING FIRE RATINGS IF FOR SUPPORT OF MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, REGARDLESS OF THE PRECEDENCE TO SCALED DIMENSIONS. DETERMINE EXACT LOCATIONS BY JOB WHERE CONFLICTS BETWEEN VARIOUS CODES, ORDINANCES, RULES, AND THE ARCHITECT FOR WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION; AND, CONTACT THE ENGINEER TO APPLICABLE. NEED FOR SEISMIC RESTRAINTS, SHALL BE SHOWN ON SHOP DRAWINGS. MEASUREMENTS, BY CHECKING THE REQUIREMENTS OF OTHER TRADES, AND BY REGULATIONS EXIST, COMPLY WITH THE MOST STRINGENT. WHEREVER OBTAIN THE NECESSARY RELEASE AGREEMENT FORM AND TO INDICATE THE REVIEWING ALL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. CORRECT ERRORS THAT COULD HAVE REQUIREMENTS OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS, DRAWINGS, OR BOTH, EXCEED THOSE DESIRED SHIPPING METHOD AND DRAWING FORMAT. IN ADDITION TO PAYMENT, 26A ROUGH-IN 26A FIRE-STOPPING THROUGH PENETRATIONS BEEN AVOIDED BY PROPER CHECKING AND INSPECTION, AT NO ADDITIONAL COST OF THE ABOVE ITEMS, THE REQUIREMENTS OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS, DRAWINGS, ARCHITECT'S WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION AND ENGINEER'S RELEASE AGREEMENT TO THE OWNER. OR BOTH, SHALL GOVERN. CODE COMPLIANCE, AT A MINIMUM, IS MANDATORY. FORM MUST BE RECEIVED BEFORE ELECTRONIC DRAWING FILES WILL BE SENT. COORDINATE WITHOUT DELAY ALL ROUGHING-IN WITH OTHER DIVISIONS. CONCEAL FIRE-RESISTANT THROUGH PENETRATION SEALANTS: TWO-PART, FOAMED-IN-PLACE, CONSTRUE NOTHING IN THESE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS AS PERMITTING WORK ALL RACEWAYS EXCEPT IN UNFINISHED AREAS AND WHERE OTHERWISE INDICATED SILICONE SEALANT FORMULATED FOR USE IN THROUGH-PENETRATION FIRE- SPECIFICATIONS DEFINE THE QUALITATIVE REQUIREMENTS FOR PRODUCTS, NOT IN COMPLIANCE, AT A MINIMUM, WITH THESE CODES. 26A OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS ON THE DRAWINGS. STOPPING AROUND CABLES, RACEWAYS, AND CABLE TRAY PENETRATIONS MATERIALS, AND WORKMANSHIP UPON WHICH THE CONTRACT IS BASED. THROUGH FIRE-RATED WALLS AND FLOORS. SEALANTS AND ACCESSORIES SHALL PA PROMPTLY BRING ALL CONFLICTS OBSERVED BETWEEN CODES, ORDINANCES, SUBMIT FOR ENGINEER'S REVIEW, COPIES EACH OF OPERATIONS AND 26A SUPPORT SYSTEMS HAVE FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS INDICATED, AS ESTABLISHED BY TESTING 26A DEFINITIONS RULES, REGULATIONS, REFERENCED STANDARDS, AND THESE DOCUMENTS TO THE MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTION MANUALS, APPROPRIATELY BOUND INTO MANUAL IDENTICAL ASSEMBLIES IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 814, BY UNDERWRITERS' S� a(3 N�� ENGINEER'S ATTENTION FOR FINAL RESOLUTION. CONTRACTOR WILL BE HELD FORM INCLUDING APPROVED COPIES OF THE FOLLOWING, REVISED IF NECESSARY 1. STEEL SLOTTED SUPPORT SYSTEMS (SLOTTED CHANNEL): COMPLY WITH MFMA-3, LABORATORIES, INC., OR OTHER NRTL ACCEPTABLE TO AHJ. WHENEVER USED IN THESE SPECIFICATIONS OR DRAWINGS, THE FOLLOWING TERMS RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY VIOLATION OF THE LAW. TO SHOW SYSTEM AND EQUIPMENT AS ACTUALLY INSTALLED. PROVIDE THE FACTORY-FABRICATED COMPONENTS FOR FIELD ASSEMBLY; 12-GAUGE, 1-5/8-INCH SHALL HAVE THE INDICATED MEANINGS: NUMBER OF SUBMITTALS REQUIRED BY DIVISION 1; HOWEVER, AT A MINIMUM, BY 1-5/8-INCH; COOPER B-LINE, ERICO INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION, HILTI, INC., ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: PROVIDE AND MAINTAIN ALL NECESSARY SIGNAL LIGHTS AND GUARDS FOR THE SUBMIT THREE (3) SETS, AND INCLUDE, AT A MINIMUM, THE FOLLOWING POWER-STRUT, THOMAS & BETTS CORPORATION, UNISTRUT. FURNISH: "TO SUPPLY AND DELIVER TO THE PROJECT SITE, READY FOR UNLOADING, SAFETY OF THE PUBLIC. OBTAIN AND PAY FOR ALL PERMITS FOR WORK IN THIS INFORMATION: HILTI, INC. 1x15,,104 UNPACKING, ASSEMBLING, INSTALLING, AND SIMILAR OPERATIONS." DIVISION. FINISHES: 3M CORP. ��/� MANUFACTURERS' CATALOGS AND PRODUCT DATA SHEETS RECTORSEAL. a INSTALL: "TO PERFORM ALL OPERATIONS AT THE PROJECT SITE, INCLUDING, BUT 26A PROTECTION OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS A. METALLIC COATINGS: HOT-DIP GALVANIZED AFTER FABRICATION AND APPLIED SPECIFY TECHNOLOGY INC. NOT LIMITED TO, AND AS REQUIRED: UNLOADING, UNPACKING, ASSEMBLING, WIRING DIAGRAMS ACCORDING TO MFMA-3. UNITED STATES GYPSUM COMPANY. WARES: 12/31/2016 ERECTING, PLACING, ANCHORING, APPLYING, WORKING TO DIMENSION, FINISHING, STORE AND PROTECT FROM DAMAGE EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS DELIVERED TO CURING, PROTECTING, CLEANING, TESTING, COMMISSIONING, STARTING UP AND JOB SITE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURERS' RECOMMENDATIONS. FOR MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS 2. ALUMINUM SLOTTED SUPPORT SYSTEMS (SLOTTED CHANNEL): COMPLY WITH MFMA- SUBMITTALS D SIMILAR OPERATIONS, COMPLETE, AND READY FOR THE INTENDED USE." MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT SUSCEPTIBLE TO CHANGING WEATHER CONDITIONS, 3, TYPE 6063-T6, PER ASTM B221; FACTORY-FABRICATED COMPONENTS FOR FIELD DAMPNESS, OR TEMPERATURE VARIATIONS, STORE INSIDE IN CONDITION SPACES. OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS ASSEMBLY; 12-GAUGE, 1-5/8-INCH BY 1-5/8-INCH; COOPER B-LINE, ERICO SUBMIT PRODUCT DATA, MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS AND TECHNICAL DATA PROVIDE: "TO FURNISH AND INSTALL COMPLETE, AND READY FOR THE INTENDED FOR MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT NOT SUSCEPTIBLE TO THESE CONDITIONS, COVER INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION, HILTI, INC., POWER-STRUT, THOMAS & BETTS FOR EACH MATERIAL INCLUDING THE COMPOSITION AND LIMITATIONS, USE." WITH WATERPROOF, TEAR-RESISTANT, HEAVY TARP OR POLYETHYLENE PLASTIC AS PARTS LISTS CORPORATION, UNISTRUT. DOCUMENTATION OF UL FIRESTOP SYSTEMS TO BE USED AND MANUFACTURER'S IL REQUIRED TO PROTECT FROM PLASTER, DIRT, PAINT, WATER, OR PHYSICAL INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS TO COMPLY WITH DIVISION 1. FURNISHED BY OWNER (OR OWNER-FURNISHED) OR FURNISHED BY OTHERS: "AN DAMAGE. EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN DAMAGED BY CONSTRUCTION TEST REPORTS AS DEFINED IN NETA ATS FOR THE SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT FIELD FABRICATION: ITEM FURNISHED BY THE OWNER OR UNDER OTHER DIVISIONS OR CONTRACTS, AND ACTIVITIES WILL BE REJECTED, AND CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH NEW EQUIPMENT PROVIDED OR FURNISHED OR INSTALLED UNDER THIS CONTRACT. MANUFACTURER'S ENGINEERING JUDGMENT IDENTIFICATION NUMBER AND INSTALLED UNDER THE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS DIVISION, COMPLETE, AND READY AND MATERIAL OF A LIKE KIND. WHERE FIELD CUTTING OF STANDARD LENGTHS OF CHANNEL ARE REQUIRED, DRAWING DETAILS WHEN NO UL SYSTEM IS AVAILABLE FOR AN APPLICATION. ~ FOR THE INTENDED USE, INCLUDING ALL ITEMS AND SERVICES INCIDENTAL TO THE NAMES, ADDRESSES, TELEPHONE NUMBERS, AND E-MAIL ADDRESSES OF MAKE CUTS STRAIGHT AND PERPENDICULAR TO MANUFACTURED SURFACES. ENGINEERING JUDGMENT SHALL INCLUDE BOTH PROJECT NAME AND ZZ V WORK NECESSARY FOR PROPER INSTALLATION AND OPERATION. INCLUDE THE PLUG OR CAP OPEN ENDS OF CONDUITS WHILE STORED AND INSTALLED DURING LOCAL CONTACTS FOR WARRANTEE SERVICES AND SPARE PARTS. CONTRACTOR'S NAME WHO WILL INSTALL FIRESTOP SYSTEM AS DESCRIBED IN O 2 F INSTALLATION UNDER THE WARRANTY REQUIRED BY THIS DIVISION. CONSTRUCTION WHEN NOT IN USE TO PREVENT THE ENTRANCE OF DEBRIS INTO FOR FIELD-CUT OR DAMAGED SURFACES OF COATED CHANNELS, DRESS CUT DRAWINGS. THE SYSTEMS. SUBMIT MANUALS PRIOR TO REQUESTING THE FINAL PUNCH LIST AND BEFORE ANY ENDS, DAMAGED SURFACES, OR BOTH, WITH AN ABRASIVE MATERIAL (E.G., FILE, N 00 = H ENGINEER: WHERE REFERENCED IN THIS DIVISION, "ENGINEER" IS THE ENGINEER OF REQUESTS FOR SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. ALSO PROVIDE ADEQUATE VERBAL GRINDING STONE, OR SIMILAR) AND CLEANSER TO REMOVE OILS, RUST, SHARP SUBMIT MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETS PROVIDED WITH PRODUCT DELIVERED TO _ RECORD AND THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL FOR THE WORK UNDER THIS DIVISION, 26A SUBSTITUTIONS INSTRUCTIONS OF SYSTEM OPERATIONS TO OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE AT THE EDGES AND SHARDS. JOB-SITE. J° v AND IS A CONSULTANT TO, AND AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF, THE COMPLETION OF, AND BEFORE FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF, THE WORK. J 0 a ARCHITECT, AS DEFINED IN THE GENERAL AND/OR SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS. INCLUDE IN THE BASE BID THE PRODUCTS SPECIFICALLY NAMED IN THESE FOR CHANNEL WITH A FACTORY-APPLIED COATING, RE-FINISH CUT EDGES WITH 26A ACCESS DOORS a a 3 WHEN USED IN THIS DIVISION, IT MEANS INCREASED INVOLVEMENT BY, AND SPECIFICATIONS OR ON THE DRAWINGS. SUBMIT, IN THE FORM OF ALTERNATES, 26A TRAINING A COATING COMPATIBLE WITH THE FACTORY FINISH AND AS RECOMMENDED BY V z OBLIGATIONS TO, THE ENGINEER, IN ADDITION TO INVOLVEMENT BY, AND WITH BID, PRODUCTS OF ANY OTHER MANUFACTURERS FOR SIMILAR USE, THE MANUFACTURER (E.G., MANUFACTURER'S TOUCH-UP PAINT OR ZINC-RICH PROVIDE ACCESS DOORS IN CEILINGS AND WALLS, WHERE INDICATED OR REQUIRED ¢ Z OBLIGATIONS TO, THE "ARCHITECT". PROVIDED THE DIFFERENCES IN COST, IF ANY, ARE INCLUDED FOR EACH PROPOSED AT A TIME MUTUALLY AGREED UPON BETWEEN THE OWNER AND CONTRACTOR, COLD-GALVANIZING COMPOUND, AS APPLICABLE). FOR ACCESS OR MAINTENANCE TO CONCEALED EQUIPMENT INSTALLED UNDER THIS C ALTERNATE. PROVIDE THE SERVICES OF A FACTORY TRAINED AND AUTHORIZED SECTION. PROVIDE CONCEALED HINGES, SCREWDRIVER-TYPE LOCK, AND ANCHOR AHJ: THE LOCAL CODE AND/OR INSPECTION AGENCY (AUTHORITY) HAVING REPRESENTATIVE TO TRAIN OWNER'S DESIGNATED PERSONNEL ON THE OPERATION 26A PENETRATIONS STRAPS. J JURISDICTION OVER THE WORK. PRIOR TO THE BID DATE, SUBSTITUTIONS WILL NOT BE CONSIDERED UNLESS AND MAINTENANCE OF THE EQUIPMENT PROVIDED FOR THIS PROJECT. COORDINATE SLEEVE SELECTION AND APPLICATION WITH SELECTION AND SUBMITTED FOR ENGINEERS REVIEW, AT LEAST TEN CALENDAR DAYS PRIOR TO THE APPLICATION OF FIRE-STOPPING SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 7 SECTION 'THROUGH- MANUFACTURED BY MILCOR, ZURN, TITUS, OR EQUAL. OBTAIN ARCHITECTS a NRTL: NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED TESTING LABORATORY, AS DEFINED AND LISTED BY DATE FOR RECEIPT OF BIDS. INCLUDE THE NAME OF THE MATERIAL OR EQUIPMENT PROVIDE TRAINING TO INCLUDE BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO AN OVERVIEW OF THE PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEMS." APPROVAL OF TYPE, SIZE, LOCATION AND COLOR BEFORE ORDERING. v c OSHA IN 29 CFR 1910.7 (E.G., UL, ETL, CSA), AND ACCEPTABLE TO THE AHJ OVER THIS FOR WHICH IT IS TO BE SUBSTITUTED AND A COMPLETE DESCRIPTION OF THE SYSTEM AND/OR EQUIPMENT AS IT RELATES TO THE FACILITY AS A WHOLE; PROJECT. PROPOSED SUBSTITUTE INCLUDING CUTSHEETS, PHOTOMETRIC DATA, AND ALL OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES AND SCHEDULES RELATED TO ROOFS: 26A EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OTHERS OTHER INFORMATION NECESSARY FOR AN EVALUATION FOR EACH SUCH REQUEST. STARTUP AND SHUTDOWN, TROUBLESHOOTING, SERVICING, PREVENTIVE HOMERUN: THAT PORTION OF AN ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT ORIGINATING AT A JUNCTION PROVIDE FACTORY GENERATED POINT-BY-POINT CALCULATIONS FOR ALL EXTERIOR MAINTENANCE AND APPROPRIATE OPERATOR INTERVENTION; AND REVIEW OF DATA PROVIDE NECESSARY EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORIES THAT ARE NOT PROVIDED BY BOX, TERMINATION BOX, RECEPTACLE OR SWITCH WITH TERMINATION AT AN LIGHT FIXTURES (PHOTOMETRIC FILES SUPPLIED SO THE ENGINEER CAN GENERATE INCLUDED IN THE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS. COORDINATE ALL ROOF PENETRATIONS WITH ENGINEER, OWNER, AND AS THE EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER OR OWNER TO COMPLETE INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT W LV ELECTRICAL PANELBOARD. NOTE: WHERE MC CABLE IS UTILIZED FOR RECEPTACLE A POINT-BY-POINT DO NOT SUFFICE FOR THE POINT-BY-POINT CALCULATIONS). FURNISHED BY OTHERS, IN LOCATIONS AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS, SPECIFIED (V W AND/OR LIGHTING BRANCH CIRCUITING LOADS, THE ORIGINATING POINT OF THE PROVIDE INTERIOR POINT-BY-POINT CALCULATIONS AT THE DISCRETION OF THE SUBMIT A CERTIFICATION LEITER TO THE ARCHITECT STATING THAT THE OWNER' APPLICABLE, THE ROOFING CONTRACTOR PROVIDING A ROOF WARRANTY.KEEP ALL RACEWAY PENETRATIONS WITHIN MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT CURBS Z S HEREIN, OR BOTH. EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORIES NOT PROVIDED BY THE co HOMERUN SHALL BE AT THE FIRST LOAD IN THE CIRCUIT OR AT A JUNCTION BOX IN ENGINEER. SUBMIT A $100.00 REVIEW FEE TO THE ENGINEER WITH EACH SUCH DESIGNATED REPRESENTATIVE HAS BEEN TRAINED AS SPECIFIED HEREIN. LETTER WHEREVER POSSIBLE. COORDINATE WITH DIVISION 23 WORK. Q N o EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER MAY INCLUDE SUCH ITEMS AS FLEXIBLE CORDS AND PLUGS, J Q AN ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE IMMEDIATELY ABOVE THE FIRST LOAD. POINT-BY-POINT CALCULATION FOR USE OF ELECTRONIC BASE FILES. SHALL INCLUDE DATE, TIME, ATTENDEES AND SUBJECT OF TRAINING. THE AS REQUIRED FOR PROPER OPERATION OF THE COMPLETE SYSTEM, IN W = � CV o CONTRACTOR AND THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE SHALL SIGN THE CERTIFICATION ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURERS' INSTRUCTIONS. THE TERMS "APPROVED EQUAL", "EQUIVALENT", OR "EQUAL" ARE USED AFTER THE BID DATE, PROPOSALS TO SUBSTITUTE LIGHT FIXTURES FOR THOSE LETTER INDICATING AGREEMENT THAT THE TRAINING HAS BEEN PROVIDED. FLASH AND COUNTERFLASH ALL OPENINGS THROUGH ROOF, AND/OR PROVIDE PRE- VI` Q0 FABRICATED MOLDED SEALS COMPATIBLE WITH THE ROOF CONSTRUCTION C� N SYNONYMOUSLY AND SHALL MEAN "ACCEPTED BY OR ACCEPTABLE TO THE SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFIED HEREIN, WILL ONLY BE CONSIDERED AS A BE RESPONSIBLE FOR CORRECT ROUGH-IN DIMENSIONS, AND VERIFY THEM WITH ti Lo ENGINEER AS EQUIVALENT TO THE ITEM OR MANUFACTURER SPECIFIED". THE TERM DEDUCT. SUBMIT PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS SEPARATELY, IN SUBMITTAL FORM, SCHEDULE TRAINING WITH OWNER WITH AT LEAST 7 DAYS' ADVANCE NOTICE. INSTALLED, OR AS REQUIRED BY THE ENGINEER, OWNER, OR ROOFING ENGINEER, OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE, EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER, OR ALL THREE, LY � zQ "APPROVED" SHALL MEAN LABELED, LISTED, CERTIFIED, OR ALL THREE, BY AN NRTL, WITH A LIST OF PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS TOGETHER WITH A DEDUCT PRICE FOR TERMINATICONTRACTOR. ALL ROOF PENETRATIONS SHALL BE LEAKTIGHT AT THE PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN AND SERVICE INSTALLATIONS. O Tn : AND ACCEPTABLE TO THE AHJ OVER THIS PROJECT. EACH SUBSTITUTION. THE ENGINEER WILL THEN REVIEW THE PROPOSED 26A WARRANTIES WARRANTIES. OF THE WORK AND SHALL NOT VOID ANY NEW OR EXISTING ROOF '7 �w = O W SUBSTITUTIONS. 26A CLEANING Z ' rl 26A PRE-BID SITE VISIT WARRANT EACH SYSTEM AND EACH ELEMENT THEREOF AGAINST ALL DEFECTS DUE W 'J W o THE ENGINEER WILL HAVE THE FINAL AUTHORITY AS TO WHETHER THE LIGHT TO FAULTY WORKMANSHIP, DESIGN OR MATERIAL FOR A PERIOD OF 12 MONTHS WALLS AND FLOORS: IN ADDITION TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF DIVISION 1, REMOVE FROM THE PREMISES Oa QW U Q a o PERSONALLY INSPECT THE SITE OF THE PROPOSED WORK AND BECOME FULLY FIXTURE IS AN ACCEPTABLE REPLACEMENT TO THE SPECIFIED ITEM. THE FROM DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, UNLESS SPECIFIC ITEMS ARE NOTED T0` DIRT AND REFUSE RESULTING FROM THE PERFORMANCE OF THE ELECTRICAL N SLEEVES FOR RACEWAYS AND CABLES INFORMED OF CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THE WORK IS TO BE DONE. FAILURE TO PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION MAY ALSO BE REJECTED BY THE ARCHITECT, THE CARRY A LONGER WARRANTY IN THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS OR WORK, AS REQUIRED, TO PREVENT ACCUMULATION. COOPERATE IN MAINTAINING � Q Q Z a DO SO WILL NOT BE CONSIDERED SUFFICIENT JUSTIFICATION TO REQUEST OR ENGINEER OR THE OWNER FOR AESTHETIC REASONS IF FELT NECESSARY OR MANUFACTURERS STANDARD WARRANTY EXCEEDS 12 MONTHS. REMEDY ALL 1. STEEL PIPE SLEEVES: ASTM A 53/A 53M TYPE E GRADE B SCHEDULE 40 REASONABLY CLEAN PREMISES AT ALL TIMES. IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO FINAL � F- a. OBTAIN EXTRA COMPENSATION OVER AND ABOVE THE CONTRACT PRICE. DESIRABLE. IN THE EVENT THE PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS HEREIN DESCRIBED ARE DEFECTS, OCCURRING WITHIN THE WARRANTY PERIOD(S), AS STATED IN THE GALVANIZED STEEL, PLAIN ENDS AND DRIP RINGS. INSPECTION, MAKE A FINAL CLEANUP OF DIRT AND REFUSE RESULTING FROM THE �� U REJECTED, FURNISH THE SPECIFIED ITEM. GENERAL CONDITIONS AND DIVISION 1. WORK. CLEAN ALL MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT INSTALLED UNDER THIS DIVISION. Z V)(:3 U) w 26A MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP2. CAST-IRON PIPE SLEEVES: CAST OR FABRICATED "WALL PIPE," EQUIVALENT TO REMOVE DIRT, DUST, PLASTER, STAINS AND FOREIGN MATTER FROM ALL SURFACES. w B 26A SUBMITTALS ALSO WARRANT THE FOLLOWING ADDITIONAL ITEMS: DUCTILE-IRON PRESSURE PIPE, WITH PLAIN ENDS AND INTEGRAL WATERSTOP, TOUCH UP AND RESTORE ALL DAMAGED FINISHES TO THEIR ORIGINAL CONDITION. _ �W O PROVIDE ALL MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT NEW AND IN FIRST CLASS CONDITION. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 00 PROVIDE MARKINGS OR A NAMEPLATE FOR ALL MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT ASSEMBLE AND SUBMIT FOR ENGINEER'S REVIEW, MANUFACTURERS' PRODUCT ALL RACEWAYS ARE FREE FROM OBSTRUCTIONS, HOLES, CRUSHING, OR 26A ADJUSTING. ALIGNING AND TESTING D a C) IDENTIFYING THE MANUFACTURER AND PROVIDING SUFFICIENT REFERENCE TO LITERATURE FOR MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT TO BE FURNISHED, INSTALLED, OR BREAKS OF ANY NATURE. SLEEVES FOR RECTANGULAR OPENINGS: GALVANIZED SHEET STEEL WITH MINIMUM Z LO Q_ W L, Q 0-)ESTABLISH QUALITY, SIZE AND CAPACITY. ALL WORKMANSHIP SHALL BE OF THE BOTH, UNDER THIS DIVISION, INCLUDING SHOP DRAWINGS, MANUFACTURERS' 0.138 INCH THICKNESS AND OF WIDTH AND LENGTH TO SUIT APPLICATION. ADJUST, ALIGN, AND TEST ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT ON THIS PROJECT PROVIDED Lu FINEST POSSIBLE BY EXPERIENCED MECHANICS OF THE PROPER TRADE. IN PRODUCT DATA AND PERFORMANCE SHEETS, SAMPLES, AND OTHER SUBMITTALS ALL RACEWAY SEALS ARE EFFECTIVE. UNDER THIS DIVISION AND ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OTHERS FOR w GENERAL, PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING QUALITY GRADE(S) FOR ALL MATERIALS AND REQUIRED BY THIS DIVISION. HIGHLIGHT, MARK, LIST OR INDICATE THE MATERIALS, INSTALLATION OR WIRING UNDER THIS DIVISION, FOR PROPER OPERATION. m C> EQUIPMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA AND ACCESSORIES THAT ARE BEING PROPOSED. PROVIDE THE ENTIRE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM IS FREE FROM ALL SHORT CIRCUITS AND 26A SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR MEPF SYSTEMS THE NUMBER OF SUBMITTALS REQUIRED BY DIVISION 1; HOWEVER, AT A MINIMUM, UNWANTED OPEN CIRCUITS AND GROUNDS. SEISMIC PROTECTION CRITERIA: TEST ALL SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT ACCORDING TO THE REQUIREMENTS IN NETA COMMERCIAL SPECIFICATION GRADE SUBMIT SEVEN (7) SETS. BEFORE SUBMITTING, VERIFY THAT ALL MATERIALS AND RISK/OCCUPANCY CATEGORY: I, 11 or III ATS (LATEST EDITION) AND ALL ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN ISSUED /REVISED DATE EQUIPMENT SUBMITTED ARE MUTUALLY COMPATIBLE AND SUITABLE FOR THE THE ABOVE WARRANTIES SHALL INCLUDE LABOR AND MATERIAL. MAKE REPAIRS OR SITE SOIL CATEGORY: CONTRACTOR'S SEISMIC ENGINEER TO FOLLOWING SECTIONS. 0 PROVIDE ALL HOISTS, SCAFFOLDS, STAGING, RUNWAYS, TOOLS, MACHINERY AND INTENDED USE, FIT THE AVAILABLE SPACES, AND ALLOW AMPLE AND CODE- REPLACEMENTS WITHOUT ANY ADDITIONAL COSTS TO THE OWNER. n. DETERMINE PERMIT SET 02.08.16 EQUIPMENT REQUIRED FOR THE PERFORMANCE OF THE ELECTRICAL WORK. STORE REQUIRED ROOM FOR ACCESS AND MAINTENANCE. SUBMITTALS SHALL CONTAIN SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY: CONTRACTOR'S SEISMIC ENGINEER TO MAINTAIN THE FOLLOWING ON THE PROJECT PREMISES AT ALL TIMES: A TRUE RMS ca AND MAINTAIN MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT IN CLEAN CONDITION, AND PROTECTED THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION. SUBMITTALS NOT SO IDENTIFIED WILL BE RETURNED PERFORM THE REMEDIAL WORK PROMPTLY, UPON WRITTEN NOTICE FROM THE DETERMINE READING VOLTMETER, A TRUE RMS READING AMMETER, AND A MEGOHMMETER rn FROM WEATHER, MOISTURE, AND PHYSICAL DAMAGE. TO THE CONTRACTOR WITHOUT ACTION: ENGINEER OR OWNER. COMPONENT IMPORTANCE FACTOR: DETERMINED FROM ASCE 7-2010 INSULATION RESISTANCE TESTER. PROVIDE TEST DATA READINGS AS REQUESTED o OR AS REQUIRED BY THE ENGINEER. FURNISH ONLY MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT THAT ARE LISTED, LABELED, CERTIFIED, THE PROJECT NAME. AT THE TIME OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, DELIVER TO THE OWNER ALL THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR DETERMINING THE REQUIREMENTS cc OR ALL THREE, BY A NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED TESTING LABORATORY (NRTL), WARRANTIES, IN WRITING AND PROPERLY EXECUTED, INCLUDING TERM LIMITS FOR FOR SEISMIC BRACING OF MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, AND PLUMBING SYSTEMS. 26A EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION WHENEVER ANY LISTING OR LABELING EXISTS FOR THE TYPES OF MATERIAL AND THE APPLICABLE SPECIFICATION SECTION AND PARAGRAPH. WARRANTIES EXTENDING BEYOND THE ONE YEAR PERIOD, EACH WARRANTY SEISMIC PROTECTION CRITERIA USED TO DETERMINE SEISMIC BRACING EQUIPMENT SPECIFIED. INSTRUMENT BEING ADDRESSED TO THE OWNER AND STATING THE REQUIREMENTS OF ALL MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING SYSTEMS SHALL PROVIDE EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION NAMEPLATES: THE SUBMITTAL DATE. COMMENCEMENT DATE AND TERM. BE DETERMINED BY THE APPLICABLE CODE ADOPTED IN THE PROJECT AT A MINIMUM, GENERAL WORK PRACTICES FOR ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION SHALL JURISDICTION. WHERE NOT ALREADY DETERMINED WITHIN THE CONTRACT ON ALL PANELBOARDS, SWITCHES, STARTERS, DIMMERS, SWITCHES IN BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH: THE CONTRACTOR'S STAMP, WHICH SHALL CERTIFY THAT THE STAMPED DRAWINGS 26A MISCELLANEOUS REMODELING WORK DOCUMENTS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR CONTRACTING A DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS• AND SWITCHBOARDS. m NECA 1 (LATEST EDITION), "STANDARD PRACTICES FOR GOOD HAVE BEEN CHECKED BY THE CONTRACTOR, COMPLY WITH THE DRAWINGS AND LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER TO ESTABLISH BUILDING SITE CLASS, SEISMIC m WORKMANSHIP IN ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION". SPECIFICATIONS, AND HAVE BEEN COORDINATED WITH OTHER TRADES. DESIGN CATEGORY, SEISMIC ZONE OR ANY OTHER CRITERIA NECESSARY TO A DETERMINE THE REQUIREMENTS FOR SEISMIC BRACING ON MECHANICAL, C) ELECTRICAL AND/OR PLUMBING SYSTEMS. 0 0 cm m � W Z ELECTRICAL sg E SPECIFICATIONS Q 0 a E=501 X [L m (, J_ 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 WHERE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. SECTION 26B BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS - REV NAMEPLATES: 081214 ENGRAVED, CONTRASTING COLOR, THREE-LAYER, LAMINATED PLASTIC N INDICATING THE NAME OF THE EQUIPMENT, LOAD, OR CIRCUIT AS DESIGNATED 26B RACEWAYS USE INSULATED, GROUNDING, OR COMBINATION, BUSHINGS WHEREVER SYSTEM VOLTAGE WALLS WITH WAINSCOTING: 6 INCHES MINIMUM ABOVE WAINSCOTING, BUT NOT (D V ON THE DRAWINGS AND IN THE SPECIFICATIONS: CONNECTION IS SUBJECT TO VIBRATION OR MOISTURE, WHEN REQUIRED BY NEPA EXCEEDING 48 INCHES ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. :3 OOCU (DMETALLIC CONDUIT AND TUBING: 70, OR BOTH. 240V AND UNDER, INCLUDES - 208Y/120, 120/240, 120/208, 240D/120 SYSTEMS W O O 0)FIELD-APPLIED PERMANENT EPDXY ADHESIVE, COMPATIBLE WITH THE PHASE A - BLACK TELEPHONE/DATA OUTLET BOXES: (7 00 ONLY STEEL PRODUCTS ALLOWED. PHASE C - BLUE � -a Q EQUIPMENT FINISH. ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING, COUPLINGS AND FITTINGS (EMT): ANSI C80.3, UL 797. 26B CONDUCTORS AND CABLES PHASE B - [RED] [ORANGE] GENERAL: MATCH MOUNTING HEIGHT OF ADJACENT WIRING DEVICE LISTED ABOVE. 0� > < 00 co F ATTACHMENT METHOD SHALL BE ACCEPTABLE TO THE MANUFACTURERS OF THE REDUCED WALL EMT IS NOT ALLOWED CONDUCTOR MATERIAL: NEUTRAL - WHITE ;W 'a O d• d' C EQUIPMENT GROUND GREEN WALL-MOUNTED TELEPHONE: 40 INCHES ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. j s- d d a) EQUIPMENT TO WHICH THE NAMEPLATES ARE BEING APPLIED. m N N FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT (FMC): ZINC-COATED STEEL OR ALUMINUM, UL 1. ANNEALED (SOFT) COPPER COMPLYING WITH ICEA S-95-658/NEMA WC70; ISOLATED GROUND - GREEN W/YELLOW STRIPE. w M +, m COLOR: BLACK BACKGROUND WITH WHITE LETTERS FOR NORMAL POWER REDUCED-WALL FMC IS NOT ALLOWED FOR OTHER THAN WIRING DEVICES, REFER TO PARAGRAPHS, ARTICLES, SECTIONS, DIVISIONS, OR DRAWINGS TO OBTAIN MOUNTING HEIGHTS FOR SPECIFIC EQUIPMENT w Z?.. .-, `' O O 3 LETTER HEIGHT: 1/2-INCH MINIMUM. TERMINATIONS: TINNED, COMPRESSION TYPE ONLY; UL-LISTED 480V AND 480Y/277V O •- co N N INTERMEDIATE METAL CONDUIT (IMC): HOT-DIP GALVANIZED RIGID STEEL CONDUIT: FOR COPPER AND ALUMINUM CONDUCTORS AT 75 DEGREES C MINIMUM. OR SYSTEMS. Z W W a, 26A SYSTEM START UP ANSI C80.6, UL 1242. PHASE A - BROWN 266 WIRING DEVICES O m7 N (A (A H &6 APPLY A ZINC BASED, ANTI-OXIDIZING COMPOUND TO CONNECTIONS. PHASE B - [ORANGE] [PURPLE] PRIOR TO STARTING UP THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS: LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT (LFMC): FLEXIBLE STEEL CONDUIT WITH PVC PHASE C - YELLOW THE CATALOG NUMBERS LISTED FOR WIRING DEVICES ARE GENERALLY FOR 20A JACKET: UL 360 CONDUCTOR INSULATION TYPES: 90-DEGREE C-RATED, TYPE THHN/THWN-2 OR NEUTRAL - GRAY RATED DEVICES. WHERE 15A RATED DEVICES ARE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS 1. CHECK ALL COMPONENTS AND DEVICES. XHHW-2 COMPLYING WITH ICER S-95-658/NEMA WC70. EQUIPMENT GROUND - GREEN. OR REQUIRED FOR CIRCUIT RATING LIMITATIONS, PROVIDE WIRING DEVICES RIGID METAL CONDUIT (RMC): HOT-DIP GALVANIZED RIGID STEEL CONDUIT (GRS): 2. LUBRICATE ITEMS ACCORDINGLY. ANSI C80.1, UL 6. SIZES OF CONDUCTORS AND CABLES INDICATED OR SPECIFIED ARE IN AMERICAN USE OF MC CABLE EQUIVALENT TO THOSE SPECIFIED FOR 20A, BUT RATED FOR 15A. 3. TIGHTEN SCREWS AND BOLTS FOR CONNECTORS AND TERMINALS ACCORDING TO PLASTIC-COATED IMC, RMC, AND FITTINGS: NEMA RN 1, UL LISTED. WIRE GAGE (AWG - BROWN AND SHARPE). MAY ONLY BE USED: ALL RECEPTACLES LOCATED OUTDOORS OR IN DAMP OR WET LOCATIONS: SHALL BE MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED TORQUE-TIGHTENING VALUES. IF MANUFACTURER'S ALL FEEDER AND BRANCH CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS NO. 8 AWG AND LARGER: IN LIEU OF FLEXIBLE CONDUIT AND WIRING FROM LIGHT FIXTURES IN LISTED AS WEATHER RESISTANT, DESIGNATED BY A WR ON THE FACEPLATE. HENDERSON TORQUE VALUES ARE NOT INDICATED, USE THOSE SPECIFIED IN UL 486A AND IMC AND RMC FITTINGS: NEMA FB 1; COMPATIBLE WITH CONDUIT TYPE AND STRANDED. ACCESSIBLE CEILINGS TO JUNCTION BOXES (ATTACHED TO BUILDING UL 486B. MATERIAL, UL LISTED STRUCTURE) ABOVE THE CEILING. PROVIDE CABLE WHIPS OF SUFFICIENT PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING WIRING DEVICES WHERE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS OR ENGINEERS ALL CONDUCTORS, NO. 10 AWG AND SMALLER: SOLID COPPER LENGTHS TO ALLOW FOR RELOCATING EACH LIGHT FIXTURE WITHIN A 5-FOOT REQUIRED. MINOR CHANGES RELATIVE TO THE LOCATION OF ELECTRICAL rxyj ig 4, ADJUST TAPS ON EACH TRANSFORMER FOR RATED SECONDARY VOLTAGE WHEN NON-METALLIC CONDUIT AND TUBING: RADIUS OF ITS INSTALLED LOCATION, BUT NOT EXCEEDING 6 FEET IN EQUIPMENT MAY BE MADE TO COMPLY WITH STRUCTURAL AND BUILDING 8345 LENEXA DRIVE,SURE 300 PROVIDE ALL REQUIREMENTS AS DETERMINED IN THE COURSE OF CONSTRUCTION. THE TRANSFORMER IS AT MINIMUM LOAD. ALL BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING: NOT SMALLER THAN N0. 12 AWG. IF NO CONDUCTOR UNSUPPORTED LENGTHS. IENEXA,KS 66214 RIGID NONMETALLIC CONDUIT (RNC): SCHEDULE 40 PVC, 90 DEG C RATED, NEMA TC- SIZE IS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS FOR A BRANCH CIRCUIT, PROVIDE WIRING DEVICES OF THE SAME MANUFACTURER AND NOT MIXED ON THE PROJECT, TEL 913 742 5000 FAX 913 742 5001 5. CHECK AND RECORD BUILDING'S SERVICE ENTRANCE VOLTAGE, GROUNDING 2, UL 651; FITTINGS: NEMA TC 3, TC 6; UL 514, COMPATIBLE WITH CONDUIT/TUBING CONDUCTORS AND CONDUIT SIZED PER NEPA 70 AND BASED ON THE INDICATED FOR VERTICAL DROPS IN STUD WALLS. TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT POSSIBLE. PROVIDE COLOR OF TOGGLES AND CONDITIONS, GROUNDING RESISTANCE, AND PROPER PHASING. TYPE AND MATERIAL, UL LISTED. BRANCH CIRCUIT OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICE (OCPD) RATING AND NUMBER RECEPTACLES AS REQUESTED BY THE ENGINEER: REFER TO DETAIL SHOWING www.hei-eng.eom IN LIEU OF EMT, ONLY FOR 15A AND 20A BRANCH CIRCUITS RECEPTACLES TABLE ON SHEET E503. 1650000011 E 26B RACEWAY INSTALLATION OF POLES. WHERE NO CIRCUIT SIZE (I.E., CONDUCTORS AND OCPD) IS INDICATED (WITH UP TO 6. REPLACE ALL BURNED-OUT LAMPS AND LAMPS USED FOR TEMPORARY ON THE DRAWINGS FOR A BRANCH CIRCUIT, PROVIDE THREE NO. 12 AWG FOUR (4) CONDUCTORS, NOT INCLUDING GROUND CONDUCTOR), AND ONLY DOOR SWITCH INSTALLATIONS IN SIDE LIGHT FRAMES: DESPARD TYPE IVORY CONSTRUCTION LIGHTING IN PERMANENT LIGHT FIXTURES. CONDUCTORS, IN 3/4-INCH RACEWAY, AND A 20A CIRCUIT BREAKER. IN DRY CONCEALED LOCATIONS ABOVE GRADE, EXCEPT WHERE SPECIFICALLY DOOR/ SIDE GROUND USE NOT PERMITTED BY NFPA 70. SWITCH OF THE FOLLOWING MANUFACTURERS: 7. BALANCE ALL SINGLE-PHASE LOADS AT EACH PANELBOARD, REDISTRIBUTING INSTALL ALL CIRCULAR RACEWAYS CONCEALED ABOVE SUSPENDED CEILINGS OR CONTROL WIRING: STRANDED COPPER CONDUCTORS, 600V INSULATION, OF THE BRANCH CIRCUIT CONNECTIONS UNTIL BALANCE IS ACHIEVED. DO NOT TYPE UP CONCEALED IN WALLS OR FLOORS WHEREVER POSSIBLE EXCEPT WHERE PROPER TYPE, SIZE AND NUMBER AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMPLISH SPECIFIED MC CABLE SHALL NOT BE USED FOR ANY USE NOT LISTED ABOVE. PASS AND SEYMOUR ACD201-1 FINAL PANELBOARD DIRECTORIES UNTIL ALL RE-BALANCING AND REDISTRIBUTION OTHERWISE INDICATED. FUNCTION. MINIMUM SIZE: NO. 14 AWG, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. EXAMPLES OF THOSE USES INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO: APPROVED EQUAL. OF CIRCUITS ARE COMPLETE. TURN ON ALL LOADS IN AN ATTEMPT TO MAXIMIZE THE SWITCH AND PILOT INSTALLATIONS SHALL CONSIST OF ONE DESPARD TYPE IVORY LOAD ON THE PANEL AND TAKE AMPERE READINGS ON EACH OF THE PHASES PROVIDE GRS FOR ALL CONDUITS RUN EXPOSED TO WEATHER, OR EXPOSED TO FLEXIBLE CORDS AND CABLES: STRANDED COPPER CONDUCTORS FOR ALL, UNLESS HOMERUNS TO PANELBOARDS. BEFORE REDISTRUBITNG CIRCUITS AND BALANCING THE PANEL. OTHER HAZARDOUS CONDITIONS. NOTED OTHERWISE. WHERE EXPOSED TO VIEW. SWITCH AND ONE DESPARD TYPE FLUSH 1/25 WATT NEON PILOT LIGHT, BOTH WHERE EXPOSED TO DAMAGE. INSTALLED IN A SINGLE-GANG BOX WITH COVER PLATE, OF THE FOLLOWING 8. AFTER ALL SYSTEMS HAVE BEEN INSPECTED AND ADJUSTED, CONFIRM ALL ALL OTHER RACEWAY MAY BE EMT WHERE APPROVED BY LOCAL CODE. USE SPECIAL PURPOSE CONDUCTORS AND CABLES, SUCH AS LOW VOLTAGE CONTROL HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS. MANUFACTURERS: PR®� OPERATING FEATURES REQUIRED BY THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS AND COMPRESSION TYPE FITTINGS FOR EMT, WITH ALL FITTINGS UL LISTED FOR THE AND SHIELDED INSTRUMENT WIRING: UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE, SHALL BE AS WET LOCATIONS. QItG F MAKE FINAL ADJUSTMENTS AS NECESSARY. ENVIRONMENT IN WHICH THEY ARE USED. RECOMMENDED BY THE SYSTEM EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER. WHEN RESTRICTED OTHERWISE. PASS AND SEYMOUR ACD201-IV SWITCH, AND 1475 PILOT LIGHT. WHEN SPECIFICALLY DISALLOWED BY THE LOCAL AHJ. APPROVED EQUAL. �� •Q 26A EXISTING EQUIPMENT REUSE AND REMOVAL UNDERGROUND USE TYPE MC CABLE: 60OV, UNJACKETED; ANSI E119 AND E814, UL STANDARDS 44 OR 83 WHEN SPECIFICALLY DISALLOWED BY THE LANDLORD. PROVIDE GRS INSTALLED BELOW GRADE WITH A CORROSION RESISTANT BONDED- (AS APPLICABLE), AND 1569, NEPA 70 ARTICLE 330; ALUMINUM OR GALVANIZED STEEL EMERGENCY SHUNT RELAY OR AUTOMATIC LOAD CONTROL RELAY: UL LISTED TO STANDARD 924 AS EMERGENCY LIGHTING AND POWER EQUIPMENT. CONNECT REMOVE ALL EXISTING WIRING, LIGHT FIXTURES, EXPOSED CONDUITS AND OTHER PLASTIC OR APPROVED MASTIC COATING. THIS SHALL INCLUDE THE 90-DEGREE INTERLOCKED ARMOR; THHN- OR XHHW-INSULATED CONDUCTORS; COLOR CODE: 26B JUNCTION BOXES PULL BOXES CABINETS AND WIREWAYS ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS NOT REUSED PRIOR TO SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION OF ELBOW BELOW GRADE AND THE ENTIRE VERTICAL TRANSITION TO ABOVE GRADE. ICEA METHOD 1, WITH GREEN INSULATED GROUNDING CONDUCTOR EMERGENCY SHUNT RELAY IN PARALLEL WITH A WALL SWITCH. LOSS OF NORMAL THE WORK. PROVIDE JUNCTION BOXES, PULL BOXES, CABINETS AND WIREWAYS WHEREVER POWER SHALL CAUSE RELAY TO AUTOMATICALLY SHUNT EMERGENCY POWER TO NIX m1994 RNC CONDUIT MAY BE USED UNDERGROUND WHERE PERMITTED BY LOCAL CODE 26B INSTALLATION OF CONDUCTORS AND CABLES NECESSARY FOR PROPER INSTALLATION OF VARIOUS ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS LIGHTING CIRCUIT REGARDLESS OF WALL SWITCH POSITION. EMERGENCY LIGHTING EXISTING RACEWAYS MAY BE REUSED IF THEIR POINTS OF TERMINATIONS ARE AND WHERE NOT SPECIFICALLY RESTRICTED BY THESE DOCUMENTS. WHEN USED, ACCORDING TO NFPA 70 AND WHERE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. SIZE AS CIRCUIT SHALL CONTINUE TO OPERATE AT FULL POWER UNTIL NORMAL POWER HAS IL SUITABLE; IF THEY ARE CLEAN INSIDE WITH NO EVIDENCE OF RUST OR BURRS; IF PROVIDE COATED GRS, AS SPECIFIED ABOVE, FOR ALL BENDS GREATER THAN 30 INSTALL ALL WIRING IN APPROVED RACEWAY AND ENCLOSURES, EXCEPT: REQUIRED FOR THE SPECIFIC FUNCTION OR AS REQUIRED BY NFPA 70, WHICHEVER BEEN RESTORED. PROVIDE A TWO-GANG JUNCTION BOX WITH SEPARATION BARRIER FREE FROM CRACKS, FLATTENED SECTIONS OR SHARP BENDS; AND, IF SUITABLY DEGREES, INCLUDING THE 90-DEGREE ELBOWS BELOW GRADE AND THE ENTIRE WHERE SPECIFIED OR .INDICATED FOR LOW-VOLTAGE WIRING IS LARGER. CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE OF A NEMA DESIGN SUITABLE FOR THE AND PLASTER RING FOR THE EMERGENCY SHUNT RELAY, AND INSTALL IT ADJACENT EXPIRES: 12/31/2016 LOCATED TO AVOID CONFLICTS WITH OTHER TRADES OR INSTALLATIONS. VERTICAL RISERS FOR TRANSITIONS FROM BELOW TO ABOVE GRADE OR ABOVE- WHERE SPECIFIED OR INDICATED FOR DIRECT-BURIED CABLES ENVIRONMENT INSTALLED. TO ITS ASSOCIATED LIGHT SWITCH. PROVIDE LIGHTING CONTROLS AND DESIGN CAREFULLY "FISH" ALL EXISTING CONDUITS REUSED UNDER THIS CONTRACT TO SLAB. MODEL GR2001 E/S, EMERGENCY SHUNT RELAY, OR EQUIVALENT BY BODINE . D WHERE TYPE MC CABLE IS INDICATED OR SPECIFIED AS ACCEPTABLE. REMOVE ALL DEBRIS AND OBSTRUCTIONS, AND SWAB UNTIL ALL MOISTURE IS JUNCTION BOXES INSTALLED BEHIND WALL CASES, AND IN OR ON OTHER STORE REMOVED. GENERAL RACEWAY INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTSINSTALL ALL CONDUCTORS AND CABLE IN RACEWAYS CONTINUOUS WITHOUT TAPS FIXTURES, EXCEPT WHERE OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, SHALL BE 4-INCH SQUARE OR 266 SWITCH AND OUTLET COVER PLATES v WITH GALVANIZED COVERS. INSTALL RACEWAYS PARALLEL AND PERPENDICULAR TO BUILDING LINES. OR SPLICES. SPLICE OR TAP ONLY IN APPROVED BOXES AND ENCLOSURES WITH LARGER, SWITCH AND OUTLET PLATES: COLORED, SMOOTH NYLON; BY THE SAME d CUT, PATCH, AND REPAIR WHERE REQUIRED FOR NEW ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS, APPROVED SOLDERLESS CONNECTORS, OR CRIMP CONNECTORS AND TERMINAL MANUFACTURER AS THE WIRING DEVICES, WHEREVER POSSIBLE. VERIFY DESIRED AND PATCH AND REPAIR ALL SURFACE DAMAGE RESULTING FROM THIS WORK. CUT INSTALL RACEWAYS TO REQUIREMENTS OF STRUCTURE AND TO REQUIREMENTS OF BLOCKS FOR CONTROL WIRING, AND KEEP TO THE MINIMUM REQUIRED. INSULATE HORIZONTALLY MOUNT JUNCTION BOXES UNDER CENTER FIXTURES (AND CASES), ., FLUSH WITH THE FLOOR AND PLUG AT BOTH ENDS, RACEWAYS STUBBED ABOVE THE ALL OTHER WORK ON THE PROJECT; TO CLEAR ALL OPENINGS, DEPRESSIONS, ALL SPLICES, TAPS, AND JOINTS AS REQUIRED BY CODES. HANDY BOXES OR 4-INCH SQUARE BOXES WITH TOPS OF BOXES NOT MORE THAN 3- MATERIALS AND COLORS WITH ENGINEER BEFORE INSTALLATION. SWITCH PLATES FLOOR AND NOT USED AT SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION OF THE WORK. PIPES, DUCTS, REINFORCING STEEL, AND OTHER IMMOVABLE OBSTACLES. 1/2 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR. SIZE JUNCTION BOXES TO ADEQUATELY CONTAIN IN UNFINISHED ROOMS AND SPACES: STAMPED STEEL, CADMIUM PLATED. INSTALL ALL REQUIRED CONDUCTORS AND SPLICES. GROUPS OF SWITCHES UNDER ONE GANGED-PLATE, USUALLY HORIZONTALLY; OR r v ALL MATERIALS USED TO TERMINATE, SPLICE OR TAP CONDUCTORS: DESIGNED FOR, WHERE REQUIRED BY DETAILS VERTICALLY. SET ALL COVER PLATES PLUMB Z a RELOCATE ALL EXISTING ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS REQUIRED TO BE IN OPERATION AT INSTALL RACEWAYS SET IN FORMS FOR CONCRETE STRUCTURE IN SUCH A MANNER PROPERLY SIZED FOR, AND UL LISTED FOR THE SPECIFIC APPLICATION AND ' ' EL W E SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION OF THE CONTRACT, IF REQUIRED, AS A RESULT OF THAT INSTALLATION WILL NOT AFFECT THE STRENGTH OF THE STRUCTURE. CONDUCTORS INVOLVED, AND INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE 26B OUTLET BOXES PARALLEL, AND FINISHED FLUSH WITH THE WALL. O WORK INCLUDED UNDER THIS CONTRACT, EVEN IF NOT SPECIFICALLY INDICATED IN MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS, USING THE MANUFACTURER'S 26B WEATHERPROOF COVER PLATES co°n THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS. EXCEPT WHERE APPROVED IN WRITING BY THE ENGINEER, INSTALL NO RACEWAY IN RECOMMENDED TOOLS. ALL OUTLETS INCLUDING LIGHT FIXTURE, SWITCH, RECEPTACLE, AND SIMILAR -2 = y A SLAB-ON-GRADE. LOCATE RACEWAY BELOW GRANULAR FILL BELOW SLABS-ON- OUTLETS: NATIONAL ELECTRICAL, APPLETON, STEEL CITY, RACO, OR APPROVED o v W EQUAL GALVANIZED STEEL KNOCKOUT BOXES SUITABLE IN DESIGN TO THE PROVIDE GFCI RECEPTACLES FOR DESIGNATED WEATHERPROOF RECEPTACLES J a ° EXISTING SERVICE ENTRANCE CONDUCTORS AND FEEDER CONDUCTORS MAY BE GRADE. WHERE WIRING IS INDICATED AS INSTALLED, BUT THE CONNECTION IS INDICATED a 3 REUSED IF ALL OF THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS ARE MET: PURPOSE THEY SERVE AND THE SPACE THEY OCCUPY. SIZE AS REQUIRED FOR THE UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE ON THE DRAWINGS. i 3 "FUTURE" OR "BY OTHER DIVISION TRADES, OR CONTRACTS", LEAVE A MINIMUM 3- < Q INSTALL RACEWAYS CONTINUOUS BETWEEN CONNECTIONS TO OUTLETS, BOXES ' SPECIFIC FUNCTION OR AS REQUIRED BY NFPA 70, WHICHEVER IS LARGER. SET ALL 3 FOOT PIGTAIL" AT THE BOX, TAPE THE ENDS OF THE CONDUCTORS, AND COVER THE V z 1. CONDUCTOR SIZES MEET OR EXCEED THE SIZES SPECIFIED ON THE DRAWINGS. AND CABINETS WITH A MINIMUM POSSIBLE NUMBER OF BENDS AND NOT MORE THAN BOX. OUTLET BOXES IN WALLS, COLUMNS, FLOORS, OR CEILINGS SO THEY ARE FLUSH FOR EXTERIOR UNATTENDED, WET LOCATIONS OR OTHER LOCATIONS AS a Z THE EQUIVALENT OF FOUR 90-DEGREE BENDS BETWEEN CONNECTIONS. USE WITH THE FINISHED SURFACE, ACCURATELY SETT, AND RIGIDLY SECURED IN INDICATED: IN-USE NEMA 3R RECESSED OR FLUSH MOUNT, UL-LABELED PLATES 0 2. CONDUCTOR INSULATION IS IN GOOD OR BETTER CONDITION. MANUFACTURED ELBOWS FOR ALL 45- AND 90-DEGREE BENDS, UNLESS APPROVED IN GENERAL, THE DIRECTION OF BRANCH CIRCUIT HOME RUN" ROUTING IS /POSITION. PROVIDE PLASTER RINGS, EXTENSION RINGS AND/OR MASONRY RINGS MOLDED FROM A CLEAR HIGH IMPACT ULTRAVIOLET STABILIZED POLYCARBONATE U) BY THE ENGINEER IN ADVANCE. MAKE OTHER BENDS SMOOTH AND EVEN AND INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS, COMPLETE WITH CIRCUIT NUMBERS AND AS REQUIRED FOR FLUSH MOUNTING. PROVIDE APPROVED CAST OUTLET BOXES, MATERIAL FOR EASY VERIFICATION THAT CORDS ARE PLUGGED IN AND THAT THE 3. CONDUCTOR INSULATION IS THE CORRECT TYPE FOR THE CONDITIONS. WITHOUT FLATTENING RACEWAY OR FLAKING GALVANIZING OR ENAMEL. RADII OF WITH HUBS AND WEATHERPROOF COVERS, IN ALL AREAS SUBJECT TO DAMP, WET, GFCI IS FUNCTIONING. BACK BOX MUST BE SUITABLE FOR CONDUIT CONNECTING. .1 BENDS SHALL BE AS LONG AS POSSIBLE AND NEVER SHORTER THAN THE DESIGNATED DESIGNATION. CONTINUE ALL SUCH HOME RUN WIRING I THE OR HARSH CONDITIONS. COORDINATE BACK BOX WITH WALL DEPTH. INTERMATIC WP1000RC/HRC OR EQUAL. J 26A ALTERNATES DESIGNATED PANELBOARD, AS THOUGH "CIRCUIT RUNS' WERE INDICATED IN THEIR a CORRESPONDING TRADE ELBOW. ENTIRETY. 26B OUTLET LOCATIONS FOR ATTENDED WET OR DAMP LOCATIONS: WEATHERPROOF COVER PLATES, UL- v C INCLUDE ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND SERVICES NECESSARY FOR ANDLISTED FOR WET LOCATIONS WITH COVER(S) CLOSED; DIE-CAST ALUMINUM OR TYPE USE LONG RADIUS ELBOWS FOR ALL UNDERGROUND INSTALLATIONS, WHERE THE NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS IN A SPECIFIC RACEWAY "HOME RUN" IS INDICATED INCIDENTAL TO THE COMPLETION OF ALL WORK UNDER EACH PARTICULAR NECESSARY OR INDICATED. WITH CROSS LINES TICK MARKS ON EACH "CIRCUIT RUN" ON THE DRAWINGS. COORDINATE LOCATIONS OF OUTLET BOXES. OUTLETS ARE ONLY APPROXIMATELY 302 STAINLESS STEEL; SINGLE-COVER FOR SWITCHES AND VERTICALLY MOUNTED ALTERNATE. FURNISH SEPARATE BIDS FOR EACH APPLICABLE ALTERNATE, STATING ( ) LOCATED ON THE SMALL SCALE DRAWINGS. USE GREAT CARE IN THE ACTUAL RECEPTACLES; DOUBLE-COVER FOR HORIZONTALLY MOUNTED RECEPTACLES; THE AMOUNT TO BE ADDED TO OR DEDUCTED FROM THE BASE BID FOR EACH LOCATION BY CONSULTING THE VARIOUS LARGE SCALE DETAILED DRAWINGS USED SELF-CLOSING COVERS. W SECURELY FASTEN RACEWAYS IN PLACE WITH APPROVED STRAPS, HANGERS AND COMMON OR SHARED NEUTRALS ARE NOT ALLOWED UNLESS SHOWN ON THE ALTERNATE ACCEPTED. APPLICABLE SECTIONS OF THE BASE SPECIFICATIONS BY OTHER DIVISION TRADES, AND BY SECURING DEFINITE LOCATIONS FROM THE W STEEL SUPPORTS AS REQUIRED. ATTACH RACEWAY SUPPORTS TO THE BUILDING DRAWINGS TO BE USED OR SPECIFICALLY NOTED TO BE ALLOWED. COVER PLATES: BY THE SAME MANUFACTURER AS THE WIRING DEVICES; APPLY TO ALL WORK REQUIRED BY THE ALTERNATES UNLESS OTHERWISE STRUCTURE. HANG SINGLE RACEWAYS FOR FEEDERS WITH MALLEABLE SPLIT RING ARCHITECT. z M SPECIFIED. REFER TO THE ARCHITECTURAL PORTION OF THE SPECIFICATIONS FOR HANGERS WITH ROD AND TURNBUCKLE SUSPENSION FROM INSERTS SPACED NOT WHERE MULTI-WIRE BRANCH CIRCUITS (I.E., SHARED NEUTRAL ARE ALLOWED, THEY COMPLYING WITH NFPA 70 406.8 (A) OR (B) REQUIREMENTS FOR ATTENDED OR THE LIST OF ALTERNATES. OVER 10 FEET APART IN CONSTRUCTION ABOVE. CLAMP GROUPS OF HORIZONTAL ) 26B MOUNTING HEIGHTS UNATTENDED USE AS APPLICABLE. Q Q N O SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH A MEANS THAT WILL SIMULTANEOUSLY DISCONNECT ALL o FEEDER RACEWAYS TO STEEL CHANNELS THAT ARE SUSPENDED FROM INSERTS UNGROUNDED CONDUCTORS AT THE POINT THE BRANCH CIRCUIT ORIGINATES. W '� �- N UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, INSTALL WIRING DEVICES AS INDICATED BELOW NOTE: fes. c0 SPACED NOT OVER 10 FEET APART IN CONSTRUCTION ABOVE. SECURELY CLAMP MULTI-POLE BREAKERS OR 3 SINGLE POLE BREAKERS WITH A HANDLE TIE ARE TWO ( 26B ELECTRICAL SERVICE AND GROUNDING cf c90 VERTICAL FEEDER RACEWAYS TO STRUCTURAL STEEL MEMBERS ATTACHED TO EXAMPLES. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO THE BOTTOM OF THE OUTLET BOX UNLESS NOTED N STRUCTURE. INSTALL CABLE CLAMPS FOR SUPPORT OF VERTICAL FEEDERS WHERE OTHERWISE): z<C Lo REQUIRED. ADD RACEWAY SUPPORTS WITHIN 12 INCHES OF ALL BENDS, ON BOTH WHEN MULTIPLE HOME RUNS ARE COMBINED INTO A SINGLE RACEWAY SUCH THAT 26B ELECTRICAL SERVICE W0 0 Lo SIDES OF THE BENDS. DO NOT SUPPORT RACEWAYS FROM SUSPENDED CEILING THE NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS EXCEEDS FOUR (CONDUCTOR COUNT IS MADE UP RECEPTACLES: SEE DRAWINGS FOR TYPE, SIZE, VOLTAGE, PHASE, AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS. ' ..I =� = Qa. r COMPONENTS. OF ANY COMBINATION OF PHASE AND NEUTRAL CONDUCTORS), THE FOLLOWING Z U) ' VERTICALLY ALIGNED WITH THE GROUND SLOT MOUNTED AT THE TOP: BOTTOM OF cc RESTRICTIONS APPLY, WHICH ARE IN ADDITION TO THOSE IN NFPA 70: OUTLET BOX 16 INCHES ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. PROVIDE, OR ARRANGE WITH THE SERVING UTILITY FOR INSTALLATION TO PROVIDE, W W W o REAM RACEWAY ENDS, THOROUGHLY CLEAN RACEWAYS BEFORE INSTALLATION, O Q A RECORDING VOLTMETER AT THE SERVICE POINT ON THE FIRST DAY THE FACILITY a o AND KEEP CLEAN AFTER INSTALLATION. PLUG OR COVER OPENINGS AND BOXES AS NORMAL OR NON-ESSENTIAL CIRCUITS. U � N HORIZONTALLY ALIGNED, WITH NEUTRAL SLOT MOUNTED AT THE TOP: BOTTOM OF IS OPEN FOR BUSINESS, FOR A 24-HOUR VOLTAGE TEST. IF VOLTAGE AND REQUIRED TO KEEP RACEWAYS CLEAN DURING CONSTRUCTION AND FISH ALL a OUTLET BOX 16 INCHES ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. REGULATION ARE NOT WITHIN ACCEPTABLE LIMITS ARRANGE WITH THE UTILITY FOR � Q Q z RACEWAYS CLEAR OF OBSTRUCTIONS BEFORE PULLING CONDUCTORS WIRES. MAXIMUM OF 16 CONDUCTORS IN A SINGLE RACEWAY. FOR UP TO EIGHT PROPER VOLTAGE. SUBMIT TO THE OWNER A REPORT OF MAXIMUM AND MINIMUMQ F- PROVIDE RACEWAYS OF AMPLE SIZE FOR PULLING OF WIRE AND NOT SMALLER CONDUCTORS IN A RACEWAY, MINIMUM RACEWAY SIZE: 3/4-INCH. a FOR 36-INCH HIGH COUNTER TOPS: 44 INCHES ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR VERTICALLY VOLTAGE AND A COPY OF THE RECORDING VOLTMETER CHART. THAN CODE REQUIREMENTS AND NOT LESS THAN 1/2-INCH IN SIZE, UNLESS FOR GREATER THAN EIGHT CONDUCTORS, MINIMUM RACEWAY SIZE: 1-INCH. Z to -� w 3 ALIGNED. _ �U INDICATED OTHERWISE ON DRAWINGS. HOMERUNS CONTAINING MORE THAN ONE DO NOT INSTALL ANY OTHER TYPE OF CIRCUIT IN THIS RACEWAY. �- 26B CONNECTION TO SERVING UTILITIES US BRANCH CIRCUIT SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 3/4- INCH IN SIZE. m �� O B FOR 34-INCH HIGH COUNTER TOPS: 40 INCHES ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR, VERTICALLY THE MINIMUM WIRE SIZE FOR ALL CONDUCTORS IN THIS RACEWAY: NO. 10 AWG. ALIGNED. PROVIDE RACEWAYS, TERMINATIONS, METERING PROVISIONS, AND MISCELLANEOUS = 00 o PROTECT ALL RACEWAY INSTALLATIONS AGAINST DAMAGE DURING CONSTRUCTION. EQUIPMENT, AS REQUIRED FOR ELECTRICAL AND TELEPHONE SERVICES FOR O CL Q REPAIR ALL RACEWAYS DAMAGED OR MOVED OUT OF LINE AFTER ROUGHING-IN TO ONLY 15A AND 20A BRANCH CIRCUIT HOMERUNS MAY BE COMBINED INTO ONE Z Lf) MEET ENGINEER'S APPROVAL WITHOUT ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT ROOMS AND JANITORS CLOSETS: 44 CONNECTION BY THE SERVING UTILITY, IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH THE RACEWAY. INCHES ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR, VERTICALLY ALIGNED. REQUIREMENTS OF ALL APPLICABLE CODES AND OF THE SERVING UTILITY W Q w ALIGN AND INSTALL TRUE AND PLUMB ALL RACEWAY TERMINATIONS AT GFCI CIRCUITS. INVOLVED. VERIFY ALL SERVICE TERMINATIONS AND CONNECTION POINTS IN THEFIELD AND WORK IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE UTILITY INVOLVED IN THE m PANELBOARDS, SWITCHBOARDS, MOTOR CONTROL EQUIPMENT AND JUNCTION GARAGES: 24 INCHES ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR, VERTICALLY ALIGNED. o INSTALLATION OF ALL SERVICES. PROVIDE ALL MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT BOXES. DO NOT USE MULTI-CONDUCTOR CIRCUITS, WITH A SHARED NEUTRAL, FOR ANY REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE UTILITY CONNECTION BUT NOT FURNISHED BY THE GFCI CIRCUIT BREAKER OR RECEPTACLE CIRCUIT. INSTALL APPROVED EXPANSION/DEFLECTION FITTINGS WHERE RACEWAYS PASS VERTICALLY ALIGNED. SERVING UTILITY. NOTIFY THE UTILITY COMPANIES INVOLVED WITHIN TWO WEEKS ISSUED /REVISED DATE a THROUGH IF EMBEDDED) OR ACROSS (IF EXPOSED) EXPANSION JOINTS. ALSO AFTER NOTICE TO PROCEED, OF ALL REQUIRED INFORMATION NECESSARY FOR THE ( FOR BRANCH CIRCUITS FED FROM GFCI CIRCUIT BREAKERS, LIMIT THE ONE-WAY UTILITY PERMIT SET 02.08.16 WHEN USING RNC OR RAC IN EXPOSED ENVIRONMENTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CONDUCTOR LENGTH TO 100 FEET BETWEEN THE PANELBOARD AND THE MOST GFCI RECEPTACLES: SAME AS GENERAL RECEPTACLES SERVING OUTILLITY OR THE ELECTRICAL WITHOSERVICE(S). DELAY. PAY ALL CHARGES OF THE ca NEC AND EXPANSION/CONTRACTION PROPERTIES OF RNC OR RAC. REMOTE RECEPTACLE OR LOAD ON THE GFCI CIRCUIT. ISOLATED GROUND RECEPTACLES: SAME AS GENERAL RECEPTACLES cr oINSTALL A PULL WIRE IN EACH EMPTY RACEWAY THAT IS LEFT FOR INSTALLATION OF PROPERLY IDENTIFY ALL TERMINAL BLOCKS AND WIRE TERMINALS FOR CONTROL 26B GROUNDING CD CONDUCTORS OR CABLES UNDER OTHER DIVISIONS OR CONTRACTS. USE WIRING WITH VINYL STICK-ON MARKERS OR EQUIVALENT. PROVIDE ENGINEER WITH SPD RECEPTACLES: SAME AS GENERAL RECEPTACLES POLYPROPYLENE OR MONOFILAMENT PLASTIC LINE WITH NOT LESS THAN 200-LB A LIST OF PROPOSED IDENTIFYING NUMBERS FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO INSTALLING PERMANENTLY AND EFFECTIVELY GROUND AND BOND THE ELECTRICAL CLOCK RECEPTACLES: 84 INCHES ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. INSTALLATION IN A THOROUGH AND EFFICIENT MANNER, AND IN CONFORMANCE, AT TENSILE STRENGTH. LEAVE AT LEAST 24 INCHES OF SLACK AT EACH END OF PULL MARKERS. WIRE. A MINIMUM, WITH NEPA 70, OR THESE DOCUMENTS, WHERE THEY EXCEED CODE 3 PROVIDE AN EQUIPMENT-GROUNDING CONDUCTOR, OR BONDING JUMPER, AS CONCRETE BLOCK WALLS: DIMENSIONS ABOVE MAY BE ADJUSTED SLIGHTLY, AS REQUIREMENTS. USE BARE OR INSULATED CONDUCTORS, AS SPECIFIED HEREIN, -'; MAKE ALL JOINTS AND CONNECTIONS IN A MANNER THAT WILL ENSURE MECHANICAL APPLICABLE, IN ALL FEEDERS AND BRANCH CIRCUITS, SIZED IN ACCORDANCE WITH REQUIRED TO COMPENSATE FOR VARIABLE JOINT DIMENSIONS, SUCH THAT BOTTOM AND OTHER MATERIALS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. STRENGTH AND ELECTRICAL CONTINUITY. OR TOP OF BOXES, AS APPLICABLE, ARE AT BLOCK JOINTS. NFPA 70 TABLES 250.66 OR 250.122, AS APPLICABLE, UNLESS INDICATED AS LARGER 26B DISTRIBUTION AND CONTROL EQUIPMENT m ON THE DRAWINGS. SWITCHES: 268 BUSHINGS AND LOCKNUTS 26B LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE PANELBOARDS m A VOLTAGE DROP IN BRANCH CIRCUITS SHALL NOT EXCEED [3] [2] PERCENT. GENERAL: TOP OF OUTLET BOX A MAXIMUM OF 48 INCHES ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. o RIGIDLY TERMINATE CONDUITS ENTERING SHEEP METAL ENCLOSURES TO THE ALL SWITCHES SHALL BE MOUNTED AT THE SAME HEIGHT THROUGHOUT THE PANELBOARDS: SQUARE D TYPE NQOD OR NF, AS APPLICABLE, BASED ON VOLTAGE g ENCLOSURE WITH A BUSHING AND LOCKNUT ON THE INSIDE AND A LOCKNUT OR AN WIRING SHALL HAVE INSULATION OF THE PROPER COLOR TO MATCH COLOR CODE PROJECT UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. AND AMPERE RATINGS AND REQUIRED SHORT-CIRCUIT INTERRUPTING RATINGS AS APPROVED HUB ON THE OUTSIDE. CONDUIT SHALL ENTER THE ENCLOSURE SYSTEM IN THE TABLE BELOW UNLESS THERE IS A COLOR SYSTEM CURRENTLY IN SCHEDULED ON THE DRAWINGS, OR APPROVED EQUAL BY SIEMENS, CUTLER SQUARELY. USE BY THE FACILITY, IN WHICH CASE THE COLORS ARE TO MATCH THE EXISTING ABOVE COUNTERS: SAME AS FOR RECEPTACLES. HAMMER, OR GENERAL ELECTRIC; COMPLETE WITH BOLT-ON THERMAL MAGNETIC, SYSTEM. IN LARGER SIZES, WHERE PROPERLY COLORED INSULATION IS NOT MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS ASSEMBLED IN A DEAD-FRONT FINISHED CABINET m a PROVIDE BUSHINGS AND LOCKNUTS MADE OF GALVANIZED MALLEABLE IRON WITH AVAILABLE, USE VINYL PLASTIC ELECTRICAL TAPE OF THE APPROPRIATE COLOR CONCRETE BLOCK WALLS: 40 INCHES ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR (DIMENSION MAY BE CONTAINING A TYPEWRITTEN CARD DIRECTORY INDICATING EXACTLY WHAT EACH ELECTRICAL W Z SHARP, CLEAN-CUT THREADS. AROUND EACH CONDUCTOR AT ALL TERMINATION POINTS, JUNCTION AND PULL ADJUSTED SLIGHTLY, AS REQUIRED TO COMPENSATE FOR VARIABLE JOINT CIRCUIT BREAKER CONTROLS; [FULLY-] [OR] [SERIES-]RATED AND WITH THE SPECIFICATIONS S 5 BOXES. DIMENSIONS, SUCH THAT BOTTOM OF BOXES ARE AT BLOCK JOINTS). INTEGRATED SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT RATINGS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. WHERE EMT ENTERS A BOX, PROVIDE APPROVED EMT COMPRESSION CONNECTORS. PLUG-IN TYPE BREAKERS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTABLE. ALL TWO AND THREE POLE pa 6g E-502 c U d J_ 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 BREAKERS: COMMON TRIP TYPE. BREAKERS USED AS SWITCHES FOR 120V OR 277V SURFACE—MOUNT ALL FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURES LOCATED IN AREAS WITH A FURNISH ALL POLES WITH HAND HOLES AND NO LESS THAN FOUR HIGH—STRENGTH LIGHTING CIRCUITS: APPROVED FOR THE PURPOSE AND MARKED "SWD". BREAKERS CEILING BUT WITHOUT SUSPENDED CEILINGS UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED ON STEEL ANCHOR BOLTS FOR POLE MOUNTING. EACH ANCHOR BOLT SHALL BE E USED FOR THE PROTECTION OF HVAC AND REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT: HACR THE DRAWINGS. PROVIDE RIGID METAL SPACERS FINISHED IN WHITE ENAMEL THREADED AT THE TOP, FITTED WITH HEXAGON NUTS, AND SHALL HAVE AN "L" BEND 0 TYPE. BETWEEN THE TOP OF EACH LIGHT FIXTURE AND THE CEILING ABOVE TO MAINTAIN A ON THE BOTTOM OF THE BOLT. ALL ANCHOR BOLTS AND NUTS SHALL BE HOT—DIP N N v 1-1/2—INCH SPACE. SPACERS SHALL BE APPROVED BEFORE INSTALLATION. GALVANIZED. ALL OTHER SMALL HARDWARE REQUIRED (BOLTS, NUTS, WASHERS, :3 r' O co 26B CIRCUIT BREAKERS IN EXISTING PANELBOARDS SHIMS, ETC.) SHALL BE GALVANIZED. PROVIDE POLE FINISHES AS NOTED ON THE W C O O LO 0 INSTALL ALL FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURES LOCATED IN AREAS WITHOUT CEILINGS DRAWINGS. 13 a) O O It .� PROVIDE NEW CIRCUIT BREAKERS FOR INSTALLATION IN EXISTING PANELBOARDS IMMEDIATELY BELOW THE ROOF-FRAMING MEMBERS, OR SUSPENDED FROM CHAIN > Q O ti ._ OF THE SAME MANUFACTURER AND TYPE AS THE EXISTING PANELBOARD CIRCUIT HANGERS SUITABLE IN LENGTH TO PROVIDE THE INDICATED MOUNTING HEIGHT. Ogg Q L BREAKERS. SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT INTERRUPTING RATING OF ANY NEW HANGERS: "HYDEE" HANGER TYPE FOR OUTLET BOX MOUNTING, COMPLETE WITH 26B DIMMABLE LIGHT FIXTUREW O 3: O O F BREAKER MUST BE THE LARGER OF THE EXISTING PANEL RATING OR THE AVAILABLE GROUNDING RECEPTACLE, PLUG, 3-WIRE CORD AND NECESSARY CHAIN. 't �J O d' It FAULT CURRENT INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. FOR DIMMABLE LIGHT FIXTURES PROVIDE BOTH CONTROL AND POWER WIRING m W M N W N THROUGH WIRING OF RECESSED LIGHT FIXTURES, IN SUSPENDED CEILINGS, IS NOT BETWEEN LIGHT FIXTURE AND CONTROL DEVICE AND BETWEEN LIGHT FIXTURES. N Z CO (.0 26B CONTACTORS IN PANELBOARDS PERMITTED. CONNECT EACH LIGHT FIXTURE BY A WHIP TO A JUNCTION BOX. QUANTITY OF LOW VOLTAGE AND LINE VOLTAGE WIRING AND WIRE TYPE SHALL BE w Z3 — ''' O O PROVIDE CABLE WHIPS OF SUFFICIENT LENGTHS TO ALLOW FOR RELOCATING EACH PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. COORDINATE LIGHT FIXTURE AND WW 0 N N PROVIDE FACTORY-INSTALLED, MECHANICALLY-HELD TYPE COMPATIBLE WITH THE LIGHT FIXTURE WITHIN A 5-FOOT RADIUS OF ITS INSTALLED LOCATION, BUT NOT CONTROL DEVICE DIMMING TYPES FOR COMPATIBILITY. m'? N CO to H Y. PANELBOARDS, WITH COMPACT ARC SUPPRESSION, AND WITH SHORT—CIRCUIT EXCEEDING 6 FEET IN UNSUPPORTED LENGTHS. O CURRENT RATINGS EQUAL WITH THE RATINGS OF THE PANELBOARD IN WHICH THEY ARE INSTALLED. PROVIDE WITH AUXILIARY SPDT CONTACT(S) WHERE INDICATED. 26B EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNITS AND EXIT SIGNS 266 MISCELLANEOUS ELECTRICAL WHEN THERE IS NOT ENOUGH ROOM IN THE EQUIPMENT TO SHOW ALL THE DESCRIPTION: SELF—CONTAINED UNITS COMPLYING WITH UL 924. 26B WIRING OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT LEGITIMATE SERIES RATED COMBINATIONS, REFERENCE A BULLETIN SUPPLIED WITH THE PANELBOARD, PER UL 67. PROVIDE ALL RACEWAYS AND POWER WIRING FOR ALL DIVISION 23 EQUIPMENT BATTERY: SEALED, MAINTENANCE—FREE, LEAD—ACID TYPE. THE BATTERIES SHALL BE REQUIRING ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PUMPS, SERIES RATINGS SHALL COVER ALL TRIP RATINGS OF INSTALLED FRAMES. OF SUITABLE RATING AND CAPACITY TO SUPPLY AND MAINTAIN AT NOT LESS THAN WATER HEATERS, AND HVAC EQUIPMENT, AND ALL LINE-VOLTAGE CONTROL AND HENDERSON 87 1/ 2 PERCENT OF THE NOMINAL BATTERY VOLTAGE FOR THE TOTAL LAMP LOAD INTERLOCK WIRING NOT PROVIDED UNDER DIVISION 23. CONNECT PER 268 DISCONNECT (SAFETY) SWITCHES ASSOCIATED WITH THE UNIT FOR A PERIOD OF AT LEAST 1 1/ 2 HOURS, OR THE UNIT MANUFACTURERS' WIRING DIAGRAMS. COORDINATE WITH DIVISION 23 FOR rxljENGINEERSZ'EQUIPMENT SHALL SUPPLY AND MAINTAIN NOT LESS THAN 60 PERCENT OF THE DISCONNECTS FURNISHED WITH EQUIPMENT, AND PROVIDE ALL DISCONNECT DISCONNECT (SAFETY) SWITCHES: SQUARE D, SIEMENS, CUTLER HAMMER, OR INITIAL EMERGENCY ILLUMINATION FOR A PERIOD OF AT LEAST 1 1/ 2 HOURS. SWITCHES AS REQUIRED. AFTER INSTALLING WIRING, VERIFY THAT EACH MOTOR GENERAL ELECTRIC FUSED OR NON-FUSED (AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS OR LOAD HAS THE CORRECT PHASE ROTATION. 8345 LENEXA DRIVE,SUITE 300 REQUIRED) NEMA KS1, HEAVY DUTY, EXTERNALLY OPERATED, VISIBLE-BLADE CHARGER: FULLY AUTOMATIC, SOLID-STATE TYPE WITH SEALED TRANSFER RELAY. LENEXA,KS 66214 SAFETY SWITCHES; NEMA ENCLOSURE TYPE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS ORTEL 913 742 5000 FAx 913 742 5001 VERIFY THE ACTUAL MAXIMUM OVERCURRENT PROTECTION (MOCP) DEVICE SUITABLE FOR THE ENVIRONMENT IN WHICH INSTALLED. BASED ON FUSIBLE SWITCH OPERATION: RELAY AUTOMATICALLY TURNS LAMP ON WHEN POWER SUPPLY RATINGS AND 'MINIMUM CIRCUIT AMPACITY' (MCA) CONDUCTOR SIZING FOR www.hei-ee9.com AND FUSE SIZES INDICATED, INCLUDE CLASS R, J, OR L FUSE PROVISIONS AS CIRCUIT VOLTAGE DROPS TO 80 PERCENT OF NOMINAL VOLTAGE OR BELOW. LAMP MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT FROM THE EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATE. BASE ELECTRICAL 1650000011 E APPLICABLE. AUTOMATICALLY DISCONNECTS FROM BATTERY WHEN VOLTAGE APPROACHES INSTALLATIONS ON ACTUAL REQUIRED AMPERAGES, WHICH MAY VARY SOMEWHAT DEEP-DISCHARGE LEVEL. WHEN NORMAL VOLTAGE IS RESTORED, RELAY FROM THE CONDUCTOR AND EQUIPMENT SIZES SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS; WHERE INDICATED, PROVIDE FUSIBLE SWITCHES PERMANENTLY LABELED AS DISCONNECTS LAMPS FROM BATTERY, AND BATTERY IS AUTOMATICALLY HOWEVER, IN NO CASE, REDUCE THE SIZE OF CONDUCTORS INDICATED ON THE SUITABLE FOR USE AS SERVICE ENTRANCE EQUIPMENT, WITH INTEGRAL AND RECHARGED AND FLOATED ON CHARGER. DRAWINGS WITHOUT AUTHORIZATION FROM THE ENGINEER. PROVIDE PROPERLY SEPARATE NEUTRAL AND GROUND ASSEMBLIES, SUITABLE FOR THE SIZES OF SIZED ELECTRICAL WIRING AND EQUIPMENT WITHOUT EXTRA COST TO THE OWNER. CONDUCTORS INDICATED. DO NOT DOUBLE-LUG ANY TERMINATIONS NOT TEST PUSH BUTTON: PUSH-TO-TEST TYPE, IN UNIT HOUSING, SIMULATES LOSS OF NOTIFY THE ENGINEER OF ALL CHANGES REQUIRED IN THE ELECTRICAL SPECIFICALLY LISTED AS SUITABLE FOR MORE THAN ONE CONDUCTOR. NORMAL POWER AND DEMONSTRATES UNIT OPERABILITY. INSTALLATION DUE TO EQUIPMENT VARIANCES SO THAT THE EFFECTS ON FEEDERS, BRANCH CIRCUITS, PANELBOARDS, FUSES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS CAN BE PROVIDE SWITCHES WHERE NOT FURNISHED WITH THE STARTING EQUIPMENT, AT LED INDICATOR LIGHT: INDICATES NORMAL POWER ON. NORMAL GLOW INDICATES CHECKED PRIOR TO PURCHASING AND INSTALLATION. BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL OTHER POINTS REQUIRED BY NFPA 70, AND WHERE INDICATED ON THE TRICKLE CHARGE; BRIGHT GLOW INDICATES CHARGING AT END OF DISCHARGE COORDINATING WITH DIVISION 23 TO VERIFY THE ACTUAL AMPACITIES AND DRAWINGS. CYCLE. CORRECT SIZES OF ALL CONDUCTORS AND OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES 26B FUSES WIRE GUARD: HEAVY-CHROME-PLATED WIRE GUARD PROTECTS LAMP HEADS OR FOR ALL EQUIPMENT, AND CORRECT OVERLOAD HEATERS FOR ALL MOTORS, WHEN FIXTURES. STARTERS ARE PROVIDED UNDER DIVISION 26. PROVIDE EACH CIRCUIT AND SET OF FUSE CLIPS THROUGHOUT THE WORK WITH 266 WIRING OF THERMOSTATS TIME AND TEMPERATURE CONTROLS BUSSMANN, MERSEN ELECTRICAL POWER, OR LITTLEFUSE FUSES, SIZES AND TYPES AS REQUIRED OR INDICATED. ALL FUSES LARGER THAN 60OA: UL CLASS L, SIMILAR INTEGRAL SELF-TEST: FACTORY-INSTALLED ELECTRONIC DEVICE AUTOMATICALLY PROVIDE ALL RACEWAYS, POWER WIRING, AND LINE-VOLTAGE CONTROL AND TO TYPE KRP-C BUSSMANN LOW PEAK OR EQUAL. FUSES USED TO PROTECT INITIATES CODE-REQUIRED TEST OF UNIT EMERGENCY OPERATION AT REQUIRED INTERLOCK WIRING NOT PROVIDED UNDER DIVISION 23, FOR ALL THERMOSTATS, MOTORS: UL CLASS RK5, BUSSMANN FUSETRON OR EQUAL. FUSES USED TO INTERVALS. TEST FAILURE IS ANNUNCIATED BY AN INTEGRAL AUDIBLE ALARM AND TEMPERATURE CONTROL DEVICES, AND CONTROLS, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED NIX Is.119" PROTECT ALL OTHER ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT: UL CLASS RK1, DUAL ELEMENT, FLASHING RED LED. TO, NIGHT-STATS, WATER HEATER INTERLOCKS, TIME SWITCHES AND OVERRIDE BUSSMANN LPS/LPN OR EQUAL. ALL FUSED DEVICES SHALL BE LABELED AS TO TYPE TIMERS. SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS AND TEMPERATURE FL. AND SIZE OF FUSE REQUIRED. CONTROL DIAGRAMS. LOW—VOLTAGE CONDUCTORS FOR THERMOSTATS AND 266 LAMPS TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM MAY BE RUN EXPOSED ABOVE FINISHED EXPIRES: 12/31/2016 FURNISH THREE SPARE FUSES OF EACH SIZE AND TYPE USED ON THE PROJECT ACCESSIBLE CEILINGS, IF APPROVED AND LISTED FOR THIS PURPOSE, BUT SHALL BE (EXCEPT FOR MAIN SWITCH FUSES, FURNISH ONE SPARE), NEATLY CONTAINED IN A PROVIDE LAMPS AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS FOR ALL LIGHT FIXTURES; OR, IF INSTALLED IN CONDUIT WITHIN WALLS AND WHERE EXPOSED IN THE WORK AREAS. D PROPERLY LABELED CABINET. NOT INDICATED, AS RECOMMENDED BY THE LIGHT FIXTURE MANUFACTURER. IN ALL CASES, LAMPS SHALL BE COMPATIBLE WITH THE SPECIFIED LIGHT FIXTURE. 26B TELEPHONE SYSTEM PROVISIONS V MANUAL MOTOR STARTERS FOR FRACTIONAL HORSEPOWER SINGLE PHASE ACCEPTABLE LAMP MANUFACTURERS: GENERAL ELECTRIC, OSRAM/SYLVANIA, MOTORS SHALL CONSIST OF A MANUALLY OPERATED TOGGLE SWITCH EQUIPPED PHILIPS, OR VENTURE. PROVIDE INCOMING TELEPHONE SERVICE RACEWAYS AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS d WITH MELTING ALLOY TYPE OVERLOAD RELAY. THERMAL UNIT SHALL BE OF ONE OR AS REQUIRED BY THE SERVING TELEPHONE COMPANY. PROVIDE 3/4—INCH THICK PIECE CONSTRUCTION AND INTERCHANGEABLE. STARTER SHALL BE INOPERATIVE ALL FLUORESCENT LAMPS SHALL BE MINIMUM OF 3500 DEGREES K, WITH A MINIMUM PLYWOOD BOARD, FIRE—RETARDANT—TREATED AND STAMPED FRT, SECURELY y IF THERMAL UNIT IS REMOVED. PROVIDE FLUSH MOUNTED UNITS IN FINISHED AREAS COLOR—RENDERING INDEX OF 70, UNLESS NOTED OR DIRECTED OTHERWISE. ALL ANCHORED TO THE WALL, AT THE LOCATION AND OF THE SIZE AS INDICATED ON THE F AND SURFACE MOUNTED UNITS IN UNFINISHED AREAS. STARTERS SHALL HAVE FLUORESCENT LAMPS IN SALES AREAS SHALL BE 3000 DEGREES K WITH A COLOR— DRAWINGS. PROVIDE FLUSH MOUNTED TELEPHONE OUTLET BOXES WITH 1—INCH �y NEMA I GENERAL PURPOSE ENCLOSURE, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, AND BE RENDERING INDEX OF 80. Z EMT STUB-UP CONCEALED TO ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE AT LOCATIONS AS a _ RATED FOR THE MOTOR HORSEPOWER REQUIRED. a W o ALL METAL HALIDE LAMPS IN SALES AREAS SHALL BE COATED, 3000 DEGREES K INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. O 2 F PROVIDE MANUAL MOTOR STARTERS WITH AN INTEGRAL PILOT LIGHT. WITH A COLOR—RENDERING INDEX OF 70. 266 DATA SYSTEM PROVISIONS N 0 = H 26B MANUAL MOTOR STARTERS INCANDESCENT LAMPS: TYPE AND WATTAGE AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS; RATED ..1 B v 130V UNLESS OTHERWISE SCHEDULED OR SPECIFIED. PROVIDE FLUSH MOUNTED DATA OUTLET BOXES WITH 1—INCH CONDUIT STUB—UP j o 3 MOTOR STARTING SWITCHES SHALL BE: CONCEALED TO ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE AT LOCATIONS AS INDICATED ON THE a Q 3 26B BALLASTS DRAWINGS. V Z s SQUARE D CLASS 2510, TYPE M a Z GENERAL ELECTRIC CR1062 FLUORESCENT BALLASTS: LOW HEAT TYPE; THERMALLY PROTECTED AGAINST 26B TIME SWITCHES p SIEMENS MS SERIES OVERHEATING; ETL-CBM, CLASS P TO MEET ALL REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 410-73 W WESTINGHOUSE MST SERIES (E) OF THE NFPA 70 AS A MINIMUM; COMPLY WITH THE NATIONAL BALLAST ENERGY TIME SWITCHES: ELECTRONIC DIGITAL ASTRONOMICAL, TYPE AS INDICATED, WITH J CUTLER HAMMER 9115 OR A302 SERIES LAW; 90-PERCENT POWER FACTOR OR GREATER; SOUND LEVELS NOT EXCEEDING MANUAL BYPASS SWITCH, NEMA ENCLOSURE SUITABLE FOR THE ENVIRONMENT J CLASS A AMBIENT NOISE .LEVELS. BALLASTS IN INDOOR LOCATIONS SHALL HAVE INSTALLED; NUMBER AND TYPES OF CONTACTS, SEQUENCE, AND VOLTAGE AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS, OR AS REQUIRED, BASED ON THE TIME SWITCH a MANUAL MOTOR STARTERS SHALL CONSIST OF A MANUALLY OPERATED SWITCH DISCONNECTING MEANS EITHER INTERNAL OR EXTERNAL TO THE LUMINAIRE. EQUIPPED WITH MELTING ALLOY TYPE THERMAL OVERLOAD RELAYS. THERMAL UNIT FUNCTION AND THE NUMBER OF BRANCH CIRCUITS OR CONTACTORS CONTROLLED. V SHALL BE OF ONE PIECE CONSTRUCTION AND INTERCHANGEABLE. STARTER SHALL INDOOR FLUORESCENT BALLASTS: ELECTRONIC TYPE SUITABLE FOR OPERATION OF PROVIDE WIRING TO PHOTOCELLS, CONTACTORS, RELAYS OR OTHER CONTROL BE INOPERATIVE IF THERMAL UNIT IS REMOVED. PROVIDE FLUSH MOUNTED UNITS IN T8 LAMPS; TOTAL HARMONIC DISTORTION LESS THAN 20 PERCENT; FREQUENCY OF POINTS AS REQUIRED. MANUFACTURERS: INTERMATIC, PARAGON OR TORK. FINISHED AREAS AND SURFACE MOUNTED UNITS IN UNFINISHED AREAS. STARTERS OPERATION OF 20 KHZ OR GREATER WITH NO VISIBLE FLICKER; LINE TRANSIENT 26B LIGHTING CONTACTORS SHALL HAVE NEMA I GENERAL PURPOSE ENCLOSURE, UNLESS OTHERWISE WITHSTAND RATINGS AS DEFINED IN ANSI/IEEE C62.41, CATEGORY A; W INDICATED, AND BE RATED FOR THE MOTOR HORSEPOWER REQUIRED. MANUFACTURERS: ADVANCE REL/VEL SERIES OR APPROVED EQUAL BY MAGNETEK, INDUSTRIAL DUTY TYPE; SILVER ALLOY, DOUBLE BREAK CONTACTS, CONVERTIBLE LU O: MOTOROLA, OR OSRAM. WITH NO AND NC INDICATORS; CAPABLE OF ADDING POLES IN THE FIELD; NUMBER z M PROVIDE MANUAL MOTOR STARTERS WITH AN INTEGRAL PILOT LIGHT. EXTERIOR AND LOW TEMPERATURE FLUORESCENT BALLASTS: SHALL BE AND RATING OF POLES AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS OR REQUIRED BY THE J a O N o 268 MOTOR STARTING SWITCHES ELECTRONIC TYPE SUITABLE FOR OPERATION OF F72T12/HO AND F96T12/H0 LAMPS; LOAD CONTROLLED; TYPED DIRECTORY AFFIXED TO THE INSIDE OF THE ENCLOSURE DOOR LISTING ALL BRANCH CIRCUITS SWITCHED AND THE CONTROL POWER LU O ' ~ N E SHALL HAVE A TOTAL HARMONIC DISTORTION LESS THAN 20 PERCENT; SHALL HAVEr- (0 BRANCH CIRCUIT. 3, c N MOTOR STARTING SWITCHES SHALL BE: A FREQUENCY OF OPERATION OF 20 KHZ OR GREATER AND OPERATE WITH NO � W VISIBLE FLICKER; SHALL WITHSTAND LINE TRANSIENTS AS DEFINED IN ANSI/IEEE SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT RATING: LLI V� zQ ~ SQUARE D CLASS 2510, TYPE K C62.41, CATEGORY A; SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM STARTING TEMPERATURE OF -20 —Q p ,i a GENERAL ELECTRIC TC2000 SERIES DEGREES F; AND SHALL BE ADVANCE REL/VEL SERIES OR EQUAL OF MAGNETEK OR22,000A AT 240V MAXIMUM ' J M. _ SIEMENS MS SERIES MOTOROLA. Z WESTINGHOUSE MST SERIES MECHANICALLY-HELD TYPE, CONTROL INTERFACE SHALL BE AS INDICATED ON THE LV J W O CUTLER HAMMER 9115 SERIES EXTERIOR AND LOW TEMPERATURE FLUORESCENT BALLASTS: SHALL BE MAGNETIC DRAWINGS;SQUARE D CLASS 8903 LX OR EQUIVALENT OF GENERAL ELECTRIC, QW 0- TYPE SUITABLE FOR OPERATION OF T12 LAMPS; SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM STARTING SIEMENS, CUTLER HAMMER OR ASCO. Q V N MOTOR STARTING SWITCHES SHALL CONSIST OF A TOGGLE OPERATED TWO OR TEMPERATURE OF 0 DEGREES F FOR RAPID START LAMPS AND A MINIMUM STARTING �CC it a THREE POLE SWITCH. CONTACTS SHALL BE DOUBLE BREAK SILVER ALLOY, VISIBLE TEMPERATURE OF -20 DEGREES F FOR 800MA AND 1500MA LAMPS; AND SHALL BE 26B MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT AND CONNECTIONS ® G z o FROM BOTH SIDES OF THE SWITCH AND SHALL HAVE A DIRECT LINKAGE TO THE ADVANCE REL SERIES OR EQUAL OF MAGNETEK, 3:_ Q- Q ~ OPERATOR FOR POSITIVE BREAK. PROVIDE FLUSH MOUNTED UNITS IN FINISHED J U 3 AREAS AND SURFACE MOUNTED UNITS IN UNFINISHED AREAS. STARTERS SHALL ALL WIRING AND CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OTHERS INCLUDING, Z C )Cy in W COMPACT FLUORESCENT BALLASTS: SHALL BE THERMALLY PROTECTED AGAINST HAVE NEMA I GENERAL PURPOSE ENCLOSURE, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, AND BUT NOT LIMITED T0, BAKERY EQUIPMENT, DELI EQUIPMENT, MEAT ROOM a OVERHEATING; SHALL BE CLASS P; SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM 90 PERCENT POWER EQUIPMENT, KITCHEN EQUIPMENT, CHECKSTAND AND SCANNERS, EXHAUST HOOD O w B BE RATED FOR THE MOTOR HORSEPOWER REQUIRED. FACTOR; SOUND LEVELS SHALL NOT EXCEED CLASS A AMBIENT NOISE LEVELS; AND FIRE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM, ETC. INSTALL SCAN SYSTEM ELECTRONIC m = LO Q SHALL BE LOW HEAT TYPE. ALL BALLASTS SHALL BE BY ADVANCE. BALLASTS FOR COMMUNICATION CABLE IN UNDERFLOOR DUCT (CABLE PROVIDED BY OTHERS). Q a a PROVIDE HANDLE GUARD WITH LOCKING PROVISIONS. 36W THRU 55W LAMPS SHALL BE MARK V ELECTRONIC TYPE. Z U) LO oPaa do Cooper WMnp ALL RACEWAYS AND ALL WIRING AND CONNECTIONS OF DEVICES TO ENERGY LU Q d) Type of DeWee Hubbell Seymour Lev(ton Dewoee HIGH-INTENSITY DISCHARGE (HID) BALLASTS (INCLUDES HIGH PRESSURE SODIUM MANAGEMENT SYSTEM THAT ARE NOT THE RESPONSIBILITY OF DIVISION 23. d -Simplex Receptacle HBL 5361 5361 5891 5351 26B LIGHT FIXTURES, LAMPS AND BALLASTS (HPS) AND METAL HALIDE (MH)): SHALL HAVE A POWER FACTOR GREATER THAN 90 Duplex Receptacle 5352A6 5352 5352 5352 PERCENT; COMPLY WITH UNDERWRITERS LABORATORY UL 1029; PROVIDE NORMAL m g Duplex Receptacle BR20TR ( ) ALL WIRING AND CONNECTIONS OF EXIT DOOR ALARMS. p p 26B LIGHT FIXTURE LOCATIONS OPERATION AND LIGHT OUTPUT WITH THE INPUT VOLTAGE IS WITHIN ±10 0 - Tamper resistant PERCENT OF NOMINAL BALLAST RATING (EXCEPT HPS LAMPS SMALLER THAN 250W 0 Duplex Receptacle BR20WR LIGHT FIXTURES SHOWN ON THE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS REPRESENT GENERAL WHICH MUST HAVE THE INPUT VOLTAGE WITHIN +5 PERCENT); SHALL HAVE A ISSUED /REVISED DATE r - Weather resistant ARRANGEMENTS ONLY. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR MORE EXACT MINIMUM STARTING TEMPERATURE OF -20 DEGREES F. PROVIDE ENCAPSULATED a GFCI Receptacle GF20LA 2091 6898/6598 XGF20 LOCATIONS. COORDINATE LOCATION WITH ALL OTHER TRADES BEFORE AND REMOTE TYPES WHERE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. PERMIT SET 02.08.16 GFCI Receptacle GFTR20 2095 TRWR W7899-T TWRVG20 INSTALLATION TO AVOID CONFLICTS. COORDINATE LIGHT FIXTURE LOCATIONS IN Cr - TR and WR MECHANICAL ROOMS WITH FINAL INSTALLED PIPING AND DUCTWORK LAYOUTS. EMERGENCY FLUORESCENT BALLASTS: SHALL BE BODINE B50 OR IOTA 1-232 FOR Blank Face GFCI GFBF20 2085 7590 VGFD20 FOUR-FOOT FLUORESCENT LAMPS; SHALL BE BODINE 630 OR IOTA 1-160 FOR EIGHT- 266 LIGHT FIXTURES FOOT FLUORESCENT LAMPS; OR AS NOTED ON THE FIXTURE SCHEDULE OR r Isolated Ground (IG) IG5362 IG6300 8300—IG IG5362 ELSEWHERE ON THE DRAWINGS. Receptacle PROVIDE LIGHT FIXTURES AS SCHEDULED ON DRAWINGS, INCLUDING ALL LAMPS, Quad 4—Plex HBL 420 420 21254 N/A ALL NECESSARY ACCESSORIES, MATERIAL AND LABOR TO SECURELY HANG, CLEAN, 266 PARKING LOT LIGHTING Single Pole Switch 1221B PS 20 ACI 1221-2 2221 AND MAKE LIGHT FIXTURES COMPLETELY READY FOR USE. LIGHT FIXTURE MODEL Double Pole Switch 12228 PS 20AC2 1222-2 2222 NUMBERS SCHEDULED ON THE DRAWINGS SHOW ONLY THE MANUFACTURER, PROVIDE ALL COMPONENTS OF THE OUTDOOR LIGHTING SYSTEM, INCLUDING POLE Three-way Switch 1223B PS 20AC3 1223-2 2223 GRADE AND STYLE OF LIGHT FIXTURES REQUIRED. PROVIDE: ALL HANGERS, ASSEMBLIES AS DETAILED ON THE DRAWINGS AND DESCRIBED BELOW. ALL Four-way Switch 12248 PS 20AC4 1224-2 2224 SUPPORTS, AND MISCELLANEOUS HARDWARE REQUIRED TO INSTALL LIGHT MATERIAL FURNISHED SHALL BE OF THE BEST QUALITY AND WORKMANSHIP, AND Pilot Light Switch HBL1221PL PS20AC1-RPL 1221-PLR 2221PL FIXTURES; PROPER TRIM TO FIT EACH CEILING CONDITION ACTUALLY THE MANUFACTURER MAY BE REQUIRED TO FURNISH SATISFACTORY EVIDENCE OF A 12217PR ENCOUNTERED; ADDITIONAL TIE WIRES CONNECTED TO STRUCTURE TO CONFORM THE ABILITY TO SUPPLY THE MATERIAL IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE DRAWINGS AND o Lighted Handle Switch HBL1221IL 1221-LH (120V) TO SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS WHERE REQUIRED BY THE APPLICABLE BUILDING CODE. I ISPECIFICATIONS. 12 1-7L (277V) 0 oKe Switch HBL1221 L PS20AC1-L 1221-2L 2221 L PACKAGING OF LIGHT FIXTURES WILL NOT BE ALLOWED. ONLY THOSE LUMINARIES,, Momenta SPDT, HBL 1557 1251 1257 1995 POLES AND LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL BE AS NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS. IF Momentary LISTED IN THE LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE, OR APPROVED IN ACCORDANCE WITH CONTRACTOR DESIRES TO SUBSTITUTE OTHER THAN THE SPECIFIED o, Center-Off Switch SUBSTITUTIONS OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS, WILL BE ACCEPTED. WHERE THE LIGHT MANUFACTURER(S), REFER TO ARTICLE "SUBSTITUTIONS" IN THIS DIVISION, FOR m FIXTURE SCHEDULE INDICATES AN ALLOWANCE FOR A SPECIFIC LIGHT FIXTURE, THE REQUIREMENTS. NO ALTERNATE MANUFACTURERS WILL BE CONSIDERED FOR ELECTRICAL _ PRICE IS A CONTRACTOR PRICE. INCLUDE ALL ADDITIONAL COSTS FOR FREIGHT, APPROVAL WITHOUT THIS PRIOR SUBMITTAL. SPECIFICATIONS w Z LAMPS, AND INSTALLATION OF LIGHT FIXTURE AND LAMPS. g INSTALL FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURES HUNG IN CONTINUOUS ROWS ON CHANNEL 12 a STRUTS SPECIFICALLY DESIGNED FOR THIS PURPOSE. E=503 X � U d J_ 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 DESIGN CODES AND LOADING: OREGON STRUCTURAL SPECIALTY CODE (2014 EDITION) STEEL STUDS AND JOISTS: REQUIREMENTS OF THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR MUST WORK UNDER THE SUPERVISION OF AN OREGON 0 o LIVE LOADS: STEEL STUD MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION, LATEST EDITION SHALL GOVERN LICENSED CIVIL ENGINEER. N ROOF SNOW: 25 PSF FOR ALL STEEL STUDS $ JOISTS SPECIFIED. w c 00 0 � THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR MUST PERSONALLY BE FAMILIAR WITH THE DRAWINGS RECEIVED O a, °' 00 I LATERAL LOADS: DEPTH, GAUGE, AND SECTION PROPERTIES OF STEEL STUDS AND JOISTS AND MUST PERSONALLY OBSERVE ALL OF THE WORK REPORTED ON. p� > Q 00 1 < L WIND: N/A (INTERIOR, NO RTU) SHALL MEET OR EXCEED THOSE OF THE SECTIONS SPECIFIED. SEE ICC FEB 2 9 2016 _w - o 00 ao -° F SEISMIC: 55=.q78, 51=.4251 5d5= .723, SdI= .4461 Ie=1.0 ESR-30G4P FOR ADDITIONAL MATERIAL INFORMATION. THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR SHALL FURNISH INSPECTION REPORTS TO THE �J t- o _ t � a 't RISK il �l OF TIGARD mw � N a) .n CATEGORY II BUILDING DEPARTMENT AND ENGINEER. ANY DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE BUILDING .�. � �' CO CO SEISMIC SOIL SITE CLASS D G-60 GALVANIZED COATING PER ASTM A653 IS REQUIRED FOR ALL STEEL IMMEDIATELY BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE CONTRACTOR FOR w Z3 - o o 3: SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY D STUDS AND JOISTS CORRECTION; THEN, IF NOT CORRECTED, TO THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT AND Z WW 0 ':3 ami N N SEISMIC COEFFICIENT, Fp (WALLS AND CEILINGS)= 0.347 ENGINEER. o m� N co U) F- SEISMIC COEFFICIENT, Fp (CANTILEVER ELEMENTS)= 0.868 ALL SCREWS SHALL BE SELF-TAPPING / SELF-DRILLING FASTENERS THAT ARE ZINC COATED AS MANUFACTURED BY HILTI KWIK-FLEX (ICC ESR-21gG, LARR THE FINAL REPORT SHALL BE SIGNED BY AN OREGON LICENSED CIVIL ENGINEER GENERAL: 250%) OR APPROVED EQUAL. THE MINIMUM SCREW SIZE TO BE #8-IS (#2 AND SHALL STATE THAT THE WORK WAS IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE g THE OREGON STRUCTURAL SPECIALTY CODE AND STANDARDS SHALL GOVERN POINT) OR 410-IG (#2 POINT) FOR 54 MIL (16 GA) OR LESS AND #10-16 (#3 APPROVED DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS AND THE APPLICABLE Lu z ALL MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP. POINT) OR #12-14 (#2 OR #3 POINT) FOR MATERIAL HEAVIER THAN 54 MIL (16 WORKMANSHIP PROVISIONS OF OSSC. N co Q GA) U.N.O. ON THE DRAWINGS. SCREWS FOR SHEATHING CONNECTIONS SHALL w ,�a ALL TEMPORARY SHORING OR BRACING IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE BE OF THE PROPER SIZE AND TYPE FOR A POSITIVE SHEATHING TO METAL SPECIFIC SPECIAL INSPECTIONS REQUIRED: N 3 Z 0 CONTRACTOR. THE DRAWINGS REFLECT THE FINAL FINISHED CONDITION OF THE CONNECTION. ALL SCREW CONNECTIONS SHALL BE MADE FROM THE LIGHTER o LU >u- CO STRUCTURE. MATERIAL INTO THE HEAVIER MATERIAL U.N.O. SCREWS SHALL HAVE A ALL WELDING OF STEEL EXCEPT WELDING PERFORMED IN AN AISC APPROVED Z � o MINIMUM PROJECTION OF 3 THREADS THROUGH THE LAST MATERIAL JOINED SHOP. co In THESE DRAWINGS ARE NOT INTENDED TO SHOW EACH AND EVERY CONDITION, AND SHALL HAVE MINIMUM EDGE DISTANCES AND CENTER TO CENTERCN LO BUT INDICATE THE GENERAL CONSTRUCTION. WHERE CONDITIONS ARE NOT DISCLAIMER: m E SPACINGS OF 1/2 INCH. ALL SCREWS SHALL CONFORM TO SAE J78 AND SHALL SPECIFICALLY DETAILED, SIMILAR CONDITIONS SHALL BE USED AT THE BE COATED WITH A CORROSIVE RESISTANT COATING. THE SCREW THESE DOCUMENTS AND THE DESIGN ARE SPECIFIC TO THIS PROJECT ONLY DISCRETION AND APPROVAL OF THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER. MANUFACTURER SHALL PROVIDE VERIFICATION OF THE FASTENERS RESISTANCE AND MAY NOT BE REUSED IN ANY WAY WITHOUT WRITTEN APPROVAL OF AUE. TO HYDROGEN EMBRITTLEMENT. IT IS OUR INTENT THAT THIS DESIGN MEETS THE NORMAL STANDARD OF CARE �ONPL d� THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL JOB SITE SAFETY AS WELL AS WITHIN THIS INDUSTRY. NO OTHER WARRANTY IS PROVIDED OR IMPLIED. ALL MEANS, METHODS, AND SEQUENCES OF CONSTRUCTION TO SAFELY ALL FRAMING COMPONENTS SHALL BE SQUARE CUT FOR ATTACHMENT TO Z o o PERFORM THE WORK. AUE ENGINEERS HAS NO EXPERTISE IN NOR HAS BEEN PERPENDICULAR MEMBERS. RETAINED TO PROVIDE REVIEW OF THE CONTRACTORS SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AS THEY RELATE TO THE CONSTRUCTION OF THIS PROJECT. STUDS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN A MANNER WHICH WILL ASSURE THAT ENDS OF /0 �� w THE STUDS ARE POSITIONED AGAINST THE INSIDE TRACK WEB PRIOR TO STUD IF ANY ERROR OR OMISSION APPEARS IN THESE DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS, AND TRACK ATTACHMENT. OR OTHER DOCUMENTS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE OWNER IN WRITING OF SUCH OMISSION OR ERROR BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK, PROVIDE WALL BRIDGING AT 48" 0/C PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS OR ACCEPT FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE COST TO RECTIFY SAME. VERIFY WHERE WALL IS NOT SHEATHED CONTINUOUSLY ON BOTH SIDES AND AS SHOWN AND COORDINATE OPENINGS IN FLOORS, WALLS AND ROOF WITH IN DRAWINGS. PROVIDE WALL BRIDGING PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS v ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL, AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. FOR WALLS DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PROCESS WHERE THEY ARE NOT a. D THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS SHALL BE REFERENCED FOR WALLS, FINISHES SHEATHED PRIOR TO RESISTING LOADS. N AND DIMENSIONS. DIMENSIONS PROVIDED ON THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS ARE JOISTS SHALL BE LOCATED DIRECTLY OVER STUDS, TYPICAL. v FOR REFERENCE ONLY AND SHALL BE VERIFIED BY THE ARCHITECTURAL w E DRAWINGS. NO SPLICES ARE PERMITTED IN STUDS. 0 - C DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO BE SCALED. ALL SECTIONS SHALL BE FORMED FROM STEEL THAT CORRESPONDS TO THE v FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS: °G 3 STRUCTURAL STEEL: Z ; GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: q7 G8 t 54 MIL. THICKNESS (GAGES 121 14 t 16) ---- ASTM A-653 GRADE D, YIELD 50 KSI, Fu= 65KS1 V p ALL OTHER STEEL: ASTM A36. 431 33 $ 27 MIL. THICKNESS (GAGES 18, 20 $ 22) ---- ASTM A-635 GRADE N ALL STAINLESS STEEL 316L (Fy=30,000 psi). A YIELD 33 KSI Fu= 45KS1 ALL BOLTS: ASTM A325 INSTALLED PER CRITERIA FOR SLIP CRITICAL J CONNECTIONS U.N.O. ALL TRACKS, BRIDGING, STRAPS ETC. ARE TO BE FORMED FROM STEEL OF v THE SAME THICKNESS AS THE STUDS OR JOISTS TO WHICH THEY ARE PROVIDE WASHERS FOR ALL BOLTS AS REQUIRED BY AISC. AS A MINIMUM ATTACHED, U.N.O. PROVIDE STANDARD CUT WASHERS UNDER ALL NUTS. METAL STUD DESIGNATION IS THUS: c ONE COAT OF APPROVED SHOP PAINT MINIMUM TO ALL STEEL NOT EMBEDDED '600' - MEMBER DEPTH IN 1/100 INCH (611) IN CONCRETE. FABRICATION AND ERECTION SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH 'S' - STYLE OF MEMBER (S = STUD/JOIST, T = TRACK, U = CHANNEL, F - 19 W THE LATEST EDITION OF THE AISC (ASD) SPECIFICATION FOR THE DESIGN, FURRING CHANNEL) W C9 FABRICATION AND ERECTION OF STRUCTURAL STEEL FOR BUILDINGS. STEEL '162' - MEMBER FLANGE WIDTH IN 1/100 INCH (1.625" = 1-5/8") J a Z co NOTED AS GALVANIZED SHALL BE HOT-DIP GALVANIZED UNO. cel '54' - MINIMUM STEEL THICKNESS IN MILS (5.'1 MILS. = 0.054", OLD W 0 f- ) tom- CONTRACTOR SHALL DESIGN AND SUPPLY ALL ADDITIONAL MISCELLANEOUS DESIGNATION OF 16 GA. � � 0 METALS THAT ARE INDICATED IN THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS OR THOSE W N ZD o SPECIAL INSPECTIONS: —w o � METALS WHICH ARE FOUND TO BE NECESSARY TO SUPPORT THE GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: .j 2W = o Z ' ARCHITECTURAL FINISHES OR OTHER BUILDING SYSTEMS. ALL FRAMING AND ALL SPECIAL INSPECTIONS SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE 2014 OSSC CONNECTIONS DESIGNED BY THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT RESULT IN W w W - 0 ECCENTRIC LOADS BEING APPLIED TO THE PRIMARY STRUCTURE OR LATERAL CHAPTER 17. Fa J �Q V 0 o LOADS BEING APPLIED TO THE BOTTOM FLANGE OF STEEL BEAMS. SUBMIT Q Z CALCULATIONS STAMPED BY A STRUCTURAL ENGINEER LICENSED IN THE STATE ALL INSPECTIONS AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 110 OF THE 2014 OREGON 0 J v OF THE PROJECT ALONG WITH SHOP DRAWINGS NOTING THE LOADING IMPOSED STRUCTURAL SPECIALTY CODE ARE REQUIRED. INSPECTIONS SPECIFIED IN Z to w THESE NOTES ARE IN ADDITION TO THESE INSPECTIONS. �� " ON THE PRIMARY STRUCTURE. m = 0 Lo B WELDING REQUIREMENTS: CITY INSPECTION IS NOT A SUBSTITUTE FOR SPECIAL INSPECTION. Z cc 00 a ALL WELDING SHALL MEET AWS/OBOA CODES FOR ARC WELDING IN BUILDING ANY WORK WHICH HAS BEEN COVERED BUT NOT PROPERLY INSPECTED BY THE W a CONSTRUCTION. SPECIAL INSPECTOR AND/OR THE CITY INSPECTOR IS SUBJECT TO REMOVAL m ?� EXCEPT AS SPECIFIED IN THE SPECIAL PROCEDURE OF THIS SECTION, OR EXPOSURE. ELECTRODES MAY BE E70 (70 KSI MINIMUM). ELECTRODES MUST BE KEPT DRY WHERE SPECIFICALLY REQUIRED, CONTINUOUS INSPECTION IS REQUIRED DURING GENERAL ABBREVIATIONS: AT ALL TIMES. THE PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK. THIS MAY BE A REQUIREMENT OF THE AB, A.B. ANCHOR BOLT CJ, C.J. CONTRACTUAL JOINT EJ, E.J. EXPANSION JOINT GRD GRADE LVL NICROLLAN BEAM PT, P.T. PRESSURE TREATED TtG TONGUE AND GROOVE ISSUED / REVISED DATE BUILDING CODE / LOCAL JURISDICTION OR THE MANUFACTURER. ABV. ABOVE CL CENTER LINE EMBED. EMBEDMENT GWB GYPSUM WALL MAS. MASONRY P/T POST TENSIONED THR'D THREAD(ED) PERMIT SET 02.08.16 MINIMUM WELDS SHALL BE 3/16" OR AS NOTED IN SECTION J.2b OF AISC ADD L ADDITIONAL CLR CLEAR EL, ELEV. ELEVATION BOARD NAT'L MATERIAL QTY QUANTITY TJ TRUSS JOIST BID SET 02.12.16 ADJ. ADJACENT CMU CONC. MASONRY UNIT EN, E.N. EDGE NAIL HDR HEADER MB MACHINE BOLT REF. REFERENCE MACMILLAN (WHICHEVER IS LARGER) THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR MUST BE CERTIFIED TO PERFORM THE TYPES OF ALT. ALTERNATE COL. COLUMN ENG ENGINEER HF, H.F. HEM-FIR (A307) REINF. REINFORCEMENT TMPRY TEMPORARY PERMIT RESUBMIT 02.25.16 INSPECTION SPECIFIED AND SHALL DEMONSTRATE COMPETENCE TO THE APPRX. APPROXIMATE CONC. CONCRETE EQ EQUAL HGR HANGER ND MID-DEPTH REQ'D REQUIRED TN, T.N. TOE NAIL ALL WELDING OF STAINLESS STEEL SHALL USE E30q ELECTRODES WITH AARCH ARCHITECTURAL CONN. CONNECT(ION) ES, E.S. EACH SIDE HORZ. HORIZONTAL MRF MOMENT RESISTING ROI R.O. ROUGH OPENING T.O. TOP OF SATISFACTION OF THE BUILDING OFFICIAL, GMAC PROCESS @ AT CONST. CONSTRUCTION EXIST EXISTING HSB HIGH STRENGTH BOLT FRAME SCHD SCHEDULE TRANS. TRANSVERSE BOT. BOTTOM CONT. CONTINUOUS EXT. EXTERIOR (A325 UNO) MFR MANUFACTURER SHT SHEET TYP. TYPICAL THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CONTACTING AND INFORMING THE BF, B.F. BRACED FRAME CTSK COUNTERSINK FFE FINISH FLOOR ELEV. HT HEIGHT NTL METAL SHTG SHEATHING UNO UNLESS OTHERWISE FIELD AND SHOP WELDING SHALL BE PERFORMED BY AWS/OBOA CERTIFIED SPECIAL INSPECTOR OR CITY INSPECTOR AT LEAST ONE WORKING DAY BEFORE BEL. BELOW d PENNY (NAILS) FAB. FABRICATION IF, I.F. INSIDE FACE (N) NEW MEMBER SIM. SIMILAR NOTED WELDERS. THE WORK IS TO BE PERFORMED UNLESS OTHER CONDITIONS ARE AGREED BLDG BUILDING DET. DETAIL FND FOUNDATION INT. INTERIOR NS N.S. NEAR SIDE SKW SKEW(ED) VERT. VERTICAL BLKG BLOCKING DBL DOUBLE FIN. FINISHED) JST JOIST NTS NOT TO SCALE SOG SLAB ON GRADE VFY VERIFY UPON. BN, B.N. BOUNDARY NAIL DF, D.F. DOUGLAS FIR FLG FLANGE JT JOINT Oct O.C. ON CENTER SPC SPACING W/ WITH A BNDRY BOUNDARY 0, DIA. DIAMETER FLR FLOOR K KIPS (1,000 POUNDS) OF, O.F. OUTSIDE FACE SQ. SQUARE WHS WELDED HEADED GENERAL NOTES & BM BEAM DIAD. DIAGONAL FN, F.N. FACE NAIL LAT. LATERAL OH OVER HANG SS SELECT STRUCTURAL STUD B.O. BOTTOM OF DIAPH. DIAPHRAGM F0, F.O. FACE OF LDGR LEDGER OPN'G OPENING STD STANDARD WP WORK POINT ABBREV. BRDG BRIDGE (ING) do DITTO (DO OVER) FRM'G FRAMING LF LINEAL FEET ORNT ORIANTATE(ION) STGR STAGGER WS WESTERN SERIES BRG BEARING D DEPTH FS, F.S. FAR SIDE LLH LONG LEG HORIZ. PAR PARALLEL STIFF. STIFFENER WTS WELDED THREADED B/W BETWEEN DWG DRAWING FTG FOOTING LLV LONG LEG VERTICAL P/C PRECAST CONCRETE STIR. STIRRUP STUD CAM CAMBER(ED) DWL DOWEL GA GAGE LS LAG SCREW PERP. PERPENDICULAR STL STEEL WWF WELDED WIRE FABRIC CANT. CANTILEVERED) (E) EXISTING MEMBER GALV, GALVANIZED LSL TIMBER STRAND PL PLATE STRUC. STRUCTURE(AL) X-STG EXTRA STRONG CG CENTER OF GRAVITY EA. EACH GB, G.B. GRADE BEAM BEAM PLYWD PLYWOOD SYN. SYMETRICAL XX-STG DOUBLE EXTRA smool CIP CAST IN PLACE EF, E.F. EACH FACE GLB GLU-LAM. BEAM LT WT LIGHT WEIGHT PSL PARALLAM BEAM T TOP STRONG P:\16000\16066 Ben Bridge-Washington Square\16066 Ben Bridge-Washington Square_KS_TEMP.dwg 2/26/16 2:36 PM COPYRIGHT @ 2016 AUE 1 2 J 4 5 6 7 O 9 10 - 04 F LLI 0 00 00 ' SS t Lon LU co ED CN' - E NL QD cl LLJ ca cn cc co cc ca En 11.1 1 Li Lu co w Lu co Lu Lu ca Lu L11 co Lu w ' ' D co IL (E) METAL ca z Lu Lu Lu 5-004 Lu TYP. 5-004 Fr— 17 C 5-004 LuLu Ce CN 0 LO Lu cc 0 FACE OF MALL BULKHEAD----L El UN15--RUT P1001 @ 481-011 AND HIRE BRACES. NOT REQUIRED WHERE CEILI\IG VERTICAL HIRE B ALIGNS WITH (E) ONJ z5-003 - ISSUED REVISED DATE PERMIT SET 02.08.16 BID SET 02.12.16 PERMIT RESUBMIT 02.25.16 (E) BUMPOUT AT TOP OF STOREFRONT/ FACE OF MALL BULKHEAD ' A CEILING FRANING PLAN . ..~~..~....~ FRAMING PLAN . SCALE: 114" 1 -0" THESE DRAWINGS ARE BASED ON A LIMITED AMOUNT OF ALL DIMEN51ONS SHOWN ON THESE STRUCTURAL PLANS ARE PLAN NORTH INFORMATION FOR AN EXISTING BUILDING. CONTRACTOR MUST FOR GENERAL REFERENCE ONLY. THE CONTRACTOR 15 FIELD VERIFY CONDITIONS AND NOTIFY ARCHITECT AND RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING ALL DIMENSIONS AND ANY ENGINEER IF CONDITIONS ARE OTHER THAN AS SHOWN PRIOR DISCREPANCIES MUST BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE TO MODIFICATION. ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER IMMEDIATELY. S=002 PA16000\16066 Ben Bridge-Washington Square\16066 Ben Bridge-Washington Square_KS-TEMP.dwg 2/26/16 2:37 PM COPYRIGHT @2O10AUE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 0 N N U -1i N m ao N rn > 00 r- ._ (E) WALL FRAMING ..._ ,.. _..,., f c� Q L €I0 � 0000 � F `` (1 O I I t �W J -� 25OT150-33 TRACK '- .Q 250T150-33 TRACK m W N N ax AT TOP OF WALL AT TDP OF WALL N N 2505162-33 HORIZ., MATCH 2505162-54 VERT. MATCH z W W 0) 3 ... (E) FRAMING SPACING (E) FRAMING SPACING o m� N (A fn N LL. I 0 2505137-33 VERT., MATCH 2505162-33 HORIZ., MATCH TT (E) FRAMING SPACING I I �(E) FRAMING SPACING 3 #8 @ EA. CROSSED NEW OR x -.�........._�.____.�..... ...�.._..._.__._... I � � 0 0 ( ) FINISHES PER ARCH. W/ Lu z (E) HORIZ. AND VERT., TYP. I f#10 SCREWS @ 6" O.C. TO t _ _........,_.. ...._.._......_ FRAMING AT 16" O.C. MAX. FINISHES PER ARCH. W/ #10 u c Q 1 I SCREWS @ 6" O.C. TO [ _._........ ...........__.. I (3) #8 @ EA. CROSSED NEW OR - 2505137-33 DIAGONAL BRACE FRAMING AT 16" O.C. MAX. (E) HORIZ. AND VERT. TYP. z o AT EA. STUD W/ (3) #6 TO ' ' ui z 6 co NEW OR (E) VERT EA. END 0-4 2505137-33 DIAGONAL BRACE w o 2505137-33 DIAGONAL BRACE W/ _ = -4 AT EA. STUD W/ (3) #8 TO z w v #8 TO EA. FURRING VERT., MIN. NEW OR (E) VERT EA. END N c° LO E (1) PER FURRED STOREFRONT i "' cQ FACE. SEE 2/5-004 FOR 25OS137-33 DIAGONAL BRACE W/ #8 TO EA. FURRING VERT., MIN. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (1) PER FURRED STOREFRONT CONT. 43 MIL X 1-1/2" X 1-1/2" CLIP FACE. SEE 2/5-004 FOR \O�PL der L W/ #8 TO EA. VERT. AND EA. HORIZ. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION d .r z O O o CONT. 43 MIL X 1-1/2" X 1-1/2" o �� z o I' Q- S CONT. 43 MIL X I-1/2" X 1-112" CLIP W/ #8 TO EA. VERT. AND I� I EA. HORIZ. v> o Q af ii CLIP W/ #8 TO EA. HORIZ. AND 6- Q X I #8 TO (E) STUD �� CONT. 43 MIL X 1-1/2 X 1-1/2 I i CLIP W/ 48 TO EA. HORIZ. AND #8 TO (E) STUD (E) STUD WALL, FRAMING ASSUMED (E) STUD WALL, FRAMING TO BE 3625162-33 MIN. AT 16" O.C. ASSUMED TO BE 3625162-33 MIN. MAX. WHERE WALL IS FRAMED AT AT 16" O.C. MAX. WHERE WALL IS LARGER SPACINGS INSTALL FRAMED AT LARGER SPACINGS, v ADDITIONAL MATCHING STUD BETWEEN ? INSTALL ADDITIONAL MATCHING ' (E) STUDS W/ #8 SCREW EA. FLANGE STUD BETWEEN (E) STUDS W/ #8 OF TOP AND BOTTOM TRACKS SCREW EA. FLANGE OF TOP AND H D NOTE: (E) STUD IS ASSUMED BOTTOM TRACKS I TO BE CONTINUOUS TO TOP OF ? } W o FURRING. USE ALTERNATE 0 F WHERE (E) STUD ENDS ABOVE fA a = TOP OF FURRING. �1 fl a 3 Z TOP OF (E) WALL ALIGNS A/ ALTERNATE (FURRING EXTENDS N TOP OF FURRING ABOVE TOP OF (E ) WALL) a rl STOREFRONT SECTION �01 SCALE: 3/4"=1'-0" c 19 W W c1c z J Q O M N � W N W zoLn � o 0 7 X: -r o ZJ u)w O CD W ca Q� Wo 0 Q z U)C/) Lo � o m = 000 O a B z u') 0- W a o m ISSUED / REVISED DATE PERMIT SET 02.08.16 BID SET 02.12.16 PERMIT RESUBMIT 02.25.16 A DETAILS S=003 P:\16000\16066 Ben Bridge-Washington Square\16066 Ben Bridge-Washington Square_KS_TEMP.dwg 2/26/16 2:37 PM COPYRIGHT ©2016 AUE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 TOP OF TRACK (E) DECK t JOISTS PER PLAN UNISTRUT PER PLAN W/ _ E UNISTRUT SPRING NUT BOLT TNRU TOP CHORDN AT EACH BOLT W/ 112"0 TNRU BOLTS PROVIDE JOIST REINFORCEMENT PER v NOTE: SEE DETAIL 3/5-004 FOR BRACE AND STUD „ V'8/S-004 WHERE SOFFIT LANDS MORE W c Op O o N ATTACHMENT TO (E) ROOF STRUCTURE ABOVE, TYP 6 0 MAX THAN 6" FROM PANEL POINT. ami m pop Iq 0)� > 00 r` ._ \ \ 3625137-33 STUDS @ 16 O.C. MAX. ......_ .. ao o .Q ATTACH TO (E) STRUCTURE F \\\\ I ( ABOVE PER DET 3/5-004 t 4/S-004 X 3625137-43 DIAG. CONT. ! (E) DECK PER PLAN �J o _ aa) ATTACH BRACE TO (E) \ \ I I ATTACH @ EA. STUD W/ (2) #10 SCREWS 411 j' m M N CD LLISTRUCTURE ABO E i r cfl co VEP R - ' I PROVIDE JOIST REINFORC MEN P DETAILS 7/S-004 1 \ \ I I I ( ! E T ER _ I 8/5-004 WHERE SOFFIT LANDS MORE �--.. �`..-:-___�..--"'_ ,, �........ L.._`:-- L....�' _ 1......=._...':::z' w Z� o �. __._..__ __..............._..._._..._.__._.....,......, N N I \ \ I 2 I ( THAN 6" FROM PANEL POINT. % ij ii Z W W o � N \ i M=1111 N (A fn N LL 3625I62-43 BRACE @ 48" D.C. MAX. \ L r p I= 3625137-33 HORIZ. CONT. PROVIDE 43 MIL x 2-1/2 x 1-1/2 x 2-1/2II / h, W/ (3) #10 SCREWS TO VERT. STUD ' I ATTACH @ EA. STUD W/ WIDE LLV CLIP W/ 3 #8 SCREWS TO BRACED SOFFIT VERT PER 1/S-004 MAX SPAN 27'-0" BRACING PER DET. 2/5-004 #10 SCREWS �� ( ) STUD PER DET. 2/S-004 (2) VERT AND 1/2 DIA, BOLT TO STRUT ABOVE/ PROVIDE I" SQUARE WASHER AT CLIP. / ( ) v B.O. CEILING f% r/r E JOIST PER PLAN o 0 Y BRACING PER AT SOFFIT Q I I PER ARCH DET. I/5-004 \�i _ �:,,..,__ -::u�,,,�,;, ----.:...---��_�� N i� (E) DECK JOISTS PER PLAN UNISTRUT PER PLAN W/ BOLT TNRU - - .. - - ��ryssf19 Y.. Q o \\-SUSPENDED CEILING PER ARCH TOP CHORD W/ 1/2"0 THRU BOLTS i=Q � II ,< -_.................... -- - ....--- ..................---...................__...___----_. .—__...----._..... _ B.O. CEILING 6'-0" MAX 2505162-54 STUD I I cn 3 SHEATHING PER ARCH. a PER ARCHJOISTS - z - N - z BETWEE E II 50 150 5 AC W/ I/2 IA 2 T 4 TRACK D I I/2 XII/2 X 43 MIL CONT CLIP ANGLE I I ( ) ~o w # IN o _:_--:__:-.:::__... ....- __-_::_::.__ :--_:_-.-__-.-..__::_---_-_-:::--:::__:- _.._:--- - _-.._-_ .- --- - ---